Home

MySQL Workbench - Oracle Documentation

Contents

1. E Hide sleeping connections 7 Hide background threads 7 Don t load full thread info RefreshRate DontRefresh v 126 Chapter 6 Administrative Tasks Table of Contents 6 1 Server Management 2 ever cei hehe bs acinar debian deb een 127 6 1 1 MySQL Connection Navigator ccceceeeeeee eee cece eeeeeeee ee ae aaa eeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaenees 127 61 2 Sener LOGS iicieici ete eisiettadeaiciedeeedadateacdes Gel dasele dee ed ccilnael Goh aaileseediedninieee 128 6 1 3 Service GON oriire eaei aa sated cane lonteew ai ARNO Eiaa EA NT apenas 130 6 1 4 Configuration options file esesseeeeeeeeneseseeesere ee ee eee a teeter eres ee ae aaa teeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaea 131 6 2 Users and Privileges cccceceeeeeeeeeeeee erence ee ee ence ee ee ee ae ENEAKO ee ee EENE EA ee KEN EREA AREEN DEEPA ARNEE KELES 132 6 3 Server Status ceie c Gobicapeoedteccledys coesdeddecale A R dudeediagdaidact nd edeueed edad een 136 6 4 Status and System Variables 2 0 0 0 cee eee ee cece cece teeter ee ee eee eee ee area ee eae nnan An EnEn nnne annann Ennn ennnen nEn 137 6 5 Data Export and Mpo anene EEE ANAE 139 6 5 1 Table Data Export and Import Wizard 00 cece eect eter eee tree eee eeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeesaaeeeeeanaes 140 6 5 2 SQL Data Export and Import Wizard 0 0ccccceceee ce eeeeee cece eeee ee ae aaa eeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaea 148 6 5 3 Result Data Export and IMport eiseress
2. Select the objects to migrate Next you should see the reverse engineering of the selected database objects progress At this point the migration wizard is retrieving relevant information about the involved database objects such as table names table columns primary and foreign keys indices triggers views and more You will be presented a page showing the progress as shown below 368 Select the objects to migrate Figure 10 29 Reverse Engineer Source E Mysal Workbench kan Migraton x Fie Edit View Database Plugins Scripting Help ORACLE Migration Task List Reverse Engineer Source OVERVIEW Q Overview Selected schema metadata wil now be fetched from the source RDBMS and reverse engineered So that its structure can be determined SOURCE amp TARGET Y Source Selection S Target Selection Y Connect to source DEMS Y Fetch Schemata List Reverse engineer selected schemata Y Schemata Selection J Postprocessing of reverse engineered schemata OBJECT MIGRATION Retrieving table dbo Region Source Objects eso i Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemata Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transter REPORT Migration Report Wait for it to finish and verify that everything went well Next the Source Objects displays a list with the objects that were retrieved and are available for migration It will look similar to 369 Select t
3. Object Name Default Value PK Column Name idStables PK Column Type INT Column Name stablescol Column Type VARCHAR 45 Foreign Key Relationship Defaults Object Name Default Value FK Name fk stable_ Sdtable Column Name stable _ column ON UPDATE NO ACTION ON DELETE NO ACTION 80 Modeling Preferences Object Name Default Value Associative Table Name Sstable S_has_ dtable Preferences Modeling MySQL This enables you to set model related options specific to your MySQL version Figure 3 13 Pre ferences Modeling MySQL General Editors SQL Editor Query Editor Object Editors SQL Execution Administration Modeling Defaults MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Others Model Model Default Target MySQL Version 5 7 Model Table Defaults Default Storage Engine InnoDB Forward Engineering and Synchronization SQL_MODE to be used in generated scripts TRADITIONAL ALLOW_INVALID_DATES e Default Target MySQL Version A limited subset of validation procedures and table editor options are affected by thi s MySQL version number Supported MySQL Server 5 6 features include fraction seconds support for TIME DATETIME and TIMESTAMP automatic initialization and updates for TIMESTAMP and DATETIME for example setting them to CURR ENT_TIMESTAMP and FULLTEXT index types with the InnoDB eng
4. ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeee ee ee aeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaaeeeeeeeeeseaaaaeeneeeeeeeeeaaa 336 TOA ODBG Eipiarie Sarnen ated eats E renee gaa ga cere ced neieligeauni needa OE EAE E 336 10 2 ODBG Drivers vateasiveect sence cesta ny enea ve sabedead a aE ia a a aaa aaa 337 10 2 Migration OVEWVIOW meise nern e a bee T E T A T ETE 338 10 2 1 A visual guide to performing a database migration esssessssssrrssssrrsrssrrrrssrrrrnsrrrresrrnrns 338 10 2 2 Migrating from supported databases sseessssserreeserrsseerrressrrnneenntrssnnnneennteunnnnnaenneennnna 357 10 2 3 Migrating from unsupported generic databases cceeeeeeeeeeee ae eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 358 10 3 Conceptual DBMS equivalent 0cccececeee ee eeeeeeeeee sees ee ae ea eeeeeeeee ee ae aaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeseeeeeeaaa 358 10 4 Microsoft Access MIQration fv icciccsseiyodesbendiies bevel anaE ted diab seit wens devia KEAR RAER A NUET AE KAKRA ANNEER 360 10 5 Microsoft SQL Server Migration ccccceeececeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeee ee eeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeneeeeeeees 380 109 1 Pre Paratlons ssnin ENEE EEE EAE 380 10 9 Z DIVOS ssi a E 380 10 5 3 Connection Setup srusen iiinn iiaa AEE EEEE AAE AAA A AA E AEEA EES 384 10 5 4 Microsoft SQL Server Type Mapping ccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 386 10 6 PostgreSQL MIQration ssassn aa aa a aa aaa aA aa Aa AA 388 106 PVEDAnALIONS erar T
5. E Store connection for future usage as The target is the MySQL database that will contain the migrated data Choose an existing MySQL Workbench connection or select Manage DB Connections to create a new MySQL connection Figure 10 53 MySQL Workbench migration Target selection a SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report e Toos Scripting Help Target Selection Target RDBMS Connection Parameters Stored Connection MyConnection Connection Method Standard TCP IP Parameters SSL Advanced Select from saved connection settings Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Hostname 127 0 0 1 Username root Password Store in Vault Clear Default Schema The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select it later Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port Name of the user to connect with The user s password Wil be requested later if it s not set E Store connection for future usage as 397 Schemata Retrieval and Selection 10 8 2 Schemata Retrieval and Selection Retrieve a list of available databases and choose the specific databases a
6. 196 Query and Edit Menus Auto commit is enabled by default and this default behavior can be modified disabled under the SQL Execution user preferences panel Set Limit for Executed Queries The default value is 1000 which appends LIMIT 0 1000 to SELECT queries The default 1000 can be changed from the SQL Execution user preferences panel Save Snippet Save the current statement or selection to the active snippet list Beautify SQL Beautify reformat the SQL script By default SQL keywords are changed to UPPER CASE This functionality can be changed from the SQL Editor user preferences panel Find panel Show the Find panel for the editor Invisible characters Toggle display of invisible characters such as newlines tabs spaces A new line is represented as LF a space as a single dot and a tab as a right arrow Wrapping Toggles the wrapping of long lines in the SQL editor window 8 1 3 Query and Edit Menus When an SQL Editor tab is selected the most important items on the main menu bar are the Query and Edit menus SQL Query Menu The Query menu features the following items Execute All or Selection Executes all statements in the SQL Query area or only the selected statements Execute All or Selection to Text Executes all statements in the SQL Query area or only the selected statements and displays it in plain text like the standard MySQL command line console Execute Current Stateme
7. Relationship Using Existing Columns olal p olni lo lt 4 421 Table B 11 Keyboard shortcut changes MySQL Workbench version The Change 5 2 45 The Modifier shortcut was added to comment uncomment SQL in the SQL editor 5 2 45 On Microsoft Windows the Modifier W shortcut was changed to Control F4 this shortcut closes MySQL Workbench tabs 422 Appendix C Extending Workbench Table of Contents C 1 GRT and Workbench Data Organization ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees ae aa eeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaenees 423 C2 MOGUICS soyaning ia aaie E a RANEA AE EE a AE ENEE 424 C3 Pl ginsS y TOONS araa E E E O E TE 425 C 4 Adding a GUI to a Plugin Using MFOrms 00 ccccceeeeee ee eeeeeeeeee sete ee ae ea eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 426 C 5 The Workbench Scripting Shell 0 cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeee ee ee aa eae ee eeeeeeeeaaaa aa eeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaeeeeeeseeaeaaea 427 C 5 1 Exploring the Workbench Scripting Shell ccccceeeeeeeeeee esac ae eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 427 Gib 2 TheShell Window carcera a a E E ERE 428 C 5 3 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs cc ccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeees 430 C 6 Tutorial Writing PI QINS miiiiricenidaa a aa A E a aaia 435 MySQL Workbench provides an extension and scripting system that enables the developer to extend MySQL Workbench capabilities While the cor
8. 388 Drivers Open the iODBC Data Source Administrator application by either executing iodbcadm gtk in the command line or by launching it from the Overview page of the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard by clicking the Open ODBC Administrator button Go to the ODBC Drivers tab in the iODBC Data Source Administrator It should look similar to Figure 10 46 The iODBC Data Source Administrator i ODBC Data Source Administrator User DSN System DSN File DSN ODBC Drivers Connection Pooling Tracing About ODBC Drivers that are installed on your system Name File Date Size Add a driver An ODBC driver allows ODBC enabled programs to get information from ODBC data sources To install new drivers use the driver s setup program if available or add it with the Add button Cancel OK Click Add a driver then fill out the form with the following values e Description of the driver psqlODBC Driver file name usr local lib psqlodbcw so Setup file name No value is needed here And lastly clicking OK will complete the psqlODBc driver registration 10 6 2 3 OS X To compile psqlODBC on OS X you will need to have Xcode and its Command Line Tools component installed on your system as this includes the required gcc compiler Xcode is free and available from the AppStore And after installing Xcode open it and go to Preferences Downloads Components and then install the Command Line Tools component Down
9. Copyright 1991 1995 Stichting Mathematisch Centrum all rights reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this Python software and its associated documentation for any purpose without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of neither Automatrix Bioreason or Mojam Media be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission UUencode and UUdecode functions The uu module contains the following notice Copyright 1994 by Lance Ellinghouse Cathedral City California Republic United States of America All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of Lance Ellinghouse not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission LANCE ELLINGHOUSE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL LANCE ELLINGHOUSE CENTRUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQU
10. Bugs that cannot be reproduced are difficult and nearly impossible to fix so it is important to provide the steps necessary to reproduce the bug Where to report a bug Visit http ougs mysql com and use one of the MySQL Workbench bug categories Log Levels There are six different log levels with increasing levels of verbosity error warning info debugl debug2 and debug3 By default the error warning and info levels are enabled There is also a none level that disables logging Important A Please enable the debug3 level before generating a log for the report The enabled error log levels can be configured using an environment variable or by using a command line parameter Both the environment variable and command line variants accept a single error level but enabling a more verbose option will implicitly enable the levels below it For example passing in info will also enable the error and warning levels e Environment variable WB_LOG_LEVEL Command line option log level on OS X and Linux and l1og leve1 on Microsoft Windows Note R If both the command line and environment variable are set the command line takes precedence For example Microsoft Windows shell gt cd C Program Files x86 MySQL MySQL Workbench CE 6 3 5 shell gt MySQLWorkbench exe log level debug3 439 Operating System Specific Notes OS X shell gt cd Applications shell gt MySQLWorkbench log
11. Copy Selected to Cipboard M MyFirstConnection x File Edit View Query Databese Server Tools Scripting Help HNS ONAE Aw Navigator SQL File 1 MANAGEMENT Serer Status av TE amp Client Connections Server Variables users and Privileges Status Veriables System Variables Status and System Variable Administration Status and Syst amp Data Export amp Data importRestore INSTANCE B startup shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports O Pertormance Schema Setup Management Information Category All Filtered Advanced General Advanced Insert delayed settings Advanced Thread specific settings Advanced Transactions Advanced Various General Backup General Directories Generel Features General General Generel Iternational General Memory usage Generel SQL iD Name auto_increment_increment auto_increment_offse autocommit ON automatic_sp_privileges ON back_log 70 basedr C Program Files big_tables OFF bind _address binlog_cache_size 32768 binlog_checksum CRC3I2 binlog_direct_non_trensadiona OFF binlog_format binlog_max_flush_queue_ time 0 binlog_order_commits ON binlog_row_image FULL binlog_rows_query_log_everts TT Copy Global Status and Variables to Clipboard Copy Selected to Clipboard STATEMENT Descripton rw AUTO_INCREMENT columns ere increme rv Offset added to AUTO_INCREMENT
12. Refresh Rate DontRefresh v Client Connections and Metadata locks The Client Connections management window includes a Show Details for connections to MySQL 5 6 and above These details are separated into three tabs e Details connection details such as Process ID Type User Host Instrumented and additional information 123 Client Connections and Metadata locks Figure 5 27 Client Connections Details File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She jIHh we Quer f Local instance MySQLS7 Client Connections Threads Connected 4 Threads Running 1 Threads Created 4 Threads Cached 0 Rejected over limit 0 Total Connections 7 Connection Limit 151 Aborted Clients 1 Aborted Connections 0 Errors 0 Id U Host 0B Command Time State ThreadId Type Name Details Locks Attributes 3 root localhost sakila Sleep 7 None 25 FOREGROUND thread sql one P fast 4 root localhost sakila Sleep 8 None 26 FOREGROUND thread sql one mk 5 root localhost None Query O Sendin 27 FOREGROUND thread sqljone 6 root localhost None Sleep None 28 FOREGROUND thread sql one Command 5 27 thread sdi one_connection FOREGROUND root localhost None Query 0 Sending data State Role Instrumented YES Parent Thread Id 22 Info SELECT t PROCESSLIST_ID IF NAME thread sql event_scheduler event_scheduler t PROCESSLIST_USER PROCESSLIST_USER t PROCESSLIST_HOST t
13. The Properties Palette 9 1 7 Creating Layers You can add layers to a database only from an EER Diagram Layers are used to help organize objects on the canvas Typically related objects are added to the same layer for example you may choose to add all your views to one layer 9 1 7 1 Adding Layers to an EER Diagram To add layers to an EER Diagram use the Layer tool on the vertical toolbar Select an EER Diagram tab and left click the layer icon on the vertical toolbar The layer icon is the rectangle with an L in the lower left corner and it is found below the eraser icon 268 Creating Layers Clicking the mouse on this icon changes the mouse pointer to a layer pointer You can also change the mouse pointer to a layer pointer by pressing the L key Choosing the Layer tool changes the contents of the toolbar that appears immediately below the menu bar When the Layers pointer is active this toolbar contains a color chart list Use this list to select the color accent for the new layer The color of your layer can be changed later using the Properties palette Create a layer by clicking anywhere on the EER Diagram canvas and while holding the left mouse button down draw a rectangle of a suitable size This creates a new layer with the default name layer1 To revert to the default mouse pointer click the arrow icon at the top of the vertical toolbar The following image shows a layer named My Sakila Views with sev
14. EmployeeIO INT NOT NULL COMMENT Primary key Foreign key to Employee Er Lock edited SQL AddressID INT NOT NULL COMMENT Primary key Foreign key to Address Addre rowguid VARCHAR 6 lt UNIQUE NOT NULL COMMENT ROWGUIDCOL number ui E Comment out ModifiedDate TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP COMME PRIMARY KEY Employee lD AddressID COMMENT Cross reference table mapping employees to their address es REPORT Migration Report l Apply Changes Discard Changes ED Source DBMS connection 404 Target Creation Options Figure 10 61 MySQL Workbench migration Manual Editing Column Mappings File Edt View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Marsal Editing Overview Review and edt migrated objects You can manusly edt the generated SQL before applying them to the target database SOURCE amp TARGET Migrated Objects view Column Mappings v Source Defeat Value Source Colla a Target Schema Target Table Target Coume AdvertureWorks Ij ExployeeDe EndOete Adventurewarks TI ExployeDe StartDate gedeel AdvemureWorks EmployecDe Modified AdvemureWorks EroloyeePa RoteChar AdverturewWorks ij ExployeePa Employer getdate AdvemturewWorks TI ExployeeAd Modified hewid AdvemureWerks 1 Exployerd fowguid AdventureWarks Exployede Employer AdvertureWorks 1j ExployeeDe ShiftiD Adventures ErployeDe Depart AdventureWorks ii ExployeeP
15. NICK WAHLBERG 2006 02 15 ED CHASE 2006 02 15 JENNIFER DAVIS 2006 02 15 JOHNNY LOLLOBRIG 2006 02 15 Note E The Encoding field should correspond with your CSV file 147 SQL Data Export and Import Wizard Figure 6 21 Table Data Import Results i The following tasks will now be performed Please monitor the execution Y Prepare Import S Import data file Finished performing tasks Click Next gt to continue Message Log Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Data import Import finished Import data file finished Finished performing tasks 6 5 2 SQL Data Export and Import Wizard From the management navigator you can export or import SQL generated from MySQL Workbench or the mysqldump command Note R This wizard only exports imports the MySQL SQL format For an overview of the data export and import options in MySQL Workbench see Section 6 5 Data Export and Import Data Export This tab allows you to export your MySQL data Select each schema you want to export optionally choose specific schema objects tables from each schema and generate the export Configuration options include 148 SQL Data Export and Import Wizard expor
16. Report a Bug Opens your default browser to bugs mysql com and automatically fills in several fields such as the Operating System and MySQL Workbench version by passing in additional data via the GET request The default Description requests you to also attach the Workbench log file For additional information about reporting useful bug reports see Appendix D How To Report Bugs or Problems View Reported Bugs Opens your default browser to see a list of current bugs Locate Log Files Opens up the directory that contains the MySQL Workbench log files Show Log File Opens up the main MySQL Workbench log file in your default text editor This file is typically named wh log Check For Updates Checks if you are using the current MySQL Workbench version If you are then a popup informs you of this If not then a prompt asks you to open the MySQL Workbench download page 246 Model Editor e About Workbench Displays the MySQL Workbench About window This also displays the MySQL Workbench version System Info Use the Help System Info menu item to display information about your system This item is especially useful for determining your rendering mode Sample output follows MySQL Workbench Community GPL for Windows version 6 1 4 revision 11773 build 1454 Configuration Directory C Users philip AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench Data Directory C Users philip Desktop MySQL MySQL Workbench 6 1 4 CE Cairo Version 1 8 8
17. The Edit Note item opens the note editor For information about using the note editor see Section 9 1 8 2 The Note Editor The cut and copy items are useful for copying notes between different schemata Notes can be added only on the MySQL Model page 9 1 8 2 The Note Editor To invoke the note editor double click a note object in the Model Note section on the MySQL Model page This opens the note editor docked at the bottom of the application Double clicking the note tab undocks the editor Double click the title bar to redock it Any number of notes may be open at the same time Each additional note appears as a tab at the top of the note editor Use the editor to change the name of a note or its contents 9 1 9 Creating Text Objects Text objects are applicable only to an EER diagram They can be used for documentation purposes for example to explain a grouping of schema objects They are also useful for creating titles for an EER diagram should you decide to export a diagram as a PDF or PNG file 9 1 9 1 Adding Text Objects to an EER Diagram To add text objects to an EER Diagram use the Text Object tool on the vertical toolbar Make sure that the EER Diagram tab is selected then right click the text object icon on the vertical toolbar The text object icon is the rectangular icon found below the label icon Clicking the mouse on this icon changes the mouse pointer to a text object pointer You can also change the mou
18. e Index Directory Min Rows e Max Rows e Comment Subpartitioning is also available For more information about partitioning see Partitioning 8 1 11 7 The Options Tab The Options tab enables you to set several types of options Figure 8 23 The Options Tab File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She SHAu a T Tenane prine General Options Pack Keys Don tuse Table Password Auto Increment y the MERGE table Enclose th which are grouped into the following sections e General Options e Row Options Storage Options 220 Code Generation Overview e Merge Table options The following discussion describes these options in more detail General Options Section In the General Options section choose a pack keys option The options are Default Pack None and Pack A11 You may also encrypt the definition of a table The AUTO_INCREMENT and delayed key update behaviors apply only to My I SAM tables Row Options Section To set the row format choose the desired row format from the list For more information about the different row formats that are available see MyISAM Table Storage Formats These options are e Default e Dynamic e Fixed e Compressed e Redundant Compact When you expect a table to be particularly large use the Avg Row Min Rows and Max Rows options to enable the MySQL server to better accommodate your data See CREA
19. 0 Total Objects 0 Selected C Export MySQL Trigger Objects Show Filter 0 Total Objects 0 Selected C Export User Objects Show Filter 0 Total Objects 0 Selected Use Show Filter to fine tune filter the objects for export After selecting the objects to export click Hide Filter to hide the filter panel After selecting the objects to export click Next to review the generated script 297 Forward Engineering Figure 9 32 Review Generated Script Forward Engineer SQL Script SQL Export Options E ee Review Generated Script Filter Objects Review SQL Script Review the generated script SET OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS 0 SET OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS i FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS 0 SET OLD_SQL_MODE SQL_MODE SQL_MODE TRADITIONAL CREATE SCHEMA IF NOT EXISTS mydb DEFAULT CHARACTER SET latin COLLATE latint_swedish_ci USE mydb Table nyd tablet CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS myc tablet idtablel INT NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY idtable1 7 ENGINE InnoDB Table mydb table2 CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS mydb table2 idtable INT NOT NULL idtable2 INT NOT NULL idtable INT NOT NULL table1_idtablel INT NULL PRIMARY KEY idtable2 idtable1 idtable3 INDEX fk_table2_table1 table1_idtable1 ASC CONSTRAINT fk_table2_table1 FOREIGN KEY table1_idt
20. 1 1 3 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 ccecececceeceeeeeeeee cece ee aa ee eeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeseaaaaneeeeeees 21 1 1 4 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 ccceceeececeeeeeeeeeee ee ee aaa eee eeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeees 36 1 2 MySQL Workbench Editions sosse eee eect cece e iiaa OT aai ei AEE Ea 48 e Medalla ON aoa E a E a E OR E Gar E A O S ae 51 2 1 System Requirements sissies ok waite aen a a aai ei ied tee ia 51 2 2 Command line Options cccce cece neeeeeeeee cece cece aa ee ee ee ee ee ee ae aaaadaeeeeeeeeseaaaaaaceeeeeeeeeaaaaaaneeeeeeees 53 2 3 MySQL Workbench on WIndows 0 ccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeee cece eeeeeeeeeeee ee aeaaeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 54 ede MMSTAULAG er ca oh vnte ces tebe cetent agian Bea enaa E ae oe Sane cee at cel te Sebel 54 2 3 2 LAUNCHING srera a N cae id ee is dae NE 55 AA E DI g aireil aTa AE a E E ENET sea E N EE E TT haart eee leds E TN 56 2 4 MySQL Workbench on Linux eeeeeeee cece cece eect eee ee ee ee ee ee aa aa ee eeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeneeseeeees 56 2 41 DSUN mna a es deay ene aa oct beers sl ted eee te eed 56 2 42 LAUNCHING aeei a a ea sted cast eb ih eee tis 59 2 43 Uninstalling ssh e ees dats eke ance aie anaes taeda ees ete 60 2 5 MySQL Workbench on OS X ooeceeeeeececeeeceeeee eter ee ee eee eeee cesses ee aa aaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeseseeeeaaaaaeneeneeeees 61 2 0 1 INStAUILAG sex A eee teats at A E O abn alten es ee ese aa a 61 20 2 LAU
21. 1999 11 04 lpd Edited comments slightly for automatic TOC extraction 1999 10 18 lpd Fixed typo in header comment ansi2knr rather than md5 added conditionalization for C compilation from Martin Purschke lt purschke bnl gov gt LYG9 05 03 ipa Original version Asynchronous socket services The asynchat and asyncore modules contain the following notice Copyright 1996 by Sam Rushing All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of Sam Rushing not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission SAM RUSHING DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM RUSHING BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Cookie management The Cookie module contains the following notice Copyright 2000 by Timothy O Malley lt timo alum mit edu gt All Righ
22. 9 1 6 Creating Routines and Routine Groups You can add Routine Groups to a database either from the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page or from an EER Diagram Routines may be added only from the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page To view an existing schema along with its Routines and Routine Groups choose Database Reverse Engineer from the main menu After the schema has been added to the current model you can see the schema objects on the Physical Schemata panel on the MySQL Model page The Routines and Routine Groups are listed there MySQL Workbench unifies both stored procedures and stored functions into one logical object called a Routine Routine Groups are used to group related routines Define Routine with the Routine Group Editor to assign specific routines to a group using a drag and drop interface When designing an EER Diagram you can place the Routine Groups on the canvas by dragging them from the Catalog Palette Placing individual routines on the diagram is not permitted as it would clutter the canvas 9 1 6 1 Routines Adding Routines to the Physical Schemata To add a routine double click the Add Routine icon in the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page The default name of the routine is rout ine1 If a routine with this name already exists the new routine is named routine2 Adding a new routine automatically opens the routine editor docked at the bottom of the appli
23. IndepYear 1991 geography Region Midde East Save Value To File Burund IndepYear 1952 geography Region Eastern Africa C Copy Row Name Belgium IndepYear 1830 geography Region Western Europ Copy Row with names ame Benin IndepYear 1960 geography Region Westem Africa C No object selected P Copy Row unquoted ame Burkina Faso IndepYear 1960 geography Regon Western Af Copy Row with names unquoted ame Bangladesh IndepYear 1971 geography Region Southern ar Copy Row tab separated Bulgaria IndepYear 1908 geography Regon Eastern Europe Copy Field ame Bahrain IndepYear 1971 geography Region Middle East Co Copy Field unquoted t Rahamac IndenYear 1973 nenoranhy Reaian Canhhean Ce Y Paste Row Capitalize Text lowercase Text UPPERCASE Text Wy E3 fm El 4 Information Object info ESEA e Open Value in Editor Opens a new editor window that specializes in editing Binary and JSON data but can edit text e Set Field to NULL Sets the field value to NULL e Mark Field Value as a Function Literal Marks as a function by prepending func e Delete Row s Deletes the entire row e Load Value from File Opens a file dialog to insert a value from a file The entire file contents are inserted into the fiel
24. InnoDB Status This provides an overview of the InnoDB Buffer Pool and disk activity that is generated by the InnoDB storage engine Data points are separated into three groups Note R Hover over a graph to see additional information such as a total count Usage Read Requests The number of logical read requests per second InnoDB has performed to the buffer pool e Write Requests The number of logical write requests per second InnoDB has performed to the buffer pool e Disk Reads The number of logical reads that InnoDB could not satisfy from the buffer pool As a result these had to be read from the disk e InnoDB Buffer Pool Usage The percentage of the InnoDB buffer pool that is in use Hover over the graphic to see additional information such as Usage Rate and Pages Free e Writes e Data Written The number of writes written to the InnoDB redo log file e Writes The number of physical writes written to the InnoDB redo log file e InnoDB Disk Writes Hover over this dynamic graph to see the number of disk writes over a specific second The available range includes the last 120 seconds e Writing Total amount of data in bytes written using file operations by the InnoDB storage engine e Reads e Doublewrite Buffer Writes The number of doublewrite operations that were performed e InnoDB Disk Reads Hover over this dynamic graph to see the number of disk reads over a specific second The available range includes
25. Python License Mersenne Twister The _random module includes code based on a download from http www math keio ac jp matumoto MT2002 emt19937ar html The following are the verbatim comments from the original code A C program for MT19937 with initialization improved 2002 1 26 Coded by Takuji Nishimura and Makoto Matsumoto Before using initialize the state by using init_genrand seed or init_by_array init_key key_length Copyright C 1997 2002 Makoto Matsumoto and Takuji Nishimura All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions AICS ihe s 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 The names of its contributors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
26. Use the Columns tab to display and edit all the column information for a table With this tab you can add drop and alter columns 213 The MySQL Table Editor You can also use the Columns tab to change column properties such as name data type and default value Figure 8 18 The Columns Tab File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She dsHsd ee m Table Name foustomer Column Name Datatype customer_id SMALLINT 5 store_id TINYINT 3 first_name VARCHAR 45 last_name VARCHAR 45 email VARCHAR S0 address_id SMALLINT S active TINYINT 1 create_date DATETIME Ww J j last_update TIMESTAMP 1 f IR CURRENT_TIMESTAMP ON UPDATE CURRENT TIMESTAMP last update Data Type TIMESTAMP Table Default Default CURRENT_TIMESTAMP ON UPDATE CURRENT_TIMESTAMP F Primary Key V Not Null Binary E unsigned E Auto Increment Right click a row under the Column Name column to open a pop up menu with the following items e Move Up Move the selected column up e Move Down Move the selected column down Copy Copies the column for a model e Cut Copies and then deletes the column for a model e Paste Pastes the column If a column with the same name already exists then _copy1 is appended to the column name e Delete Selected Columns Select multiple contiguous columns by right clicking and pressing the Shift key Use the Control key to select separated columns e Refresh Upda
27. View Arrange Modell Database Tools Scripting Help BEAL rigs oid Diegram customer_id SMALLI fim _id SMALLINT Catalog Tree v sakila v Tables gt M actor gt 7 address gt M category gt city gt I country gt ly customer gt BD film Properties Editor gt film_actor 1s store_id TINYINT 9 first_name VARCHA lest_name VARCHA email VARCHAR 50 address _id SMALLINT active BOOLEAN ceate_date DATETI last_update TIMEST PRIMARY idx_fk_store_id idx_fk_address_id idx_last_name EESK gt title VARGHAR 255 gt description TEXT gt release_year YEAR language_id TINY INT 4 original_language_i rental _Guraton TIN rental rate DECIMA gt length SMALLINT replacement_cost D 3 more idx tte idx_fk_language_id idx_fk_original_langua PRIMARY A AFT UPDATE upd_film l l l Value E FF8000 expanded True height 129 l indicesExpanded False left l l l l l locked manualsizing name ia a Ds ies r 1 Vetare an as The default size of the Model Navigator is two pages Use the Model Diagram Properties and Size page to change the size and diagram name m 251 Model Editor Figure 9 8 The Model Navigator Palette 9 1 1 10 The Catalog Tree Palette The Catalog Tree palette shows all the schemata that are present in the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model
28. amp Data ImportRestore gt You may create multiple accounts with the same name mysqibadup localhost By general to connect from different hosts User Accounts Details for account general localhost INSTANCE root localhost B Startup Shutdown 2 srandard For the standard password and or host based authentication Server Logs i Options File Op localhost and _ wildcards may be used paeen l ssssssssssssssssss Type password to reset it n Consider using a password with 8 or more characters with SE Pertormance Reports mixed case letters numbers and punctuation marks GS Pertormance Schema Setup eeexeenecececeeeee Enter password again to confirm Management Version S 7 SmiStog Login User root Current User root locahhost SSL Disabled Account Limits Define limits for the user account such as the maximum number of queries updates connections and concurrent connections that an account can execute in one hour 133 Administrative Roles Figure 6 7 Navigator Management User And Privileges Account Limits File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Hhe dA ae Navigator Administration Users and Privil x MANAGEMENT Server Status Client Connections D Users and Privileges E5 Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore MyFirstConnecton Users and Privileges User Accounts Details for account general localhost User
29. amp Performance Reports Performance Schema eo Performance Schema Setup Management RRS N Fully Enabled Information Custom Server Default Disabled The MySQL Performance Schema allows to instrument MySQL to collect statistics and performance data log collected events into tables so they can be analyzed Use the switch above to change Performance Schema instrumentation or disable it Full Reset to Factory Defaults Object Info Clicking Show Advanced provides methods to fine tune the Performance Schema instrumentation 24 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 24 Performance Schema Setup Introduction BM MySQL Workbench Localhost x File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Hie SHES S wx DEO Navigator Q Administration Performance Sc MANAGEMENT Serer Status amp Client Connections LZ Users and Privileges ES Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore Localhost g gt Performance Schema Setup abe dencet Easy Setup introduction Instruments Consumers Actors amp Objects Threads Options Performance Schema Basics The performance schema collects data from various aspects of MySQL performance and gives very detaled information about what exactly is happening inside your MySQL database server For each statement executed the PS instruments will gather various statistic
30. gt EP Functions information_schema performance_scheme sakila test world 3 Action Output R Time Acton Table movies E 1 20 07 13 SELECT FROM dvd_collection movies LIMIT 0 1000 0 row s returned Columns AD id 10 ALPK 2 22 40 45 Commit recordset changes Commi complete Information tte varchar 45 Object Info 5 Optionally you might confirm the changes by checking an external source such as the MySQL Command Line Client To check enter SELECT FROM movies from the MySQL Command Line Client to confirm that the data was entered 211 The MySQL Table Editor Figure 8 16 Getting Started Tutorial View Data From The Command Line E MySQL 5 6 Command Line Clieni er eo Advanced Edition Conmercial gt Copyright lt c 2000 2614 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation and or its affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners Type help or h for help Type c to clear the current input statement release_date Gone with the Wind 1 1939 04 17 i The Hound of the Baskervilles 1939 3 31 i The Matrix i 1999 6 11 i Above the Law i 1988 04 08 Iron Man 2 i 2010 05 07 l t rr Harr rr 5 rows in set 8 08 sec inysql gt 6 You can also use MySQL Workbench to perform a similar check Close the MyFirstConnection tab
31. nix and dylib windows from the installation directory or uninstall Workbench completely This component is licensed under GNU General Public License Version 2 0 June 1991 G 11 GDAL OGR License The following software may be included in this product GDAL OGR GDAL OGR Licensing This file attempts to include all licenses that apply within the GDAL OGR source tree in particular any that are supposed to be exposed to the end user for credit requirements for instance The contents of this file can be displayed from GDAL commandline utilities using the license commandline Sweetcorn GDAL OGR General In general GDAL OGR is licensed under an MIT X style license with the following terms Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software 3 THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS R IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY ITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONI
32. staff id TINYINT 3 address id SMALLINT 5 store_id TINYINT 3 fk_staff_address 293 Forward and Reverse Engineering The object notation style used in Figure 9 29 The sakila Database EER Diagram is Workbench PKs only This notation shows only primary keys and no other columns which is especially useful where space is at a premium The relationship notation is the default Crow s Foot As the connection lines show each table is related to at least one other table in the database with the exception of the film_text table Some tables have two foreign keys that relate to the same table For example the film table has two foreign keys that relate to the language table namely fk_film_language_original and fk_film_language Where more than one relationship exists between two tables the connection lines run concurrently Identifying and nonidentifying relationships are indicated by solid and broken lines respectively For example the foreign key category_id is part of the primary key in the film_category table so its relationship to the category table is drawn with a solid line On the other hand in the city table the foreign key count ry_id is not part of the primary key so the connection uses a broken line 9 4 Forward and Reverse Engineering MySQL Workbench provides capabilities to forward engineering physical database designs A visual data model can be transformed into a physical database on a target My
33. 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 Status Command Class Info show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show status eeeeeeee 8 eFeeee ee e208 828808829889 show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show alobalstatus Showing records 0 to 10000 from 10486 total matched entries from cache The currently audit_log policy is set to log all events lt Previous Pag Object Info The search field offers criteria for narrowing the displayed events including Show events of type Fetch and Show events of type Query and defaults to Show all events Custom filters are also available You
34. Contents Options Advanced amp Performance Reports O Performance Schema Setup Badup full contents of this MYSQL instance O Select objects to indudedjexduded MYSQL ENTERPRISE B Audit inspector Select objects to be backed up Legacy Options Firewau foo Online Backup cy Restore Management BResure information connection Name Local instance 56 162 Online Backup Figure 6 35 Workbench MySQL Enterprise Backup Configuration Contents for Partial Backups Sg Sp agg a rR TO aa al AEE e a MANAGEMENT oe Server Status amp Client Connections D Users and Privileges 9 Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data import Restore MySQL Enterprise Backup Badup Profile Name PartiaBackup TTS Partial Data Ful Oniy Comments INSTANCE This weekly backup saves all dev example org data and stores it on Suki24 B startup Shutdown A Server Logs Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports G Performance Schema Setup Schedule Contents Options Advanced Backup full contents of this MySQL instance Select objects to induded exduded Select objects to be backed up Legacy Options MYSQL ENTERPRISE audit inspector Firewan When these options are used the include filter will be applied first creating the list of tables to be induded Online Backup The exdude fiter will be applied on the resulting table set ch Restore
35. Create Diagram from Catalog Objects to create the EER Diagram for the model 282 Creating a Model Figure 9 19 Getting Started Tutorial EER Diagram Eat View Avenga Made Disa Toda Sawing Dap BOAS sia ail Bird s Eye Diagram Modeling Additions imi o movie_id INT 11 tide VARCHAR 45 gt release_date DATE gt 5 Catalog Tree v 3 dvd_collection v SI Tables gt D movies Views AP Routine Groups daem man aloje Catalog MECENA g History Display Autoplace Objects of the Catalo Movemovies sh aX sh el 3 Description Properties Templates gt a Ready 8 Inthe table editor change the name of the column movie_title to title Note that the EER Diagram is automatically updated to reflect this change click on the movies table or right click on movies in the EER diagram and Note E To open the table editor either change back to the MySQL Model tab and right select an Edit movies option 9 Save the model by choosing File Save Model from the main menu or click Save Model to Current File on the toolbar Enter a model name at the file prompt For this tutorial enter Home_Media and then Save the model 10 Before synchronizing your new model with the live MySQL server confirm that you already created a MySQL connection This tutorial assumes you followed the previous Section 5 2 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial
36. Create Schemata with the modified code and then continue the migration process This also means that the previously saved Note kK The Recreate Objects operation is required to save any changes here It will then schema will be dropped 407 Data Transfer and Migration Setup Figure 10 64 MySQL Workbench migration Create Target Results 0 T G rS Migration X File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Create Target Results Overview Scripts to create the target schema were executed No data has been migrated yet Review the creation report below for errors or warnings If there are any errors you can manually fix the scripts and dick Recreate Objects to retry SOURCE amp TARGET the schema creation or retum to the Manual Editing page to correct them there and retry the target creation Source Selection Object Remit SQL CREATE Scipt for Selected Object Target Selection 8 Preamble Script executed successfully E CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS AdventureWorks ShiftID TINYINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL AUTO_ Name VARCHAR 100 NOT NULL COMMENT Sh StarTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shi EndTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shift ModifiedDate TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT PRIMARY KEY ShiftID COMMENT Work shift lookup table Fetch Schemas List AdventureWorks Adventurewors Y Script executed successfully Schemas Selection I AdventureWorks Departmert D
37. Default datatype and default column value mappings wil be used You wil be able to review and edit generated objects and column definitions in the Manual Editing step Migrate Selected Objects Generate SQL CREATE Statements Finished performing tasks Ci Next gt to contnue Message Log Starting Migrating Migrating scheme AdventureWorks Migrating schema contents for schema AdventureWorks Table AdventureWorks Department migrated Table AdventureViorks Employes migrated Table AdventureWorks EmployeeAddress migrated Table AdventureVorks EmployeeDepartmentHistory migrated Table Adventure Viorks EmployeePayHistory migrated Table Adventure Viorks JobCandidate migrated Table Adventure Works Shift migrated Finalizing foreign key migration Migration finished Migrate Selected Objects finished Generate SQL CREATE Statements Generating SQL Generate SQL CREATE Statements finished Finished performing tasks There are three sections to edit here which are selected via the View select box on the top right The Show Code and Messages button is available with every view and it will show the generated MySQL code that corresponds to the selected object e Migration Problems This will either report problems or display No mapping problems found It is an informational screen e All Objects An object view that allows you to view and edit the object definitions Double cli
38. Generate DROP SCHEMA Skip Creation of FOREIGN KEYS _ Skip creation of FK Indexes as well Omit Schema Qualifier in Object Names Generate USE statements Generate Separate CREATE INDEX Statements Add SHOW WARNINGS After Every DDL Statement Do Not Create Users Only Export Privileges Don t create view placeholder tables E Generate INSERT Statements for Tables E Disable FK checks for inserts E Create triggers after inserts The SQL Export Options displays the following facilities Output SQL Script File To specify the output file name enter it into the Output SQL Script File field or use the Browse button to select a file Leave this field blank to view but not save the generated output e Generate DROP Statements Before Each CREATE Statement Select this option to generate a statement to drop each object before the statement that creates it This ensures that any existing instance of each object is removed when the output is executed e Generate DROP SCHEMA Skip creation of FOREIGN KEYS e Skip creation of FK Indexes as well Omit Schema Qualifier in Object Names Select this option to generate unqualified object names in SQL statements e Generate USE statements 295 Forward Engineering Generate Separate CREATE INDEX Statements Select this option to create separate statements for index creation instead of including index definitions in CREATE TABLE statements e Add SHOW WARNINGS aft
39. Innode v Tables gt i actor pre Hide show this top table information panel category city country customer_id SMALLINT S customer store_id TINYINT 3 Ez film first_name VARCHAR 45 film_actor last_name VARCHAR 45 E film_category email VARCHAR SO E film_text address_id SMALLINT S inventory TINYINT 1 language DATETIME payment st update TIMESTAMP rental staff gt E store gt amp views gt PP stored Procedures gt P Functions SS gt sys test world Comments Primary Key V Not Nul L Unique Management E Binary E Unsigned E Zero Fill Information Auto Increment UQ BIN UN ZF Al Default Foeee fsa ss af a a BaSS z J v E F F ISIGIGIS E E I CURRENT_TIMESTAMP ON UPDATE CURRENT_1 0 w e gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt o B 1 Bl J Collation Table Default v Default CURRENT TIMESTAMP ON UPDATE CURRENT _TIMES Output Duration Fetch Table editor tabs Apply your changes The MySQL Table Editor provides a work space that has tabs used to perform these actions e Columns Add or modify columns Indexes Add or modify indexes e Foreign Keys Add or modify foreign keys e Triggers Add or modify triggers Partitioning Manage partitioning Options Add or modify other options divided in categories named general row storage and merge 8 1 11 2 The Columns Tab
40. MySQL Utilities The Scripting Menu This menu features GRT scripting and plugin options The Scripting menu has these items Scripting Shell Launches the MySQL Workbench Scripting Shell For additional information see Section C 5 The Workbench Scripting Shell New Script Opens a New Script File dialogue with options to create a Python Script Python Plugin or Python Module Open Script Opens a Open GRT Script dialogue which defaults to the Workbench scripts directory Files are opened into the Workbench Scripting Shell window Run Script File Executes the script that is currently open Run Workbench Script File Executes the specified script file Install Plugin Module File Loads and installs a plugin or module file Plugin Manager Displays information about the plugins that are installed and allows disabling and uninstalling the plugins The Help Menu Use the Help menu when you require support or when you want to help improve MySQL Workbench This menu has the following items Help Index Opens a window showing a local copy of the MySQL Workbench documentation Read search or print the documentation from this window MySQL com Website Opens your default browser on the MySQL Web site home page Workbench Product Page Opens your default browser on the MySQL Workbench product page System Info Displays information about your system which is useful when reporting a bug For more information see System Info
41. STREGT ISE ARISING IN DVISED OF THE The following software may be included in this product VSQLite VSQLitet virtuosic bytes SQLite3 C wrapper Copyac noite Ko All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms modification are mets Redistributions of source code must retain the this 3st oor coneitions and tie following discl and or other materials are permitted provided that the foll 2006 Vinzenz Feenstra vinzenz feenstra virtuosic bytes com with or without owing conditions above copyright notice aimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice tite dist or conditions and the following disel aimer in the documentation provided with the distribution Neither the name of virtuosic bytes nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission HIS SO FTWARE IS PROVIDED ND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED IPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERC RE DISCLAIMED IABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT ONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING UBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES NTERRUPTION ONTRAGT SUR LCi CIABILLIY RISING BI WARRANTIES Hey lt OR TORT POHNAH PY joj oO n n TY OF SUCH DAMAGE G 38 zlib License BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTO INCLUDING HANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULA IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER O
42. TABLE in MySQL Workbench This setting can also be adjusted for each ALTER TABLE operation 75 SQL Editor Preferences Options include None Shared and Exclusive see the online DDL documentation for more information Views Reformat DDL for Views Whether to automatically reformat the View DDL that is returned by the MySQL Server Note R The MySQL Server does not store the formatting information for View definitions Preferences SQL Editor SQL Execution Figure 3 9 Preferences SQL Editor SQL Execution V SQL Editor Max query length to store in history in bytes 65536 Object Editors SQL Execution Continue SQL script execution on errors by default Administration YV Modeling Defaults Progrenns staviens taoclatee ivies val Gl s 500 MySQL Diagram Appearance SELECT Query Results Fonts amp Colors V Limit Rows Others General J Leave autocommit mode enabled by default Limit Rows Count 1000 Max Field Value Length to Display in bytes 256 T Treat BINARY VARBINARY as nonbinary character string V Confirm Data Changes General e Max query length to store in history in bytes Queries that exceed this size will not be saved in the history when executed The default is 65536 bytes and setting to 0 means there is no limit all queries will be saved e Continue on SQL Script Error Should an error occur while executing a script this opti
43. ccceceeeee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeee ee aaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeaeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeees 158 6 2 Online Backup 7 3 5 0 eine ei ee i ei eid 160 CZF BACKUP RECOVELY wrist AEAEE ieee ce ae a cect Race dane Senet ee te oat edb 165 6 8 MySQL Enterprise Firewall Interface ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee ae aaa teeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 169 6 9 The wbcopytables Tool icc 2 c cce eeccedeces ieaddentsdec dgeencadgennstegdguaneas deans caageeceagduaredesaceenead ennededee 172 T Pertormance Tools eren eee dines seeker teen teeta teenth pee E aa ate tae tee eee eet ae 177 7 1 Performance Dashboard c cccceecceeee cece A EET A RE AA AAEE 177 7 2 Performance Schema Reports siseste an ai ae AE a ai a aai anea 178 723 Visual JEXPlaIN PIA eer a EEE T E E E 182 TE LONTE EIEE eis AAE EEE A A EE el ae ao 184 7 5 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance ssssssssssrrisssrrirssrrerssrresnns 186 9 Database Development soretes EEEE ERA EEA TE REE AEA ESEA EE EA EARE AONNE 193 BS Vis al SQL Edt s me Ta a a a a a aa a A 193 Bale SLE EROTETTAVA LATE ON TE EE A ein ee aed 194 8 1 2 SQL Query Window Toolbar cccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeceeeeeeeeeaaaaenees 195 8 1 3 Query and Edit MENUS e csiciestedvaneteeerebedcovarctaccgeadelelvenegh a eiar aai eaat 197 8 TA RESUS WINKOW vestescesten bec denetnce TA ties doen dd gedenaet E aaceeuaesadens 198 81 5 SOL Snippets tab aici eee ee eae nee
44. gt Errors or Warnings SSdatadir peformance_schemar 2 9 7OKB 473 bytes Y Schema Cdatedir pecformence_schemy 2 253KB 126bytes gt Schema Object Overview SOdatadir pefarmance_schemy 21 3 57K6 174bytes gt Schema index Statistics SSdatadir performance_schemy 21 365KB 179bytes gt Schama Table Satistics E datsdir mysgl procs_priv m 21 507K M7bytes gt Scheme Table Katistics with InnoDB SOdatedir pefarmence_schemy 21 7 4K M4bytes gt Tables with Full Table Scans OQOdatadir mysql proxses_peivim 21 4 355 213 bytes gt Unused Indexes SSdatodir performance_schemw 21 7 49KB 3 Sbytes Y wait Sdatedir peformence_schemy 21 13 44K8 655 bytes gt Wats by Latency SOdatedir pecformance_schemy 21 1233K6 0 GO bytes gt Waits by User by Latency Sodatadir peformance_schema 21 12 33KB amp 0lbytes gt Wet Classes by Latency Sdatedir peformence_schemas 21 24KB 118 bytes gt Weits Classes by Averege Latency SOdatedir peformence_schemat 21 7 21KB 3S2bytes Y imoDB BOdatadir peformance_schemas 21 3 13KB 1s3bytes gt InnoDB Buffer Sats by Schema SSdatodir performence_schemy 21 343KB 167 bytes gt InnoDB Buffer Rats by Table oa ii t Enporta copy Selected Copy Query Refresh PERFORMANCE 1e0S9000000900000000000N Object info ES The available performance reports include this is a non exhaustive list e Top File I O Activity Report Show the files performing the most IOs in byte
45. iiccsi cieeeeeccsrecesseasee ed A tcacacsatand ence tansunsuasaveudetaescesuised eecctaesengaaseveydatactenscuad ducts 480 G 29 PySQLite License 2 scien ered cccees ieee dence voce cee ve eden iiei aidia tna 480 GSO Python LICENSE riesia neioii anena N aE AE E peers RAA TAE Saaie 480 G3 Python 6cdsSa License vc 2285 ae vialseavaceet oot veaeeeavads ceca ari in aE ea A OERA TE a Eii 491 G32 SCNila License sorne ar a O a 491 G 33 ScintilaNET EiCOMSOsiicedessadsdesGusvadcnads ivassindvanseivedusasdacved E AA AAEE 493 Gi34 SOLGipher LICCNSS siiraks on anii aena aa a aea ee a aene iania a a Aa a 493 Gi3b TinyXML License aeaaeae oa E R A a Aa A deed 494 G 36 TreeViewAdv for NET License c ccc ccccc cece cece cece cece cece eeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeueeeeeeneeeaeeueeeaeeeaeeuseeaaee 494 G37 VSOLitett LICENSE siisccinadossiudeacivadatncsihadvediudsaddasadvavadua sbatidatinddedtedvtadacasuegidewateteathadvadsainadiaass 495 G 38 ZID LICENSE sieccGiatiea te cane uve sttrasnsa satecsasns E au naneae sanavenaieaativans A E AEE EREE 495 Use of any of this software is governed by the terms of the licenses that follow MySQL Workbench 6 3 e Section G 1 NET Flat TabControl License e Section G 2 ANTLR License e Section G 3 Bitstream Vera License 449 MySQL Workbench 6 3 Section G 4 Boost Library License Section G 5 Cairo License Section G 6 CTemplate Google Template System License Sectio
46. oh Performance Schema Setup Easy Setup introduction Instruments Consumers Actors amp Objects Threads Options Performance Schema Basics The performance schema collects data from various aspects of MySQL performance and gives very detaled information about what exactly is happening inside your MySQL database server For each statement executed the PS instruments will gather various statistics and timing information in different levels of granularity and from different subsystems from network to disk storage and keep them in the performance_schema events_ tables 2r User User User Instruments To control the trade off between data collected and overhead the performance schema gives you a few fine grained configuration options You can configure what when and how much wil be instrumented by the Performance Schema by tweaking three option categories Actors filters the users hosts and DB objects to collect data for the performance_schema This was introduced in MySQL 5 6 Instruments allow fine tuning of what kind of stats are gathered for whatever is being monitored Consumers toggle which of the performance _schema event_ tables should be filled You can also use the simplified configuration interface for one click setup of the performance schema for some common use cases Reset to Factory Defaults Revert Performance Report Controls Performance report data can be viewed and e
47. so for this reason it is important to set the Default Target MySQL Version modeling preference according to your needs For example exporting results from a MySQL 5 7 target might yield invalid syntax when executed against MySQL 5 1 See also Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences To start select Synchronize With Any Source from the Database navigation menu Alternatively select Synchronize Model to open the same wizard that defaults to a model A Model or EER diagram must be selected for these synchronization options to be present under the Database navigation menu 313 Database Synchronization Figure 9 50 Start the Synchronization Wizard MySQL Model sakila_full mw_ x File Edit View Arrange Model Database Tools Scripting Help 2 amp we e a Connect to Database CtrisU Manage Connections Description Editor Reverse Engineer eml a Schema Transfer Wizard Addl Migration Wizard Description V Phy Edit Type Mappings for Generic Migration Synchronize Model Ctri ShifteZ User Types List Type Synchronize with Any Source Ctrl Shift Y B BOOLEAN amp 800L amp Foe i FLOATS E FLOATS E INT1 E Nm amp INT3 amp INT4 amp ints D INTEGER E LONG VAR LONGVAR LONG E MIDDLEINT S NUMERIC re DEC 3 invertory_in_stock CHARACTER z get_customer_balance a inventory _held_by_cu Add Group gt Schema Privileges gt SQL Scripts Caution LA Because MySQL d
48. user AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench scripts The Globals Tab 431 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs At the top of the window is a list that is used to select the starting point or root of the GRT Globals tree displayed beneath it By default this starting point is the root of the tree that is You can expand or collapse the GRT Globals tree as desired The GRT Globals tree is the structure in which MySQL Workbench stores document data Clicking any item results in its name and value being displayed in the panel below the tree Figure C 4 The Workbench Scripting Shell tab Globals UO ew POR SA el wis Q Globals Tree GRT Globals ve VO wb gt rdbmsMaomt gt salEditors gt customData gt info v options gt commonOptions gt 4 disabledPlugins v options v TableTemplates gt 0 timestamps gt 1 user gt 2 category gt paperTypes gt recentFiles gt owner gt registry gt starters gt state wb options options TableTemplates 1 mergeUnion minRows modelOnly name nextAuto Inc oldName owner lt gt packKeys partitionCount 0 partitionDefinitions lt list gt PartitionExpression partitionType password primaryKey raidChunkSize raidChunks raidType rowFormat subpartitionCount subpartitionExpression subpartitionType Globals FI ERRES o0c0o000000000000000000 f The Classes Tab Type dic
49. 0 1 OFF 0 Active rules 3 B startup Shutcown ul OFF 0 a u SELECT frst name last name FROM customer WHERE customer jd Server Logs SELECT get customer balance Now Options File UPDATE rental SET return _date NOW WHERE rental jd PERFORMANCE Dashboard E Pertormance Reports E Pertormance Schema Setup MYSQL ENTERPRISE Rules being recorded 3 B aves inspector Fireweait Online Backup Restore Management MO SELECT customer UPDATE rental SET fear ese NOW WHERE rental _id 6 9 The wbcopytables Tool wbcopytables is a command line utility included in MySQL Workbench that allows you to copy table data from a supported source database server to MySQL It is used by the Workbench Migration wizard to copy data after the schema is migrated and created in the target MySQL server wbcopytables can connect to the source database using either ODBC the Python DBAPI or the native MySQL client library The copy executes a SELECT statement on the source database and then INSERT s the retrieved rows into the target MySQL server Table 6 2 File Location Default Operating System Location Linux usr bin wbcopytables 172 Connection Parameters Operating System Location OS X Applications MySQLWorkbench app Contents MacOS wbhcopytables Windows C Program Files x86 MySQL MySQL Workbench 6 3
50. 202 SOLDriverConneCe V siipiin ai a 411 10 9 1 While using the Postgresql psqlodbc driver see the following error 08001 08001 Already connected 202 SQLDriverConnect This means that PostgreSQL is not configured to accept connections from the source IP 411 412 Appendix A MySQL Workbench Frequently Asked Questions FAQ Categories e Basic Usage 413 e MySQL Workbench Functionality 41 4 Data Management 416 e General 417 Basic Usage A 1 What is a MySQL connection Why might need to create more than one aseeseen 413 A 2 How do create a MySQL database schema in MySQL Workbench c ceeeeeeeeeeeee anaes 413 A 3 Is there an easy way to select all data from a table and then see the results 0 ceeeeeeeeee 413 A 1 What is a MySQL connection Why might need to create more than one A 2 A 3 A MySQL connection links connects Workbench to a MySQL server Most actions performed within Workbench are then performed against the connected MySQL server Each MySQL connection contains its own set of definitions so you might define multiple MySQL connections in Workbench For example the connections might connect to different MySQL servers or the same MySQL server with different user names or enable SSL for one or you might set up a connection to a remote MySQL server on your web host using the SSH options and so on As for multiple connections
51. 34 11 U C Fie Name 44519390 auditlog caching process MySQL Workbench will save the results that were cached at the Note E Generating the cache file can take a long time If you press Abort during the point you pressed Abort After caching an audit log the Audit Inspector page will display the results 155 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface Figure 6 29 Workbench Audit Inspector File Edit View Query Dstabose Server Tools Scripting She HEE g g div Navigator MANAGEMENT Serer status amp Gient Connections Users and Privileges ES Status and System Variables Data Export Data Import Restore INSTANCE B startup shutdown A Serer Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Q Dashboard amp Pertormance Reports OS Pertormance Schema Setup MySQL ENTERPRISE audit inspector ch Online Backup ch Backup Recovery Information No object selected Show all events 8863_2014 01 08716 20 05 8862_2014 01 08T16 20 05 9861_2014 01 08716 20 05 9860_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8859_2014 01 08716 20 05 8858_2014 01 08716 20 05 8857_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8856_2014 01 08716 20 05 8855_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8854_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8853_2014 01 08716 20 05 8852_2014 01 08716 20 05 8851_2014 01 08T16 20 05 6850_2014 01 08T16 20 05 6849_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8848_2014 01 08T15 20 05 8847_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8846_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8845_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8844_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8843_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8842_20
52. 477 PyCrypto 2 6 License he above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR MPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING ROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE G 27 PyCrypto 2 6 License The following software may be included in this product Tj Copyright and licensing of the Python Cryptography Toolkit PyCrypto Previously the copyright and or licensing status of the Python Cryptography Toolkit PyCrypto had been somewhat ambiguous The original intention of Andrew M Kuchling and other contributors has been to dedicate PyCrypto to the public domain but that intention was not necessarily made clear in the original disclaimer see LEGAL copy LICENSE orig Additionally some files within PyCrypto had specified their own licenses that differed from the PyCrypto license itself For example the original RIPEMD c module simply had a copyright statement and warranty disclaimer without clearly specifying any license terms An updated version on the author s website came with a
53. 5 5 Client Connections Additional New Features Performance columns that display sizes now have an option to alter the value units They can be set to KB MB or GB Right click on a column header and choose Set Display Unit The migration wizard can now resume operation if a data copy failed during a database migration from for example a timeout or network failure Click Resume retry the data copy and MySQL Workbench locates the last row that was copied successfully and attempts to restart the copy from that row The MySQL connection password is now remembered across the MySQL Workbench session even if it not stored in the keychain This is so you do not need to re enter it whenever a new MySQL connection is needed Under Modeling the Role Editor now has Add Everything and Check All Privileges options The Preferences layout changed The tabs were replaced by a list using a horizontal sidebar and additional category names were added For additional information see Section 3 2 Workbench Preferences Keyboard shortcuts now function in the Scripting Shell Model diagram notes can now be resized and automatically rearranged You can also change the style attributes such as the font background color and text color 20 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 20 Model Diagram Note Formatting Big Text Text Z tablet v EE RRE 1 1 3 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 This section summarizes many o
54. 9 15K8 o Obytes Obytes 25 77MB 0 40 Sener logs gt Top YO by Thread by Latency SSdatedir mysgl backup_ poses 3332 1 7M 3261 Ke O bytes Obytes 1 75M 0 00 o9 Y Top SSdatedir mysql backup_history 46 16 27 KB SSbytes 950 32 4768 ISbytes SB 74KB 66 62 amp Options Fite gt Top 10 Worst Latency OQOdatadir mysgl backup_poyes 4 16 27 K8 Mbytes 951 32 5008 ISbytes NKB 5 64 75 30K3 L47KB 23 82KB 3141 Obytes Obytes 283KB 0 400 Obytes Obytes 15 24KB 0 00 Obytes Gbytes 12 27KB 040 Obytes Obytes 3 72KB 0 00 Obytes Obytes 12 59K6 0 00 Obytes Gbytes 10 53K6 0 00 Obytes bytes 9 70KB 0 00 Obytes Obytes 2538K6 0 00 Obytes Obytes 3 57K6 0 00 Obytes Obytes 365KB 0 40 Obytes Obytes S 07KS 0 00 Obytes Obytes 7 46KB 000 Obytes 43KB 0 00 Obytes 7 49KB 0 00 O bytes 13 44K6 0 00 Obytes 1233K6 0 00 Obytes 12 33KB 0400 241KB 0 00 7 21K6 9 40 313KB 0 20 3 43KB 0 00 gt Top 10 MostActive Tables SSdatadir mysaliprocmyd 324 163 53KB 517bytes Y Problematic Ratements Sdatodir peformence_schemas 3 283KB 104byles dashboard gt Stetemert Analysis SOdatadir perfarmance_schemaf 25 15 24K SS7bytes amp Performance Reports gt Ructimes in 95th Percentile Sodatadir mysal proc m 2 1227KB 46 445 bytes EN Performance Schema Setup gt Using Temp Tables SSdatodir pecformence_schemas 3 3 72KB 136 bytes gt With Sorting GOdatadir mysgl user fm 23 1259K6 60 bytes gt Full Tedle Scans SOdatadir perfarmance_schemat 21 10 53KB Si3bytes
55. A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 19 MySQL Workbench migration Migration Report Migration x File Edit View Databese Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List MigrationReport OVERVIEW Overview SOURCE amp TARGET MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard Report Source Selection Date Wed Apr 09 20 04 47 2014 Target Selection Source Microsoft SQL Server 9 0 5000 Fetch Schemas List Lael alah Schemas Selection L Migration Reverse Engineer Source 1 Summary OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Number of migrated schemas 1 Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transter Setup Bulk Data Transfer tame note Collation Latin1_General_CS_AS migrated to utf8_general_c REPORT peucvans Migration Report Pressing Finish will close the migration window If you chose the online copy then the database can now be viewed within the MySQL Workbench SQL editor 356 Migrating from supported databases Figure 10 20 MySQL Workbench migration Viewing the migrated database File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She dda amp amp a Navigator Query 1 employee a CEBI f 80e 2 Bis a ME Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM adventureworks employeej v amp adventureworks v Tables gt E department gt E employee Resut Grid JH amp Y Fiter Rows gt E employeeaddress EmployeelD _Nationa
56. AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR URPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL OPENLINK OR CONTRIBUTORS E LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY R CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF UBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS NTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN ONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE RISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF HE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE gt na iS PE OO Te Ge lee bis iS G 17 Libiconv License The following software may be included in this product Libiconv You may be receiving a copy of the GNU LIBICONV Library with this MySQL product The terms of the Oracle license do NOT apply to the GNU LIBICONV Library it is licensed under the following license separately from the Oracle programs you receive If you do not wish to install this program you may delete iconv dll or libiconv files This component is licensed under Section G 14 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 G 18 Libintl License The following software may be included in this product libintl Copia te ie enol X Conen cait Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person o
57. Better Traditional id select_type table type possible_keys key key_len ref rows Extra 1 SIMPLE orders range _i_o_orderdate i_o_clerk i_o_clerk 16 1546 Using index condition Using where The new o_clerk index was considered and used and our query scanned 1546 rows instead of 32642 and the query execution improved from 0 281 to 0 234 seconds However EXPLAIN estimates that this query scans 1546 rows to return 18 After reviewing our query notice that a multi column index can meet the conditions of our WHERE clause that is based on both the o_orderdate and o_clerk columns CREATE INDEX io_clerk_date ON orders o_clerk o_orderdate 190 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance Note R We listed o_clerk as the first column in our index because o_orderdate uses a range Now executing the same query shows even better results An estimated 18 rows are both scanned and returned and the execution time of our query is 0 234 seconds Figure 7 15 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Index Range Scan Best File Edt View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help AEG AEA ae SQL File 1 QelivyrfFaciSslgoRisgaie 1e SELECT FROM orders 2 WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AND 1992 64 30 3 AND o_clerk LIKE Clerk 00000223 w Query Pian Raw Explain Data Explain Display Info BBD overviews 9 Index Range Scan orders orders i_o_clerk_date Access Type range Index Range Scan Cost H
58. Classes Mullen Catalog Object Named Object Named Object Named Object Named Object Synchronisation Managing Object Synchronisation Object Object Named Object Function Named Object Object Notifications When the Classes tab is selected the list displays the following items Group by Name Group by the object name e Group by Hierarchy Group by inheritance e Group by Package Group by functionality The default view for this tab is Group By Name This view shows all the different objects arranged alphabetically Click the icon or double click a package to show the properties of the struct 433 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs If you switch to the hierarchical view you will see Grt Ob ject the parent object from which all other objects are derived The Modules Tab The Modules tab enables you to browse the MySQL Workbench installed modules and their functions Clicking a module within the explorer causes its details to be displayed in a panel below the explorer This facility is useful for exploring the available modules and their supported functions It is also a way to check whether custom modules have been correctly installed Figure C 6 The Workbench Scripting Shell tab Modules r EGI Pal y u EEEE egla Modules List GRT Modules gt f DbMySQLRE gt has DbPostgresq Migration gt DbPostgresqIRE gt fas DbSQLAnywhereMigration gt f DbSQLAnywhereR
59. Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial cccceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeee ee ae ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeaes 96 5 3 Manage Server Connections ccccceceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeee ee aeaa ee eeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeaeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeenees 108 5 3 1 Standard TCP IP Connection Method ccceceeeeeeeeeee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneneeees 110 5 3 2 Local Socket Pipe Connection Method cccceceaceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeateeeeeeeeeaeaaea 112 5 3 3 Standard TCP IP over SSH Connection Method cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneneeeees 113 5 3 4 SSL Wizard Certificates issis ccc ceceee cece anaa ee eeeeeeeeaaaaaaeeeeeeeeaaaaaaneeeeeeees 114 5 3 5 System Profile sissit saneoeeyseubencetd atondsseiaeed sess eovesaetuees adadad iania aa 116 5 3 6 Configure Server Management Wizard sssssesssiirssessstsrrrrrittssttrrrtrrtrssttrnrnnrtrastentrnnnnt 118 5 3 7 The Password Storage Vault oerset aininn ea aa Ai aa iaaa aa KAA aA Aa 120 5 4 MySQL Fabric Integration sinasina a a i a a a a iai 121 5 5 Client Connections sassi sresnesisn anai ae a aE Ea HEEN AE EAEE DAE 122 Manage and create MySQL connections 5 1 Creating A New MySQL Connection Simple To add a connection click the icon to the right of the MySQL Connections title on the Home screen This opens the Setup New Connection form Figure 5 1 Setup New Connection Form Esener E a e Connection Name Type
60. D Users and Privileges 6 Status and System Variables Local mstance MySQLS7 Performance Schema Setup Oh Easy Setup amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports O Performance Schema Setup Performance Schema l Fully Enabled Management Information Custom Server Default Disabled The MySQL Performance Schema allows to instrument MySQL to collect statistics and performance data log collected events into tables so they can be analyzed Use the switch above to change Performance Schema instrumentation or disable it Full Reset to Factory Defaults Object Info Clicking Show Advanced provides methods to fine tune the Performance Schema instrumentation 179 Performance Report Controls m E MySQL Workbench en fe Localhost x Figure 7 3 Performance Schema Setup Introduction File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help HDG HE Elgg Bie Navigator MANAGEMENT Serer Status amp Client Connections DL Users and Privileges Ged Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data import Restore INSTANCE 6 Startup Shutdown A Serer logs Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Pertormance Reports OS Performance Schema Setup Management Information Query 1 Administration Performance Sc_ Localhost
61. Display 30 Larger tables will be truncated Routines Trim Routine Names Longer Than 20 characters Relationships Connections Draw Line Crossings slow in large diagrams Hide Captions Enabled by default Center Captions Over Line Preferences Modeling Appearance Use this tab to set the available colors for the objects that appear on an EER diagram canvas You can also add colors if you wish For related information see Section 3 1 User Accessibility Options Figure 3 15 Preferences Modeling Appearance General Editors Y SQL Editor Query Editor Object Editors SQL Execution Administration Y Modeling Defaults MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Others Color Presets Color Presets Colors available when creating tables views etc 98BFDA FEDES8 98D8A5 FE9898 FE98FE FFFFFF Fonts Configure Fonts For Default Western Colors available when creating layers notes etc FFEEEC FEFDED EAFFES ECFDFF FOF 1FE FFEBFA Location Text Figure Text Connection Caption Layer Title Routine Group Figure Ite Routine Group Figure Title Table Figure Items Table Figure Section Table Figure Title View Figure Title Font Tahoma 11 Tahoma 11 Tahoma 11 Tahoma 12 Tahoma Bold 12 Tahoma 11 Tahoma Bold 11 Tahoma Bold 12 Tahoma Bold 12 83 Fonts and Colors Preferences These are the available colors used while m
62. EER Diagrams are found under the File menu To create documentation of your models see The DBDoc Model Reporting Dialog Window Commercial Version 9 2 1 1 Printing Options The printing menu items not enabled unless an EER Diagram is active These items are available e Page Setup Enables you to choose the paper size orientation and margins e Print Sends your EER Diagram directly to the printer This option generates a preview before printing From the preview you can adjust the scale of the view and also choose a multi page view Clicking the printer 273 DBDoc Model Reporting icon at the top left of this window prints the currently selected EER Diagram Close the print preview window if you need to adjust the placement of objects on the EER Diagram canvas e Print to PDF Creates a PDF file of your EER Diagram e Print to PS Creates a PostScript file of your EER Diagram 9 2 2 DBDoc Model Reporting This dialog window is found by navigating to the Model menu and choosing the DBDoc Model Reporting item Note R This functionality is only available in the MySQL Workbench commercial editions Use this dialog window to set the options for creating documentation of your database models Figure 9 14 The DBDoc Model Reporting Main Wizard E fi DBDoc Model Reporting Generate a Report for the Current Model HTML Basic Frames A detailed HTML report using frames For printing HTML Basic Si
63. Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Sie sian a Navigator y lt i l pa es G Uul amp OlB O OG E tmto 1000s 1 SELECT d SQL_BIG_RESULT A SCHEMAS Filter objects gt blog Yv G sakila CSM sQu_BUFFER_RESULT gt Tables SQL_CACHE E gt Views SQL_CALC_FOUND_ROWS gt Ef Stored Procedures SQL_NO_CACHE gt Sh Functions SQL_SMALL_RESULT STRAIGHT JOIN staff gt test store SID special_features staff_id store store_id Management MySQL Enterprise Firewall MySQL Enterprise Firewall support was added in MySQL Workbench 6 3 4 Use MySQL Workbench to install and enable MySQL Enterprise Firewall and manage the MySQL Enterprise Firewall rules and variables For additional information see Section 6 8 MySQL Enterprise Firewall Interface New in MySQL Workbench 6 3 Figure 1 4 MySQL Enterprise Firewall Install Enable MANAGEMENT Server Status amp Client Connections I Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data import Restore INSTANCE B startup shutdown Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard E Pertormance Reports O Performance Schema Setup Here you can manage MYSQL Firewall First install the MySQL Enterprise Firewall plugin MYSQL ENTERPRISE by diding Install Frewal After instalation you can manage the user rules audit inspector in the Users and P
64. Efficiency 27 49 KB s 99 9 9 7 0 Ay Server Logs P Options File Available Server Features annann Performance Schema On SSL Availability Off Thread Pool nja PAM Authentication Off Queries per Second Memcached Plugin nja Password Validation n a 0 Semisync Replication Plugin n a Audit Log nja Server Directories peneuowann Base Directory Jusrt local mys i o rhe er SSE Data Directory use local mysql data j Otjectinto Session Disk Space in Data Dir 198Gi of 465Gi available Table actor Plugins Directory ust local mysql lib ptugin Columns Tmp Directory var tmp actor id smallint S UN Al PK Error Log On usr local mysql data scissors local err mia oe General Log Off ast update timestamp Slow Query Log of Replication Slave this server is not a slave in a replication setup Authentication _ Management support for target host enabied successfully ne Enterprise Features Support for MySQL Enterprise features in the Commercial edition of MySQL Workbench was added From within the Management tab for an open connection look for the following products under the heading MySQL Enterprise MySQL Enterprise Backup MEB A GUI frontend for the MEB tool After installing a commercial version of MySQL Workbench and MySQL Enterprise Backup MySQL Workbench will check for and handle the pre requisites Backup recovery is also supported This plugin supports MEB with local and remote installations of Linux and OS X and locally for MyS
65. Figure 10 50 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Copy Databases Copy Databases Click Next gt to continue Message Log Migrating Migrating Migrating schema world Migrating schema contents for schema world Table world city migrated Creating target schema Creating schema in target MySQL server at Mysqi localhost 3306 Executing preamble script Execute statement SET FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS 0 Creating schema world Execute statement DROP SCHEMA IF EXISTS world Execute statement CREATE SCHEMA IF NOT EXISTS world Review the Message Log to confirm that the migration completed with success Click Next to view a summary of the results 395 Using the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard Figure 10 51 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Results Succeeded copied 239 of 239 rows from world country Succeeded copied 4079 of 4079 rows from world dty Succeeded copied 984 of 84 rows from world courttrylanguage Click Finish to close the wizard 10 8 Using the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard For a visual walk through of the migration wizard see Section 10 2 1 A visual guide to performing a database migration 10 8 1 Connecting to the databases A connection is made to the source and target database servers Source Connection Select the source RDBMS that is migrating to MySQL Choose the Database System that
66. Fite PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports GS Performance Schema Setup Management Information Administration Users and Privil MyFirstComection Users and Privileges User Accounts general localhost mysqibackup localhost root localhost User From Host Details for account general localhost Role OBA MaintenanceAdmin ProcessAdmin UserAdmin SecurityAdmin MonitorAdmin OBManager DBDesigner ReplicationAdmin BackupAdmin WI Custom Description grants the rights to perform all tasks grants rights needed to maintain server fights needed to assess monitor and kill any uf grants rights to create userslogins and reset pat fights to manage logins and grant and revoke s minimum set of rights needed to monitor servet grants full rights on all databases rights to create and reverse engineer any datab rights needed to setup and manage replication minimal rights needed to backup any database custom role Global Privileges ALTER ALTER ROUTINE CREATE CREATE ROUTINE CREATE TABLESPACE CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES CREATE USER CREATE VIEW DELETE DROP EVENT DEUTE FILE GRANT OPTION INDEX INSERT LOCK TABLES PROCESS REFERENCES RELOAD Schema Privileges Additional schema privileges that the account can use For example the standard mysqlibackup user has CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES on the mysql schema 135 Server Status Figure 6 9 Navigator Management
67. IF NOT EXISTS dvd_collection USE dvd_collection WONAURWNE CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS dvd_collection movies movie_id INT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT title VARCHAR 45 NOT NULL release_date DATE NULL PRIMARY KEY movie_id ENGINE InnoDB SET SQL_MODE OLD_SQL_MODE SET FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS SET UNIQUE_CHECKS OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS 16 The Commit Progress page confirms that each step was executed Click Show Logs to view the logs If no errors are present click Close to close the wizard 17 The new dvd_collection database is now present on the MySQL server Confirm this by opening the MySQL connection and viewing the schema list or by executing SHOW DATABASES from the MySQL Command Line Client mysql 18 Ensure that your model is saved Click Save Model to Current File on the main toolbar For additional information about data modeling see Chapter 9 Database Design Modeling 9 3 2 Basic Modeling On the MySQL Model page double click the Add Diagram icon This creates and opens anew EER Diagram Canvas 286 Basic Modeling Figure 9 23 Adding an EER Diagram Model Overview GH Add Diagram Y Physical Schemas m From an EER diagram page you can graphically design a database 9 3 2 1 Adding a Table The tools in the vertical toolbar on the left of the EER Diagram tab are used for designing an EER diagram Start by creating a table usi
68. IN NO EVENT HALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR NY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN CTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM UT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE R OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE G 26 PROJ 4 License The following software may be included in this product iol t eh 1S OOP PN All source data files and other contents of the PROJ 4 package are available under the following terms Note that the PROJ 4 3 and earlier was public domain as is common with US government work but apparently this is not a well defined legal term in many countries I am placing everything under the following MIT style license because I believe it is effectively the same as public domain allowing anyone to use the code as they wish including making proprietary derivatives Though I have put my own name as copyright holder I don t mean to imply I did the work Essentially all work was done by Gerald Evenden Copyright c 2000 Frank Warmerdam Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions
69. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Any feedback is very welcome http www math keio ac jp matumoto emt html email matumoto math keio ac jp Sockets The socket module uses the functions getaddrinfo and getnameinfo which are coded in separate source files from the WIDE Project http www wide ad jp Cejoyiengine CC 1995 i996 1997 aincl WOE Aula Iie Tei lt All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions AIS mets 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from t
70. License The following software may be included in this product Boost C Libraries Use of any of this software is governed by the terms of the license below 452 Cairo License Boost Software License Version 1 0 August 17th 2003 Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person or organization obtaining a copy of the software and accompanying documentation covered by this license the Software to use reproduce display distribute execute and transmit the Software and to prepare derivative works of the Software and to permit third parties to whom the Software is furnished to do so all subject to the following The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement including the above license grant this restriction and the following disclaimer must be included in all copies of the Software in whole or in part and all derivative works of the Software unless such copies or derivative works are solely in the form of machine executable object code generated by a source language processor THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIO
71. Login User root Current User rootlocaihost The Schedule tab optionally sets a backup schedule for both full and incremental backups The schedule uses the Windows Tasks Scheduler on Microsoft Windows and a cron job on Linux and OS X It is scheduled using the operating system user that is scheduling the backup which is typically the MySQL user A full backup is slower than the incremental backup that merges with a full backup A common scenario is to set a full backup as weekly and an incremental backup as daily For additional information about backup performance see Optimizing Backup Performance 164 Backup Recovery Figure 6 37 Workbench MySQL Enterprise Backup Configuration Schedule Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help sie Heg a aa ab MANAGEMENT Serer Status amp Client Connections QD Users ana Privileges pa TE Variables ences rofle Nii Full ote Full Ordy amp Data importRestore MySQL Enterprise Backup Comments This weekly backup saves all dev example org data and stores it on Suki24 INSTANCE B Startup shutdown A Server togs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard Schedule Contents Options Advanced amp Performance Reports E Performance Schema Setup V Perform full backups every MYSQL ENTERPRISE Week Audit inspector Firewall fo Online Backup cy Restore v C Perform incremental backups every Hour at minute 00 Incremental b
72. Manual Editing OVERVIEW Q Overview Review and edit migrated objects You can manually edit the generated SQL before applying them to the target database SOURCE amp TARGET Migrated Objects Mew All Objects 7 Source Selection Source Object Target Object Migraton Message Target Selection gt aja g Preamble v E Northwind Northwind v aes psc Saa Y Tables Tables Jiran gt a jC i CustomerCustomeDe i CustomerCustomerDemo ij CustomerDemographics CustomerDemographis iy Customers uj Customers Y Reverse Engineer Source gt gt OBJECT MIGRATION gt gt gt Y Source Objects Employees uj Employees Y Migration EmployeeTerritories 1 EmployeeTerritories tianuat cating A odes cies gt a Orders er Orders Target Creation Options Penderin Pondedn Create Schemata You can rename target schemas and tables and change column definitons by selecting the item and pressing F2 SQL CREATE Script for Selected Object Crente Target Rents CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS Northwind Categories CategoryID INT 10 NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT DATA MIGRATION CategoryName VARCHAR 15 NOT NULL Data Transfer Setup Description LONGTEXT NULL Picture LONGSLOB NULL Bulk Data Transter PRIMARY KEY CategoryiO INDEX CategoryName CategoryName ASC REPORT COLLATE utf8_general_a Migration Report The View combo box also has a Column Mappings option It shows the table columns and allows you to review
73. MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Fonts SQL Editor Resultset Grid Scripting Shell Script Editor Color Scheme Others E Select your scheme Note Consolas 10 Tahoma 8 Consolas 10 Consolas 10 System Default Global font for SQL text editors Resultset grid in SQL Editor Scripting Shell output area Code editors in scripting shell v The scheme that determines the core colors Font changes require a refresh or restart before they take effect The following image shows the SQL Editor after changing the Editor font size from 10 to 30 67 Color Presets Figure 3 3 SQL Editor with Font size 30 i Local instance MySQL57 x Fie Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Sie JIA ww SCHEMAS Ses uo 100r Isls Qe Q Fite objects 1 SELECT FROM s gt BH Tables gt B views gt B Rored Procedures gt D Functions gt test staff store sales_by_film_category sales by store staff_list Color Presets Here you define the colors used in EER diagrams for the tables views layers and notes You can edit or add additional color choices by entering their ASCII values Theming On Windows the Fonts amp Colors preference tab also includes a Color Scheme configuration section From here you can enable the High Contrast color theme This theme preference affects the MySQL Workbench GUI 68 Microsoft Active Accessibility M
74. Number to the right of nested loop diamonds number of rows produced by the JOIN Number above the loop diamonds relative cost of the JOIN requires MySQL 5 7 or greater The associated colors and descriptions used in the Visual Explain diagram Table 7 1 Visual Explain Diagram Information System Color Text on Visual Diagram Tooltip related information Name SYSTEM Blue Single row system constant Very low cost 183 Visual Explain Usage System Color Text on Visual Diagram Tooltip related information Name CONST Blue Single row constant Very low cost EQ_REF Green Unique Key Lookup Low cost The optimizer is able to find an index that it can use to retrieve the required records It is fast because the index search directly leads to the page with all the row data REF Green Non Unique Key Lookup Low medium Low if the number of matching rows is small higher as the number of rows increases FULLTEX Yellow Fulltext Index Search Specialized FULLTEXT search Low for this specialized search requirement REF_OR Mirb n Key Lookup Fetch NULL Values Low medium if the number of matching rows is small higher as the number of rows increases INDEX_Migr n Index Merge Medium look for a better index selection in the query to improve performance UNIQUE_S amp BAYEERWnique Key Lookup into table of Low Used for efficient Subquery subquery processing INDEX
75. OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Options Migration E Keep schemas if they akeady exist Objects that already exist wil not be recreated or updated Manual Editing Target Creation Options Creste Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK Create Schemata Now the schemata is created The complete log is also available here 351 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 15 MySQL Workbench migration Create Schemata amp Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Create Schema Hei IIt 9200005 2920060 2920065 2290005 9920066 DIKES SII IORI DIESEL E DSI IIIS IO AIRED II IIE PIII SDI IIE IIK OVERVIEW Overview The SQL scripts generated for the migrated schema objects wil now be executed in the target database You can monitor execution in the logs and if there are errors SOURCE amp TARGET you may correct them in the next step Table data wil be migrated at a later step Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source Create Script Fie Y Connect to Target Database D Perform Checks in Target Y Create Schemas and Objects OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing ipaa tasks gt continue Message Log StartTme DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shift start tme EndTime DATETI
76. Overview The following tasks wil now be performed Please monitor the exequton SOURCE amp TARGET 7 Source Selection Y Prepare information for data copy Y Target Selection Create shel script for data copy Y Fetch Schemata List Y Determine number of rows to copy Y Schemata Selection Copy data to target RDEMS Y Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Y Source Objects Migration Y Manual Editing Y Target Creation Options Y Create Schemata Y Create Target Results Copying Northwind Orders DATA MIGRATION Y Data Transfer Setup REPORT Migration Report Once it finishes move to the next page You will be presented a report page summarizing the whole process Now review and click Finish to close the wizard Verification Now that the Northwind database was successfully migrated next we will view the results Open an SQL Editor that is associated with your MySQL Server instance and then query the Northwind database You can try something like SELECT FROM Northwind customers 379 Microsoft SQL Server migration Figure 10 40 Verify Your Results File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help SHod Hah we Navigator Query 7 customers x BESEEZI SCHEMAS AE yay Une to 5000 rows Fiter objects ie SELECT FROM northwind customers v northwind yD Tables gt E customers GE AAE employee privileges ResultGrid 4 Fiter Rows Edt C Eo ES Exportfimport f
77. PROCESSLIST_DB t PROCESSLIST_COMMAND t PROCESSLIST_TIME t PROCESSLIST_STATE t THREAD_ID t TYPE t NAME t PARENT_THREAD_ID t INSTRUMENTED t PROCESSLIST_INFO a ATTR_VALUE FROM performance_schema threads t LEFT OUTER JOIN performance_schema session_connect_attrs a ON t processlist_id a processlist_id AND a attr_name IS NULL OR a attr_name program_name WHERE t TYPE lt gt BACKGROUND Explain for Connection Hide sleeping connections 7 Hide background threads V Don t load full thread info Hide Detais RefreshRate DontRefresh v Kill Query s Kal Connection s Refresh e Locks MySQL uses metadata locking to manage access to objects such as tables and triggers Sometimes a query might be blocked while being manipulated by another connection from another user The Locks feature utilizes these MySQL metadata locks MDL to show the locked connections that are blocked or being waiting on and shows information about the locks what they are waiting for and what they hold 124 Client Connections and Metadata locks Figure 5 28 Metadata Locks Browser Query 1 7g Administration Client Connections X a gt Local instance 3306 Client Connections Threads Connected 6 Threads Running 2 Threads Created 6 Threads Cached 0 Rejected over limit 0 Total Connections 11 Connection Limit 1100 Aborted Clients 0 Aborted Connections 3 Errors
78. Performance Schema Setup MySQL ENTERPRISE __Uniock _ Delete Cache _ B audit inspector Online Backup ey Backup Recovery Management Eea Information Object Info E 6 7 MySQL Enterprise Backup Interface MySQL Workbench include a MySQL Enterprise Backup GUI interface that is listed in the Management Navigator tab for a MySQL connection There are two MySQL Enterprise Backup related sections in the Navigator e Online Backup Sets a backup profile that defines what should be backed up where the backup should be stored and when the frequency MySQL should be backed up e Restore Restores the MySQL server to a specific point in time typically by restoring a backup that was created by the Online Backup feature in MySQL Workbench For information comparing the different methods to import export data using MySQL Workbench see Section 6 5 Data Export and Import The MySQL Enterprise Backup configuration is located on the MySQL server and not locally This information includes the MySQL Enterprise Backup configuration backup profiles job scheduling backup operations and data This also means that the backup operations are executed with or without MySQL Workbench running 6 7 1 General Requirements MySQL Enterprise Backup is a MySQL Enterprise Feature that is separate from MySQL Workbench For more information about its functionality see the MySQL Enterprise Backup documentation at http 158 Gener
79. Q U E 16 SELECT FROM sakila actor m E aao Result Grid T 4 Fiter Rows ede cA Eo E Eportfimport Eg Ka Wrap Cel Content a O address actor_id firstname last_name last_update T T category GUINESS 2006 02 15 04 34 33 l aa city NICK WAHLBERG 2006 02 15 04 34 33 any CHASE 2006 02 15 04 34 33 Action Output is the currently 2006 02 15 04 34 33 selected Output scheme ilm_actor 17 28 38 SELECT FROM sakta actor LIMIT 0 1000 200 row s retumed 17 29 32 SELECT FROM sakia category LIMIT 0 1000 16 row retumed 17 29 34 SELECT FROM saka fim_actor LIMIT 0 1000 1000 rows retumed gt P stored Procedures 17 29 39 SELECT FROM wodd cty LIMIT 0 1000 1000 row s retumed gt P Functions 17 29 43 SELECT FROM wodd country LIMIT 0 1000 239 row e retumed 4 mane _ 17 36 07 SELECT FROM wedds country LIMIT 0 1000 Eror Code 1146 Table words country doesnt exist 0 015 sec Error status icon 17 36 43 SELECT FROM wodd country LIMIT 0 1000 239 row e retumed 0 000 see 0 000 sec 17 40 29 EXPLAIN SELECT FROM wodd country oK 0 000 sec 17 40 29 EXPLAIN FORMAT JSON SELECT FROM wodd country OK 0 000 sec 17 41 18 SELECT FROM sakia actor LIMIT 0 1000 200 row s retumed 0 000 sec 0 000 sec Information Action Output A summary of executed MySQL statements in the current Workbench session including errors and general status information Object Info EEEE The History Output panel provides a hi
80. Query Status tab was improved to include graphs and additional information Execute SQL Scripts The new Run SQL Script dialog executes an SQL script without loading it into the SQL editor This is useful because loading large scripts for editing can cause performance problems related to increased memory usage and required processing for editor features such as syntax highlighting syntax checking and code folding The dialog lets you preview a part of the script optionally specify a default schema and optionally set the default character set to use for the imported data The output window shows warnings messages and an execution progression bar Select Run SQL Script from the File menu to execute this wizard 16 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 16 Run SQL Script Preview the first lines of the script below and click Run to start executing Note the preview below may display non ASCII characters incorrectly even if the MySQL server can treat them correctly 55047 total bytes in file displaying first 4098 bytes CREATE DATABASE IF NOT EXISTS gis_test 40100 DEFAULT CHARACTER SET latini USE gis_test 4010 SET OLD CHARACTER SET CLIENT c CHARACTER SET CLIENT 20301 SET GOLD CHARACTER SET RESULTS 00C HARACTER SET RESULTS 3 130101 SET NAMES utf8 110303 SET GOLD TIME ZONESSGTIME ZONE DROP TABLE IF EXISTS borders2 lt 44 13 Schema to be used unless explicitly specified in
81. Quit Workbench when the script is done log eo Skdert Also log to stderr loa n Show command line options and exit log level lt level gt Valid levels are error warning info debugl debug2 debug3 verbose v Enable diagnostics output version Show Workbench version number and exit open lt file gt Open the given file at startup deprecated use script model etc 62 Launching 2 5 2 Launching To launch MySQL Workbench on OS X open the Applications folder in the Finder then double click MySQL Workbench It is also possible to start MySQL Workbench from the command line shell gt open MySQLWorkbench app options model_file Specifying options and or a model file is optional 2 5 3 Uninstalling To uninstall MySQL Workbench for OS X locate MySQL Workbench in the Applications folder right click and select Move to Trash What Is Not Removed By default the uninstallation process does not remove your MySQL Workbench configuration directory This directory includes your MySQL connections configuration settings cache files SQL snippets and history logs custom modules and more These files are stored under your user s MySQL Workbench folder Note R By default the MySQL Workbench configuration directory is username Library Application Support MySQL Workbench where username is the path to your user s home directory Also the uninstallation process does not remove the mysqlworkbe
82. Reports G Performance Schema Setup Collapse Schemas and Management panels ke Refresh the Navigator SCHEMAS Q Filter objects dvd_collection information_schema performance_schema sakila test wbsys Statement history E world v Tables gt E city J m Context Help gt B country gt E countrylanguage gt SS views ll Action Output lt a E ES PEE Duration Fetch Output Information The following sections describe how to use the visual SQL editor 8 1 1 SQL Query Window In this area you can enter SQL statements directly The statements entered can be saved to a file or snippet for later use At any point you can also execute the statements you have entered To save a Snippet of code entered into the SQL Query panel click the Save SQL to Snippets List icon in the Snippets panel enter a name optional and click OK The snippet can be inserted into the SQL Query panel at any time by double clicking the snippet in the SQL Snippets panel 194 SQL Query Window Toolbar Figure 8 2 SQL Editor SQL Query Panel File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She dH a Navigator SCHEMAS amp Filter objects amp sakila gt EP Tables gt amp views gt EP stored Procedures gt EP Functions countrylanguage EP views EP Stored Procedures SP Functions Object information Executes the SQL statement GBIF amp CB O O A umto 0000s ie SELECT na
83. SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANT ABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL SECRET LABS AB OR THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS 489 Python License ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE test_epoll The test_epoll contains the following notice Copyright c 2001 2006 Twisted Matrix Laboratories Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHER
84. Script executed successfully AdventureWorks lt mployee D Script executed successfully Reverse Engineer Source r a AdventureWorks EmplayeeAddress D Script executed successfully OBJECT MIGRATION I AdventureWorks EmployeeDepatne J Script executed successfully Source Objects i AdventureWorks SmployeePayHistory 3 Script executed successfully I AdventureWorksJobCandidate D Script executed successfully Migration AdventureWorks Shift GY Script executed successfully Manual Editing Postamble D Script executed successfully Target Creation Options ON OU WN Create Schemas Output Messages Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transter Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK 10 8 10 Data Transfer and Migration Setup Transfers data from the source RDBMS to the target MySQL database The setup screen includes the following options Data Copy Online copy of table data to target RDBMS This default will copy the data to the target RDBMS Create a batch file to copy the data at another time The data may also be dumped to a file that can be executed at a later time or be used as a backup This script uses a MySQL connection to transfer the data e Create a shell script to use native server dump and load abilities for fast migration Unlike the simple batch file that performs a live online copy this generates a script to be executed on the source host to th
85. Setup REPORT AdventureWorks EmployeePayHstory has succeeded 316 of 316 rows copied f 7 tables of 7 were fully copied Migration Report Copy data to target RDBMS finished Finished performing tasks 10 8 12 Migration Report Displays the final report that summarizes the migration process 410 MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard FAQ Figure 10 67 MySQL Workbench migration Migration Report File Edt View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List MigrationReport OVERVIEW Overview SOURCE amp TARGET MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard Report Sase Selection Date Wed Apr 09 20 04 47 2014 Target Selection Source Microsoft SQL Server 9 0 5000 Fetch Schemas List PRON YE SSI Schemas Selection L Magration Reverse Engineer Source 1 Summary OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration 1 Adventureviorks Manual Editing Source Schema Adventurev orks Target Creation Options Tables Triggers 0 Number of migrated schemas 1 Create Schemas Views 6 Create Target Results Stored Procedures 3 Funcbons 0 DATA MIGRATION Data Transter Setup 2 Migraton Issues Name SS note Collation Latn 1_General_CS_AS migrated to utf8_general_c GroupNiame REPORT Migration Report 10 9 MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard FAQ Frequently Asked Questions with answers 10 9 1 While using the Postgresql psqlodbc driver see the following error 08001 08001 Already connected
86. T E N 388 10 6 2 Drivs wessxecndlaschiicaseetoteal aA REUE AIREAREN SAREES 388 10 6 3 Connection Setup sa sesccicgiene case hesernetheass ea OA a Aa T 390 10 6 4 PostgreSQL Type Mapping cccceeeceeeeeeeeeee cece ae aaa eeeeeeee ee aeaa aaa eeeeeeeeaeaaaadaeeeeeeeeaeaae 390 10 7 MYSQL mMigratloN cage sectecen cage sndedes scents ad an A E E R 392 10 8 Using the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard ccccceceeeeeeeee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaes 396 10 8 1 Connecting to the databases c ccceceeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeee tees ae aaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeees 396 10 8 2 Schemata Retrieval and Selection cccccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeaes 398 10 8 3 Reverse Engineering eskearen aA R 399 10 8 4 Object Selection sisstin niia stay candi A aE AEA ea AE a aaia 400 AOR S ero ile its 08 eee nee E tr tener 401 10 8 6 Manual Editing siostiiecescenseseuecsscseerdbwntiuesentnguccann nebecend seeedh na nebedond E 402 10 8 7 Target Creation Options sneri menne E E E O 405 10 8 8 Schema Creation iiisruorisiiiasrini aana a Na EA AEE a a a AE ENENG 406 10 8 9 Create Target Results nsnoeseenesseessesssnrsnsessssssnnsnsnosssssnnsnstoresssnnsnnnosssssnnsnttorscssnnnnnnnt 407 10 8 10 Data Transfer and Migration Setup ccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeee tees aa ea eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaae 408 108 Buk Data Tanio er dares laced didancane saaeeaeetddecaaeddateda
87. TOP THE POSSILBTELTYY OE UCH DAMAGE Hey D O PERTO 1S tea strtod and dtoa The file Python dtoa c which supplies C functions dtoa and strtod for conversion of C doubles to and from strings is derived from the file of the same name by David M Gay currently available from http www netlib org fp The original file as retrieved on March 16 2009 contains the following copyright and licensing notice RR RK KK KR IK KR IR A I A AA IA I I I I kk The author of this software is David M Gay 490 Python ecdsa License Copyright c 1991 2000 2001 by Lucent Technologies Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby granted provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy or modification of this software and in all copies of the supporting documentation for such software THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY IN PARTICULAR NEITHER THE AUTHOR NOR LUCENT MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE Se ee ee E en i a ae es ee FER AA E E A AR A I AA I A AA I A I k k k k k k k I kk k k S G 31 Python ecdsa License The following software may be included in this product python ecdsa Copyright c 2010 Brian Warner Portions written in 2005 by Pete
88. The column character set COLUMN_COLLATION Variable COLUMNS if detailed The column collation COLUMN_IS_USERTYPE Variable COLUMNS if detailed Whether the column is a user type INDICES_LISTING Section TABLES Marks the start and end of an INDICES LISTING section the INDICES_ LISTING data dictionary becomes active in this section INDICES Section INDICES LISTING Marks the start and end of an INDICES section the INDICES data dictionary becomes active in this section INDEX_NAME Variable INDICES The index name INDEX_PRIMARY Variable INDICES Whether this is a primary key INDEX_UNIQUE Variable INDICES Whether this is a unique index INDEX_COLUMNS INDEX_TYPE Variable INDICES The index type for example PRIMARY INDEX_KIND Variable INDICES The index kind INDEX_COMMENT Variable INDICES The index comment INDEX_ID Variable INDICES The index ID INDICES Marks the start and end of an INDEX_COLUMNS section the INDEX_COLUMNS data dictionary becomes active in this section INDEX_COLUMN_NAME Variable INDEX_COLUMNS The index column name INDEX_COLUMN_ORDER Variable INDEX_COLUMNS The index column order for example ascending descending INDEX_COLUMN_COMMENT Variable INDEX_COLUMNS The index comment INDEX_KEY BLOCK_SIZE Variable INDEX_COLUMNS if The index key block size detailed REL_LISTING Section TABLES Marks the start and end of a REL_LISTING se
89. UQ BIN UN ZF Al in the MySQL Workbench A 1 Tane Edir Mean exes cece asus cevesatevercteh asics veeeauenmerdeshQetectiasucteudbuntetdnedasieed a E aaa 416 Why do my query results sometimes say Read Only but other times can edit data in the results grid Data in the query results grid is only editable when the query results includes a primary key For example SELECT type FROM food will be read only if type is not a primary key but SELECT id type FROM food will be editable when id is a primary key Typically SELECT syntax is used in Workbench which often includes query results with a primary key For additional information hover over the Read Only icon to reveal a tooltip that explains why your result set is in read only mode 415 A 2 A 3 A A I m attempting to execute a DELETE query but the query fails with an Error Code 1175 error How do proceed By default Workbench is configured to not execute DELETE or UPDATE queries that do not include a WHERE clause on a KEY column To alter this behavior open your Workbench Preferences select the SQL Editor section and disable the following preference Safe Updates Forbid UPDATEs and DELETEs with no key in WHERE clause or no LIMIT clause Changing this preference requires you to reconnect to your MySQL server before it can take affect My MySQL server connection is timing out with an error like Error Code 2013 Lost connection to M
90. View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help HAG Haleg a SCHEMAS Info Tables Columns Indexes Triggers Views Stored Procedures Functions Grants Events Q sakda Name Engine RowFormat Rows AvgRowLength Datalength MaxDatalength IndexLength DataFree Auto Ince sakila T actor InnoDB Compact 200 16 0K6 0 0 bytes 16 0K6 O 0bytes address Inno08 Compact 603 96 0 K8 0 0 bytes 16 0K8 0 0bytes 1 category inno08 Compact 16 0 K8 0 0 bytes 0 0bytes 0 0bytes gj ov InnoDB Compact 48 0K8 0 0 bytes 16 0K6 0 0bytes a country Innods Compact 16 0K8 0 0 bytes O 0bytes O 0bytes j customer InnoDB Compact 80 0 K8 0 0 bytes 48 0K8 0 0bytes film InnoDB Compact 192 0 K8 0 0 bytes 80 0KB 0 0bytes al film_actor InnoDB Compact 192 0 K8 0 0 bytes 80 0K6 0 0bytes H film_category InnoDB Compact 0 0 bytes 16 0K8 0 0bytes il film_actor 1 film_text Innod8 Compact Y 0 0 bytes 16 0 K8 i film_category uy inventory InnoDB Compact e 0 0 bytes 192 0 K8 E film_text al language InnoDB Compact OKS 0 0 bytes 0 0 bytes i inventory a payment Innod8 Compact x 0 0 bytes 624 0 K8 Hj language rental Innod8 Compact 0 0 bytes 1 1M8 Ei payment a staff InnoDB Compact 32 0 K8 i rental i store Inno08 Compact OKS 32 0 K8 B staff il store Object Info Each tab lists topic oriented information such as Tables Indexes and Triggers From the Tables tab click Inspect Table to open the Table Inspector or Maintenan
91. Visual Explain helps locate and fix problematic slow queries This tutorial uses the DBT 3 database and begins with the following query SELECT FROM orders WHERE YEAR o_orderdate AND o clerk LIKE 0223 1992 AND MONTH o_orderdate 4 In the screenshot below we executed this query and generated a Visual Explain report by selecting Query Visual Explain Current Statement from the main menu 186 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance Figure 7 8 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Full Table Scan fe vars x Fite Edt View Query Ootebese Server Tools Scripting Help HEG HAEE a SOL File x Gal FHOMBMOORi a UE ie SELECT FROM orders 2 WHERE YEAR c_orderdate 1992 AND MONTH o_orderdate 4 AND 3 o_clerk LIKE 0223 year dots orders o_cederDATE 1992 and momth dbt3 orders o_orderDATE 4 and dbt3 orders o_derk ike 0223 Rows Examined per Scan 1500000 Rows Produced per Join 1500000 Fitered rato of rows produced per rows examined 100 Hint 100 is best lt 1 is worst A low value means the query examines a lot of rows that are not retuned 1 003805 SELECT FROM odes WHERE YEARip_orderdste 1992 AND MONTH gt _orderdate 4 AND o_cleck LIKE X022 LIMIT Q 1000 18rowis retur 1201 sec 0 000 sec 2 003816 EXPLAIN SELECT FROM orders WHERE YEARib _orderdate 1932 AND MONTHi gt _orderdate 4 AND 0 cek UKE 7 0227 OK 0 0
92. With increasingly levels of verbosity the valid values for level are error warning info debug1 debug2 and debug3 The location of the generated log files such as wb 10g are as follows Table 2 1 The default location of generated MySQL Workbench log files Platform Default location Linux mysql workbench log OS X Library Application Support Workbench log Microsoft Windows C Users user_nameAppData Roaming MySQL Workbench log e admin instance Open an administration tab to the named MySQL instance e upgrade mysql dbs Open the Migration Wizard tab e migration Open the Migration Wizard tab log to stderr Also log to stderr e vyersion Show MySQL Workbench version number and exit e verbose v Enable diagnostics output e query connection connection_string e Empty Open a query tab and prompts for a connection Connection Open a named connection e Connection_string Create a connection based on the entered connection string which should be in the form SUSER SHOST SPORT e model modelfile open the given EER model file e script script Open the given SQL file in a connection typically used with the query parameter 53 MySQL Workbench on Windows e run code Execute the given code using the default language for GRT shell e run python script Execute the given code in Python e run script file Execute Python
93. Wizard uses ODBC to connect to the source database You must have an ODBC driver for the source database installed and configured as Workbench does not bundle any such drivers For MySQL connections the native dient library is used Ensure you can connect to both source and target RDBMS servers Make sure you have to read schema information and data from the source database and create objects and insert data in the target MySQL server The max_sllowed_packet option in the target MySQL server must be large enough to fit the largest field value to be copied from source especially BLOBs and large TEXT fields The wizard supports migrating from speofic database systems but a generic RDEMS support is also provided The generic support is capable of migrating tables from many RDBMS that can be ted to using ODBC although certain type mappings may not be performed correctly A manual step is provided for reviewing and fixing any migration problems that could ocav Setting Up ODBC Drivers To check if you have the ODBC driver installed click Open ODBC Administrator from the MySQL Workbench migration overview page to open the system ODBC tool Then select the Drivers tab 364 Setting Up ODBC Drivers Figure 10 25 Checking the ODBC Drivers for Access Support lt ODBC Data Source Administrator User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About ODBC Drivers that are
94. a Live Server Use forward engineering to export your schema design to a MySQL server Select the model that you wish to forward engineer and then choose the Database Forward Engineer menu item from the main menu The first step of the process is to connect to a MySQL server to create the new database schema This page enables you to use a previously stored connection or enter the connection parameters 299 Forward Engineering Figure 9 34 Set Parameters for Connecting to a DBMS Sete Set Parameters for Connecting to a DBMS Stored Connection Localhost v Select from saved connection settings Connection Method Standard TCP IP v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port Name of the user to connect with The user s password Will be requested later if it s not set The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select it later Beck Click Next after setting the connection parameters The next page of the wizard displays is Catalog Validation validation is available only in the Commercial Edition Figure 9 35 Catalog Validation Forward Engineer to Database a Connection Options x Catalog Validation Catalog Validation The following tasks will now be executed Please monitor the execution Press Show Logs to see the execution logs Validation Finished Successfully 300 Forward Engineering
95. a name for the connection Connection Method Standard TCP IP v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters SSL Advanced Hostname 127 0 0 1 Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port Username root Name of the user to connect with Password _Storein Vault Clear The user s password Will be requested later if it s not set Default Schema The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select it later 95 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial Important A The Configure Server Management button bottom left opens an optional configuration wizard for setting shell commands on the host For example commands to start stop the MySQL instance or to edit configuration file For more information see Section 5 3 6 Configure Server Management Wizard Fill out the connection details and optionally click Configure Server Management to execute the Server Management wizard Click OK to save the connection Important A When opening connections MySQL Workbench automatically sets the client character set to ut 8 Manually changing the client character set such as using SET NAMES may cause MySQL Workbench to not correctly display the characters For additional information about client character sets see Connection Character Sets and Collations New MySQL connections are added to the Home screen as a tile and the Secti
96. aaaaaaeeeeeeeeseaaaaaaneeseeeeeeaea 127 MySQL Workbench 6 1 1 MySQL Connection Navigator ccceceeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeee ee aaeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaea 127 PETI LOGS 12 1oiare spats E fe ten E ea riteate a Aes E An E 128 6 1 3 Service Controls a2 5 sive ae enlace A nae elace el ee int ate let 130 6 1 4 Configuration Options file cece ceceeeee ee eeeeeeeeeee ee ee ae aa ee eeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaaeceeeeeeeeeaaaaeeees 131 6 2 Users and Privileges ireren i e Rei n Eee ar e SERERA EEIE cous A eE ARE AENT EAE FEINES RENES 132 673 SOLVER SLALUS sat cd a a a a bounane as noc dewsinend onal ugibaenes cannes aos 136 6 4 Status and System Variables ccccccce ce eeeeee cece ee aaee a aaa a aa aa E a Aa Papiae 137 6 5 Data Export and IMRO v 22 aTa eee ant Shee Lee te Sees 139 6 5 1 Table Data Export and Import Wizard cece cece eeee ee eeeee cena ee eeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeees 140 6 5 2 SQL Data Export and Import Wizard 0 0 02 ccceeeeeceee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeee ee aeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 148 6 5 3 Result Data Export and IMport estese cece eee eee tree ee ANPA ee ee EKER EKEREN EEKEREN AREATA 153 6 6 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface ccceceeeeeeeee cece ee eeeeeeee sees tees aaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 154 6 7 MySQL Enterprise Backup Interface c ceeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeee esse aa ee eeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 158 6 7 1 General Requirements
97. add data into your MySQL database Open a MySQL connection Figure 8 13 Getting Started Tutorial SQL Editor f man ta MySQL Workbench a x amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections Shortcuts Local instance MySQL56 MySQL Utilities root localhost 3307 Database Migration MySQL Bug Reporter Workbench Blogs U OM OM O Planet MySQL sakila_full Workbench Forum 2 os 2 gt gt gt Scripting Shell 209 Tutorial Adding Data 1 From the Navigator panel on the left select the movies table from the dvd_collection schema that we created earlier in this tutorial Right click on the movies table and choose Select Rows Limit 1000 from the context menu Note E The Navigator panel has both Management and Schemas tabs Figure 8 14 Getting Started Tutorial Adding Data from the SQL Editor File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help CJE 6 HEE Go fd Navigator SCHEMAS e onys ACIS FIGOORI Qe Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM dvd_collection movies v amp dvd_collection v Tebles vE movies v S Columns gt movie_id gt title movie_id tide gt release_date f os gt EP Indexes P TE Foreign Keys ia Pa Triggers b coo Views gt ep Stored Procedures gt EP Functions information_scheme performance_schema sakila test Management Information Table movies z 1 20 07 13 SELECT FROM dvd_c
98. added in MySQL Workbench 6 3 0 Options 353 A visual guide to performing a database migration e Truncate target tables before copying data In case the target database already exists this will delete said data e Worker tasks The default value is 2 This is the number of tasks database connections used while copying the data e Enable debug output for table copy Shows debugging information Figure 10 17 MySQL Workbench migration Data Transfer Setup Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Data Transfer Setup OVERVIEW Overview SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Select options for the copy of the migrated schema tables in the target MySQL server and dick Next gt to execute Data Copy Online copy of table data to target RDSMS Create a batch file to copy the data at another time C Wsers pholson Desktop copy _migrated_tables ond Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Create a shell script to use native server dump and load abilities for fast migration Source Objects s C Users pholson Desktop bulk_copy_tables cnd Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results Options poster Truncate target tables je delete contents before copying data Bulk Data Transfer Worker tasks 2 o REPORT Enable debug output for table copy Migration Report Bulk
99. amp Data import Restore PHILIP US MySQL 3307 5 74 m14 log MYSQL Community Server GPL Win64 x86_64 B sanup Shutdown C ProgramData MySQt MySQ Server 5 7 my iei A Server Logs z Tue Sep 16 20 44 50 2014 1 day 0 35 P Options File Refresh _ PERFORMANCE Oasndoara A G Pertormance Reports Available Server Features recO8 Butter Usage A E Performance Schema Setup Performance Schema o 64 5 na n ve a nia 7 Nrtes per Second o INSTANCE Server Directories Base Orectory C Program Files MySQt MySQt Server 5 7 Data Orectory G ProgramData MySQt MySQL Server 5 7 Data Disk Spoce in Oota Or 205 00 GB of 326 00 GB available Plugins Directory G Program fides MySQt MySQt Server 5 7 lib plugin Tmo Orectory C Witndows SERVIC 2 NETWOR 1 AppData Local Temp Error Log On PHILIP US err Gereral Log off Slow Query Log n PHILIP US slowog Replication Slave this server is not a slave in a replication setup Authentication 6 4 Status and System Variables Status and System Variables Lists all server variables for the MySQL connection You may also copy all or selected variables to your clipboard 137 Status and System Variables Figure 6 11 Navigator Management Status Variables fe MyFirstConnection x File Edit View Query Databese Server Tools Scripting Help PACE hilis Navigator MANAGEMENT Serer Status Q Client Connections Users and Privileges E Stat
100. an EER diagram in MySQL Workbench Note N Importing a large number about 300 objects could fail to create an EER diagram and instead emit a resource warning with the text Too many objects are selected for auto placement Select fewer elements to create the EER diagram In this case execute the reverse engineering wizard with this option disabled manually create the EER diagram and then import the 300 objects using the EER diagram catalog viewer If your script creates a database MySQL Workbench creates a new physical schemata tab on the MySOlL Model page Click Execute to reverse engineer the SQL script verify its results and optionally place the objects in a new EER diagram 304 Reverse Engineering Figure 9 41 Reverse Engineer SQL Script Execution Reverse Engineer SQL Seript Input and Options Reverse Engineering Progress Reverse Engineer The following tasks will now be executed Please monitor the execution Press Show Logs to see the execution logs Reverse Engineer SQL Script amp Verify Results Place Objects on Diagram Click Next to view a summary of the results and then Finish to close the wizard Figure 9 42 Reverse Engineer SQL Script Results ee SQL Import Finished Successfully Reverse Engineer Results Import of SQL script file C Users philip Desktop cd_collection sql has finished 23 tables 7 views and 6 stored procedures were imported in 1 schemas Go Bac
101. and fix the mapping of column types default values and other attributes 373 Create the database objects Figure 10 34 Manual Editing Column Mappings r f E MySQL Workbench bo Marston gt File Edit View Database Plugins Scripting Help Migration Task List Manual Editing OVERVIEW O Overview Review and edt migrated objects You can manually edt the generated SQL before applying them to the target database SOURCE amp TARGET Migrated Objects View Column Mappings Y Source Selection Source Schema Source Table Source Column Source Type Source Flags Source Collation Target Schemi Y Target Selection Northwind Ty Categories P CategoryD INT Northwind Northwind Categones gt CategoryName NVARCHAR IS i SQU_Latini_Gen Northwind v Schemat t Fach pa Northwind n Categories Description NTEXT Sql Latini Gen Northwind Y Schemata Selection Northwind Categories Picture IMAGE Northwind Y Reverse Engineer Source Northwind CustomerCu CustomerID NCHAR S Sql Latini Gen Northwind Northwind CustomerGu CustomerTy NCHAR 10 SQi_Latini_Gen Northwind OBJECT MIGRATION Northwind CustomeDe CustomerTy NCHAR 10 i SQL_Latini_Gen Northwind Y Source Objects Northwind pm CustomerDe CustomerDesc NTEXT SQU_Latini_Gen Northwind Y Migration Northwind a Customers CustomerID NCHAR S Sql Latini Gen Northwind Manuaieating Northwind 4 Customers CompanyNa NVARCHAR 40 SQUL_Latini_Gen Northwind srathsiad Se
102. and upgrades When executing MySQL Installer you may choose MySQL Workbench as one of the products to install It is selected by default and essentially executes the standalone Installer Package described below Installation Using the Installer Package The standalone download is available at http dev mysql com downloads workbench 54 Launching MySQL Workbench can be installed using the Windows Installer msi installation package The MSI package bears the name mysql workbench communit y version winarch msi where version indicates the MySQL Workbench version number and arch the build architecture either win32 or winx64 1 To install MySQL Workbench right click the MSI file and select the Install item from the pop up menu or double click the file 2 Inthe Setup Type window you may choose a Complete or Custom installation To use all features of MySQL Workbench choose the Complete option 3 Unless you choose otherwise MySQL Workbench is installed in c 3PROGRAMFILES MySOL MySQL Workbench 6 3 edition_type where PROGRAMFILES is the default directory for programs for your locale The sPROGRAMFILES directory is defined as C Program Files on most systems Installation Using the Zip File If you have problems running the Installer package an alternative is to install from a Zip file without an installer That file is called mysql workbench community version arch zip where version indicates the MySQL Workb
103. as a standalone package They are a set of command line utilities and a Python library for making the common tasks easy to accomplish The library is written entirely in Python meaning that it is not necessary to have any other tools or libraries installed to make it work It is currently designed to work with Python v2 6 or later and there is no support yet for Python v3 1 The utilities are available under the GPLv2 license and are extendable using the supplied library For more information see the MySQL Utilities manual at http dev mysql com doc index utils fabric html Installing The MySQL Utilities MySQL Utilities development is managed elsewhere and require a separate download Attempting to start the MySQL Utilities when they are not installed will prompt for a download and their installation See the MySQL Utilities manual for additional information Note E MySQL Workbench searches for the mysqluc MySQL Utility in the system s PATH to determine if the MySQL Utilities are installed Opening MySQL Utilities From MySQL Workbench Open the MySQL Utility mysqluc MySQL Utilities Unified Console from MySQL Workbench from either the Tools menu or from the MySQL Utilities shortcut on the Home page 445 Opening MySQL Utilities From MySQL Workbench Figure F 1 Open MySQL Utilities From Workbench Ha MySQL Workbench File Edt View Database Tools Scripting Help Use either option to open a MySQL Utilities window
104. cccceeceeeeeee eee cece eeeeeeee ee ae eae eeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 90 3 1 User Accessibility Options Fonts MySQL Workbench includes methods to improve user accessibility Under Preferences modeling fonts are adjustable from the Appearance section of the Modeling menu 65 Fonts Figure 3 1 Appearance Preferences General Editors Y SQL Editor Query Editor Object Editors SQL Execution Administration Y Modeling Defaults MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Others Choose the character set under the Configure Fonts For setting typically leave the default setting here Color Presets Colors available when creating tables views etc 98BFDA FEDE58 98D8A5 FE9898 FE98FE PFFFFF Fonts Configure Fonts For Default Western Location Text Figure Text Connection Caption Layer Title Table Figure Items Table Figure Section Table Figure Title View Figure Title Font Tahoma 11 Tahoma 11 Tahoma 11 Routine Group Figure Ite Tahoma 12 Routine Group Figure Title Tahoma Bold 12 Tahoma 11 Tahoma Bold 11 Tahoma Bold 12 Tahoma Bold 12 and then adjust the model fonts to fit your needs The font types and sizes for other GUI elements are set under the Fonts amp Colors tab 66 Fonts Figure 3 2 Fonts amp Color Preferences General Editors Y SQL Editor Query Editor Object Editors SQL Execution Administration YV Modeling Defaults
105. column and indexes do not work with suffixes although they do work with prefixes In our simple case we were being lazy and could have simply used the entire clerk ID Adjusting the query shows better results SELECT FROM orders WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AND 1992 04 30 AND o clerk LIKE Clerk 000000223 189 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance Figure 7 13 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Index Range Scan Better File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Sheds Sh we anI zaoa a ME 1 SELECT FROM orders 2 WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AND 1992 04 30 AND o_clerk LIKE Clerk 000000223 5 Index Range Scan orders Access Type range Index Range Scan Cost Hint Medium partial index scan Key Index o_derk Used Key Parts o_derk Possible Keys i_o_orderdate i_o_derk Attached Condition dbt3 orders o_orderDATE between 1992 04 01 and 1992 04 30 Rows Examined per Scan 1546 Rows Produced per Join 1546 Filtered ratio of rows produced per rows examined 100 Hint 100 is best lt 1 is worst A low value means the query examines a lot of rows that are not returned Message 1 14 58 30 SELECT FROM orders WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AN 18 row s retumed 2 14 58 43 EXPLAIN SELECT FROM orders WHERE 0_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 OK Figure 7 14 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Index Range Scan
106. database catalog and diagrams wb doc physicalModels 0 catalog The database catalog for the model Contains the list of schemata whb doc physicalModels 0 catalog schemata List of schemata in the model Individual schema can be accessed as a list schemata 0 schemata 1 wb doc physicalModels 0 catalog schemata 0 tables views routines Lists of tables views routines in the schema whb doc physicalModels 0 diagrams List of EER diagrams in the model wb doc physicalModels 0 diagrams 0 figures layers connections List of figures layers connections relationships in the diagram C 2 Modules In the GRT Modules are libraries containing a list of functions that are exported for use by code in other modules scripts or Workbench itself Modules can be written in C or Python but the data types used for arguments and the return value must be GRT types GRT modules are similar to Python modules but are imported from the built in grt module instead of directly from an external file The list of modules loaded into the grt module is obtained from grt modules Modules can be imported in Python using statements such as from grt modules import WbModel To export functions as a module from Python code you must carry out the following steps 1 The source file must be located in the user modules folder This path is displayed in the Workbench Scripting Shell with the
107. default name of the view is view1 If a view with this name already exists the new view is named view2 Adding a new view automatically opens the view editor docked at the bottom of the application For information about using the view editor see Section 9 1 5 3 The View Editor Right clicking a view opens a pop up menu with the following items e Cut view_name The view_name is only cut from the EER canvas and not removed from the schema e Copy view_name e Paste e Edit View e Edit in New Window e Copy SQL to Clipboard e Delete view_name deletes from both the EER canvas and schema e Remove view_name deletes from the EER canvas but not the schema If the table editor is not open the Edit View item opens it If it is already open the selected table replaces the previous one Edit in New Window opens a new view editor tab The cut and copy items are useful for copying views between different schemata Copy SQL to Clipboard copies the CREATE VIEW statement to the clipboard Warning O Use the Delete view_name item to remove a view from the database There will be no confirmation dialog box Any views added to the Physical Schemata section also show up in the Catalog palette on the left side of the application They may be added to an EER Diagram when in the EER Diagram tab by dragging and dropping them from this palette 9 1 5 2 Adding Views to an EER Diagram Views can also be added to an EER Diagr
108. default schema Figure 9 26 The Default Schema Model Overview cP Add Diagram EER Diagram Vv Physical Schemas gt Schema Privileges gt SQL Scripts gt Model Notes To change the name of the default schema double click the schema tab This opens a schema editor window docked at the bottom of the application To undock or redock this window double click anywhere in the editor title bar To rename the schema use the field labeled Name After you have renamed the schema a lightning bolt icon appears right aligned in the Name field indicating that other changes are pending Click the Comments field and a dialog box opens asking if you wish to rename all schema occurrences Clicking Yes ensures that your changes are propagated throughout the application Add comments to the database and change the collation if you wish Close the schema editor by clicking the x button 9 3 4 1 Creating a New Table Create a new table by double clicking the Add Table icon in the Physical Schemata panel This opens the table editor docked at the bottom of the application If you wish you can undock or dock this editor in exactly the same way as the schema editor window 290 Using the Default Schema Figure 9 27 Model Creating A New Table dh d Add Diagram EER Diagram Y Physical Schemas mydb CI aya Schema Tables 0 tems Views 0 tems Definition TINYINT 1 oi Add Vow TINYINT 1 Routines 0
109. eC NOW H Firewall UPDATE rental SET retrn_date NOW Online Backup hy Restore Management 8 WHERE customer_id i WHERE rental id MySQL Enterprise Backup Profile handling now detects mismatches between MySQL Enterprise Backup executables and corresponding profiles Improved scheduling logic Table Data Export and Import Wizard A new table data import export wizard was added This feature enhances the current CSV import and export feature found in the SQL editor s result set viewer It supports import and export of CSV and JSON files and allows a more flexible configuration separators column selection encoding selection and more This new wizard does not require an executed statement on a table for a result set to be operated on as it can now work directly on tables The wizard can be performed against either a local or remotely connected MySQL server The import action includes table column and type mapping For additional information see Section 6 5 1 Table Data Export and Import Wizard The wizard is accessible from the object browser s context menu New in MySQL Workbench 6 3 Figure 1 6 Table Data Import Export Wizard Menu File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help ODE cuena as Query 1 w Bl7 AO SCHEMAS Q Filter objects v amp sakila a v I Tables T Select Rows Limit 1000 categor Table Inspector city Copy to Cl
110. eteaat educational_id INT 11 NOT NULL title VARCHAR 45 NULL DEFAULT NULL PRIMARY KEY educational_id ENGINE InnoDB DEFAULT CHARACTER SET utf8 COLLATE utf8_general_ci E TABLE IF NOT EXISTS dvd_collection educational Review DB Changes H CWONOUARWNe BRE UNH SET SQL_MODE OLD_SQL_MODE SET FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS SET UNIQUE_CHECKS OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS 4 m Stp D6 changes and update model oriy You may now save the SQL statement to a file or the clipboard or execute the SQL statement If you choose to execute the change in MySQL Workbench then you may optionally choose to skip DB changes so that only your model is altered Synchronize With Any Source To start the wizard open a model and select Database Synchronize With Any Source from the main menu The steps are similar to the Synchronize Model wizard but with additional options to create and or use SQL script files See the Select Sources page 318 Compare and Report Differences in Catalogs Figure 9 55 Synchronize With Any Source Select Sources Introduction Select Databases for Updates Select Sources Source Database To Take Updates From Model Schemata Live Database Server Script File Destination Database To Receive Updates Model Schemata Live Database Server Script File Browse Notice how the source and destination types ca
111. file into its own groupings as a set of tabs such as General Logging InnoDB and more Make an edit and click Apply to commit the changes The options file editor includes the following components e Option file groupings as divided into convenient tabs by MySQL Workbench e A Locate option search field to search your MySQL options configuration file e Configuration File path so you know the configuration file you are editing e An options file group selector to select the option group to edit Because the same option can be defined under multiple groupings it is important to choose the correct group when making edits mysqld the MySQL server is the default and most common group For additional information about groups see Using Option Files A screenshot with the General tab selected 131 Users and Privileges Figure 6 5 Navigator Management Instance Options File General Hho sso a Para MANAGEMENT Mer stConnecton Server Status Ghent Connections Options File L Users and Privileges Logging ined Networking advanced Other Security Repicaton MyiSAM Performance E Status and System Variables fotures Data Export event scheduler ore Enable desable and start stop the event scheduler Not amp Data inportRestore changes in behavior and permitted values in MySQL 5 Enatiies the FEDERATED storage engine INSTANCE B startup Snutdow Prefix for specifying plugin specific option
112. gt i paymen Alter Table Update Statement gt F rental Table Maintenance Delete Statement gt E staff fa Drop Table Create Statement Object Info Truncate Table Join Selected Tables Table customer Search Table Data Delete with References CaaS Select Row References customer id s Refresh All T store_id G aa first_name varchar 45 last_name varchar 45 email varchar S0 address id smallint S UN active tinyint 1 create_date datetime last update timestamp 100 1 13 1error found Table templates Define templates of tables with commonly used columns to be used to create new tables in a live connection or in an EER model In the SQL Editor choose Create Table Like right sidebar For additional information see Section 9 6 Table Templates Vertical Text or in Modeling use the A Vertical Text output option for queries equivalent to G from the command line Client was added To execute choose Query Execute Current Statement Vertical Text Output 43 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 44 Vertical Text G MySQLWorkbench File Edit view Ta Database Plugins Scripting Help l 0090 Execute All or Selection CHO My Local example com DB sakila Execute All or Selection to Text te iss Execute Current Statement Se S 7 SS Sr i Q Execute Current Statement Vertical Text Output Explain Current Statement NEA SCHEMAS o Gai
113. if a Primary or Unique key exists within the result set If not MySQL Workbench will display a read only icon at the bottom right corner of the SQL View panel and hovering the mouse cursor over this icon will provide a hint as to why it s not editable E Note To quickly enter the name of a table view or column double click the item in the Schemata Palette The item name will be inserted into the SQL Query panel The SQL Editor has several configurable panels and windows as described in the screenshot above 8 1 2 SQL Query Window Toolbar The toolbar features buttons in two locations in the main toolbar and within the SQL Editor itself The SQL Editor buttons are described below 195 SQL Query Window Toolbar Figure 8 3 SQL Editor Toolbar GHUI ry Aa AE Limitto 1000rows wlFQW ly From left to right these buttons are Open an SQL Script File Loads contents from a saved SQL script into the SQL editor Save SQL Script to File Saves contents from the SQL editor into a file Execute SQL Script Executes the selected portion of the query or the entire query if nothing is selected Execute Current SQL script Execute the statement under the keyboard cursor Explain All or Selection Execute the EXPLAIN command on the query under the keyboard cursor A Results Grid tab is also displayed when executing an EXPLAIN statement Clicking it will execute the same query as if Execute SQL Script w
114. if you are running MySQL Workbench from Linux x64 then you need a Linux x64 ODBC driver for your RDBMS In OS X MySQL Workbench is built as a 32 bit application so you need the 32 bit drivers 337 Migration Overview 10 2 Migration Overview The Migration Wizard performs the following steps when migrating a database to MySQL 1 Connects to the source RDBMS and retrieves a list of available databases schemas 2 Reverse engineers selected database schemas into a internal representation specific to the source RDBMS This step will also perform the renaming of objects schemas depending on the type of object name mapping method that is chosen 3 Automatically migrates the source RDBMS objects into MySQL specific objects a Target schema objects are created b Target table objects are created i Columns for each table are copied A Data types are mapped to MySQL data types B Default values are mapped to a MySQL supported default value if possible ii Indexes are converted iii Primary Keys are converted iv Triggers are copied and commented out if the source is not MySQL c Foreign Keys for all tables of all schemas are converted d View objects are copied and commented out if the source is not MySQL e Stored Procedure and Function objects are copied and commented out if the source is not MySQL 4 Provides an opportunity to review the changes for editing and correcting errors in the migrated objects 5 Creates t
115. in any such work a brief summary of the changes made to Python 4 PSF is making Python available to Licensee on an AS IS basis PSF MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY WAY OF EXAMPLE BUT NOT LIMITATION PSF MAKES NO AND DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF PYTHON WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY THIRD PARTY RIGHTS 5 PSF SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO LICENSEE OR ANY OTHER USERS OF PYTHON FOR ANY INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSS AS A RESULT OF MODIFYING DISTRIBUTING OR OTHERWISE USING PYTHON OR ANY DERIVATIVE THEREOF EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF 6 This License Agreement will automatically terminate upon a material breach of its terms and conditions 7 Nothing in this License Agreement shall be deemed to create any relationship of agency partnership or joint venture between PSF and Licensee This License Agreement does not grant permission to use PSF trademarks or trade name in a trademark sense to endorse or promote products or services of Licensee or any third party 8 By copying installing or otherwise using Python Licensee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this License Agreement BEOPEN COM LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR PYTHON 2 0 BEOPEN PYTHON OPEN SOURCE LICENSE AGREEMENT VERSION 1 1 This LICENSE AGREEMENT is between BeOpen com BeOpen having an office at 160 Saratoga Ave
116. in letter case This is enabled by default e Non Standard SQL Delimiter lt lt Define the SQL statement delimiter to be different from the normally used delimiter such as Change this if the deliminator you normally use specifically in stored routines happens to be the current setting Indentation Note E This preference section was added in MySQL Workbench 6 2 4 e Tab key inserts spaces instead of tabs Indent width 4 The number of spaces inserted after pressing Tab this assumes that the Tab key inserts spaces instead of tabs option is enabled Tab width 4 The width number of spaces that tab characters are displayed as in MySQL Workbench 3 2 2 SQL Editor Preferences This section provides configuration options that affect the SQL Editor functionality in MySQL Workbench The SQL Editor preferences includes three additional sections Query Editor Object Editors and SQL Execution Preferences SQL Editor Main SQL Editor 71 SQL Editor Preferences Figure 3 6 Preferences Main SQL Editor Section General Editors SQL Editor SQL Editor Query Editor v Save snapshot of open editors on dose Object Editors SQL Execution Interval to perform auto saving of all open script tabs Administration Auto save scipts interval 10 seconds The scripts will be restored from the last auto saved version V Modeling if Workbench unexpectedly quits t Defaults F Create new tabs as Query tabs instead
117. is being migrated and the other connection parameters will change accordingly Note E This connection definition may be saved using the Store connection for future use as option and there is also the Test Connection option 396 Connecting to the databases Figure 10 52 MySQL Workbench migration Source Selection Parameters SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transter Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Target Selection Source Selection Hiisi HHAH EEEE EHARA EEAS AAAA AAAA AAAA AAEE EAAAA DEAS SSDP SAS SOPOT Source RDBMS Connection Parameters Database System Select a RDBMS from the list of supported systems Stored Connection Connection Method ODBC native Parameters ssL Advanced w Select from saved connection settings v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Driver SOL Server The name of the ODEC diver you are using Server db example org SQLSERVER 2005 Address instance name of the server Username sa Password Store in Vault Gear Database Name of the user to connect with The user s password Leave blank to input when needed The database to connect to Leave blank to select it later
118. its corresponding Installation Type These profile settings contain standard information that is used in managing the host s MySQL instance Here are some of the available installation types e FreeBSD MySQL package or Custom e Linux including distributions such as Fedora Oracle RHEL SLES Ubuntu Generic and Custom OS X MySQL package or Custom OpenSolaris MySQL package or Custom Windows with different installation methods MySQL versions and build architectures Choose the appropriate System Type and Installation Type to set default parameters that includes commands used to start and stop MySQL commands to check the server status the location of the my ini or my cnf configuration file and on Windows the Windows Service Name These default values are customizable 116 System Profile Figure 5 21 Manage Server Connections System Profile Tab MySQL Connections Local instance MySQL56_1 MyConnection System Type Connection Remote Management System Profile Information about the server and MySQL configuration such as path to the configuration file command to start or stop it etc You may pick a preset configuration profile or customize one for your needs Windows Windows MySQL 5 6 Installer Package ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 my ini mysqd z Msas o SOS Windows Hint When a connection is configured for network share or administrative share of the
119. label Looking for user plugins in It is also possible to install the file using the main menu item Scripting Install Plugin Module File 424 Plugins Tools 2 The source file name must have the extension _grt py for example my_module_grt py 3 Some module metadata must be defined This can be done using the DefineModule function from the wb module from wb import ModuleInfo DefineModule name MyModule author Your Name version 1 0 4 Functions to be exported require their signature to be declared This is achieved using the export decorator in the previously created Modulelnfo object ModuleInfo export grt INT grt STRING def checkString s For the export statement the return type is listed first followed by the input parameter types specified as GRT typenames The following typenames can be used e grt INT An integer value Also used for boolean values e grt DOUBLE A floating point numeric value e grt STRING UTF 8 or ASCII string data e grt DIcT A key value dictionary item Keys must be strings e grt LIST A list of other values It is possible to specify the type of the contents as a tuple inthe form grt LIST lt type or class gt For example grt LIST grt STRING for a list of strings For a list of table objects the following would be specified grt LIST grt classes db table e grt OBJECT An instance of a GRT object or a GRT class object from grt cla
120. level debug3 Linux Ubuntu shell gt cd usr bin shell gt mysqlworkbench log level debug3 If the info level is enabled the system information and all paths used in the application are also logged On Microsoft Windows this also means that the log file contains the full set of current environment variables that are active for the program Operating System Specific Notes Microsoft Windows Log file location Near the user s app data folder such as C Users user AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench log for Microsoft Windows 7 In case of errors or exceptions the log file contains the stack trace to the point MySQL Workbench can track it usually only C code and not C code Also all warnings are added to the log if the warning or greater log level is enabled If it is a crash and that cannot be replicated by the MySQL Workbench team and the stack trace cannot be obtained we will request a crashdump Instructions for enabling a crashdump can be found here and please also read the MSDN details for this as we need a full dump and not the mini dump For crashes related to display issues start MySQL Workbench with the swrendering parameter and only then as it switches off OpenGL rendering which is of no use in WBA or WQE This output will be added to the log file If it is a crash when MySQL Workbench is started especially if the error report includes something about kernelbase dl11 we will ask you to run depend
121. license that contained a GPL incompatible advertising clause To rectify this situation for PyCrypto 2 1 the following steps have been taken 1 Obtaining explicit permission from the original contributors to dedicate their contributions to the public domain if they have not already done so See the LEGAL copy stmts directory for contributors statements 2 Replacing some modules with clearly licensed code from other sources e g the DES and DES3 modules were replaced with new ones based on Tom St Denis s public domain LibTomCrypt library 3 Replacing some modules with code written from scratch e g the RIPEMD and Blowfish modules were re implemented from their respective algorithm specifications without reference to the old implementations 4 Removing some modules altogether without replacing them To the best of our knowledge with the exceptions noted below or within the files themselves the files that constitute PyCrypto are in the public domain Most are distributed with the following notice The contents of this file are dedicated to the public domain To the extent that dedication to the public domain is not available everyone is granted a worldwide perpetual royalty free non exclusive license to exercise all rights associated with the contents of this file for any purpose whatsoever No rights are reserved THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BU
122. menu The Layer Tool The layer tool is the rectangular icon with a capital L in the lower left corner Use the layer tool to organize the objects on an EER Diagram canvas It is useful for grouping similar objects For example you may use it to group all your views Click the layer tool and use it to draw a rectangle on the canvas Change to the standard mouse pointer tool and pick up any objects you would like to place on the newly created layer To change the size of a layer first select it by clicking it When a layer is selected small rectangles appear at each corner and in the middle of each side Adjust the size by dragging any of these rectangles You can also make changes to a layer by selecting the layer and changing properties in the Properties panel Using the Properties panel is the only way to change the name of a layer To activate the layer tool from the keyboard use the L key For more information about layers see Section 9 1 7 Creating Layers 255 EER Diagram Editor The Text Tool The text tool is the square icon with a capital N in the top left corner Use this tool to place text objects on the EER diagram canvas Click the tool then click the desired location on the canvas After a text object has been dropped on the canvas the mouse pointer reverts to its default To add text to a text object right click the text object and choose Edit Note or Edit in New Window from the pop up menu Y
123. or MySQL Workbench and then open the MyFirstConnection connection from the home page Execute USE dvd_collection SELECT FROM movies to display the newly entered data In this section of the tutorial you have learned how to add data to your database and also how to execute SQL statements using MySQL Workbench For additional information about the SQL editor see Section 8 1 Visual SQL Editor 8 1 11 The MySQL Table Editor The MySQL Table Editor is a used to create and modify tables ou can add or modify a table s columns or indexes change the engine add foreign keys or alter the table s name To access the MySQL Table Editor right click on a table name in the Object Viewer and choose ALTER TABLE This opens a new tab within the main SQL Editor window You can also access the MySQL Table Editor from an EER Diagram by double clicking on a table object 8 1 11 1 The Main Editor Window Any number of tables may be edited in the MySQL Table Editor at any one time Adding another table creates a new tab at the top of the editor By default the MySQL Table Editor appears docked at the top of the table editor tab within the SQL editor The MySQL Table Editor is shown on top of the following figure 212 The MySQL Table Editor Figure 8 17 The Table Editor File Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Shedd Hs a Navigator SCHEMAS Schema sakila Q Fiter objects v sakila x Engine
124. oracle com pls topic lookup ctx acc amp id info or visit http Awww oracle com pls topic lookup ctx acc amp id trs if you are hearing impaired This documentation is NOT distributed under a GPL license Use of this documentation is subject to the following terms You may create a printed copy of this documentation solely for your own personal use Conversion to other formats is allowed as long as the actual content is not altered or edited in any way You shall not publish or distribute this documentation in any form or on any media except if you distribute the documentation in a manner similar to how Oracle disseminates it that is electronically for download on a Web site with the software or on a CD ROM or similar medium provided however that the documentation is disseminated together with the software on the same medium Any other use such as any dissemination of printed copies or use of this documentation in whole or in part in another publication requires the prior written consent from an authorized representative of Oracle Oracle and or its affiliates reserve any and all rights to this documentation not expressly granted above Chapter 1 General Information Table of Contents 1 1 What Is New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 c ceeeecceeeeeeee eres ee ee eee eect eres sees aa aaa eeeeeeeeeeaaaaeaeeeseeeeeeasaaeaees 1 1 1 1 New in MySQL Workbench 6 3 o0 ceccceceee cece cece cece eee eeeee eter sees ae aa ee eeeeeeeeeaeaaaaaeeeee
125. ow INSERT syntax that indude several VALUES lists _ insert4gnore Write INSERT IGNORE statements rather than INSERT statements replace Write REPLACE statements rather than INSERT statements Click Start Export to begin the export process 150 SQL Data Export and Import Wizard Figure 6 24 Navigator Management Data Export Export Progress File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Shedd H8sl ev Navigator Administration Data Export MANAGEMENT Local N s7 instance MySQL Server Status amp Client Connections Data Export 4 Users and Privileges Object Selection Export Progress E Status and System Variables eat ted amp Data Export s amp Data Import Restore Status f 23 exported INSTANCE ee B Startup Shutdown Log A Server Logs 14 57 28 Dumping sakla al tables amp Options File paid C Program Files MySQL MySQL Server 5 7 bin mysqkiump exe defaults file c users pholson appdata ocal temp 4aqxm cnf user root host localhost protocol tep port 3307 default character set utf8 events skip triggers sakla PERFORMANCE 14 57 28 Export of C Users pholson Pocuments dumps Pump 20 141215 sq has finished Dashboard E Performance Reports eo Performance Schema Setup Management Information Object Info This functionality uses the mysqldump command Data Import Restore Restore exported data from the Data Exp
126. page 371 Review the proposed migration Figure 10 32 Manual Editing Initial Page E MySQL Workbench bo LS fe Migraton x File Edit View Database Plugins Scripting Help SNAKE Migration Task List Manual Editing OVERVIEW Overview Review and edit migrated objects You can manually edt the generated SQL before applying them to the target database SOURCE amp TARGET Migrated Objects View MigrationProblem Y Source Selection Y Target Selection Y Fetch Schemata List Y Schemata Selection Y Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Y Source Objects Y Migration Target Creation Options No mapping problems found Create Sthemata Use the View puldown menu to review al objects Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report You can rename target schemas and tables and change column definitions by selecting the item and pressing F2 The View combo box changes the way the migrated database objects are shown Click Show Code to view and edit the generated MySQL code that corresponds to the selected object Additionally you can double click on a row in the object tree to edit the object name or double click the database row to change its name 372 Review the proposed migration Figure 10 33 Manual Editing All Objects r E MYSQL Workbench Lo 8 fe Migraton x Fie Edt View Database Plugins Scripting Help SRACLE Migration Task List
127. parameters are similar to Linux see Section 10 5 3 2 Linux 10 5 4 Microsoft SQL Server Type Mapping Table 10 2 Type mapping Source Type MySQL Type Comment INT INT TINYINT TINYINT UNSIGNED flag set in MySQL SMALLINT SMALLINT BIGINT BIGINT BIT TINYINT 1 FLOAT FLOAT Precision value is used for storage size in both REAL FLOAT NUMERIC DECIMAL DECIMAL DECIMAL MONEY DECIMAL 386 Microsoft SQL Server Type Mapping Source Type MySQL Type Comment SMALLMONEY DECIMAL CHAR CHAR LONGTEXT Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and above can have CHAR columns with a length up to 255 characters Anything larger is migrated as LONGTEXT NCHAR CHAR LONGTEXT Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and above can have VARCHAR columns with a length up to 65535 characters Anything larger is migrated to one of the TEXT blob types In MySQL character set of strings depend on the column character set instead of the datatype VARCHAR VARCHAR Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and MEDIUMTEXT above can have VARCHAR columns with a length LONGTEXT up to 65535 characters Anything larger is migrated to one of the TEXT blob types NVARCHAR VARCHAR Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and MEDIUMTEXT above can have VARCHAR columns with a length LONGTEXT up to 65535 characters Anything larger is migrated to one of the TEXT blob typ
128. password storage vault even if they all resolve to the same place The vault is implemented differently on each platform Windows The vault is an encrypted file in the MySQL Workbench data directory This is where connections xml and related files are located The file is encrypted using a Windows API which performs the encryption based on the current user so only the current user can decrypt it As a result it is not possible to decrypt the file on any other computer It is possible to delete the file in which case all stored passwords are lost but MySQL Workbench will otherwise perform as expected You then must re enter passwords as required e OS X The vault is implemented using the OS X Secure Keychain The keychain contents is also viewable from the native Keychain Access app utility e Linux The vault works by storing passwords using the gnome keyring daemon which must be running for password persistence to work The daemon is automatically started in GNOME desktops but normally is not in KDE and others The gnome keyring daemon stores passwords for MySQL Workbench on non GNOME platforms but it must be started manually 120 MySQL Fabric Integration 5 4 MySQL Fabric Integration Browse view status and connect to any MySQL instance in a Fabric Cluster Note E This requires Connector Python and MySQL Fabric 1 5 and above installed including the Python module This feature also requires MySQL Workbench 6 3 F
129. properly set under the SSL tab for your MySQL connection Set Use SSL to either Require recommended or f available and then execute Test Connection This should report that SSL is enabled Failed SSL connections are logged in the MySQL Workbench log file For additional information about the log file s location see Section 3 3 MySQL Workbench Settings and Log Files For additional information see Section 5 3 4 SSL Wizard Certificates How do copy my saved MySQL connections in Workbench to a different computer From the main navigation menu choose Tools Configuration and then Backup Connections to create a Zip file with your configured MySQL connections Next load this file into your new Workbench instance by using the related Restore Connections option How can view my MySQL Workbench query history In bottom pane change Action Output to History and then choose the appropriate date The SQL statement history is stored as plain text on your system under your user s MySQL Workbench configuration path in the sql_history directory These files are organized per date such as 2014 01 15 and contain your MySQL Workbench SQL statement history for all MySQL connections Can preserve a results tab rather than have it refresh every time execute a statement Yes you can pin the results tab to force it to remain and be unaffected by UPDATE and other statements Do that by right clicking the result tab and choose Pin T
130. recompiling it And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with a two step method 1 we copyright the library and 2 we offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the library To protect each distributor we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library Also if the library is modified by someone else and passed on the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version so that the original author s reputation will not be affected by problems that might be 461 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 introduced by others Finally software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder Therefore we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license Most GNU software including some libraries is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License This license the GNU Lesser General Public License applies to certain designated libraries and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non free progr
131. reference a nonprimary key column in the source table The Validation MySQL submenu has these items 243 Model Editor e Validate All Performs all available validation checks e Integrity Validation Checks for invalid references such as a table name longer than the maximum permitted e Syntax validation Checks for correct SQL syntax e Duplicate Identifiers Validation Additions Checks for objects with the same name For detailed information about validation see Section 9 2 3 Schema Validation Plugins The Object Notation Submenu The items under the Model Object Notation submenu apply exclusively to an EER diagram They are not enabled unless an EER diagram tab is selected The Object Notation submenu has these items e Workbench Default Displays table columns indexes and triggers e Workbench Simplified Shows only a table s columns e Classic Similar to the Workbench Simplified style showing only the table s columns e IDEF1X The ICAM DEFinition language information modeling style The object notation style that you choose persists for the duration of your MySQL Workbench session and is saved along with your model When MySQL Workbench is restarted the object notation reverts to the default Note R If you plan to export or print an EER diagram be sure to decide on a notation style first Changing notation styles after objects have been placed on a diagram can significantly change the appearance of t
132. software may be included in this product NET Flat TabControl Use of any of this software is governed by the terms of the license below It is free Public domain Oscar Londono G 2 ANTLR License The following software may be included in this product ANTLR This product was build using ANTLR which was provided to Oracle under the following terms Copyright c 2010 Terence Parr All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the author nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLU
133. statement that is based on the model Delete table_name Remove a table from the database 257 Creating Tables Warning O This immediately deletes the table without a confirmation dialog box If the table editor is not open the Edit Table item opens it If it is already open the selected table replaces the previous one Edit in New Tab opens an additional table editor tab Any tables added to the Physical Schemata section also show up in the Catalog palette on the right side of the application They may be added to an EER Diagram by dragging and dropping them from this palette 9 1 3 2 Adding Tables to an EER Diagram Tables can also be added to an EER Diagram using the table tool on the vertical toolbar Make sure that the EER Diagram tab is selected then right click the table icon on the vertical toolbar The table icon is the rectangular tabular icon Clicking the mouse on this icon changes the mouse pointer to a table pointer You can also change the mouse pointer to a table pointer by pressing the T key Choosing the table tool changes the contents of the toolbar that appears immediately below the menu bar When the Tables pointer is active this toolbar contains a schemata list an engines list a collations list and a color chart list Use these lists to select the appropriate schema engine collation and color accent for the new table Make sure that you associate the new table with a database The engine a
134. subset of the Workbench Preferences options For more information about Workbench Preferences see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences The DBDoc Model Reporting Dialog Window Commercial Version This dialog window is found by navigating to the Model menu and choosing the DBDoc Model Reporting item Note R The DBDoc Model Reporting feature is only available in the MySQL Workbench commercial editions Use this dialog window to set the options for creating documentation of your database models For more information see Section 9 2 2 DBDoc Model Reporting The Validation Submenus Commercial Version The Model menu has two validation submenus Validation and Validation MySQL Use these submenus for general validation and MySQL specific validation of the objects and relationships defined in your model Note R These items are only available in the MySQL Workbench commercial editions The Validation submenu has these items Validate All Performs all available validation checks Empty Content Validation Checks for objects with no content such as a table with no columns Table Efficiency Validation Checks the efficiency of tables such as a table with no primary key defined Duplicate Identifiers Validation Checks for duplicate identifiers such as two tables with the same name Consistency Validation Checks for consistent naming conventions Logic Validation Checks for example that a foreign key does not
135. tables and change column definitons by didang them once selected SQL CREATE Script for Selected Object CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS AdventureWorks Shift ShatiD TINYINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT COMMENT Primary key for Shift records Name VARCHAR 100 NOT NULL COMMENT Shik description StartTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shift start time EndTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shit end time ModifiedOete TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP COMMENT Oeste and time the record was PRIMARY KEY ShiftiD COHMENT Work shit lookup table SESS SSSSSSS S988 NOUbENE Appiy Changes Discard Changes onnection is OK Target Creation Options The schema may be created by either adding it to the target RDBMS creating an SQL script file or both 350 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 14 MySQL Workbench migration Target Creation Options Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Target Creation Options Overview Select options for the creation of the migrated schema in the target MySQL server and dick Next gt to execute SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Schema Creation Target Selection Create schema in target ROSMS Fetch Schemas List Create a SQL soipt fie Schemas Selection Scot Fie C Users phiip igration_scipt sqi Reverse Engineer Source
136. tems DECIMAL 10 FLOAT Add Routine DOUBLE TINYINT 4 Routine Groups 0 items SMALLINT 6 MEDIUMINT o Add Group INT 11 a apat Schema Privileges INT 11 SQL Scripts A Model Notes Initially the table name defaults to table1 in the table editor The following screenshot describes the available actions 291 Documenting the sakila Database Figure 9 28 Model Editing Table Values File Edit View Arrange Model Database Tools Scripting Help SOwie 37154 Description Editor No Selection Add Diagram EER Diagram Y Physical Schemas Be Double click to edit Tables Toggle collation engine editor Description User Types List Definition TINYINT 2 TINYINT 1 DECIMAL 10 FLOAT Bp FLOATS DOUBLE E mT TINYINT 4 B Inr2 SMALLINT 6 b INT3 MEDIUMINT PK NN UQ BIN UN Z Al Default Bp INT4 INT 11 vy Bp INTS BIGINT 20 VARCHBR 45 7 gt INTEGER INT 11 LONG VAR MEDIUMBLOB LONG VAR MEDIUMTEXT Add table columns here double click Additional tabs LONG MEDIUMTEXT MINN FINT MENT IMINT m defaults to Columns 4 User Types BEGGES Table tablel created in schema mydb In our example above columns were added using the Columns tab Clicking an empty row will add a new column and clicking an existing column starts edit mode Click the Tab key to move to the next column and set the column s data type Altering the table by adding ind
137. that are being accessed by full table scans ordering them by the number of rows scanned DESC e Unused Indexes List of indexes that were never used since the server started or since P_S data collection started e Waits by Time Lists the top wait events by their total time ignoring idle this often contain large values e Waits by User by Time Lists the top wait events by their total time ignoring idle this often contain large values e Wait Classes by Time Lists the top wait classes by total time ignoring idle this often contain large values e Waits Classes by Average Time Lists the top wait classes by average time ignoring idle this often contain large values InnoDB Buffer Stats by Schema Summarizes the output of the INFORMATION_SCHEMA INNODB_BUFFER_PAGE table aggregating it by schema InnoDB Buffer Stats by Table Summarizes the output of the INFORMATION_SCHEMA INNODB_BUFFER_PAGE table aggregating it by schema and table name 7 3 Visual Explain Plan The Visual Explain feature generates and displays a visual representation of the MySQL EXPLAIN statement by using extended information available in the extended JSON format Note R The extended EXPLAIN format is available as of MySQL server 5 6 5 MySQL Workbench provides all of the EXPLAIN formats for executed queries including the raw extended JSON traditional format and visual query plan Visual Explain Conventions An example Visual Explain diag
138. the MySQL server Username root Name of the user to connect with Store in Vadit P Gear The MySQL user s password Wil be requested later if not The schema that will be used as default schema Advanced The options here are the same as for the Standard TCP IP connection See Section 5 3 1 Standard TCP IP Connection Method SSL The options here are the same as for the Standard TCP IP connection See Section 5 3 1 Standard TCP IP Connection Method 5 3 4 SSL Wizard Certificates This wizard helps create SSL certificates for both MySQL clients and MySQL servers Connections in MySQL Workbench are updated with the certificates by the wizard This wizard requires OpenSSL to create the certificates An example my cnf my ini file is also generated that utilizes the generated certificates Note Wl The OpenSSL binary should be in the system s PATH 114 SSL Wizard Certificates Figure 5 18 SSL Wizard Welcome bere ae e that are required by the MySQL server to enable SSL Other files will also be generated so that you can check how to configure your server and dients as well as the attributes used to generate them Figure 5 19 SSL Wizard Options These optons allow you to configure the process You can use default parameters instead providing your own allow the generation of the certifcates and determine whether to uptade the connection settings or no
139. the copy process MySQL Workbench will backup and drop all triggers from the target MySQL database before the copy process starts and then these triggers are restored after the copy finishes The triggers are backed up in the target schema under a table named wb_tmp_triggers e disable triggers on Schema_Name Performs the backup and DROP process for all triggers in the specified schema reenable triggers on Schema_Name Restores triggers previously backed up to the wb_tmp_triggers table e dont disable triggers Bypass the trigger disabling step 175 176 Chapter 7 Performance Tools Table of Contents 7 1 Performance Dashboard 0 cccccceceeeeeeneeeeeeeeee ee aaa te ee ee ease aa ea A Ea a aa a 177 72 Performance Schema Reports wccisascvccentneescd saucnecessnvaccavedevccehd evtecbesbeneceed auavinavenevacant eoeebeenereenntees 178 7 3 Visual Explain PAW sicn a a E a 182 TA Q Uery StatiStiCS cienne O EEE A EEA AROE Aa AAA EEA A E E Ea 184 7 5 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeaeeeees 186 7 1 Performance Dashboard View server performance statistics in a graphical dashboard Figure 7 1 Performance Dashboard BB MySQL Workbench HA Fe Localhost x File Edt View Qury Database Server Toos Setting Help DAE oo 6 6 616 a i DO Query 1 Admrastreton Deshborrd Navigator MANAGEMENT T Server Status AS
140. the last 120 seconds e Reading Total amount of data in bytes read in file operations by the InnoDB storage engine 7 2 Performance Schema Reports Performance schema based reports provide insight into the MySQL server operations through helpful high level reports MySQL Workbench uses the SYS views on the Performance Schema to generate over 20 reports to help analyze the performance of your MySQL databases Reports help analyze IO hotspots discover high cost SQL statements and review wait statistics and InnoDB engine metrics For additional information about the SYS schema see MySQL sys Schema Installation and Configuration A GUI for configuring and fine tuning the Performance Schema instrumentation Initially this loads an Easy Setup page that is enough for most users Slide the Performance Schema Full Enabled slider to YES to enable all available Performance Schema instruments 178 Installation and Configuration The SYS schema is bundled with MySQL Server 5 7 and above and MySQL Workbench uses that version However for MySQL Server 5 6 Workbench installs its own bundled version of the SYS schema E Figure 7 2 Performance Schema Setup Easy Setup Note The size of the saved digested query is determined by the MySQL server File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help HAG HE Ega aA e Navigator MANAGEMENT Administration Performance Sc Server Status Client Connections
141. the live source database The three actions available actions are e Update Model Causes the selected changes to be applied to the model from the live database e Ignore Causes the changes to be ignored No synchronization will take place for those changes This is designated with a double arrow that is crossed out Update Source Causes the changes to be applied only to the live database Clicking Table Mapping offers additional mapping options 316 Database Synchronization Figure 9 53 Table Mapping If a table is being incorrectly mapped between source and destination schemas you can change the mapping below Source Table Original Target Table Target Table gt movies i movies movies gt shows 4 shows shows gt educational educational gt friends friends Change Mapping Table Default Target Table Desired Target Table Pressing Next will reveal the SQL statement to perform the configured model and live database source synchronization 317 Database Synchronization Figure 9 54 Previewing The Synchronization SQL Statement Connection Options Preview Database Changes to be Applied Connect to DBMS SET OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS 0 SET OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHI SET OLD_SQL_MODE SQL_MODE SQL_MODE TRADITIONAL ALLOW_INVALIC Select Schemata Retrieve Objects Select Changes to Apply s kp iadli
142. the live server Table Inspector Displays table information similar to the Schema Inspector This also has a simpler and easier to use interface for analyzing and creating indexes for tables Table Data Export Opens the table export wizard to export the table s data to JSON or customized CSV Table Data Import Opens the table import wizard to import JSON or CSV formatted data to the selected or new table Copy to Clipboard There are various submenus each of which copies information to the clipboard e Name short Copies the table name e Name long Copies the qualified table name in the form schema table Select All Statement Copies a statement to select all columns in this form SELECT table m columnii y table gt column2 FROM schema table e Insert Statement Copies an INSERT statement to insert all columns e Update Statement Copies an UPDATE statement to update all columns H e Delete Statement Copies a DELETE statement in the form DE WHERE lt where_condition gt ETE FROM world country e Create Statement Copies a CREATE statement in the form DELETE FROM world country WHERE lt where_condition gt e Delete with References Copies a DELETE statement in the form of a transaction that deletes all objects that reference the row directly or indirectly Use Select with References first to preview
143. these changes for future reference Restart MySQL Workbench to see the new link on your MySQL Workbench home screen Figure 3 18 Home Screen with Custom Link a Localhost x Example Domain x Memesa OM Shortcuts MyVagrant Localhost for a MySQL Utilities a ca Database Migration A x MySQL Bug Reporter Our custom link opens Example a as a new browser tab in Workbench Workbench Blogs E Planet MySQL Models Workbench Forum Our new link with a custom icon Scripting Shell 89 Common Preferences and Configurations Additional app Starter options include Require a specific edition of Workbench Community lt value type string key edition gt ce lt value gt Commercial lt value type string key edition gt se lt value gt Require a specific version or higher of Workbench lt value type string key introduction gt 6 1 0 lt value gt 3 5 Common Preferences and Configurations Commonly used configuration options and preferences include Rescan for Local MySQL Instances Right click on the Home screen and this option will scan your system for MySQL instances and add connection tiles to the home screen Safe Updates When enabled default Workbench will not execute UPDATE or DELETE statements if a key is not defined in the WHERE clause In other words Workbench attempts to prevent big mistakes such as deleting a large number of or all rows Set from the SQL Ed
144. this operation Select with References Copies a SELECT statement that selects all objects that reference the row directly or indirectly Use Delete with References to generate a DELETE statement for this operation Send to SQL Editor Provides functionality similar to Copy to Clipboard However this item inserts the SQL code directly into the SQL Query panel where it can be edited further as required Create Table Launches a dialog to enable you to create a new table Create Table Like Launches a dialog to enable you to create a new table and to also apply predefined templates For additional information see Section 9 6 Table Templates Alter Table Displays the table editor loaded with the details of the table 228 Session and Object Information Panel e Table Maintenance Opens a new tab for performing table maintenance operations Operations include Analyze Table Optimize Table Check Table and Checksum Table Additional information about the table may also be viewed from this tab For additional information see Schema Inspector e Drop Table Drops the table All data in the table will be lost if this operation is carried out Truncate Table Truncates the table e Search Table Data Opens a new tab for performing table searches It performs a search on all columns and offers additional options to limit the search Refresh All Refreshes all schemata in the explorer by resynchron
145. to be edited outside of MySQL Workbench The types of cache files are e column_widths 86 The log directory These are the saved column widths after adjusting columns in the SQL editor s results grid The fields include column_id stored as column_name db_name table_name and width stored as an integer of character length e cache This information schemas engines and other global information serves as a quick lookup source for the SQL editor s auto completion functionality and is implicitly updated whenever the schema tree is updated All cache file names begin with the MySQL connection name For example the column width file is named Local_instance_3306 column_widths for a MySQL connection named Local Instance 3306 Cached files remain after a connection is either renamed or deleted The log directory MySQL Workbench start up and SQL actions are logged and stored in the 1og directory This directory is in the user s MySQL Workbench directory Note E To find these text files from the main Workbench navigation menu choose Help and then Show Log Files wb log Debugging information is generated when MySQL Workbench is started and unexpectedly stopped Information includes paths used modules and plugins loaded system information and more The log files are useful when reporting a MySQL Workbench bug The log files rotates when MySQL Workbench is started in that wb log is renamed to wb 1 1l
146. to the Form Editor and Field Types result set views Reconnect to Server Reconnects to the MySQL server New Tab to Current Server Creates a duplicate of the current SQL Editor tab Auto Commit Transactions Enable to auto commit transactions Commit Transaction Commits a database transaction Rollback Transaction Rolls back a database transaction Commit Result Edits Commits any changes you have made to the server Discard Result Edits Discards any changes you have made Export Results Exports result sets to a file Selecting this option displays the Export Query Results to File dialog The dialog enables you to select which result set you wish to export the file format CSV HTML XML and the name and location of the output file Then click Export to export the data Edit Menu The Edit menu features the Format submenu The Format submenu includes the following menu items Beautify Query Reformats the query selected in the query tab and lays it out in nicely indented fashion UPCASE Keywords Converts keywords to uppercase in the currently selected query in the query tab lowercase Keywords Converts keywords to lowercase in the currently selected query in the query tab Un Comment Selection Comments the lines currently selected in the query tab If the lines are already commented this operation removes the comments Auto complete Triggers the auto completion wizard This is enabled and triggered by default an
147. to the standard mouse pointer after using other tools To revert to the default pointer from the keyboard use the Esc key The Hand Tool The hand tool is used to move the entire EER diagram Left click on this tool and then left click anywhere on the EER diagram canvas Moving the mouse while holding down the mouse button changes the view port of the canvas To determine your position on the canvas look at the Model Navigator panel on the upper right If the Model Navigator panel is not open use View Windows Model Navigator to open it To activate the hand tool from the keyboard use the H key You can also change the view port of an EER diagram using the Model Navigator panel See Section 9 1 1 9 The Model Navigator Panel The Eraser Tool Use the eraser tool to delete objects from the EER Diagram canvas Change the mouse pointer to the eraser tool then click the object you wish to delete Depending upon your settings the delete dialog box should open asking you to confirm the type of deletion Note R The delete action of the eraser tool is controlled by the general option setting for deletion Before using the eraser tool be sure that you understand the available options described in Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences To activate the eraser tool from the keyboard use the D key You can also delete an object by selecting it and pressing Control Delete or by right clicking it and choosing Delete from the pop up
148. will be exported on the server If server and computer that started Workbench are different machines import of that file can be done manual way only 143 Table Data Export and Import Wizard Figure 6 17 Table Data Export Results The following tasks will now be performed Please monitor the execution Prepare Export Y Export data to file Click Next gt to continue Message Log Data export Data export Data export Data export Data export Data export Data export Table Data Import Wizard Import table data from either a JSON or CSV file The following example imports the sakila actor table from a CSV file 144 Table Data Export and Import Wizard Figure 6 18 Table Data Import CSV Source Table Data Import allows you to easily import csv json datafiles You can also create destination table on the fly File Path D MySQLBackups sakila actor csv 145 Table Data Export and Import Wizard Figure 6 19 Table Data Import Destination Table Select destination table and additional options Use existing table sakila actor sakila v sakila actor other Create new table P E Drop table if exists 146 Table Data Export and Import Wizard Figure 6 20 Table Data Import CSV Configuration Configure Import Settings Detected file format csv g Options i a 8 8 first_name last_name last_update PENELOPE GUINESS 2006 02 15
149. 0 y INTEGER INT 11 BB LONG VAR MEDIUMBLOB LONG VAR MEDIUMTEXT LONG MEDIUMTEXT gt MIDDLEINT MEDIUMINT 4 m Schema new_schemal created Double click Add Table in the Physical Schemata section This automatically loads the table editor with the default table name table1 Edit its Table Name field and change the table name from table1 to movies Next add columns to your table Double click a Column Name cell and the first field defaults to moviesid because by default MySQL Workbench appends id to the table name for the initial field Change moviesid to movie_id and keep the Datatype as INT and also select the PK PRIMARY KEY NN NOT NULL and Al AUTO_INCREMENT check boxes Add two additional columns using the same method as described above Column Name Data Type Column Properties movie_title VARCHAR 45 NN release_date DATE YYYY MM DD None 281 Creating a Model Figure 9 18 Getting Started Tutorial Editing table columns Description User Types List Schema movies Definition TINYINT 1 Table Name mones TINYINT 1 DECIMAL 10 FLOAT movie_id DOUBLE gt movie_titie VARCHAR 45 TINYINT 4 release_date DATE SMALLINT 6 MEDIUMINT INT 11 BIGINT 20 INT 11 MEDIUMBLOB MEDIUMTEXT MENT IMTFXT Columns REE 7 Fora visual representation EER diagram of this schema select Model
150. 0 234 Using index condition 18 i_o clerk i_o _clerk_date 192 Chapter 8 Database Development Table of Contents 8 1 Visual SOL Editor sa fc weet a ee hye ae ee ae ee ee aS 193 831 1 SQL Query WINdOW Career poaa he seeder teare ahe Ve anal dear ha shee ker Acad over Sihat 194 8 1 2 SQL Query Window Toolbar cccccccccceeeeeeeeeee cease e ete eeee sees ee aa aa eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 195 8 1 3 Query and Edit Menus miyoni aeiia aea aa a ia ceca aaa n EaD gia at 197 81 4 Results WINGOW o Haehae i a a a a eae a vee a Se doles 198 8 125 SOL Snippets tabi saeed evi aes a eee E aE a Edao ed ave ie raaes 202 8 1 6 Context Sensitive Help 2 0 0 cece cece cece eee e ete eeeeee esse aa aaaa te eeeeeeseaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaeeeeeeeees 204 851 7 Output History Panelaren ete eed teed Gra siee pies dee oer AG ae tiene 205 8 1 8 Table Data Search Panel 0ccccccceeeeeeeeceeee cece sees ae aa ete ceases ee aeaa aad eeeeeeeeseaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeaea 207 8 1 9 Export 7 lmport a Table oea usc a eek evi ieee sti c ave nade AA EEEN NEIRA EEA ead ee 208 8 14 10 Tutorial Adding Data c 0 cccc ci cece ie ead eet cece AE iv eee ive E E NAVE ARAE 209 8 1 11 The MySQL Table Editor 0 cecece cece cece eeee eee e ee ee ae ea eee ee sees sega aaaaneeeeeeeseaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeaea 212 8 1 12 Code Generation Overview 0 cc cccceeeeeceeeeeee ee eeteeee eect sees ae aaeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeaeaaaanee
151. 0 4 Microsoft Access Migration MySQL Fabric Integration MySQL Fabric cluster connectivity was added Browse view status and connect to any MySQL instance in a Fabric Cluster Note E This requires Connector Python and MySQL Utilities 1 4 3 installed including the Python module To set up a managed Fabric connection create a new MySQL connection with the new MySQL Fabric Management Node connection method The connection tiles have a different look 11 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 11 Fabric Connection Group Tile By MySQL Workbench T loal x amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections Shortcuts Local instance Fabric gt MySQL Utilities Ww f root admin kocalhost 3306 fabric example32274 Database Migration MySQL Bug Reporter Workbench Blogs Ue SO OMO Clicking the new fabric group tile shows the managed connections 12 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 12 Fabric Connection Group Tiles IR Myst Workbench x alo g amp B a File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections Fabric Managed MySQL Servers 4 Shortcuts Fabric Server Fabric Managed Instances 3 Database Migration fySQL Bug Reporter Workbench Blogs 2 Workbench Forum Models Visual Explain Execution Plan Improvements The Visual Explain Execution Plan feature was improved A list of ch
152. 0 O Time State Thread id Type Name Pa n i Details Mmasi Attributes 235 None 23 FOREGRO thread sq Locks 0 Sending data 25 FOREGRO thread sq Metadata locks MDL protect concurrent access to 2 None 26 FOREGRO thread sq object metadata not table row data locks 17 None 27 FOREGRO thread sq 3 Waiting for table metadata lock 28 FOREGRO thread sq Granted Locks and threads waiting on them 14 None 30 FOREGRO thread sq Locks this connection currently owns and connections that are waiting for them Object Type lt global gt INTENTION sakila INTENTION vE sakila actor SHARED UPG thread 28 EXCLUSIVE Pending Locks The connection is waiting for a lock on table sakila actor A held by threads 30 28 Type EXCLUSIVE Duration TRANSACTION Hide sleeping connections M Hide background threads M Don t load full thread info Hide Details Refresh Rate Don t Refresh Kill Query s Kill Connection s Refresh Note E The metadata lock information is provided in the performance schema as of MySQL server 5 7 3 Attributes these are connection attributes such as OS Client Name Client Version and Platform 125 Client Connections and Metadata locks Figure 5 29 Client Connection Attributes FOREGROUND thread sql one FOREGROUND thread sql one FOREGROUND thread sql one 22 dient_name FOREGROUND thread sql one pi d thread platform program_name _dient_version
153. 00 sec Figure 7 9 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Full Table Scan Traditional View id select_type table type possible_keys key key_len ref rows Extra gt SIMPLE orders ALL 1500000 Using where Notice that Why did this query generate a full table scan Why is our indexed o_orderdate column missing as a possible key Looking more closely we notice that our indexed column is being used in an expression as WHERE YEAR o_orderdate 1992 AND MONTH o_orderdate 4 so its index is not used To use the existing index we can adjust the query like so SELECT FROM orders WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AND 1992 04 30 AND o_clerk LIKE 0223 187 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance Figure 7 10 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Index Range Scan File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help i o 6 El dd a e GQeivyFfhOiMAloorisahe ie SELECT FROM orders 2 WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 4 1 AND 1992 04 30 AND o_clerk LIKE 223 5 m index Range Scan orders orders i_o_orderdate Access Type range Used Key Parts o_orderDATE Possible Keys i_o_orderdate Attached Condition aiy C dbt3 orders o_derk Ike 0223 Out Rows Examined per Scan 32642 Rows Produced per Join 32642 Fitered ratio of rows produced per rows examined 100 GI Action Output Hint 100 is best lt 1 is worst Action A low value means the query examines a
154. 07KB 7 46 KB 4 6K 7 49 KB 134KB 1233K8 12 33K8 LKB 7 21 K6 3 13KB 343KB Export YES to enable all available Performance Schema instruments 398 Ks S 15KB 3651 K8 I5bytes JSbytes 517bytes 104bdytes SS7bytes S bytes 136 bytes 60 bytes Sidbytes 473 bytes 126 bytes 1 4bytes 173 bytes 247 bytes M4 bytes 213 bytes BS bytes 655 bytes ibytes 0l bytes 118 bytes 3S2bytes isa bytes 167 bytes es e009 00900000000000000N Avg Writ Total 7idbytes Obytes Obytes 3S bytes 35 bytes 147 KB Obytes Obytes bytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obyies Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes 559 83 M8 29 77 M8 11 76 M8 33 74 27KB 233 82KB 283KB 15 24K8 12 27KB 3 7268 1253K 10 53K6 9 7KB 253KB 357KB 365KB 507K 7 46 KB 436K 7 49KB 13 448 12 33 K6 12 33KB LK 7 21 K6 3 13KB 343KB 23 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 23 Performance Schema Setup Easy Setup File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Sheds ae Navigator Administration Performance Sc MANAGEMENT Server Status Local instance MySQLS7 S amp Client Connections Performance Schema Setup I Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables Easy Setup amp Data Export amp Data import Restore INSTANCE B startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard
155. 1 31 Visual Explain Workbench 6 1 Teles fe MyConnection x File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Hie caennay SQL File 1 Query 1 Query2 BEI FACISFIGOMIGQA ME 1 SELECT CONCAT customer last_name customer first_name AS customer 2 address phone film title 3 FROM rental INNER JOIN customer ON rental customer_id customer customer_id 4 INNER JOIN address ON customer address_id address address_id 5 INNER JOIN inventory ON rental inventory_id inventory inventory_id 6 INNER JOIN film ON inventory film id fila fila id m Query Plan Raw Explain Data Explain Display Cost Infor A Switch EXPLAIN views Switch between Result and Explain views Unique Key Lookup Unique Key Lookup fim Access Type ALL Full Table Scan Cost Hint Very High very costy for large tables not so much for smal ones No usable indexes were found for the table and the optimizer must search every row Consider adding an index meei Hover for additional Coo information Possble Keys PRIMARY Rows Produced per Join 1000 T Fitered ratio of rows produced per rows examined 100 Hint 100 is best lt 1 is worst A low value means the query examines a lot of rows that are not returned Table Inspector View table information similar to the Schema Inspector This also has a simpler and easier to use interface for analyzing and creating indexes for your tables 32 New in My
156. 14 01 08T16 20 05 8541_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8840_2014 01 08T16 20 05 6839_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8838_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8837 2014 01 08T16 20 05 2014 01 08 20 40 22 U C 2014 01 08 20 40 18 U C 2014 01 08 20 40 15 U C 2014 01 06 20 40 12 U C 2014 01 08 20 40 09 U C 2014 01 08 20 40 05 UC 2014 01 06 20 40 02 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 59 U 2014 01 08 20 39 56 U C 2014 01 06 20 39 52 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 49 U C 2014 01 06 20 39 46 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 42 U C 2014 01 06 20 39 39 U 2014 01 08 20 39 37 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 37 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 36 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 33 U C 2014 01 06 20 39 29 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 26 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 23 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 19 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 15 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 13 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 10 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 05 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 03 U C Query Query Query Query Query Query Query YNNNNNNNNNN ONNNNNNNNNNNNNN User root root Glo rootiroot Blo rootiroot Glo root root Glo root root Glo root root Glo root root Glo root root Glo roat root lo rootiroot Glo root root Glo root root Glo rootiroot Glo_ root root Glo root roct Glo_ rootfroot Glo roat roct Glo_ root root Glo root root Glo_ roat root Glo root root Glo roat root Glo roat root Glo root root Glo roat root Glo_ roat root Glo rootirootl lo Host IP 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1
157. 2005 Feb 10 of the Info ZIP copyright and license The definitive version of this document should be available at ftp ftp info zip org pub infozip license html indefinitely Copyright ce VW9904 2005 Info 4iP All rights reserved For the purposes of this copyright and license Info ZIP is defined as the following set of individuals Mark Adler John Bush Karl Davis Harald Denker Jean Michel Dubois Jean loup Gailly Hunter Goatley Ed Gordon Ian Gorman Chris Herborth Dirk Haase Greg Hartwig Robert Heath Jonathan Hudson Paul Kienitz David Kirschbaum Johnny Lee Onno van der Linden Igor Mandrichenko Steve P Miller Sergio Monesi Keith Owens George Petrov Greg Roelofs Kai Uwe Rommel Steve Salisbury Dave Smith Steven M Schweda Christian Spieler Cosmin Truta Antoine Verheijen Paul von Behren Rich Wales Mike White This software is provided as is without warranty of any kind express or implied In no event shall Info ZIP or its contributors be held liable for any direct indirect incidental special or consequential damages arising out of the use of or inability to use this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions 458 GDAL OGR License Ng ay Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice definition disclaimer an
158. 2A Um AlN T 60 2 5 MYSQL Workbench om OS X ssicesscivecdensitues cen cecebe aeaa O eked tats ede Saves aE AOE eed EA AAE aa EARS 61 Peers On eaa T T E E O etre er creer 61 2 5 2 LAUNCHING es A AN SSRS 63 203 Umans AlN aan E O T rere ere terre 63 MySQL Workbench is available for Windows Linux and OS X Binary distributions of MySQL Workbench are available for the preceding platforms Source code distributions are also available as a tar gz package or an RPM package MySQL Workbench downloads are available at http dev mysql com downloads workbench The source code is also available on GitHub The following sections explain the installation process for each of these platforms 2 1 System Requirements MySQL Workbench is available on a number of operating systems and platforms For information about those platforms that are officially supported see http www mysql com support supportedplatforms workbench html on the MySQL Web site General Requirements General requirements and considerations that apply to all operating systems e MySQL server Although it is not required MySQL Workbench is designed to have either a remote or local MySQL server connection For additional information about connecting to a MySQL server see Chapter 5 MySQL Connections For additional information about installing a MySQL server see Installing and Upgrading MySQL Data modeling does not require a MySQL server connection Simultaneous client
159. 34 SOLGipher eae a AS AE AE ea aie a atl 493 G 35 TInyXML License a a r eect ee ee a a naeia aa Aaa EAA ETR 494 G 36 TreeViewAdv for NET License sssessssssesrsessssssrerrrerrssssrttrrerressntnntnrrerssetnntnnrernensnnnn 494 Gi37 VSQALItett Liconsa da aa aa aaa a iE aE 495 vi MySQL Workbench G 38 zlib License vii viii Preface and Legal Notices This is the User Manual for the MySQL Workbench For license information see the Legal Notices This product may contain third party code For license information on third party code see Appendix G Third Party Licenses Legal Notices Copyright 2006 2015 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law you may not use copy reproduce translate broadcast modify license transmit distribute exhibit perform publish or display any part in any form or by any means Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of this software unless required by law for interoperability is prohibited The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error free If you find any errors please report them to us in writing If this is software or related documentati
160. 5 1 Creating A New MySQL Connection Simple cceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneneeeees 95 5 2 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial 0ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneneeeees 96 5 3 Manage Server Connections ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee aa ea eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeseeeeeeaaa 108 5 3 1 Standard TCP IP Connection Method ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaea 110 5 3 2 Local Socket Pipe Connection Method cccceceeeeeeeaceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 112 5 3 3 Standard TCP IP over SSH Connection Method cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeees 113 5 3 4 SSL Wizard Certificates 0 ceccceceee cece ee cece ee cee eete reer ee ee ae aa ee deeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeeeeeeeaaa 114 53 5 System Protos ctiecnsh oe tied dee saci e a a a viedo rade baat 116 5 3 6 Configure Server Management Wizard c0ccceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 118 5 3 7 The Password Storage Vault cccccceeeeeeeeee cece eee teense eeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 120 5 4 MySQL Fabric Integration 2 0 2 2 ccceceeeee cece ae a i a a ia daa 121 5 5 Client CONNECIONS egiin ia dak tet E ba coe anniv die cece tated nee ieee eed 122 6 Administrative Tasks n14 ele bal ee ee et ee i ee 127 6 1 Server Management cccecccceeeeeeee cece ee ee aaa te seen ee ee ceca ee eeee ee ae
161. 5642 65 74563073 1066625 37 661 1640488 12068 66 21738488 1459338 Sie nagi g 37 39379018813392 68 51860680528867 37 362784328758792 67 075782098259623 a F 37 356143907209287 67 829999627559516 37 144994004864685 68 13556237 1701383 gt 37 023115139304309 68 859445835245936 37 344335842430596 69 196272820924378 E se 37 151143500307427 69 518785434857961 37 60899669041342 70 116578403610333 ATE 37 588222764632093 70 270574171840138 37 735164699854025 70 376304152309302 wove AR ARAADSEON1NITEI2 TN ANRARINENGTIORRT IR ARRIRIRAIIIRAIS 71 VARIA ATAINIRE Scalerank 1 Featurecla Admin O country Labelrank 3 900000 Sovereignt Afghanistan Sov_a3 AFG Adm0_dif 0 000000 borders2 1 Additional New SQL Editor Features e Result Set Widths resized result set column widths are now preserved and remembered This data is saved under Workbench s cache directory using the schema table column format Opened closed and reordered SQL editor tabs are now properly saved and restored The scroll position and cursor locations are also remembered e Shared Snippets these allow multiple users to share SQL code across a shared MySQL connection They are stored in a schema named mysqiworkbench on the connected MySQL server by storing the snippets in a shared MySQL instance For additional information see Section 8 1 5 SQL Snippets tab e The full SQL syntax error is now viewable by hovering over the error response message e The
162. 6 3 4 Setup and Configuration MySQL Workbench can manage the MySQL Enterprise Firewall installation and configuration by installing or uninstalling and enabling or disabling the plugin E Enable Executes SET GLOBAL mysql_firewall_mode ON against the connected MySQL server Disable sets it to OFF instead of ON Note Alternatively you can manually install and enable MySQL Enterprise Firewall For additional information see Installing or Uninstalling MySQL Enterprise Firewall 169 Setup and Configuration This is a runtime operation Configure the MySQL server configuration file to enable MySQL Enterprise Firewall at startup e Install Executes queries to install the new MySQL Enterprise Firewall tables and stored procedure needed to switch the state Uninstall reverses these effects which also removes the recorded rules Figure 6 42 MySQL Enterprise Firewall Installation and Configuration File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help ShecQsGhs ae Navigeo ariisraion Firewall x MANAGEMENT oe Server Status Client Connections I Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export Data import Restore INSTANCE B Startup shutdown Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard E Performance Reports MySQL Enterprise Firewall Plugin E Performance Schema Setup Here you can manage MySQL Firewall First install the MySQL Enterprise Firewall plugin
163. 9 Model Editor Find options The Find dialogue options are described below String Matching default or Regular Expression Search by matching a string or a PCRE regular expression Ignore Case A case insensitive search Works with both the String Matching and Regular Expression search methods Enabled by default Match Whole Words If enabled only whole strings are matched For example a search for home would not match home_id Disabled by default Wrap Around The search will wrap around to the beginning of the document as otherwise it will only search from the cursor position to the end of the document Enabled by default And the arrows jump to the discovered search terms and behave according to the Wrap Around option The MySQL Workbench commercial editions include an advanced Find facility for models Figure 9 3 The Find Window Modeling Additions Find Text In Location Entire Model E Match Case Whole Word F Use Regular Expressions Search in Comments Search in SQL for Views SPs etc Object w aout Adv Find You can search the following locations e Entire Model Searches the entire model e Current View Searches the current view only This may be the MySQL Model page e All Views Searches the MySQL Model Page and all EER diagrams 240 Model Editor e Database Objects Searches database objects only Selected Figures Searches the currently sele
164. 98 The Open Group 476 PROJ 4 License Copyright 1987 1988 1989 Digital Equipment Corporation Copyright 1999 2004 2008 Keith Packard Cejowiengine 2OO0O Susi We Copyright 2000 Keith Packard member of The XFree86 Project Inc Copy aigihiae2 U04 ee 2 005 20 0N 20 0 8 RES ee E Copyright 2004 Nicholas Miell Copyright 2005 Lars Knoll amp Zack Rusin Trolitech Copyright 2005 Trolltech AS Copyright 2007 Luca Barbato Copyright 2008 Aaron Plattner NVIDIA Corporation Copyright 2008 Rodrigo Kumpera Copyright 2008 AndrA TupinambA Copyright 2008 Mozilla Corporation Copyright 2008 Frederic Plourde Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems Inc Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice including the next paragraph shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software HE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF NY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED OQ THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A ARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
165. AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE PH Zz K ava gt 2 Except as contained in this notice the name of Daniel Veillard shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from him G 21 Libzip License The following software may be included in this product ine v ani 5 Copyright C 1999 2008 Dieter Baron and Thomas Klausner The authors can be contacted at lt libzip nih at gt Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are Mihi s 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the CES ETTET NE 3 The names of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior 473 Lua liblua License written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICU
166. BLE TO LICENSEE OR ANY OTHER USERS OF PYTHON 6 1 FOR ANY INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSS AS A RESULT OF MODIFYING DISTRIBUTING OR OTHERWISE USING PYTHON 1 6 1 OR ANY DERIVATIVE THEREOF EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF 6 This License Agreement will automatically terminate upon a material breach of its terms and conditions 7 This License Agreement shall be governed by the federal intellectual property law of the United States including without limitation the federal copyright law and to the extent such U S federal law does not apply by the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia excluding Virginia s conilict of law provisions Notwithstanding the foregoing with regard to derivative works based on Python 1 6 1 that incorporate non separable material that was previously distributed under the GNU General Public License GPL the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall govern this License Agreement only as to issues arising under or with respect to Paragraphs 4 5 and 7 of this License Agreement Nothing in this License Agreement shall be deemed to create any relationship of agency partnership or joint venture between CNRI and Licensee This License Agreement does not grant permission to use CNRI trademarks or trade name in a trademark sense to endorse or promote products or services of Licensee or any third party 8 By clicking on the ACCEPT button where indicated or by copying installing
167. BMS Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source E Create a SQL soipt fie Scrot Fie C Users phiip migration_scipt sqi OBJECT MIGRATION Options Source Objects Migration E Keep schemas if they akeady exist Objects that aleady exist wil not be recreated or updated Manual Editing Target Creation Options Creste Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK 10 8 8 Schema Creation The SQL scripts generated for the migrated schema objects will now be executed in the target database You can monitor execution in the logs if errors exist then they will be fixed in the next step Table data will be migrated in a later step as well This is an automated step where the actions include Create Script File Connect to Target Database and Create Schemata and Objects 406 Create Target Results Figure 10 63 MySQL Workbench migration Create Schemata BS MySQL Workbench File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help et VREE x Migration Task List OVERVIEW Overview SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transter REPORT Migration Report The SQL scripts ge
168. Backup features 6 7 2 Online Backup Sets a backup profile that defines what should be backed up where the backup should be stored and when the frequency it should be backed up The main page 160 Online Backup Figure 6 33 Workbench MySQL Enterprise Backup File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She dIHhd ee MANAGEMENT r Server Status amp Gient Connections MySQL Enterprise Backup 4 Users and Privileges pi R Snae Backup Jobs onfigured for this MySQL Instance Data Import Restore Use ight cam Grameen Bada Job LatestBadap NextFulBadup Next Inc Bacup Cod INSTANCE Partial n a 2015 06 15 21 notscheduled B startup Shutdown FullBacks in the last howr 2015 07 10 00 not scheduled o Server togs Options File PHOLSON US 3306 3 120 C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 Data C MySQLBackuptiome FullBackup 29 00 GB of 45 00 GB available PERFORMANCE Q Dashboard Never E Pertormance Reports h i Never E Pertormance Schema Setup E 2015 07 10 00 00 00 not scheduled YSQL ENTERPRISE lt aoai Contare 3 Firewan ch Online Backup chy Restore Abackup operation started from outside MySQL Workbench is currently being executed Immediately execute a Ts backup job eenei Ta Only displayed when a backup job is currently being executed Job Format Status Start Time End Time FullBackup DIRECTORY SUCCESS 2015 06 10 20 24 24 2015 06 10 20 24 29
169. Browse Audit Log File AO Ea _ Con iguration a Shortcuts Localhost Database Migration My Orade Support WOA OM Om O sakila model mem_3 0 worldmodel Workbench Blogs Janet MySQ B Home _Media Ze dvd_collection Planet MySQI The MySQL Utilities console window can be seen below with the help command executed 446 Opening MySQL Utilities From MySQL Workbench Figure F 2 The MySQL Utilities Console a BA C windows system32 cmd exe mysqluc ox Welcome to the MySQL Utilities Client lt mysqluc gt version 1 3 5 se Copyright lt c gt 2616 2613 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved is is a release of dual licensed MySQL Utilities For the avoidance of this particular copy of the software is released the version 2 of the GNU General Public License MySQL Utilities is brought to you by Oracle Type help for a list of commands or press TAB twice for list of utilities mysqluc gt help Description s Display list of all utilities supported help lt utility gt Display help for a specific utility show errors Display errors captured during the execution of the utilities clear errors clear captured errors show last error Display the last error captured during the execution of the utilities i help commands Show this list i quit Exit the console set lt variable gt lt value gt Store a variable for recall in commands show options Display list of options specifi
170. CIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF 475 Pixman License THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE End G 25 Pixman License The following software may be included in this product Pixman Bianconi WO 2il 52 The following is the MIT license agreed upon by most contributors Copyright holders of new code should use this license statement where possible They may also add themselves to the list below Copyright 1987 1988 1989 1998 The Open Group Copyright 1987 1988 1989 Digital Equipment Corporation Copyright 1999 2004 2008 Keith Packard Copyacarcinte210 COR Sas by aml cr Copyright 2000 Keith Packard member of The XFree86 Project Inc Copy earo ZOO4 ZOOS ZOO ZOO BOOS BOG IXaCh isiete Iie Copyright 2004 Nicholas Miell Copyright 2005 Lars Knoll amp Zack Rusin Trolltech Copyright 2005 Trolltech AS Copyright 2007 Luca Barbato Copyright 2008 Aaron Plattner NVIDIA Corporation Copyright 2008 Rodrigo Kumpera Copyright 2008 Andr Tupinamba Copyright 2008 Mozilla Corporation Copyright 2008 Frederic Plourde Copyright 2009 Oracle and or its affi
171. Click Run Validations to validate the catalog Click Next to continue The next page enables you to set options for the database to be created These options are as described in Creating a Schema Figure 9 36 Options Connection Options Set Options for Database to be Created Options Options DROP Objects Before Each CREATE Object Generate DROP SCHEMA Skip creation of FOREIGN KEYS Skip creation of FK Indexes as well Omit Schema Qualifier in Object Names C Generate USE statements Generate Separate CREATE INDEX Statements Add SHOW WARNINGS After Every DDL Statement Don t create view placeholder tables Do Not Create Users Only Create Privileges GRANTs Generate INSERT Statements for Tables Disable FK checks for INSERTs Select the required options and then click Next The next page enables you to select the objects to forward engineer 301 Forward Engineering Figure 9 37 Select Objects to Forward Engineer Connection Options Select Objects to Forward Engineer Catalog Validation Options To exdude objects of a specific type from the SQL Export disable the corresponding checkbox Press Show Filter and add objects or patterns to the ignore list to exclude them from the export Select Objects Export MySQL Table Objects 3 Total Objects 3 Selected E Export MySQL View Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected E Export MySQL Routine Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected E Export
172. Control T Create Diagram From Catalog Objects Creates an EER diagram from all the objects in the catalog User Defined Types Presents a dialog box that enables you to add and delete user defined data types DBDoc Model Reporting For information about this menu item see The DBDoc Model Reporting Dialog Window Commercial Version Commercial version only 242 Model Editor Validation Checks the validity of the model using ANSI standards For information about this menu item see The Validation Submenus Commercial Version Commercial version only Validation MySQL Checks the validity of the model using MySQL standards For information about this menu item see The Validation Submenus Commercial Version Commercial version only Object Notation For information about this menu item see The Object Notation Submenu Relationship Notation For information about this menu item see The Relationship Notation Submenu Diagram Properties and Size Opens a diagram size dialog box that enables you to adjust the width or height of the canvas The unit of measure is pages the default value is two When you have tables with numerous columns use this menu item to increase the size of the EER Model Options Sets options at the model level These options should not be confused with the options that are set globally for the Workbench application and which are referred to as Workbench Preferences The available model options are a
173. DBMS support is also provided The generic support is capable of migrating tables from many RDBMS that can be connected to using COBC although certain type mappings may not be performed correctly A manual mapping step is provided for reviewing and fixing any migration problems that could ocar It describes the prerequisites and requirements that should be understood before proceeding further The Open ODBC Administrator option will load odbcad32 exe and is used to confirm that the ODBC Driver for SQL Server is installed and to make configuration changes if needed Click Start Migration to continue Source Selection Select the source RDBMS that is migrating to MySQL Choose the Database System that is being migrated and the other connection parameters will change accordingly 340 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 4 MySQL Workbench migration Source Selection Parameters m File Edit View Database Tools Migration Task List Source Selection OVERVIEW Overview Source RDBMS Connection Parameters SOURCE amp TARGET Database System Select a RDBMS from the list of supported systems Source Selection Target Selection Stored Connection Fetch Schemas List Connection Method ODBC native Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Schemas Selection p ters anced Reverse Engineer Source SSA OBJECT MIGRATION Driver SQL Server The name of the CDEC diver you are using So
174. DING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE G 3 Bitstream Vera License The following software may be included in this product 451 Boost Library License Bitstream Vera Copyright c 2003 by Bitstream Inc All Rights Reserved Bitstream Vera is a trademark Gf Bitstream IDG Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of the fonts accompanying this license Fonts and associated documentation files the Font Software to reproduce and distribute the Font Software including without limitation the rights to use copy merge publish distribute and or sell copies of the Font Software and to permit persons to whom the Font Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions 4 he above copyright and trademark notices and this permission notice shall be included in all copies of one or more of the Font Software typefaces he Font Software may be modified altered or added o and in particular the designs of glyphs or characters n the Fonts may be modified and additional glyphs or haracters may be added to the Fonts only if the fonts re rena
175. DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY ASME Ole IV NSIS WHETHER INOCONTRAGCL SARLCT LTABIDI ESE ORATORE INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE gdal frmts hdf4 hdf eos Copyright C 1996 Hughes and Applied Research Corporation Permission to use modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation gdal frmts pcraster libcsf Gaons teite C mel Oy 20 0S yam UiEiae Chitem Unger santa All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions AIS met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of U
176. DL_SCRIPT Variable DDL_LISTING Display the DDL script of the currently active entity for example SCHEMATA TABLES 9 7 2 Creating a Custom Template In the simplest case a template consists of two files a template file which has a tp1 extension and a special file info xml The info xm1 file has important metadata about the template A third file is optional which is the preview image file This preview file provides a thumbnail image illustrating the appearance of the generated report One of the easiest ways to create a custom template is to make a copy of any existing template 331 Creating a Custom Template For example the following procedure describes how to make a custom template based on the Text Basic template 1 Navigate to the folder where the templates are stored Assuming that MySQL Workbench has been installed into the default location on Windows this would be C Program Files MySQL MySQOL Workbench 5 0 SE modules data wb_model_reporting Copy the Text_Basic tpl folder The copy can be given any suitable name for example Custom_Basic tpl Edit the info xm1 file to reflect your custom template The unedited file in this case is shown here lt xml version 1 0 gt lt data gt lt value type object struct name workbench model reporting TemplateInfo id BD6879ED 814C 4CA3 A8 69 98 64F83B88DF struct checksum 0xb46b524d gt lt value type string key description g
177. Data Transfer Depending on the selected option this will either transfer the data to the target RDMS default generate a simple script for the online data transfer or generate script to execute on the source host that then generates a Zip file containing both the transfer script and data that will be executed on the target host Optionally view the logs to confirm 354 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 18 MySQL Workbench migration Bulk Data Transfer tt Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Bulk Data Transfer OVERVIEW Overview The following tasks wil now be performed Please monitor the execution SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Prepare information for deta copy Target Selection Create shell script for date copy Fetch Schemas List D Determine number of rows to copy Schemas Selection YD Copy data to target RDEMS Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup gt Ne copied REPORT AdventureWWorks EmployeePayHstory has succeeded 316 of 316 rows copied a 7 tables of 7 were fully copied Migration Report Copy data to target RDSMS finished Finished performing tasks Migration Report And finally the migration report is available and summarizes the entire migration process 355
178. Disk Writes Outgoing Bytes 1KIB 42 6 1 KIB secondsjago 1008 0 00 Wi 758 lt q q se 258 writing sending 0 00 His 6 42 Kas Ooublewrite Buffer Connections InnoOB Disk Reads 100 6 756 s8 258 Performance Reports Performance schema based reports that provide insight into the operation of the MySQL server through many high level reports 22 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 22 Performance Reports Top 1 0 By Bytes amp Gient Connections D Users and Privileges ES Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data importmestore INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown Ay Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports Performance Schema Setup Top 2 0 by File by Bytes Top 10 by File by Latercy Top YO by Wait by Bytes Top Y0 by Walt by Latency Top VO by Thread by Latency Top gt Top 10 Worst Latency gt Top 10 MostActive Tables Problematic Ratements Stetemert Analysis Rustimes in 95th Percentile Using Temp Tables With Sorting Full Table Scans Errors or Warnings Schema Schema Object Overview Schema Index Statistics Schama Table Ratistics Schema Table Satistics with InnoDB Tables with Full Table Scans Unused Indexes wait gt Wats by Latency gt Waits by User by Latency gt Wait Classes by Latency gt Wats Classes by Average Latency innoDB gt InnoDB Suffer Rats by Schema gt InnoDB Suffer Rats by Table m Performance
179. E gt F9 DbSQLiteMigration v 9 DbSQLiteRE gt f initializeDBMSInfo gt f getDataSourceNames gt f quoteldentifier gt f fullyQualifiedObjectName gt f connect gt f disconnect gt f isConnected gt f getTargetDBMSName gt f getSupportedObjectTypes gt f getServerVersion gt f getCatalogNames gt f getSchemaNames gt f getTableNames gt f getViewNames gt f getTriggerNames gt f getProcedureNames gt f cetFunctionNames Function int connect db mgmt Connection connection string password Arguments connection password Melee Meee Modules EALL The Notifications Tab The set of notification classes used by MySQL Workbench modules Click a notification class for a description of its use 434 Tutorial Writing Plugins Figure C 7 The Workbench Scripting Shell tab Notifications ya Workbench Scripting She LUBI PHI o u pF glg r inil Notifications V application gt GNAppClosing gt GNAppShouldCose gt GNAppStarted gt GNApplicationActivated gt GNColorsChanged gt GNFocusChanged gt GNFormTitleDidChange gt GNMainFormChanged gt GNTextSelectionChanged gt GNUIFormCreated gt GNUIFormDestroyed v modeling gt GNDocumentOpened gt GRNModelClosed gt GRNModelCreated gt GRNModelOpened V objecteditor GRNEditorFormDidRevet GRNEditorFormDidSwitchObjec GRNEditorFormWillSave GRNObjectEditorDiddose GRNObjectEditorWilldo
180. EL_CARD REL REL_LISTING TABLES SCHEMATA 333 Creating a Custom Template End of MySQL Workbench Report This template shows details for all schemata in the model The preceding template file can be edited in any way you like with new markers being added and existing markers being removed as required For the custom template example you might want to create a much simpler template such as the one following Total number of Schemata SCHEMA_COUNT SCHEMATA Schema Name SCHEMA NAME Tables TABLE_COUNT TABLES Table Name TABLE_NAME TABLES SCHEMATA Report Generated On GENERATED End of MySQL Workbench Custom Report This simplified report just lists the schemata and the tables in a model The date and time the report was generated is also displayed as a result of the use of the GENERATED variable The custom template can then be tested Start MySQL Workbench load the model to generate the report for select the Model DBDOC Model Reporting menu item Then select the new custom template from the list of available templates select an output directory and click Finish to generate the report Finally navigate to the output directory to view the finished report 334 Chapter 10 Database Migration Wizard Table of Contents 10 1 General installation requirements
181. ENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Modified by Jack Jansen CWI July 1995 Use binascii module to do the actual line by line conversion between ascii and binary This results in a 1000 fold speedup The C version is still 5 times faster though Arguments more compliant with Python standard XML Remote Procedure Calls The xmlrpclib module contains the following notice The XML RPC client interface is Copyright c 1999 2002 by Secret Labs AB Copyzsic hie GC pel 20 Om oyashiae eciantkasinaim Glin By obtaining using and or copying this software and or its associated documentation you agree that you have read understood and will comply with the following terms and conditions Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its associated documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of Secret Labs AB or the author not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission SECRET LABS AB AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
182. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Scintilla includes some files copyright Apple Computer Inc Disclaimer IMPORTANT This Apple software is supplied to you by Apple Computer Inc Apple in consideration of your agreement to the following terms and your use installation modification or redistribution of this Apple software constitutes acceptance of these terms If you do not agree with these terms please do not use install modify or redistribute this Apple software In consideration of your agreement to abide by the following terms and subject to these terms Apple grants you a personal non exclusive license under Apple s copyrights in this original Apple software the Apple Software to use reproduce modify and redistribute the Apple Software with or without modifications in source and or binary forms provided that if you redistribute the Apple Software in its entirety and without modifications you must retain this notice and the following text and disclaimers in all such redistributions of the Apple Software Neither the name trademarks service marks or logos of Apple Computer Inc may be used to endorse or promote products derived from the Apple So
183. FromHost Login Account Limits Administrative Roles Schema Privileges general localhost mysqlibackup localhost Max Queries 0 Number of queries the account can execute within one hour root locathost INSTANCE 8 Startup Shutdown A Server Logs Max Connections 0 The number of times the account can connect to the server per hour Max Updates 0 Number of updates the account can execute within one hour Options File The number of simultaneous connections to the server the account can have PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp gt Performance Reports E Performance Schema Setup Management Information Updated account general localhost Administrative Roles To aid in assigning privileges to MySQL Server users MySQL Workbench introduces the concept of Administrative Roles Roles are a quick way of granting a set of privileges to a user based on the work the user must carry out on the server It is also possible to assign multiple roles to a user To assign roles click the User Account you wish to modify then click the Administrative Roles tab Then click the check boxes according to the roles you wish to allocate to the user After you select a role to a user you will see the accumulated privileges in the Global Privileges Assigned to User panel For example if you select the role BackupAdmin the privileges granted include EVENT LOCK TABLES SELECT SHOW DATABASES If you also select the role of Replicatio
184. FullBackup DIRECTORY success 2015 06 10 20 22 02 2015 06 10 20 22 06 The Online Backup page is separated into three sections e Backup Jobs Used for managing backup jobs for the MySQL server A backup job profile is a configuration file used to store information about what is backed up where the backup is stored and optionally when backups will be performed Right clicking on a Backup Job is an alternative way to access the available actions such as Configure Job Delete Job and Execute Backup Right clicking also offers two additional options Execute Backup to Image File Saves the backup to a single file and prompts for the file name Copy Backup Command to Clipboard Generates a command for executing the backup and copies it to your clipboard You might execute this command in the shell or terminal which looks similar to bin mysqlbackup defaults file var lib meb foo cnf show progress stdout backup with timestamp e Backup Job Details Displays information about the state of a specific selected backup job It includes information from the Settings page and information specific to the selected backup e Recent Activity Historical information about the backup operations performed on the server View the backup log by right clicking an entry and choosing View Backup Log A progress dialog is generated for the backup operation 161 Online Backup Backup Jobs The following informa
185. GON A POLYGON is used to approximate a CIRCLE TXID_SNAPSHOT VARCHAR 10 7 MySQL migration Perform MySQL server version upgrades to move off older MySQL versions to the latest version The standard migration wizard can migrate MySQL to MySQL and a simpler Schema Transfer Wizard can also be used MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard The MySQL Schema Transfer wizard helps you move your data from an older MySQL server version to a different typically later MySQL version This migration tool is meant for developer hosts as it is simpler than the standard migration wizard because it only migrates MySQL to MySQL The data is transferred and not based on a consistent snapshot so it works best on local MySQL instances Note E You should not use this wizard on production MySQL instances To open the wizard select Database Schema Transfer Wizard from the main menu Figure 10 47 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Overview Overview Welcome to the MySQL Workbench Schema Transfer Wizard The MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard helps you to move your data from an older MySQL server to the latest MySQL GA General Availabilty version Itis meant for developer machines to get you working with the latest MySQL Server quickly The data is transferred on the fly and not based on a consistent snapshot This works well for local instances that are used for development purposes Please note that you should not use this tool on production MySQL instances
186. GRATION Adve i Employees rongid UNIQUEIDENTI Source Objects Adve ij Employed Employee3D iNT Migration Employed ShiftID TINYINT Ij Employed DepartmentiID SMALLINT E R f I amp Fetch Sehessas Litt Saana 1 Sic Manual SIS Target Creation Options iy Shift Create Schemas ald JobCancidate Create Target Results Sift Sitio TINYINT ModdiedOute DATETIME SartTime DATETIME Moddieddate DATETIME EndTime DATETIME ModdiedOate DATETIME B DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Dota Transfer O O O Owe Www SWC gt Ij Employed Rate MONEY 2 9 2 ad lt IBERE ONANAUONH Apply Changes Descard Changes ae Ge connection is OK 10 8 7 Target Creation Options Defines addition settings for the target schema Configuration options include Create schema in target RDBMS Create a SQL script file e An option to keep the schemata if they already exist Objects that already exist will not be recreated or update 405 Schema Creation Figure 10 62 MySQL Workbench migration Target Creation Options az File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Target Creation Options OVERVIEW Overview Select options for the creation of the migrated schema in the target MySQL server and dick Next gt to execute Schema Creation SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection V Create schema in target RD
187. HEMATA The following template is the same but with explanatory comments added Main dictionary active SCHEMATA SCHEMATA dictionary active TABLES TABLES dictionary active COLUMNS_LISTING COLUMNS_LISTING dictionary active COLUMNS COLUMNS dictionary active Column Name COLUMN_NAME COLUMN_NAME variable is looked up and found in COLUMNS data dictionary COLUMNS COLUMNS_LISTING TABLES SCHEMATA Imagine now that for each column name displayed you also wanted to display its corresponding schema name the template would look like this SCHEMATA TABLES COLUMNS_LISTING COLUMNS Schema Name SCHEMA _NAMEF Column Name COLUMN_NAME COLUMNS COLUMNS_LISTING TABLES SCHEMATA When variable lookup is performed for SCHEMA_NAME the COLUMNS dictionary is checked As the variable is not found there the parent dictionary will be checked COLUMNS_LISTING and so on until the variable is eventually found where it is held in the SCHEMATA dictionary If there are multiple schemata in the model the outer section is iterated over a matching number of times and SCHEMA_NAME accordingly has the correct value on each iteration It s important to always consider which dictionary must be active and which parents for a variable to be evaluated correctly The following section has a table tha
188. However if the variable s value is not found in the current data dictionary the parent data dictionary is checked for the variable s value and so on up the tree until the main data dictionary or root is reached Suppose that we want to display the names of all columns in a model Consider the following template as an attempt to achieve this Column Name COLUMN_NAME This template produces no output even for a model that contains one or more columns In this example the only data dictionary active is the main dictionary However COLUMN_NAME is stored in the COLUMNS data dictionary which is associated with the COLUMNS section With this knowledge the template can be improved as follows COLUMNS Column Name COLUMN_NAME COLUMNS 326 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates This still does not produce output To see why see Table 9 1 Data Dictionaries Tree The COLUMNS data dictionary has the parent dictionary COLUMNS_LISTING COLUMNS_LISTING has the parent TABLES which has the parent SCHEMATA whose parent is the main dictionary Remember that for a dictionary to be involved in variable lookup its associated section must currently be active To achieve the desired output the template must be something like the following SCHEMATA TABLES COLUMNS_LISTING COLUMNS Column Name COLUMN_NAME COLUMNS COLUMNS_LISTING TABLES SC
189. I s License Agreement and CNRI s notice of copyright i e Copyright c 1995 2001 Corporation for National Research Initiatives All Rights Reserved are retained in Python 1 6 1 alone or in any derivative version prepared by Licensee Alternately in lieu of CNRI s License Agreement Licensee may substitute the following text omitting the quotes Python 1 6 1 is made available subject to the terms and conditions in CNRI s License Agreement This Agreement together with Python 1 6 1 may be located on the Internet using the following unique persistent identifier known as a handle 1895 22 1013 This Agreement may also be obtained from a proxy server on the Internet using the following URL http hdl handle net 1895 22 1013 3 In the event Licensee prepares a derivative work that is based on or incorporates Python 1 6 1 or any part thereof and wants to make the derivative work available to others as provided herein then Licensee hereby agrees to include in any such work a brief summary of the changes made to Python 1 6 1 483 Python License 4 CNRI is making Python 1 6 1 available to Licensee on an AS IS basis CNRI MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR MPLIED BY WAY OF EXAMPLE BUT NOT LIMITATION CNRI MAKES NO AND DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF PYTHON 1 6 1 WILL NOT NFRINGE ANY THIRD PARTY RIGHTS 5 CNRI SHALL NOT BE LIA
190. IGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Here are options for executing the generated code in the target RDBMS your MySQL instance from the second step or you can dump it to an SQL script file Leave it as shown above and move to the next page The migrated SQL code will be executed on the target MySQL server You can view its progress in the Create Schemata page 375 Create the database objects Figure 10 36 Create Schemata E MySQL Workbench lele f Micraton x Fie Edit View Database Plugins Scripting Help ORACLE Migration TaskList OVERVIEW Q Overview The SQL scripts generated for the migrated schema objects wil now be executed in the target database You can monitor execution in the logs and if there are errors SOURCE amp TARGET you may correct them in the next step Table data wil be migrated at a later step Y Source Selection Target Selection Y Fetch Schemata List Y Schemata Selection Y Reverse Engineer Source Create Script Fie Connect to Target Database Perform Checks in Target Create Schemata and Objects OBJECT MIGRATION Y Source Objects Y Migration Y Manual Editing Finished performing tasks Click Next gt to continue Y Target Creation Options Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Once the creation of the schemata and objects finishes you can move to the Creat
191. LAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE G 22 Lua liblua License The following software may be included in this product Lua liblua Copyright TORDAN Ciliuamorc ml UC Selon Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions 4 he above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be ncluded in all copies or substantial portions of the Software E HE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND XPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES F MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE A
192. Large complex scripts may contain errors Further a syntax error early on can lead to subsequent syntax errors For these reasons it is possible to limit the number of errors displayed using this option The default is 100 error messages Max number of result sets Maximum number of result sets for SQL queries that can be opened for a single SQL editor Defaults to 50 Reaching the limit emits a warning 74 SQL Editor Preferences Note R This option was added in MySQL Workbench 6 2 4 SQL Beautifier Change keywords to UPPER CASE Enabled by default executing the SQL beautifier will uppercase all SQL keywords Preferences SQL Editor Object Editors Figure 3 8 Preferences SQL Editor Object Editors General Editors V SQL Editor Query Editor Default algorithm for ALTER table Default Object Editors SQL Execution Default lock for ALTER table Default Administration ii v Modeling Defaults Views MySQL V Reformat DDL for Views Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Online DDL Others Online DDL e Default algorithm for ALTER table The default algorithm selected when performing ALTER TABLE operations in MySQL Workbench The setting can also be adjusted for each ALTER TABLE operation Options include In Place preferred and Copy see the online DDL documentation for more information e Default lock for ALTER table The default lock setting for allowing concurrent queries with ALTER
193. Linux 6 x86_64 WIA These instructions also apply to similar Linux distributions such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux CentOS and Scientific Linux Next follow the RPM based installation documentation at Installing RPM packages 2 4 2 Launching After MySQL Workbench has been installed it can be launched by selecting Applications Programming MySQL Workbench from the main menu MySQL Workbench can also be launched from the command line on Linux Type the command shell gt usr bin mysql workbench help 59 Uninstalling This will display the available command line options mysql workbench lt options gt lt name of a model file or sql script gt Options force sw render force opengl render Force Xlib rendering Force OpenGL rendering query lt connection gt lt connection string gt admin lt instance gt upgrade mysql dbs model lt model file gt gcript lt sql file gt Yun seripe lt file gt run lt code gt run python lt code gt migration quit when done lOe EoO SitCeicie n s log level lt level gt verbose v version open lt file gt 2 4 3 Uninstalling Open a query tab and ask for connection if nothing is specified If named connection is specified it will be opened else connection will be created based on the given connection string which should be in form lt user gt lt host gt lt port gt Open a adm
194. ME NOT NULL COMMENT Shift end tme DATA MIGRATION ModifiedDate TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP COMMENT Date and time the record was last updated PRIMARY KEY ShiftID Data Transfer Setup COMMENT Vieek shift table Bulk Data Transter Scripts for 7 tables 0 views and O routines were executed for schema AdventureWorks Executing postamble script REPORT Execute statement SET FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS 1 Schema created SUSSRSSESSRESRESSS ESSE SSS SSERSSOSASSSS ESSE SSS SSESSSESSESSS ESSE SSS SSSSSsssssess Target Creation Options Create Target Results Migration Report Create Schemas and Objects finished Finished performing tasks Source DBMS connection is OK Create Target Results The generated objects are listed here along with the error messages if any exist The migration code may also be viewed and edited here To make changes select an object edit the query code and press Apply Repeat this process for each object that will be edited And then press Recreate Objects to save the results execute the previous migration step Create Schemata with the modified code and then continue the migration process This also means that the previously saved Note kK The Recreate Objects operation is required to save any changes here It will then schema will be dropped 352 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 16 MySQL Workbench migration Create Target Resu
195. ML CSV Simple data operations the SQL editor set after JSON SQL includes little control performing an XML Excel SQL query XML TXT Management Navigator Databases SQL SQL Detailed database and table and or Tables operations standard backup restore behavior using the mysqldump command and meta data includes control over how data is handled and includes meta data Management Navigator Databases SQL SQL Detailed database and table operations includes control over how data is handled can be scheduled and incremental includes meta data uses MySQL Enterprise Backup commercial 6 5 1 Table Data Export and Import Wizard This wizard supports import and export operations using CSV and JSON files and includes several configuration options separators column selection encoding selection and more The wizard can be performed against local or remotely connected MySQL servers and the import action includes table column and type mapping Note 5 This wizard only exports imports tables using the JSON or CSV format For an overview of the data export and import options in MySQL Workbench see Section 6 5 Data Export and Import The wizard is accessible from the object browser s context menu by right clicking on a table and choose either Table Data Export Wizard or Table Data Import Wizard 140 Table Data Export and Import Wizard Figure 6 14 Table Data Wizards Open File Edit View Query Da
196. MYSQL ENTERPRISE by dicking Install Frewal After instalaton you can manage the user rules audit inspector in the Users and Priv eges section of Workbench Firewait Start learning alowable rues by setting the Firewall state of a user to RECORDING Online Backup When you are done switch to protection mode s Restore Other operations Sa aani adang anrang a or loading from a file are also available on the same section Uninstall MySQL Enterprise Firewall Disable MySQL Enterprise Firewall Commeraal Version 5 6 25 enterprise commercal advanced tog Login User root Because clicking Enable Firewall from MySQL Workbench is a runtime operation enabling the mysql_firewall_mode option in the configuration option will enable it after a restart Manually edit the MySQL configuration file or use MySQL Workbench to edit it 170 Firewall Rules and Information Figure 6 43 Edit MySQL Enterprise Firewall Options Using Workbench Edit View Query Database Serer Tools Scripting Help Che HEA Ea Re Navigator Administration MANAGEMENT S cto i cpt ed free amp Client Connections Options File Find I Users and Privileges ES Status and System Variables amp Data Export i amp Data import Restore Cause the server to revert to certain behaviors present in older versions General Logging InnoDB Networking Advanced Other Seaxrity Replication MyISAM Performance lock_wait_timeout 31536000 Ti
197. MyAddresses Rename Tab Pin Tab Close Tab Close Other Tabs e Rename Tab Customize the name title of this tab e Pin Tab Pin the results tab to the results grid Executing additional SQL statements will create new result grid tabs e Close Tab Close this tab Close Other Tabs Close all tabs except this one Right clicking on a results grid field opens the following context menu 200 Results Window Figure 8 6 SQL Editor Result Grid Field Context Menu File Edit View Query ODatabese Server Tools Scripting Help HAG oo 6 fa a Navigator f schemas Poel f AOISI GE aro wom AlS Aa 1 Q Filter objects 1 SELECT FROM people country v amp people J gt SS Tables e E views E ede cA Sa Ee Geportfimport py 5 wrap Cel Content FES EP stored Proced Capital Code doc SS Functions OA namne nak maa Antarctica IndepYear null raphy R 7 Antarctica Contin sekila Open Value in Editor lg sys a French Southern territories IndepYear nul geography Region An Set Field to NULL ae RE world Bme Antigua and Barbuda IndepYear 1981 geography Region Cart Fi FunctionLiteral an ee mare Name Australa IndepYear 1901 geography Region Australa and Delete qs Name Austria IndepYear 1918 geography Region Western Europ Load Value From File ame Azerbaijan
198. MySQL Release team you must install the official MySQL Yum repository and choose the mysql workbench community package instead of mysql workbench e First install the MySQL Yum repository as described in the MySQL Yum Repository documentation For example shell gt sudo rpm Uvh mysql community release el7 7 noarch rpm e Next install MySQL Workbench You might have multiple Workbench packages available so choose the mysql workbench community version For example shell gt sudo yum install mysql workbench community Manually Installing a Package shell gt sudo rpm i package rpm package rpm is the MySQL Workbench package name for example mysql workbench community version 1fcl10 x86_64 rpm where version is the MySQL Workbench version number Installing Oracle Enterprise Linux and similar MySQL Workbench requires access to the EPEL repository EPEL is a repository with additional RPM packages that are not part of the core RHEL OEL distribution This includes packages such as tinyxml that MySQL Workbench requires You need to set up the EPEL repository in yum to resolve the required dependencies For example using Oracle Linux 6 5 you would shell gt wget http download fedoraproject org pub epel 6 i386 epel release 6 8 noarch rpm shell gt rpm ivh epel release 6 8 noarch rpm shell gt yum repolist Loaded plugins refresh packagekit rhnplugin repo id repo name status epel Extra Packages for Enterprise
199. MySQL Trigger Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected E Export User Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected To select a subset of objects to forward engineer use the Show Filter Hide Filter button then select specific objects After you have selected your objects click Next to continue On the Review Script page you may review and edit the SQL script that will be executed Figure 9 38 Review Script input and Options SQL Import Finished Successfully Reverse Engineer Results Import of SQL script file C Users philip Desktop cd_collection sql has finished 23 tables 7 views and 6 stored procedures were imported in 1 schemas Go Back to the previous page to review the logs Cea 302 Reverse Engineering Click Next to continue if you are satisfied with the generated script The next page of the wizard displays the results of the forward engineering process Figure 9 39 Forward Engineering Progress Forward Engineer to Database o Tm gt Connection Options Forward Engineering Progress Catalog Validation Options The following tasks will now be executed Please monitor the execution Press Show Logs to see the execution logs Select Objects Connect to DBMS Execute Forward Engineered Script Review SQL Script Commit Progress Read Back Changes Made by Server Save Synchronization State Forward Engineer Finished Successfully You can confirm that the script created the s
200. MySQL Utes s c bee ceie Sica Seek Seah es ok cate tact Sa ane eS oa Mi Col es ee 445 GiThird Party Licenses itemen naa a aa A a a ienaa Aena a a tants 449 G 1 NET Flat TabControl License 0ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees aeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeneeseeeees 451 QANT R OO E a ate ne as a a ar e De rt aut iad on ds 451 G 3 Bitstream Vera License 0 0 0 cece cece cece cece eee e ee te teen ee ee ae aaee tennessee asada cesses eeaeaaaaaaeeeeeeeeaeaaea 451 G 4 Boost Library LICENSE age ffatessads aaeain anaa naia ea a aaa ar aS iaat 452 Qo CANO LICENSE tig aesa E E E E TE 453 G 6 CTemplate Google Template System License ccceceeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 453 G 7 CURL libcurl License 2 0 2 ceceec cece aa a cece ee ee eee eaten eres ee ae aaa ceases A A a Aaa AA n Eaa 454 G 8 DockPanel Suite LICENSE ici cscsesseeced seni dovasadevensanticn sas sdencesseeldovasadawensarticevanidaveebeethdenteistenss 454 G 9 Dojo Toolkit v1 7 0b1 License 0 00 0 eee eeee cece cece ee ee eee eee teeter sete ee aa ade eeeeeeeeeeaeaaaeneeeeseeeeaeaaea 455 G10 Free liIDS License is4 eae ieee ei ae ees aie net iad aie 456 Git GDALIOGR LICENS E a heck bathe Secaeite hd gh Seb sae a a eae Nod a a aa aida 456 G 12 GLib License for MySQL Workbench ccceeeeeeeeeee esac ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeees 460 GAS GIZ Licensen thir o iene eaten tere Seen te ley shared a a ices idaudewctne
201. MySQL Workbench Abstract This is the MySQL Workbench Reference Manual It documents the MySQL Workbench Community and MySQL Workbench commercial editions 6 3 through 6 3 5 If you have not yet installed MySQL Workbench Community please download your free copy from the download site MySQL Workbench Community is available for Windows OS X and Linux For notes detailing the changes in each release see the MySQL Workbench Release Notes For legal information see the Legal Notices For help with using MySQL please visit either the MySQL Forums or MySQL Mailing Lists where you can discuss your issues with other MySQL users For additional documentation on MySQL products including translations of the documentation into other languages and downloadable versions in variety of formats including HTML and PDF formats see the MySQL Documentation Library Document generated on 2015 12 13 revision 45868 Table of Contents Preface and Legal Notices ccinn aaen e E teen eeee ee encase E AE S E E EE ESEN ix 1General Information i2 cis ies hee ai a ee en ee ete 1 1 1 What Is New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ener ae aaa eeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneneeeees 1 1 1 1 New in MySQL Workbench 6 3 cceeceeeccce ee ee cece ee ee ee aa ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeneeeseeeees 1 1 1 2 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 eceeccceeccceeeee cece eee e ee ae eee eeeeeeee ee aaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeneeneeeees 9
202. N WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE G 5 Cairo License The following software may be included in this product Cairo You are receiving a copy of the Cairo in both source and object code in the following DLL libcairo dll or dynamic libraries MySQLWorkbench app Contents Frameworks libcairo 2 dylib and MySQLWorkbench app Contents Frameworks libpixman 1 0 dylib The terms of the Oracle license do NOT apply to Cairo Oracle distributes it under the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 separately from the Oracle programs you receive You can also separately obtain and use Cairo independent of the Oracle programs under a dual license subject to the terms of the LGPL or the Mozilla Public License Version 1 1 Lf you do not wish to install this program you may delete libcairo dll or libcairo 2 dylib and libpixman 1 0 dylib from the installation directory or uninstall MySQL Workbench completely This component is licensed under Section G 14 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 G 6 CTemplate Google Template System License The following software may be included in this product CTemplate Google Template System Copyright c 2005 Google Inc All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms 453 cURL libcurl License with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistrib
203. NCHING sissa arri aa aes elena nl cae Maree laa et a a akae 63 2 0 93 Uninstalling BEAP ied a ids A de Ga eA 63 3 CONTQUIALON aie kere Sites aaa dee ee aati be ah ea eae ee cea 65 3 1 User Accessibility Options 0 eccecce cece eeeeee cree ee ee ae ea ee ee anes ee aa aaaaeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeeseeaeaaaaaes 65 3 2 Workbench Preferences oeiia a eaae aE E ANAA A KETLAR 69 3 2 1 General Editors Preferences ccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeseeeeeeaeaaaaees 70 3 2 2 SQL Editor Pref rente Sa ionaire na i ia a Na a ai ANa E aer iiaa iat 71 3 2 3 Administration Preferences sassssesrrrssrrsnesrrtnennnnnnsnnnnuenntnnnnntnndnnnnnnnnnnnenn nune na nanana 77 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences noirir aidia ereitea aia iiA e iiai ae 78 3 2 5 Fonts and Colors Preferences esssessssesrirsisesssertrrrrtrssssrtrrritrststttnrntrrtsrsrnrrrnnnt 84 3 2 6 Other Preferences gru nierica tini i Aes heed dees add Aas eee 85 3 3 MySQL Workbench Settings and Log Files cceccceeeeeeeeeee ee ee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 86 3 4 Tutorial Add a Custom Link to the Home Page cecceeeeeeeeeee sees ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 88 3 5 Common Preferences and Configurations cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeceaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 90 4 Th Home Screen eirinn Ayah eee ee nee ee 91 5 MySQL Connections se ceased decane a eater nana wey eden etn eee ean eee etc events 95
204. NFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL HE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER IABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING ROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE HO 3 al E Tj gda fermes gerin tie tilloat 2c Copyright c 2002 Industrial Light amp Magic a division of Lucas Digital Ltc LIE All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without 456 GDAL OGR License modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are mets Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of Industrial Light amp Magic nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
205. NTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL NEIL HODGSON BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE G 34 SQLCipher License Copyright c 2008 ZETETIC LLC All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 493 TinyXML License Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the ZETETIC LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ZETETIC LLC AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL ZETETIC LLC BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL
206. New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 42 Schema Inspector Maintenance e00 MySQL Workbench indexes Triggers Views Stored Procedures Functions Events Q Filter objects z TE erer Table Maintenance Operations nnoDB gt Dp Tables InnoDB Select tables and click the operation you want to perform gt PP Views NOTE Some commands may require locking tables until completion Bp Stored Procedures H category InnoDB which may take a long time for large tables h Functions Deity InnoDB ua T country InnoDB Analyze Table E customer KOS Analyzes and stores the key distribution for a table H film InnoDB During the analysis the table is locked with a read lock for InnoDB and MyISAM T film_actor InnoDB T film_category InnoDB o Don t write to BINLOG local Analyze Table T film text MyISAM T inventory InnoDB DD language InnoDB Optimize Table I payment InnoDB Reorganizes the physical storage of table data and associated index data Di rental InnoDB to reduce storage space and improve 1 0 efficiency when accessing the table staff InnoDB noi InnoDB _ Optimize FULLTEXT only Number of words to optimize per run 2000 o Don t write to BINLOG local Optimize Table Check Table CHECK TABLE checks a table or tables for errors For MyISAM tables the key statistics are updated as well o gt _ Fast Changed Check Table Checksum Table CHECKSUM TABLE reports a checksum for the contents of a table o Quick if supported Che
207. Next click the invoice table This creates a foreign key in the invoice_item table the table on the many side of the relationship This relationship between the two tables is shown graphically in crow s foot notation Revert to the default mouse pointer by clicking the arrow at the top of the vertical toolbar Click on the invoice_item table and select the Foreign keys tab Click the Foreign key Name field The referenced table should show in the Referenced Table column and the appropriate column in the Referenced Column column To delete the relationship between two tables click the line joining the tables and then press Control Delete 287 Importing a Data Definition SQL Script Experiment with the other tools on the vertical toolbar Delete a relationship by selecting the eraser tool and clicking the line joining two tables Create a view add a text object or add a layer Save your changes to a MySQL Workbench Models file mwb extension by choosing Save from the Eile menu or by using the keyboard command Control S 9 3 3 Importing a Data Definition SQL Script For this tutorial use the sakila database script which you can find by visiting the http dev mysql com doc page selecting the Other Docs tab and looking inthe Example Databases section After downloading the file extract it to a convenient location Open MySQL Workbench and find the Reverse Engineer MySQL Create Script menu item by first choosing File a
208. ODBC Administrator and click Start Migration For information about making a Microsoft SQL Server connection using the MySQL Workbench migration wizard see Section 10 5 3 2 Linux 10 5 2 3 OS X See the FreeTDS setup notes for Linux Section 10 5 2 2 Linux 10 5 3 Connection Setup This section focuses on creating a connection to the source Microsoft SQL Server because creating a MySQL connection is a standard operation Note Prerequisite that you already installed and configured the required Microsoft SQL Server driver on the system running MySQL Workbench 10 5 3 1 Windows Select Microsoft SQL Server as the database system and fill out the remaining options as described below Figure 10 44 SQL Server Connection Parameters Example on Windows r za ODBC Data Source Administrator User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About ODBC Drivers that are installed on your system Name Version Company File SQL Server 6 01 7601 Microsoft Corporation SQLSRV3 SQL Server Native Client 11 0 2011 110 Microsoft Corporation SQLNCLI 4 n An ODEC driver allows ODBC enabled programs to get information from ODBC data sources To install new drivers use the driver s setup ul program Database System Microsoft SQL Server e Connection Method choose ODBC native to use the native ODBC driver that is provided by Microsoft Alternatives in
209. OM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE G 29 PySQLite License This product uses pysqlite 2 6 3 Copyright c 2004 2007 Gerhard Haering G 30 Python License The following software may be included in this product Python Programming Language This is the official license for the Python 2 7 release A HISTORY OF THE SOFTWARE Python was created in the early 1990s by Guido van Rossum at Stichting Mathematisch Centrum CWI see http www cwi nl in the Netherlands as a successor of a language called ABC Guido remains Python s principal author although it includes many contributions from others In 1995 Guido continued his work on Python at the Corporation for National Research Initiatives CNRI see http www cnri reston va us in Reston Virginia where he released several versions of the software In May 2000 Guido and the Python core development team moved to BeOpen com to form the BeOpen PythonLabs team In October of the same 480 Python License year the PythonLabs team moved to Digital Creations now Zope Corporation see http www zope com In 2001 the Python Software Foundation PSF see http www python org psf was formed a non profit organization created specifically to own Python related Intellectual Property Zope Corporation is a sponsoring member of the PSE All Python releases are Open Source see http www opensource org for the Open Source Def
210. OS Microsoft Windows 7 Service Pack 1 build 7601 64 bit CPU 4x Intel R Core TM i5 2400 CPU 3 10GHz 8 0 GiB RAM Active video adapter NVIDIA GeForce GT 610 Installed video RAM 1024 MB Current video mode 1920 x 1080 x 4294967296 colors Used bit depth 32 Driver version 9 18 13 2049 Installed display drivers nvd3dumx d1ll nvwgf2umx d1ll nvwgf2umx d1l1 nvd3dum nvwgf2um nvwgf2um Current user language English United States 9 1 1 2 The Toolbar The MySQL Workbench toolbar is located immediately below the menu bar Click the tools in the toolbar to perform the following actions e The new document icon Creates a new document e The folder icon Opens a MySQL Workbench file mwb extension e The save icon Saves the current MySQL Workbench project The right and left arrows The left arrow performs an Undo operation The right arrow performs a Redo operation Other tools appear on the toolbar depending upon the context Tool Specific Toolbar Items When an EER diagram canvas is selected the following icons appear to the right of the arrow icons e The toggle grid icon Turns the grid on and off The grid icon Aligns objects on the canvas with the grid e The new EER diagram icon Creates a new EER diagram tab The toolbar also changes depending upon which tool from the vertical toolbar is active For discussion of these tools see Section 9 1 2 1 The Vertical Toolbar If the Table tool is active sche
211. Object Browser and Editor Navigator The Navigator contains options to manage the active MySQL connection and also lists the schemas available to that connection Navigator Schemas Tab The Schemata list shows available schemata on the currently connected server These can be explored to show tables views and routines within the schema and mysql are hidden by default Toggle the Show Metadata and Internal Schemas preference to list them in the object browser Schemas beginning with a Note R Internal schemas such as performance_schema information schema sys are also controlled by this setting 226 Object Browser and Editor Navigator Figure 8 24 SQL Editor Navigator Schemas Tab Navigator SCHEMAS Q Filter objects v sakila v E Tables h actor v Columns actor_id first_name last_name last_update v a Indexes WE PRIMARY WE idx_actor_last_name B Foreign Keys rd Triggers E address Refresh update the Object Navigator contents Merge merge the Management and Schemas tabs into a single Navigator panel Info load the Table Inspector for this table X Wrench load the Table Editor for this table Select execute a SELECT table statement and display the results gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt eS Rp av f tored Procedures film_in_stock film_not_in_stok rewards_report v Functions fO
212. Overview Source RDBMS Connection Parameters SOURCE amp TARGET Database System Microsoft SQL Server lt Select a RDEM m the list of supported systems Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Connection Method ODBC FreeTDS H ous Reverse Engineer Source Stored Connection settings Parameters Advanced OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Driver FreeTDS T e using E Migration Manual Editing Hostname example org Port 1433 Name or IP address of ver host TCPAP port Target Creation Options Username 53 Name of the user to connect with Create Schemas Create Target Results Password Store in Keychain Clear The user s password Leave blank to input when needed DATA MIGRATION Database The database to connect to Leave blank to select it later Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Store connection for future usage as Migration Report Test Connection Open ODBC Administrator Next gt Migration Wizard was started Database System Microsoft SQL Server e Connection Method choose ODBC FreeTDS to use the local FreeTDS that was installed in an earlier step For additional information about how to install a FreeTDS driver on Linux that will work with the MySQL Workbench migration wizard see Section 10 5 2 2 Linux 385 Microsoft SQL Server Type Mapping Alternatively choose ODBC Data Source FreeTDS if you defined a DSN when creating the SQL Server driver The available pre conf
213. Production databases require a more complex data migration scenario in most cases Read the overview text and click Start the Wizard to begin 392 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Figure 10 48 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Connection Selection Connection Selection Select the connection for the source MySQL server where databases wil be copied from and the destination server where they should be copied to Source MySQL Server Select the connection for the source MySQL server instance Source Connection Local instance MySQLS5 localhost 3307 Connection succeeded Destination MySQL Server Select the connection object for the destination MySQL server instance Target Connection Local instance MySQLS6 localhost 3306 Connection succeeded Cancel e Choose your target and source MySQL connections After choosing and testing your MySQL connections click Next to continue 393 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Figure 10 49 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Schema Selection as Loe Local inst File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Schema Selection Select the schemas to copy to the destination server and cick Start Copy gt to start the process 7 Migrate MyISAM tables to InnoD amp Ready Choose the schemas to migrate and click Start Copy to begin copying the selected schemas from the source to target MySQL server 394 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard
214. Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 G 13 Glitz License The following software may be included in this product Glitz Copyright 2004 David Reveman Peter Nilsson Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the names of David Reveman and Peter Nilsson not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission David Reveman and Peter Nilsson makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or implied warranty DAVID REVEMAN AND PETER NILSSON DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL DAVID REVEMAN AND PETER NILSSON BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE G 14 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 The following applies to all products licensed under the GNU Lesser Ge
215. QL Windows MySQL Audit Log Inspector A GUI for browsing the contents of generated logs by the commercial Audit Log Plugin Powerful filtering and search capabilities are available Fast browsing is provided by caching the log data locally in an encrypted file This plugin supports MEB with local and remote installations of Linux and OS X and locally for MySQL Windows Database Migration Features SQL Anywhere and SQLite are now supported 1 2 MySQL Workbench Editions MySQL Workbench is available in the following editions 48 MySQL Workbench Editions Community Edition Open Source GPL This is the foundation for all other editions Standard Edition Commercial Enterprise Edition Commercial For details about each edition see http Awww mysql com products workbench features html For more information about the Enterprise edition visit http www mysql com enterprise 49 50 Chapter 2 Installation Table of Contents 2 1 System REQUINEMEMIS soisissa ninani aa i aa Eaa i a Eaa NAE a 51 2 2 Command line OPTIONS smsna a ETER E E 53 2 3 MySQL Workbench on WINdOWS simiisse taosainn nnana aka iaia aaa KENAA ka NAAA Kaaa 54 AS OSN ea E T T O sca eareeae maetses 54 232 EAUNGCAING eskon E AA 55 Poser Unn AlN TT 56 2 4 MySQL Workbench Om Linux sssi aana aiana a ana A AE aE Ka AEAEE aa A EAA a aA 56 e NIRI E re a A eter E E E A a E E E A E erreer errr 56 242 LAUNCHING essene EERE SRE E EE AAS E 59
216. R CONTRIBUTORS BE INCIDENTAL BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHET INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHE N ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE SPECI RS AS IS TO THE R PURPOSE BUT NOT LIMITED OR OF USINESS HER IN RWISE AL EXEMPLARY PROCUREMENT OR B The following software may be included in this product zlib Oracle gratefully acknowledges the contributions of Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler in creating the zlib general purpose compression library which is used in this product 495 zlib License zlib h interface of the zlib general purpose compression library Copyright C 1995 2004 Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler zlib h interface of the zlib general purpose compression library vereion Meo e wisily Wiel ZOOS Copyright C 1995 2005 Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler zlib h interface of the zlib general purpose compression library Wesson IeA sis Meek Se 20 100 Copyright C 1995 2010 Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler This software is provided as is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictio
217. RDBMS uses a schema name in addition to a catalog both schema and table must be specified here and separated by a dot For example dbo mytable Target schema The name of the MySQL schema If quoting is needed it must use the MySQL backtick syntax For example sakila gt Target table The name of the MySQL table Select expression The list of fields to SELECT This will be inserted verbatim into the source SELECT statement Caution AN Use caution as this expression is copied directly into the source SELECT statement 173 Other Options For the select expression if both the source and target tables have the same fields in the same order and use compatible types you can simply pass here which will build a query like SELECT FROM dbo mytable lf not you can specify the fields as you would in the SELECT statement which are comma separated and with proper escaping quoting specific to the source RDBMS You can also specify typecasts and or data conversions that the source RDBMS supports For example client_id name address AsText location Because each option must be interpreted as a single option by the wocopytables command you must perform OS shell specific quoting whenever necessary Usually quoting your parameter values with single or double quotes is enough This is in addition to any database specific quoting you use Full Table Copy This performs a ful
218. SAA Figure 3 4 High Contrast Preference General Editors SQL Editor Query Editor SQL Editor Consolas 10 Global font for SQL text editors Object Editors SQL Execution Resultset Grid Tahoma 8 Resultset grid in SQL Editor Administration Modeling Defaults MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Color Scheme Advanced Select your scheme High Contrast x The scheme that determines the core co Others System Default Windows 7 Windows 8 Windows 8 alternative High Contrast Fonts Scripting Shell Consolas 10 Scripting Shell output area Script Editor Consolas 10 Code editors in scripting shell Microsoft Active Accessibility MSAA On Windows MySQL Workbench supports MSAA which allows use of screen reader applications with MySQL Workbench 3 2 Workbench Preferences Use the Preferences menu to configure MySQL Workbench to your specific needs This menu is divided sections as described below e General Editors General purpose editor options such as SQL parsing options e SQL Editor SQL editor related preferences that also includes subsections for the Query Editor Object Editor and SQL Execution Administration Tools used by the Administrator functionality Modeling Model related preferences that also includes subsections for Defaults MySQL MySQL specific settings Diagram EER and Appearance model colors and fonts e Fonts amp Colors Change fonts for tools such as the SQL ed
219. SERT VALUES and INSERT _ SET forms ofthe statement insert rows based on expt specified values The INSERT SELECT form inserts rows selected from another table or tables INSERT SELECT is discussed further in INSERT SELECT When inserting into a partitoned table you can control which partitions and subpartitions accept new rows The PARTITION option takes a comma separated list of the names of one or more partitions or subpartitions or both of the table If any of the rows to be inserted by a given INSERT statement do not match one of the partitions isted the INSERT statement fais with the error Found a row not matching the given partition set See Online help partitioning selection for more information and examples See also Onine heip insert The Output is located at the bottom of MySQL Workbench Its select box includes the Action Output History Output and Text Output options The Action Output panel displays a summary of the communication between the active MySQL connection in MySQL Workbench and the MySQL server and can refer to errors or general information Each message displays the time action and server response This output is useful for troubleshooting scripts 205 Output History Panel Figure 8 10 SQL Editor Output Action Output BM MySQL Workbench ma File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help aS Sal ala Ee Navigator actor GO f ROND O O A umowom Hel
220. SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR TUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS NTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN ONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE RISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE BILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 459 GLib License for MySQL Workbench G 12 GLib License for MySQL Workbench The following software may be included in this product GLib You are receiving a copy of the GLib library in both source and object code in the following folder C Program Files x86 MySQL MySQLWorkbench 5 2 on Windows and MySQLWorkbench app Contents Frameworks on Mac OS X The terms of the Oracle license do NOT apply to the GLib library it is licensed under the following license separately from the Oracle programs you receive If you do not wish to install this library you may go to the folder C Program Files x86 MySQL MySQL Workbench 5 2 and remove or replace the libglib 2 0 0 dll libgmodule 2 0 0 dll1 libgobject 2 0 0 d1ll and libgthread 2 0 0 dll files if present on Windows or go to the folder MySQLWorkbench app Contents Frameworks and remove or replace the files libglib 2 dylib libgmodule 2 dylib and libgthread 2 dylib on Mac OS X but the Oracle program might not operate properly or at all without the library This component is licensed under Section G 14 GNU Lesser General
221. SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE G 35 TinyXML License The following software may be included in this product TinyXML TinyXML is released under the zlib license This software is provided as is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required 2 Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original software 3 This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution G 36 TreeViewAdv for NET License The following software may be included in this product TreeViewAdv fo
222. SQL Server by executing the forward engineering wizard All SQL code is automatically generated to help eliminate the normal error prone process of manually writing complex SQL code MySQL Workbench also enables you to reverse engineer an existing database or packaged application to get better insight into its database design In addition to forward and reverse engineering existing databases it can also import SQL scripts to build models and export models to DDL scripts to execute at a later time 9 4 1 Forward Engineering It is possible to forward engineer a database using an SQL script or by connecting to a live database 9 4 1 1 Forward Engineering Using an SQL Script To create a script of your database model choose the Export item from the File menu You may export a script to alter an existing database or create a new database The script to create a database is similar to the one created using the mysqldump db_name command Choosing to create a database yields additional options Creating a Schema Select the File Export Forward Engineer SQL CREATE Script menu item to start the Forward Engineer SQL Script wizard The following figure shows the first page of the wizard 294 Forward Engineering Figure 9 30 SQL Export Options SQL Export Options SQL Export Options Output SQL Script File Leave blank to view generated script but not save to a file SQL Options Generate DROP Statements Before Each CREATE Statement
223. SQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 32 Table Inspector File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Sh G El bl a a Navigator sakila actor x SCHEMAS d Info Columns indexes Triggers Foreign keys Partitions Grants Q Fiter objects MyFiestConnection E sakila actor gt dvd_collection gt information_scheme a S ee Table v E Tebles gt E actor jine InnoDB gt E address Compact gt category 4 city country i 200 customer 81 film film_actor eee E film_category 16 0 KiB film_tet 0 0 bytes inventory 0 0 bytes language E payment 320 rental Antelope wal C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 data sakila actor ibd gt E gt views gt EP Stored Procedures 2014 01 07 18 22 40 gt Ta ran 201 es araua utf8_general_cd worid i eae Hi Hi gt gt gt gt gt gt ES gt gt gt gt gt Management Information Table actor Columns smalint 5 actor id UNALPK Information on this page may be outdated Click the Analyze Table button to update it Object Info Additional Client Connection Information Additional information was added to the Client Connections tab such as Thread ID Parent Thread Instrumented and Type 33 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 33 Client Connections MySQL Workbench 6 0 MyFirstConnection sskile x File Edt View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Abe sega aie Navigat
224. SQL server You can also add a new schema by clicking the button on the top right of the Physical Schemata panel To remove a schema click its tab and use the button found to the immediate left of the button To the left of these buttons are three buttons that control how database object icons are displayed e The left button displays database objects as large icons The middle button displays small icons in multiple rows e The right button displays small icons in a single list The Schema Objects Panel The Physical Schemata panel has the following sections e Tables e Views e Routines e Routine Groups Each section contains the specified database objects and an icon used for creating additional objects Any database objects added to an EER diagram canvas also show up in the Physical Schemata section For information about adding objects to an EER diagram canvas see Section 9 1 2 EER Diagram Editor 9 1 1 5 The Schema Privileges Panel The Schema Privileges panel has the following sections used to create users for your schemata and to define roles Users Roles The following image displays the Schema Privileges section of the MySQL Model tab 248 Model Editor Figure 9 4 Roles and Privileges Y Schema Privileges Users 2 items a Add User paul stefan Roles 2 items Add Role admin docs Adding Roles To add a role double click the Add Role icon This creates a role with th
225. SQL server In this case we only have one table dvd_collection so select dvd_collection and click Next 284 Creating a Model Figure 9 21 Getting Started Tutorial Select Objects Connection Options Connection Option ob i Engi Catalog Validation Options To exdude objects of a specific type from the SQL Export disable the corresponding checkbox Press Show Filter and add objects or patterns to the ignore list to exdude them from the export Select Objects Export MySQL Table Objects 1Total Objects 1 Selected Export MySQL View Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected Export MySQL Routine Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected Export MySQL Trigger Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected Export User Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected 15 The Review SQL Script page displays the SQL script that will be executed on the live server to create your schema Review the script to make sure that you understand the operations that will be carried out Click Next to execute the Forward Engineering process 285 Basic Modeling Figure 9 22 Getting Started Tutorial Review SQL Script Connection Options Review the SQL Script to be Executed Catalog Validation Options Select Objects gt SET OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS 0 Review SQL Script SET OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHI SET OLD_SQL_MODE SQL_MODE SQL_MODE TRADITIONAL ALLOW_INVALIC CREATE SCHEMA
226. STANCE 3 B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard E Performance Reports G Performance Schema Setup MYSQL ENTERPRISE Audit inspector Firewatt cb Online Backup Rie The following tasks wil now be executed to revert the state of your server to that of the selected backup Preparing backup for recovery Y Recover backup Y Prepare and apply incremental bacup files Finished performing tasks Message Log mysqbackup INFO InnoD6 Setting log file size to 50331648 mysqbackup INFO InnoDB Setting log file size to 50331648 151103 18 11 36 mysqbacup INFO We were able to parse bbackup_logfile up to isn 22122561 151103 18 11 36 mysqbadup Lechter ie bear A me neta Sati 5 6 Pata bdata and the new created log fies are at C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 Data E Applying redo log te Completed TA 18 11 36 mysqbackup INFO ape pied operation completed 151103 18 11 36 mysqbacup INFO mysqibadaup completed OK este ee A seed ig ad nl all cb Restore Backup recovery finished successfully Management Schemas Recover backup finished Information Object Info Session 6 8 MySQL Enterprise Firewall Interface MySQL Workbench offers a GUI interface to MySQL Enterprise Firewall E For additional information about MySQL Enterprise Firewall see https dev mysql com doc en firewall html Note The MySQL Enterprise Firewall interface was added in MySQL Workbench
227. Schema Setup A GUI for configuring and fine tuning the Performance Schema instrumentation Initially this loads an Easy Setup page that is enough for most users Slide the Performance Schema Full Enabled slider to Top 1 0 by File by Bytes Show the top gobal 10 consumers by bytes usage by fie SOdatadir mysql backup_history Qodatadir mysal dackup_history GSdatedir mysql backup_ pose Odatadir mysql backup_history Odatadir mysql backup_poges SSdatadir mysaliprocmyD Sdatedir peformence_schemas SOdatadir pefarmance_schemaf_ SSdatadir mysal proctm Sdatsdir pecformence_schemas G datadir mysgl user frm SOdatadir perfarmance_schemat SSdatadir peformance_schemar Sdstedir performence_schemy SOdatadir perfarmance_schemy SSdatadir peformance_schemy Sdatedirimysaql procs_priviem Odatedir pefarmence_schemy OQOodatadir mysql proxes_peiviim SSdatodir peformance_schemy Sdatedir peformence_schemy BOdatadir perfarmance_schemy SOdatadir peformance_schemy Sdatedir pefarmence_schemas SOdastedir pefarmence_schemat Podatadir peformance_schema s SSdatodir peformance_schemy Re TotaRead AvgRead Writes Total Whitten 4 990 5208 144 3332 3332 4 476 I 3 23 23 3 23 21 za 21 21 21 a 21 21 2 21 21 21 2 21 21 2 585 35 M8 29 77 M8 11 76 M8 16 27 KB 16 27K6 153 53K8 233K 18 24KB8 12 27KB anke 1259K 10 53K6 9 KB 253KB 3 57K8 365KB 5
228. Schemas Fetch Objects attributes default character set latini gt latin1 WON TU RWN Differences Report Table world country was modified columns modified column Region attributes default character set latin1 gt latin1 End of MySQL Workbench Report 9 6 Table Templates Define table templates with commonly used columns and settings to create new tables from either a live connection or while creating an EER model From the SQL editor select Create Table Like from the Tables context menu 321 Table Templates Figure 9 58 New Table Template SQL Editor File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help SAPE 6518516 fw SCHEMAS G Fiter objects gt blog v sakila Y Tables Or while modeling click the Open the table template editor icon on the right sidebar under Modeling Additions 322 Table Templates Figure 9 59 New Table Template Modeling File Edt View Arrange Model Database Tools Scripting Help B Oie aiD a aaa Model Overview amp Open Table Template editor Add Diagram Y Physical Schemas so HE mydb MySQL Schema Tables 0 tems o Add Table i Views 0 tems 1 TINYINT EM 5 Add View Existing table templates DECIMAL 10 FLOAT Routines 0 tems DOUBLE TINYINT 4 Add Routine SMALLINT 6 MEDIUMINT Routine Groups 0 items INT 11 be Add Group gt Schema Privileges After opening
229. T NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN 478 PyCrypto 2 6 License CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Exception Portions of HMAC py and setup py are derived from Python 2 2 and are therefore Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 Python Software Foundation All Rights Reserved They are licensed by the PSF under the terms of the Python 2 2 license See the file LEGAL copy LICENSE python 2 2 for details EXPORT RESTRICTIONS Note that the export or re export of cryptographic software and or source code may be subject to regulation in your jurisdiction Portions Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 Python Software Foundation All Rights Reserved This file contains code from the Python 2 2 hmac py module the Original Code with modifications made after it was incorporated into PyCrypto the Modifications To the best of our knowledge the Python Software Foundation is the copyright holder of the Original Code and has licensed it under the Python 2 2 license See the file LEGAL copy LICENSE python 2 2 for details The Modifications to this file are dedicated to the public domain To the extent that dedication to the public domain is no
230. TE TABLE Syntax for more information on how to use these options Storage Options Section The Storage Options section is available only for My 1SA tables Use it to configure a custom path to the table storage and data files This can help improve server performance by locating different tables on different hard drives Merge Table Options Section Use the Merge Table Options section to configure MERGE tables To create a MERGE table select MERGE as your storage engine and then specify the My 1SA tables you wish to merge in the Union Tables dialog You may specify the action the server should take when users attempt to perform INSERT statements on the merge table You may also select the Merge Method by selecting from the list For more information about MERGE tables see The MERGE Storage Engine 8 1 12 Code Generation Overview This document provides a quick hands on introduction to using MySQL Workbench to generate code for later use for either in or outside of MySQL Workbench 8 1 12 1 Generating SQL Statements MySQL Workbench can be used to generate SQL most typically as either INSERT statements or SELECT statements 221 Code Generation Overview Below are common methods for generating SQL statements in MySQL Workbench Note R All of the MySQL Workbench Export options include the option to export as SQL Context menu options after right clicking on a schema in the schema vi
231. TE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES 467 HtmlRenderer System Drawing Html END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries If you develop a new library and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public we recommend making it free software that everyone can redistribute and change You can do so by permitting redistribution under these terms or alternatively under the terms of the ordinary General Public License To apply these terms attach the following notices to the library It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found lt one line to give the library s name and a brief idea of what it does gt Copyright C lt year gt lt name of author gt This library is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 1 of the License or at your option any later version This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU Lesser General Public Li
232. Tables to Backup Specify a regular expression to match all the tables to be induded on the backup Any table db_name table_name matching the regular expression will be induded on the backup sakla actor Tables to Exdude Specify a regular expression to match all the tables to be exduded from the backup Any table db_name table_name matching the regular expression will be exduded from the backup Management Using transportable tablespaces allows restoring the backed up tables on a different server it also prevents the system tablespaces from being backed up saving space and IO resources Name Local instance MySQL56 Host ocalhost Port 3306 This feature also has some limitations please look at the MySQL Enterprise Backup Documentation for details Use Transportable Tablespaces No v Server MySQt Enterprise Server Advanced Edition Commercal Version 5 6 25 enterprise commercal advanced tog Login User soot Current User root locahost SSL Dsabled The Options tab includes settings to modify the default behavior of the backup process By default the Backup Storage Directory is stored under a sub folder using the name of the Backup Profile Name in the MySQL Backup Home Directory setting Additional options include compression and apply log and the option to Skip Unused Pages 163 Online Backup Figure 6 36 Workbench MySQL Enterprise Backup Configuration Options File Edit View Query Databas
233. The output files are then generated It is these output files typically HTML or text that are then viewed by the user Markers can be of six types e Template Include e Comment e Set delimiter e Pragma 324 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates e Variable e Section start and Section end The last two are the most commonly used in MySQL Workbench templates and these important markers are briefly described in the following sections Variables Variable usage in the templates is straightforward Variables denoted by markers in the template file are replaced by their corresponding data prior to the generated output file The mapping between variables and their corresponding data is stored by MySQL Workbench in a data dictionary In the data dictionary the variable name is the key and the variable s corresponding data is the value MySQL Workbench builds the data dictionaries and fills it with the data contained in the processed model By way of example the following code snippet shows part of a template file Total number of Schemata SCHEMA_COUNT In the generated output file the variable SCHEMA_COUNT is replaced by the number of schemata in the model Total number of Schemata 2 A variable can appear multiple times in the template file e Sections Sections are used to perform iteration in the templates When MySQL Workbench exchanges the variables in a section for data it does so iteratively u
234. The properties accessible from the Properties palette apply to the appearance of a layer on the EER Diagram canvas In some circumstances you may want to make a layer invisible Select the layer and in the Properties palette set the visible property to False To locate an invisible object open the Layers palette and select the object by double clicking it After an object is selected you can reset the visible property from the Properties palette For a list of properties accessible through the Properties palette see Section 9 1 1 12 The Properties Palette In addition to the properties listed there a layer also has a description property Use this property to document the purpose of the layer 270 Creating Notes 9 1 8 Creating Notes You can add notes to a database only from the Model Notes section of the MySQL Model page Notes are typically used to help document the design process 9 1 8 1 Adding Notes Double clicking the Add Note icon in the Model Notes section of the MySQL Model page adds a note with the default name of notel If a note with this name already exists the new note is named note2 Adding a new note automatically opens the note editor docked at the bottom of the application For information about using the note editor see Section 9 1 8 2 The Note Editor Right clicking a note opens a pop up menu with the following items e Rename e Cut note_name e Copy note_name e Delete note_name
235. Timeout Modeling Defaults MySQL Others Diagram Allow more than one instance of MySQL Workbench to run Appearance Fonts amp Colors Others _ Maximum time to wait before a connection attempt is aborted Timeouts e SSH KeepAlive 0 This interval in seconds without sending any data over the connection a keepalive packet will be sent This option applies to both SSH tunnel connections and remote management via SSH e SSH Timeout 7 0 This interval in seconds that online backup restore will timeout when waiting for a result Note R This option was added in Workbench 6 3 5 e Fabric Connection Timeout 60 Maximum time to wait before a connection is aborted Others Allow more than one instance of MySQL Workbench to run By default only one instance of MySQL Workbench can be running at the same time 85 MySQL Workbench Settings and Log Files Note R All MySQL Workbench instances share the same files and settings so enable at your own risk 3 3 MySQL Workbench Settings and Log Files MySQL Workbench saves configuration cache and log related files and directories on your system These files are saved in your user s MySQL Workbench directory as defined by MySQL Workbench with this base defaulting to Table 3 1 Default Local Configuration Base File Path Operating System File Path Windows AppData MySQL Workbench OS X username Library Application Su
236. UTHORS OR COPYRIGHT OLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY HETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING ROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE a 8S 2a eal tel G 23 Paramiko License The following software may be included in this product Paramiko You are receiving a copy of Paramiko in both source and object code The terms of the Oracle license do NOT apply to the Paramiko program it is licensed under the following license separately from the Oracle programs you receive If you do not wish to install this program you may delete the Paramiko folder and all its contents This component is licensed under Section G 14 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 G 24 PCRE License The following software may be included in this product 474 PCRE License PCRE Perl Compatible Regular Expressions Library PCRE LICENCE PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language Release 7 of PCRE is distributed under the terms of the BSD licence as specified below The documentation for PCRE supplied in the doc directory is distributed under the same terms as the software itself The basic library functions are written in C and are freestanding Also included in the distribution is a set of C wrapper fu
237. User And Privileges Schema Privileges File Edt View Query Detabose Server Tools Scripting Help Hho dA eae Administration Users and Privil MANAGEMENT MyFestComed won Server Status U d i amp Cent Connections sers an vileges QD Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables ss r User From Host amp Data Export t general localhost oor mysqibackup localhost Schema Privileges sql INSTANCE root localhost mysq B startup Shutdown Se Schema and Host fields may use and _ wildcards S a nie The server wi match specific entries before widcarded ones jons Fi User Accounts Details for account mysqibackup localhost CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES PERFORMANCE Dashboara amp Performance Reports GS Performance Schema Setup 6 3 Server Status Get an immediate view into the basic health indicators and counters for your MySQL environment This includes viewing the server s running state stopped running available features primary server directories replication state and security settings for authentication and SSL Reports also include information and graphs to track memory usage connections hit rates and more 136 Status and System Variables Figure 6 10 Navigator Management Server Status File Edit View Query Outabase Server Tools Scriptieg Help So JOS 8s MANAGEMENT Server status li Client Connections 4 Users and Privileges GBI Status and System Variables Data Export
238. V3 SQL Server Native Client 11 0 2011 110 Microsoft Corporation SQLNCLI 4 w r An ODEC driver allows ODBC enabled programs to get information from E ODBC data sources To install new drivers use the driver s setup program Sok Geet Oo Gate Common ODBC drivers available on Windows are SQL Driver preinstalled on Windows but is limited to the functionality provided by SQL Server 2000 It functions okay if your database does not use features and data types introduced after SQL Server 2000 so it should be enough for you if your database does not make use of the new features and data types introduced after this SQL Server version e SQL Server Native Client XX X if you have a SQL Server instance on the same machine as MySQL Workbench then you will also have this additional driver This comes with SQL Server and fully supports the companion SQL Server version If this is not on your system then you can download and install this it from Microsoft For example download the Microsoft SQL Server 2014 Feature Pack to install the Native Client that supports SQL Server 2014 and earlier Note R XX X represents the major version number for SQL Server so an actual name might be SQL Server Native Client 11 0 Decide which driver you want to use and remember its name as shown in the ODBC Data Source Administrator This specific name is used in MySQL Workbench to connect your SQL Server instance Jum
239. Visual Explain Current Statement XOHRO Q Filter objects fom SELG s to v amp sakila p v Tables _ Stop Script Execution on Errors gt amp actor 100 l l gt I address gt SELECT FROM Reconnect to Server gt m category Pee eee eee eee New Tab to Current Server CHT gt i city actor_id 1 a rst nase a v Auto Commit Transactions gt E country last_update 26 Commit Transaction gt E customer aie ae Te Rollback Transaction gt E film first_name NII gt E film_actor last_name WAl Commit Result Edits last_update 20 Discard Result Edits gt E film_category actor_id 3 first_name ED gt E inventory Export Results last_name Swan 757 1 UOO l a 02 inig d language last_update 200950 4 row See eee eee ee gt payment actor_id 4 first_name JENNIFER gt ij rental last name DAVIS gt E staff last_update 2006 02 15 04 34 33 seeeeeeeesseseeseses 5 roy Seeeeeeeseseseseeseee tt actor_id 5 first_name JOHNNY lastname LOLLOBRIGIDA Table actor last_update 2006 02 15 04 34 33 Col SC Cee eee eee ee eee 6 row PPP SRS S SLES SESE EE ES SE umns actor_id 6 actor id smallint 5 UN Al PK first_name BETTE firstname varchar 45 last_name NICHOLSON last name varchar 45 SERS aE a ca sit vsnsinaniamnnatens last_update timestamp actor id 7 first_name GRACE last_name MOSTEL last_update 2006 02 15 04 34 33 actor 1 Oh Vertical Output Improved Visual Expla
240. WISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Select kqueue The select and contains the following notice for the kqueue interface Copyright c 2000 Doug White 2006 James Knight 2007 Christian Heimes All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are mets 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution HIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND NY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE MPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE RE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE OR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL AMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS R SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT IABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY UT OFTHE USE COF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN TE ADVISED
241. Workbench 8 1 11 3 The Indexes Tab The Indexes tab holds all index information for your table Use this tab to add drop and modify indexes Figure 8 19 The Indexes Tab File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help HAG HEE ga ve Index Columns idx_fk_store_jd Column idx_fk_address_id V customer_id idx_last_name L store_id L first_name E last_name email L address id active create_date E last_update Select an index by right clicking it The Index Columns section displays information about the selected index To add an index click the last row in the index list Enter a name for the index and select the index type from the list Select the column or columns that you wish to index by checking the column name in the Index Columns list You can remove a column from the index by removing the check mark from the appropriate column You can also specify the order of an index by choosing ASC or DESC under the Order column Create an index prefix by specifying a numeric value under the Length column You cannot enter a prefix value for fields that have a data type that does not support prefixing To drop an index right click the row of the index you wish to delete then select the Delete Selected Indexes menu item 216 The MySQL Table Editor 8 1 11 4 The Foreign Keys Tab The Foreign Keys tab is organized in much the same fashion as the Indexes tab and adding or editing a foreign
242. Writes a result set to a CSV HTML JSON SQL INSERT Excel XML or Tab separated file as required 199 Results Window Note E This exports a result set To export an entire table or schema see Data Export Import Import records from an external CSV file Wrap Cell Content If the contents of a cell exceeds the cell width then the data will be cut off with an ellipses This option will instead wrap the contents within the cell and adjust the cell height accordingly Note E The Refresh button automatically adjusts the column width to match the longest string one of its cells You may also manually adjust the column width Right clicking on a results grid tab opens the following context menu Figure 8 5 SQL Editor Result Grid Context Menu Iz 475 Joet way Mamston ww ITF BBV wee WIVI LE 52 22 13 613 Korolev Drive Masqat 329 45844 330657522649 BL o8 2014 09 25 22 32 29 o 14 1531 Sal Drive Esfahan 162 53628 648856936185 EOI 2014 09 25 22 31 36 15 1542 Tarlac Parkway Kanowa 490 1027 635297277345 EII 2014 09 25 22 31 53 6 808 Bhopal Manor k x s82 10672 465887807014 OIT 2014 09 25 22 31 30 Execution 7 270 Amroha Parkway Right click to open 384 29610 695479687533 EET 2014 09 25 22 33 27 18 77 Bydgoszcz Averwe the context menu x2 16255 517338314235 DUJ 2014 09 25 22 33 47 19 419 ligan Lane eee eee 990911107354 OI 2014 09 25 22 31 13 2 360 Toulouse P Engand 495 5408 949312333307 EOI 2014 09 25 22 33 40
243. You can also add a primary key by checking the PRIMARY KEY check box in the Column Details section of the table editor If you wish to create a composite primary key you can select multiple columns and check the PK check box However there is an additional step that is required you must click the Indexes tab then in the Index Columns panel you must set the desired order of the primary keys Note E When entering default values in the case of CHAR and VARCHAR data types MySQL Workbench will attempt to automatically add quotation marks if the user does not start their entry with one For other data types the user must manage quoting if required as it will not be handled automatically by MySQL Workbench Caution A Care must be taken when entering a default value for ENUM columns because a non numeric default will not be automatically quoted You must manually add single quote characters for the default value Note that MySQL Workbench will not prevent you from entering the default value without the single quotation marks If a non numeric default value is entered without quotation marks this will lead to errors For example if the model is reverse engineered the script will contain unquoted default values for ENUM columns and will fail if an attempt is made to run the script on MySQL Server 215 The MySQL Table Editor Note E ENUM BIT and SET must contain at least one value when entering these data types into MySQL
244. _SUB bEERY Non Unique Key Lookup into table of Low Used for efficient Subquery subquery processing RANGE Orange Index Range Scan Medium partial index scan INDEX Red Full Index Scan High especially for large indexes ALL Red Full Table Scan Very High very costly for large tables but less of an impact for small ones No usable indexes were found for the table which forces the optimizer to search every row This could also mean that the search range is so broad that the index would be useless UNKNOWIBlack unknown Note This is the default in case a match cannot be determined Visual Explain Usage To view a visual explain execution plan execute your query from the SQL editor and then choose the Execution Plan tab in the query results tab The execution plan defaults to Visual Explain but also has a Tabular Explain view that is similar to what you would see when executing EXPLAIN in the MySQL client 7 4 Query Statistics This Query Stats SQL editor results tab uses Performance Schema data to gather key statistics collected for executed query such as timing temporary tables indexes joins and more Requirements e MySQL server 5 6 or newer 184 Requirements Query Collect Performance Schema Stats enabled e The performance_schema enabled with statement instrumentation Figure 7 6 SQL Editor Query Stats gt 1 store gt Bn Views PS Stored Procedures
245. _SYS_FIELDS Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_COLUMNS Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_INDEXES Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_TABLESTATS Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_TABLES log Fle Size 235 7 kB Slow queries when available for more information see The Slow Query Log 129 Service Control Figure 6 3 Navigator Management Instance Server Logs Slow Log Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She saeugg s Navigator SQL File 1 Administration Server Logs x MANAGEMENT Server Status Client Connections LL Users and Privileges E Status and System Variable amp Data Export Data Import Restore Start Time User GHost Query Time Lock Tine Rows Sent Rows Examined Detail 130718 13 57 54 rootfroot localh 10 229565 0 001000 0 use sakila 140107 18 24 57 root root localh 10 342818 0 000000 0 0 SET timestamp 1389147897 INSTANCE B startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard E Performance Reports G Performance Schema Setup Management Information Gamadia a Log File Location C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 data PHILIP US slow log Log File Size 38 2 kB Name MyFrstcomecton Showing 2 records starting at byte offset 0 Host focahhost set Oldest lt Previous Page Next Page gt Most Recent Refresh 6 1 3 Service Control The Startup Shutdown functionality includes e Viewing the Startup Mes
246. a Rete Advertureworks Jij Shift ShiftzD getdate AdvemureWeotks ji JobCandidate Modified AdventureWorks Sift QRartTime getdate AdverturewWorks i Shift Modified AdventurewWorks iij Shift EncTime getdate AdvemureWerks 1j ExployeePa Modified Employee Payfrequency TINYINT AdventurewWorks ju Employees PayFrequ JobCandidate JobCendde INT Adverturewarks jy JobCandidae JobCand REPORT G m J Migration Report You can rename target schemas and tables and change column definitons by diding them once selected SQL CREATE Scrpt for Selected Object F CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS AdwentureWorks Shift ShatiD TINYINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT COMMENT Primary key for Shift records Name VARCHAR 100 NOT NULL COMMENT Shift description StartTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shift start time EndTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shit end time ModifiedQete TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP COMMENT Oste and time the record was PRIMARY KEY Sh ift10 COMMENT Work sisit lookup table Source Selection Sourc Source Table Source Column Source Type Target Selection Adve ij Employer EndDate DATETIME Adve Employed StartDate DATETIME Adve i EmployeD ModiiedDate DATETIME Schemes Selection Adve ij Employee RateChange DATETIME Reverse Engineer Source Adve ad Employed P EroloyeeliD INT Adve Ij Employes ModifiedDete DATETIME OBJECT MI
247. a restore refers to the operation where the data contained on a MySQL Bado is used to replace the data on a MySQL Server MySQL Backup supports backing up Transportable Tablespaces on those cases the restore operation does not replace the data on the target MySQL Server but actually extends that data with the one contained on the backup The final result depends on how the backup was created Indicate the source of the data to be used on the restore operation Restore based on a Backup Profile configured on this server When this option is selected a ist of the Backup Profiles configured on this MySQL Server wil be shown You will be able to do the restore using one of the backups done on those profiles O Restore using a MySQL Backup image file ee eee Use the file browser to locate the correct MySQL Backup image file Restore from a folder containing a MySQL Backup When this option is selected you will be prompted for the folder containing the MySQL Backup to be used on the restore operation Use the folder browser to locate the folder containing the MySQL Backup to be used on the restore operation e Backup Profile Choose from the available MySQL Enterprise Backup profiles on your system Backup Image File Opens the system s file browser choose a backup image file to restore Backup Folder Opens the system s file browser choose a backup folder to restore In our example we will restore a full backup profile that was c
248. ab from the context menu or left click the little pin icon to toggle it Now execute your other queries and then refresh the pinned tab there is a refresh icon in the result grid s menu How does the embedded web browser functionality work For example clicking Workbench Forum on the Home screen opens the forum in its own embedded MySQL Workbench tab The Webkit system library is used on OS X Internet Explorer is used on Windows and Linux opens the default browser externally rather than an embedded browser Pressing Modifier Arrow moves the browser history forward and back 414 A 6 Additionally for information about creating your own Home screen links see Section 3 4 Tutorial Add a Custom Link to the Home Page How does MySQL Workbench increase import performance When a model is exported Database Forward Engineer some MySQL server variables are temporarily set to enable faster SQL import by the server The statements added at the start of the code are SET OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS 0 SET OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS 0 SET OLD_SQL_MODE SQL_MODE SQL_MODE TRADITIONAL ALLOW_INVALID_DATES These statements function as follows SET OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS 0 Determines whether InnoDB performs duplicate key checks Import is much faster for large data sets if this check is not performed For additional inform
249. able1 REFERENCES mydb table1 idtable1 ON DELETE NO ACTION You may return to the previous page using the Back button The Finish button saves the script file and exits You can then use the saved script to create a database Altering a Schema The menu item for creating an ALTER Script File is Database Synchronize With Any Source Typically this option is used when the SQL script of a database has been imported into MySQL Workbench and changed and then you want to create a script that can be executed against the database to alter it to reflect the adjusted model For instructions on importing a DDL script see Section 9 4 2 1 Reverse Engineering Using a Create Script Select the Database Synchronize With Any Source menu item to start the wizard You will be presented with the first page showing the introduction and then the available options 298 Forward Engineering Figure 9 33 Synchronize With Any Source Options Introduction Select Databases for Updates Select Sources Source Database To Take Updates From Model Schemata Live Database Server Script File Destination Database To Receive Updates Model Schemata Live Database Server Scaipt File Send Updates To Destination Database Server ALTER Script File For additional information see Section 9 5 1 Database Synchronization 9 4 1 2 Forward Engineering to
250. abric 1 5 support was added in MySQL Workbench 6 3 and due to incompatible protocol changes Fabric 1 4 support was dropped Also MySQL Workbench 6 2 added Fabric 1 4 support To set up a managed Fabric connection create a new MySQL connection with the new MySQL Fabric Management Node connection method The connection tiles have a different look Figure 5 24 Fabric Connection Group Tile H MySQL Workbench Eo z amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections a Shortcuts Local instance Fabric gt gt MySQL Utilities pane JS J Database Migration H MySQL Bug Reporter TE Workbench Blogs UO SO OM O E Planet MySQL Coy Workbench Forum Clicking the new fabric group tile shows the managed connections 121 Client Connections Figure 5 25 Fabric Connection Group Tiles Ry Myst Workbench t File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections Fabric Managed MySQL Servers 4 Shortcuts lt back Fabric Server Fabric TD MYSQL Utilities Managed Instances 3 of HA Groups 1 UO om oO 5 5 Client Connections The client connection browser lists the active and sleeping MySQL client connections and adds the ability to kill statements and connections and view additional connection details and attributes connection information is available for previous versions of MySQL such as the Note 9 The connection detai
251. ace with ODBC and may be used to migrate ODBC compliant databases such as PostgreSQL and DB2 In Windows and OS X it is included with Workbench In Linux binaries provided by Oracle also include pyodbc If you re using a self compiled binary make sure you have the latest version and that it is compiled against the ODBC manager library that you chose whether it is iODBC or unixODBC As of version 3 0 6 pyodbc will compile against unixODBC by default If you are compiling against iODBC then you must perform the following steps 1 For compiling make sure you have the iODBC headers installed For Linux the name depends on your system s package manager but common names are 1ibiodbc devel RPM based systems or 1ibiodbc2 dev Debian based systems For OS X the headers come with the system and no additional action is required for this step 2 Inthe pyodbc source directory edit the setup py file and around line 157 replace the following line settings libraries append odbc with settings libraries append iodbc 3 Execute the following command as the root user CFLAGS iodbc config cflags LDFLAGS iodbc config libs python setup py install 10 1 2 ODBC Drivers For each RDBMS you need its corresponding ODBC driver which must also be installed on the same machine that MySQL Workbench is running on This driver is usually provided by the RDBMS manufacturer but in some cases they can also be provided by third party v
252. ackups will create a backup of all changes that have occurred since the lastest backup full or incremental Note backups are scheduled and executed from the target server using the systems task scheduler as the user that owns the MySQL datadir The Advanced tab allows you to pass in additional MySQL Enterprise Backup options Note 9 These additional options are not validated To recover backups see Section 6 7 3 Backup Recovery 6 7 3 Backup Recovery The Backup Recovery wizard is used to recover MySQL Enterprise Backup backups For more information about creating MySQL Enterprise Backup backups using MySQL Workbench see Section 6 7 2 Online Backup The Backup Recovery wizard allows you to restore backups from folders image files and backup profiles created by Section 6 7 2 Online Backup Click Restore from the Navigator then choose the appropriate option 165 Backup Recovery Figure 6 38 Workbench Backup Recovery Start MANAGEMENT Server Status amp Client Connections 2 Users and Privileges ES Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B startup shutdown Server Logs amp Options Fite PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Pertormance Reports oO Performance Schema Setup MYSQL ENTERPRISE Audit inspector Firewal Online Backup ey Restore Management v MYSQL Enterprise MySQL Enterprise Backup Recovery Traditional dat
253. affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International Inc AMD Opteron the AMD logo and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information about content products and services from third parties Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third party content products and services unless otherwise set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss costs or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content products or services except as set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle Legal Notices Documentation Accessibility For information about Oracle s commitment to accessibility visit the Oracle Accessibility Program website at http www oracle com pls topic lookup ctx acc amp id docacc Access to Oracle Support Oracle customers that have purchased support have access to electronic support through My Oracle Support For information visit http www
254. al Requirements dev mysql com doc mysql enterprise backup en MySQL Workbench provides an interface to MySQL Enterprise Backup as described in the following documentation In addition to having MySQL Enterprise Backup installed on your host the following general requirements also apply A recent version of MySQL Enterprise Backup The MySQL Enterprise Backup support policy is to support the current GA version of MySQL Enterprise Backup and the major version before that This dictates the minimum MySQL Enterprise Backup version required by MySQL Workbench which is the major version before the current GA release Managing both local and remote MySQL instances is available on Linux and OS X and managing local MySQL instances is available on Microsoft Windows Remote management is configured using SSH Remote Management A MySQL connection with a root user The MySQL server configuration file path must be set and correct for the MySQL connection The user running MySQL Workbench must be a sudoer Linux OS X that is able to execute the MySQL Enterprise Backup binary Additionally the sudo user must keep the HOME environment variable when executing system commands which means adding the following to etc sudoers env_keep HOME And the Prerequisites set in the Settings tab are A path to the MySQL Enterprise Backup executable MySQL Enterprise Backup is available via eDelivery or My Oracle Support MOS MySQL Workbench attemp
255. al Snippet File Location Operating System File Path Windows AppData MySQL Workbench User Snippets txt OS X username Library Application Support MySQL Workbench snippets User Snippets txt 202 SQL Snippets tab Operating System File Path Linux username mysql workbench snippets User Snippets txt Editing or adding snippets to My Snippets in MySQL Workbench edits this plain text file Optionally you can edit this file outside of MySQL Workbench or create new files that will also be listed under the snippets selector For example adding a file named More Snippets txt will add a More Snippets section to the snippets selection box Shared Snippets Shared snippets are saved in a mysqlworkbench schema on the connected MySQL server Selecting Shared for the first time will request permission for MySQL Workbench to create this shared mysqlworkbench schema Users connected to this MySQL server are allowed to create edit and use these shared snippets Note E Shared snippets were added in MySQL Workbench 6 2 0 The mysqlworkbench schema is hidden from within MySQL Workbench as it is considered an internal schema that does not need to be seen or edited Built in Snippets Several built in SQL snippets are bundled with MySQL Workbench and typically show the SQL syntax for MySQL operations They are divided up into the following categories DB Mgmt Database Management Syntax ex
256. am using the view tool on the vertical toolbar Make sure that the EER Diagram tab is selected then left click the view icon on the vertical toolbar The view icon is the two overlapping rectangles found below the table icon 263 Creating Views Clicking this icon changes the mouse pointer to a view pointer To change the mouse pointer to a view pointer from the keyboard use the V key Choosing the View tool changes the contents of the toolbar that appears immediately below the main menu bar When the Views pointer is active this toolbar contains a schemata list and a color chart list Use these lists to select the appropriate schema and color accent for the new view Make sure that you associate the new view with a database The color of your view can be changed using the Properties palette Create a view by clicking anywhere on the EER Diagram canvas This creates a new view with the default name view To revert to the default mouse pointer click the arrow icon at the top of the vertical toolbar Right clicking a view opens a pop up menu With the exception of the delete item these menu items function as described in Section 9 1 5 1 Adding Views to the Physical Schemata The behavior of the delete option is determined by your MySQL Workbench options settings For more information see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences 9 1 5 3 The View Editor To invoke the view editor double click a view object on the EER Diagram
257. amp Glens Connections Network Status MySQL Statu InnoDB Status L Users and Priteges Suna or natwor yafe sect and ecuived paiva hart O bava oaiiy a A cada E Status and System Vanables JySQL Server to commections ns performance stan Genecmes by the InecDO stcrage engine amp Dota Export d Data Import Restore d Table Open Cache innoDa Buffer Poal read reqs 0 00 p s diali read i write reqs 0 pis INSTANCE 3 B startup snutcown A Server togs gt F Options Fite PERFORMANCE Dashboard oe 86 Efficiency e p amp Pertormance Reports GS Performante Schema Setup Outgoing Bytes 6 1 KIB 42 seconds ago dats written 100 8 t 0 00 Uis i 758 lt j i d se sending 238 writing 6 12 Kits 0 00 Bis Doublewrite Buffer Redo Log InnoDB Disk Writes writes 0 00 s SELECT InnoDB Disk Reads Ole writes 00 fs g 1008 INSERT CREATE O s l Obs 756 z gt 406 UPDATE O s DELETE DROP ols Ols Network Status This highlights statistics for network traffic sent and received by the MySQL server over client connections Data points include the Incoming Network Traffic Outgoing Network Traffic and Client Connections MySQL Status This highlights the primary MySQL server activity and performance statistics Data points include the Table Open Cache efficiency SQL Statements Executed and counts per second for SELECT INSERT UPDATE DELETE CREATE ALTER and DROP statements 177 InnoDB Status
258. ample shell gt sudo dpkg i mysql apt config_0 5 3 1_all deb shell gt sudo apt get update Next install MySQL Workbench You might have multiple Workbench packages available so choose the mysql workbench community version For example shell gt sudo apt get install mysql workbench community Manually Installing a Package You install MySQL Workbench using a command such as shell gt sudo dpkg i package deb package deb is the MySQL Workbench package name for example mysql workbench community versionlubul404 amd64 deb where version is the MySQL Workbench version number Note E You may be warned that certain libraries are not available depending on what you already have installed Install the required libraries and then install the MySQL Workbench package again Installing RPM packages On Red Hat based systems and other systems that use the RPM package format you can either download and install RPM packages or use the Yum package manager the EPEL package repository For additional information about installing EPEL see Note E Enterprise Linux systems such as Oracle Linux and Red Hat require access to Installing Oracle Enterprise Linux and similar Using the Yum Package Manager 58 Launching Your Linux distribution includes MySQL Workbench builds where yum install mysql workbench will install their build of the MySQL Workbench package To use the official MySQL Workbench builds as provided by the
259. amples use SHOW in many forms to provide information about databases tables columns or status information about the MySQL server e SQL DDL SQL Data Definition Language Syntax examples include creating altering and dropping tables indexes views and procedures e SQL DML SQL Data Manipulation Language Syntax examples for operations such as SELECT INSERT and REPLACE The built in operations are stored in text files in the same directory as the custom snippet files Saving and Editing Snippets To save a Snippet choose the Snippets Insert icon Wy or right click in the snippet window and choose Add Snippet from Editor Content from the context menu Double click a snippet to open it and choose the snippet editor to edit its body or title This example shows two snippets with only the first having defined a name 203 Context Sensitive Help Figure 8 8 SQL Snippets Editor rerver Tools Scripting Help fa we SQL Additions Pian Get Cites My Snippets e a SELECT FROM sakila city in cet Actors ean Get Cities SELECT FROM sakila city 4 m r cat gt GdG Snippets 8 1 6 Context Sensitive Help Select a keyword or function in your query and after a delay it shows formatted help information from the MySQL Server equivalent to using the help command from the command line MySQL Client 204 Output History Panel Figure 8 9 SQL Editor Context Sensitive Help E
260. ams When a program is linked with a library whether statically or using a shared library the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work a derivative of the original library The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the user s freedom than the ordinary General Public License It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non free programs These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries However the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances For example on rare occasions there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library so that it becomes a de facto standard To achieve this non free programs must be allowed to use the library A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non free libraries In this case there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only so we use the Lesser General Public License In other cases permission to use a particular library in non free programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software F
261. anges includes e An Execution Plan tab was added to the results view All statements now offer a Visual Explain execution plan e The layout changed and was improved to allow easier navigation in large query plans 13 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 13 Execution Plan Explained File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She gages Query GQelvsFROMBwWoolxweawese 1 SELECT CONCAT customer last_name customer first_name AS customer address phone film title FROM rental INNER JOIN customer ON rental customer_id customer customer_id INNER JOIN address ON customer address_id address address_id INNER JOIN inventory ON rental inventory_id inventory inventory_id INNER JOIN film ON inventory film_id film film id WHERE rental return_date IS NULL AND rental_date INTERVAL film rental_duration DAY lt CURRENT_DATE LIMIT 5 m ces UI loven 2 forsee Bq View the JSON EXPLAIN source Query cost 8813 01 MySQL 5 7 Cost Information Visual Explain Type 1613 61 4013 61 Full Table Scan Non Unique Key Lookup Non Unique Key Lookup Unique Key Lookup Unique Key Lookup idx_fk_fiim_id e idx_fk_inventory_id Hover over to see additional information Visual Explain Tab Result 1 x Spatial View Panel GIS support for InnoDB tables is now supported to make it easier to visualize spatial and geometry data in a geographic context The new spatial view panel renders data from each row into a
262. araa aa a a a aa a Eaa a aaar aa a ar een 392 10 8 Using the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard c cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaea 396 10 8 1 Connecting to the databases 0 ccccecececeeeee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeee ee aaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeess 396 10 8 2 Schemata Retrieval and Selection cccecceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeteeeeeeeeeaeaaeneneeeees 398 10 8 3 Reverse Engineering eerti re recien ei kear oR cece AOSA EE REIA ONNEEN IRET FANES NREN IES 399 10 8 4 Object Selection 0 cecececccecceeceee cece cece ae ee ete teense sede aaaaeeeeeeeseaaaaaaceeeeeeeseaaaaaenees 400 102825 MIQratlOniscen ct8 eas ee eats ee Aired neato ir EERE ERREEN Ea 401 10 96 Manual Editing eae he ace sat aue ee sauce Bb gates eae sug AEEA AEAEE Hea AA AAAA atau San 402 10 8 7 Farget Creation Options j csc cfasereedivedatielaseleaisbendielideesstiaeegeiredeeinadieteastiaodarss 405 10 8 8 Schema Creation 2 0 0 0 ceccccceec cece cece cece ae eee teeeee ee ee ae aaa eeeeeeeeaeaaaaaaeeeeeseeseaaaaeneeeees 406 10 8 9 Create Target Results 7 14 3 evil ieee ice ete ai a ete 407 10 8 10 Data Transfer and Migration Setup 0 cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeenees 408 10 8 11 Bulk Data Lranster iescctetouccedh cceurt booty beele cus et lovey RRA eea TANEET EEN REEERE ESA FRASO 409 1028 12 Migrator REDONE cirerer iene AE da do E EA 410 MySQL Workbench 10 9 MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard FAQ
263. ary files mysqld has creal Created_tmp_tables _ Delayed_errors Delayed_insert_threads Delayed_writes Flush_commands Not_flushed_delayed_pove Open_files Open_streams Open_table_definitions _full_join ect_full_range_join Select_range Select_range_check Select_scan Slow_queries Sort_merge_passes Sort_range Sort_rows Sort_scan Table_locks_immediate Table_locks_waited m Copy Global Status and Variables to Cipboard Copy Selected to Clipboard Ankinnononnid has rf The number of rows waiting to be written ir The number of files that are open The number of streams that are open used The number of frm files in the table cache The number of tables that are open 7 The number of files that have been opened The number of frm files that have been cac The number of tables that have been open The current number of prepared statements The number of statements executed by the The number of statements that clients have The number of joins that perform table scar The number of joins that used a range sear The number of joins thatused ranges on th The number of joins without keys that chedl The number of joins that did a full scan of t __ The number of queries that have taken mor The number of merge passes that the sort lt z The number of sorts that were done using t The number of sorted rows The number of sorts that were done by sca The number of times that a table lock was z The number of times
264. as selected Alternatively the Visual Explain plan is already available for all executed queries Select Execution Plan from the results tab to view it Stop the query being executed Halts execution of the currently executing SQL script Note R The database connection will not be restarted and open transactions will remain open Toggle whether execution of SQL script should continue after failed statements If the red breakpoint circle is displayed the script terminates on a statement that fails If the button is depressed so that the green arrow is displayed execution continues past the failed code possibly generating additional result sets In either case any error generated from attempting to execute the faulty statement is recorded in the Output tabsheet This behavior can also be set from the SQL Execution user preferences panel Commit Commits the current transaction Note R All query tabs in the same connection share the same transactions To have independent transactions a new connection must be opened Rollback Rolls back the current transaction Note R All query tabs in the same connection share the same transactions To have independent transactions a new connection must be opened Toggle Auto Commit Mode If selected each statement will be committed independently Note R All query tabs in the same connection share the same transactions To have independent transactions a new connection must be opened
265. ase but it is not in the model By default the actions will synchronize the database with the model so in this example the educational table will be added to the source and the friends table will be removed from the source As described in the GUI double clicking the arrows will alternate between the Update Model Ignore and Update Source actions You may also select a row and click one of the three action buttons Also note that clicking on a row will reveal the associated SQL statement as shown in the screenshot above 315 Database Synchronization The next example shows how the direction of synchronization can be changed Figure 9 52 Controlling Synchronization Direction Synchronize Model with Database EJ Connection Options Model and Database Differences Connect to DBMS Select Schemata Double dick arrows in the list to choose whether to ignore changes update the model with database changes or vice versa You can also apply an action to multiple selected rows Retrieve Objects Model Source v 3 dvd_collection dvd_collection ii movies movies Select Changes to Apply shows shows educational a gt N A ee lt i ca Update Source CES In this case the synchronization direction has been changed so that rather than the default action of friends being dropped from the live database it will be incorporated into the MySQL Workbench model As before educational table will be added to
266. at connects to the MySQL database can also be generated by choosing Tools Utilities Copy as PHP Code Connect to Server After combining the two the generated PHP code will look like this lt php Shost localhost Sport 3306 Ssocket Ue 225 Object Management Suser nae A Spassword Sdbname Vegaia lat Scon new mysqli host user password dbname port socket or die Could not connect to the database server mysqli_connect_error Scon gt close Squery SELECT actor_id first_name last_name last_update FROM actor WHERE last_update gt Slast_update Sstmt gt bind_param s slast update if stmt con gt prepare query stmt gt execute stmt gt bind_result actor_id first_name last_name last_update while Sstmt gt fetch pe Ee Gor ee Sey Hil Sactor_id first_name last_name last_update Sstmt gt close Ta extension must be enabled in your PHP distribution for this code to work For Note E The generated PHP code uses the mysqli PHP extension for MySQL This additional details about this PHP extension see MySQL Improved Extension 8 2 Object Management The Object Browser allows you to navigate database schemas and objects From here you can perform common tasks such as selecting tables and fields to query edit tables create new or drop tables and databases perform searches and more 8 2 1
267. at reference that row directly or indirectly will be deleted when this snippet is executed To preview the rows to be deleted use Select Row Dependencies START TRANSACTION Provide the values of the primary key of the row to delete SET actor_id_to_delete lt row_id gt DELETE FROM film_actor USING film_actor actor iiedaiRum Eyele ie 6 aeo aol Srt ine OEO Aeiu e aver AND actor actor_id actor_id_to_delete DELETE FROM actor USING actor WHERE actor actor_id actor_id_to_delete COMMIT Create Statement 223 Code Generation Overview CREATE TABLE actor actor id smallint 5 unsigned NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT first_name varchar 45 NOT NULL last_name varchar 45 NOT NULL last_update timestamp NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP ON UPDATE CURRENT_TIMESTAMP IRINA PRENE eeic re_alel KEY idx_actor_last_name last_name ENGINE InnoDB AUTO_INCREMENT 201 DEFAULT CHARSET utf8 Context menu options after right clicking on a column in the schema view using the sakila actor first_name column as an example Name short first_name Name long Pactor first name Select Columns Statement SELECT first_name FROM sakila actor Insert Statement TNSERT ERINTO saki laim acto C first_name gt VALUES lt first_name gt Update Statement UPDATE sakia actor SET first_name lt first_name gt WHERE lt wh
268. ata OS X Applications MySQLWorkbench app Contents Resources data Linux usr share mysql workbench data 88 Tutorial Add a Custom Link to the Home Page This tutorial does not describe this entry in detail so consider it as a self explanatory template for now The important concepts include using the id you defined in the previous step your own URL for the command and smalllcon as a 52x52 pixel image that is displayed on the MySQL Workbench home screen Adjust these entries according to your needs including the path to your icon lt value type object struct name app Starter id com mysql wb starter example gt lt value type string key type gt Website lt value gt lt value type string key title gt Example lt value gt lt value type string key description gt My wonderful example org lt value gt lt value type string key publisher gt Example Inc lt value gt lt value type sString key authorHome gt http www example org about lt value gt lt value type string key smalliIcon gt usr local share wb home screen example icon png lt value gt lt value type sString key command gt browse http example org lt value gt lt value gt Note R Upgrading MySQL Workbench will overwrite these changes because predefined_starters xml is stored inside the MySQL Workbench installation directory and starters_settings xml is reset during installation Consider saving copies of
269. ata Dictionaries and Internal Schemas Whether to show data directories and internal schemas in the schema tree such as INFORMATION_SCHEMA mysql and schemas starting with 72 SQL Editor Preferences Combine Management Tools and Schema Tree tab This affects the Object Browser in the left sidebar and this option can also be toggled from the sidebar The management tools and schema tree can be viewable as separate tabs or as a single long list MySQL Session DBMS connection keep alive interval in seconds 600 Time interval between sending keep alive messages to the DBMS Set to 0 to not send keep alive messages DBMS connection read time out in seconds 600 The maximum amount of time the query can take to return data from the DBMS Set 0 to not check the read time out DBMS connection time out in seconds 60 Maximum time to wait before a connection attempt is aborted Other Internal Workbench Schema mysqlworkbench This schema is used by MySQL Workbench to store information required for certain operations such as saving shared SQL snippets Safe Updates forbid UPDATE and DELETE queries to execute that lack a corresponding key in a WHERE clause or lack a LIMIT clause Setting this option requires a MySQL server reconnection This makes it possible to catch UPDATE and DELETE statements where keys are not used properly and that would probably accidentally change or de
270. atabases correspond to directories within the data directory you must consider case sensitivity for database table and trigger names which follow the case sensitivity rules of the underlying file system for your operating system Synchronizing models with objects that differ in case may lead to MySQL Workbench producing a DROP statement for that object before recreating it as lowercase For more information see Identifier Case Sensitivity Workarounds include using a consistent convention where the most portable code uses lower case database and table names Or a temporary workaround is to delete the DROP SCHEMA IF EXISTS line from the generated query MySQL Workbench enables control over objects to synchronize and the direction of synchronization for each object Synchronization options include e Specify all or specific tables and objects to synchronize e Synchronize both the model and live database or only update one or the other unidirectional or bidirectional Optionally update from or to an SQL script file 314 Database Synchronization e Instead of executing the synchronization you may generate an ALTER Script File to later perform the appropriate updates e Fine tune how the synchronization will be performed by choosing the direction of each individual object or configuring particular objects to be ignored There are two similar database synchronization wizards available from the Database menu The simpler Synch
271. ation see unique_checks SET OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS 0 Determines whether the server should check that a referenced table exists when defining a foreign key Due to potential circular references this check must be turned off for the duration of the import to permit defining foreign keys For additional information see foreign_key_checks SET OLD_SQL_MODE SQL_MODE SQL_MODE TRADITIONAL Sets SQL_MODE to TRADITIONAL causing the server to operate in a more restrictive mode and ALLOW_INVALID_DATES causing dates to not be fully validated These server variables are then reset at the end of the script using the following statements SET SQL _MODE OLD_SQL_MODE SET FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS SET UNIQUE_CHECKS OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS Workbench Behavior A 1 Why do my query results sometimes say Read Only but other times can edit data in the results eA ra A E E aduwengbenteesabenmeanabeyedeatiens 415 A 2 l m attempting to execute a DELETE query but the query fails with an Error Code 1175 error Howido proceed wi sstensecssnsapetsadenereaannnelea sats ay raii a E aaa EA A Na aaah 416 A 3 My MySQL server connection is timing out with an error like Error Code 2013 Lost connection to MySQL server during query Can adjust the timeout 0 ccceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeteeeeeees 416 A 4 What do the column flag acronyms PK NN
272. bjects from a pre registered class hierarchy It is possible to fully examine the classes contained within the GRT using the Workbench Scripting Shell Dots in class names are changed to underscores in their Python counterparts For example db mysql Table becomes db_mysql_Table in Python The Application Objects Tree GRT Tree As mentioned previously Workbench document data is stored in an object hierarchy This hierarchy is known as the GRT Tree The GRT Tree can be accessed and modified using Python or C Be careful 423 Modules when modifying the GRT Tree as mistakes can lead to document corruption Backups should be made before manipulating the tree Read only access to the tree is the safest approach and is sufficient in most cases The main nodes in the Application Object Tree Table C 1 The main nodes in the Application Object Tree Node Description wb registry Application data such as plugin registry list of editors and options wb customData A generic dictionary for data you can use to store your own data This dictionary is saved and reloaded with Workbench and is global not document specific wb options Contains some default options that are used by Workbench wb rdomsMgmt Internal registry of supported RDBMS modules known data types wb doc The currently loaded model document whb doc physicalModels 0 The currently loaded model object containing the
273. btaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in he Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to se copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of he Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so ubject to the following conditions Oa ec The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of the X Consortium shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in 470 libpng License this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium FSF changes to this file are in the public domain Copyright 1996 2007 Free Software Foundation Inc Taken from GNU libtool 2001 Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit lt gord gnu ai mit edu gt 1996 This file is free software the Free Software Foundatio
274. can Add Files to Cache from the main Audit Inspector page 156 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface Figure 6 30 Workbench Audit Inspector Add Files to Cache am Select the files you d like to have parsed and added to the cache for the audit log inspector then dick Add Files to Cache If you d like to know the exact timestamp ranges of the records amp contained in each file select them and click Get Timestamp Ranges Looking for log files in C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 data audit log Select files to parse below Find Date yyyy mm dd First Record Timestamp Last Last Timestamp i File Name 2014 01 08 02 31 13 U C 2014 02 14 06 33 14 U C 44512310 audit log Future uses of the Audit Inspector will require the password that you set during the initial step The login page 157 MySQL Enterprise Backup Interface Figure 6 31 Workbench Audit Inspector Unlock File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help she dee sol We Navigator MANAGEMENT Server Status Client Connections 2 Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File The Audit log cache is locked PERFORMANCE Dashboard y AN Click Unlock to unlock the audit log cache with its password or amp Performance Reports y d Delete Cache if want to delete it and recreate it with a new password OS
275. canvas or double click a view in the Physical Schemata section on the MySQL Model page This opens the view editor docked at the bottom of the application Double clicking the title bar undocks the editor Do the same to redock it Any number of views may be open at the same time Each additional view appears as a tab at the top of the view editor There are three tabs at the bottom of the view editor View Comments and Privileges Navigate between different tabs using the mouse or from the keyboard by pressing Control Alt Tab The View Tab Use the View tab to perform the following tasks Rename the view using the Name text box e Enter the SQL to create a view using the SQL field Comment a view using the Comments text area The Comments Tab This tab enables you to enter comments for a particular view The Privileges Tab The Privileges tab of the view editor functions in exactly the same way as the Privileges tab of the routine editor For more information see The Privileges Tab 9 1 5 4 Modifying a View Using the Properties Palette When you select a view on the EER Diagram canvas its properties are displayed in the Properties palette Most of the properties accessible from the Properties palette apply to the appearance of a view on the EER Diagram canvas For a list of properties accessible through the Properties palette see Section 9 1 1 12 The Properties Palette 264 Creating Routines and Routine Groups
276. cation For information about using the routine editor see The Routine Editor Right clicking a routine opens a pop up menu with the following items e Rename e Cut routine_name e Copy routine_name e Paste e Edit Routine e Edit in New Window e Copy SQL to Clipboard Delete routine_name The Edit Routine item opens the routine editor The cut and paste items are useful for copying routines between different schemata Note E Deleting the code for a routine from the Routines tab of the Routine Group Editor results in removal of the routine object from the model 265 Creating Routines and Routine Groups Note R To remove a routine from a routine group use the controls on the Routine Group tab of the Routine Group Editor The action of the delete option varies depending upon how you have configured MySQL Workbench For more information see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences The Routine Editor To invoke the routine editor double click a routine in the Physical Schemata section on the MySQL Model page This opens the routine editor docked at the bottom of the application Any number of routines may be open at the same time Each additional routine appears as a tab at the top of the routine editor Routine and Privileges tabs appear at the bottom of the routine editor Navigate between different tabs using the mouse or from the keyboard by pressing Control Alt Tab The Routine Tab Use the Rout
277. ce to open the table maintenance tools 231 Schema and Table Inspector Figure 8 28 Schema Inspector Table Maintenance File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Sie dish Fe SCHEMAS Q sads S a Table Maintenance Operations v sal r TE Tabl acor Select tables and dick the operation you want to perform kg es address NOTE Some commands may require locking tables unti completion gt E actor I category which may take a long time for large tables E address city E category I country Analyze Table E city customer Analyzes and stores the key distribution for a table I country jj film During the analysis the table is locked with a read lock for InnoDB and MyISAM E customer film_actor film i film_category Don t write to BINLOG local E film_actor film_text i film_category inventory film_text Jf language Optimize Table iiei ij Payment Reorganizes the physical storage of table data and assodated index data to reduce storage space and improve I O effidency when accessing the table E payment Optimize FULLTEXT only Number of words to optimize per run 2000 FE Don t write to BINLOG local gt Gh stored Procedures gt Functions Check Table CHECK TABLE checks a table or tables for errors For MyISAM tables the key statistics are updated as well 9 Efast E Changed Checksum Table CHECKSUM TABLE reports a checksum for the contents of a table O Quik if
278. ceeecceeeee ee ne teeter teeter eee e eee ee ee ee aane sees aaneeeeeaaneeeeeaaneeeeeaa 294 9 4 1 Forward Engineering issiria cece eee ee iea det a eapi eaa e iiia Eai 294 9 4 2 Reverse Engineering oopis yerine i eenei ran eeni enina Ee Eare nese case ee eeaaeeeeesaaeeeeseaeneeeenaes 303 9 5 Schema Synchronization and COMparison ccccceeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeee ceca eaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeseeeeaeaaeaees 313 9 5 1 Database Synchronization cccceecceeeeeeeeeee tees ee aaa eeee cess ttrt aa ea eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaees 313 9 5 2 Compare and Report Differences in Catalogs cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeees 319 9 6 Table Templates atv soe eee Ae Gee vee areas oe ERNE 321 9 7 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates cccccceeeeeeeeeeeee ee ae ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 324 9 7 1 Supported Template Markers 0 cccccececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeseeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeees 328 9 7 2 Creating a Custom Template 0 ccccccecceeeeeeeeeee tees aa ea eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeseaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaea 331 Modeling simplifies database design and maintenance by enabling you the data architect to visualize requirements and resolve design issues Model driven database design is an efficient methodology for creating valid and well performing databases while providing the flexibility to respond to evolving data requirements Models are used to build ER diagra
279. cense for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA C211 0 130 VEAn Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your fyelevoyeyll slic Eup EO Siem 2 Melojeyeselore clicyelleiineiel tree jel ilsereeueyy aie necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the library Frob a library for tweaking knobs written by James Random Hacker Signature of Ty Coone lL April 1990 Ty Coon President of Vice That s all there is to it G 15 HtmlRenderer System Drawing Html The following software may be included in this product HtmlRenderer System Drawing Htm1 Copyright c 2009 Jos Manuel Men ndez Poo Copyright c 2013 Arthur Teplitzki All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions 468 iODBC License and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the docu
280. ch 6 2 x New in MySQL Workbench 6 3 Fast Data Migration A new fast migration option was added to the migration wizard This is another way to transfer data from one MySQL server to another while performing a migration and it complements the existing solutions The premise is to use a generated script on the source server to create a dump that you move to the target machine to perform the import there This avoids the need to traffic all data through MySQL Workbench or to have a permanent network connection between the servers Instead the dump and restore is performed at maximum speed by using the LOAD DATA call for the MySQL import The migration wizard automatically creates all necessary scripts for all supported platforms and servers The generated script creates a self contained Zip file that must be copied to the target server You unzip it and execute the provided script to perform the data import Figure 1 1 Data Transfer Setup New Fast Migration Option Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Data Transfer Setup OVERVIEW Overview Select options for the copy of the migrated schema tables in the target MySQL server and dick Next gt to execute SOURCE amp TARGET Data Copy Source Selection Online copy of table data to target RDBMS Target Selection New Fast Migration Option Fetch Schemas List Create a batch fie to copy the data at another time Schemas Selection C Users pho
281. chema by connecting to the target MySQL server and issuing a SHOW DATABASES statement 9 4 2 Reverse Engineering With MySQL Workbench you can reverse engineer a database using a MySQL create script or you can connect to a live MySQL server and import a single database or a number of databases All versions of MySQL Workbench can reverse engineer using a MySQL DDL script Only commercial versions of MySQL Workbench can reverse engineer a database directly from a MySQL server 9 4 2 1 Reverse Engineering Using a Create Script To reverse engineer using a create script choose the File Import Reverse Engineer MySQL Create Script menu item for a model Tables views routines routine groups indexes keys and constraints can be imported from an SQL script file Objects imported using an SQL script can be manipulated within MySQL Workbench the same as other objects 303 Reverse Engineering Figure 9 40 Reverse Engineer SQL Script Input Reverse Engineer SQL Sept O Input and Options Input and Options Select the script containing the schemata to reverse engineer Select SQL script file C Users philip Desktop cd_collection sql File encoding UTF8 Place imported objects on a diagram Select SQL script file Open a file open dialog box with the default file type set to an SQL script file a file with the extension sql e File encoding Defaults to UTF8 e Place imported objects on a diagram Also create
282. ck on a row to modify a target objects name e Column Mappings Shows all of the table column mappings and allows you to individually review and fix the mapping for all column types default values and other attributes 347 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 11 MySQL Workbench migration Manual Editing Migration Problems J MySQL Workbench Fe Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Manual OVERVIEW Overview Review and edit migrated objects You can manually edt the generated SQL before applying them to the target database SOURCE amp TARGET Vew Migration Problem Source Selection Migration Problems All Objects Target Selection Column Mappings Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results No migration problems found 2 warning s Use the View pulldown menu to review al objects DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transter REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection ts OK 348 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 12 MySQL Workbench migration Manual Editing All Objects i fe Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schema
283. cksum Table For additional information see Schema Inspector Cascaded DELETE statements generator You can generate a series of DELETE statements needed to delete a row from that table which includes rows from other tables that reference it recursively The SELECT version allows you to preview what rows would be deleted Right click a table and select Copy to Clipboard Delete with References 42 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 43 Cascading SELECT e090 a My Local example com DB sakila wa euea E MySQL Workbench Management Schemas E sat File 3 x SCHEMAS el FfROB COM sawe Q Filter objects 16 SET customer_id_to_select BQQRTIE 20 SELECT payment vE sakla 3 FROM payment customer v Tables 4 WHERE customer customer_id payment customer_id gt I actor 5 AND customer customer_id customer_id_to_select gt I address 6 SELECT rental 7 FROM rental customer gt R category 8 WHERE customer customer_id rental customer_id gt I city 9 AND customer customer_id customer_id_to_select gt F country 10 SELECT customer drl z a _ pe tomer_id tomer_id_to_select gt i film Select Rows Limit 1000 customer customer_id customer_1td_to_ gt filmact Copy to Clipboard gt i fi Send to SQL Editor Name short gt a a _tex Name long gt i inventory Create Table Select All Statement gt languag Create Table Like gt Insert Statement
284. clude ODBC data sources and ODBC FreeTDS FreeTDS is a popular open source driver for SQL Server and Sybase 384 Connection Setup Driver use the SQL Server driver name as described in the documentation titled Section 10 5 2 1 Windows Typically this will be SQL Server or a versioned client such as SQL Server Native Client 11 0 Server the address and optionally instance name of the SQL server such as example com or example org SQLEXPRESS e Username the user name on the SQL Server with sa being a commonly used name e Password optionally enter a password to save locally or leave it blank to enter the password when the SQL Server connection is made later on in the process Database optionally enter a database name Leave it blank to select a database name after the MySQL Workbench wizard fetches the available databases e Store connection for future optionally store the connection details locally for future use by checking this box and entering a name for the connection Advanced optionally enter additional options Click Test Connection to confirm that the parameters are correct before moving on 10 5 3 2 Linux Select Microsoft SQL Server as the source database system and fill out the remaining options as described below Figure 10 45 SQL Server Connection Parameters Example on Linux MySQL Workbench Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help OVERVIEW
285. code from a file e open file Open the given file at startup Deprecated so instead use specific types such as script or model quit when done Quits MySQL Workbench after script or run finishes 2 3 MySQL Workbench on Windows 2 3 1 Installing MySQL Workbench for Windows can be installed using the MySQL Installer that installs and updates all MySQL products on Windows the standalone msi installation package or manually from a Zip file Important A Installing MySQL Workbench using an Installer package requires either Administrator or Power User privileges If you are using the Zip file without an installer you do not need Administrator or Power User privileges Requirements for Windows e Microsoft NET 4 0 Framework e Microsoft Visual C 2013 Redistributable Package MSVC2013 Note R The 2010 version was used in previous editions of MySQL Workbench 6 e Windows 7 and above Note R MySQL Workbench 6 1 supports earlier versions of Windows including Vista Installation Using MySQL Installer The general MySQL Installer download is available at http dev mysql com downloads windows installer The MySQL Installer application can install upgrade and manage most MySQL products including MySQL Workbench This is the Recommended Approach Managing all of your MySQL products including Workbench with MySQL Installer is the recommended approach It handles all requirements and prerequisites configurations
286. coli rw Sets the autocommit mode rw Creating and dropping stored procedure The number of outstanding connection reque Path to installation directory nv Allow big result sets by saving all tempe 1P address or hostname to bind to rw The size of the cache to hold the SQL st rw Enable disable binary log checksums nv Causes updates using statement format rw Specifies the format of the binary log nv How long to read transactions before flt rw Whether to commit in same order as wri rw Use full or minimal images when logging r sm rar 138 Custom Variable Grouping Custom Variable Grouping The status and system variables are each categorized by groups such as InnoDB or Logging and you may also create your own custom groups Right click on a variable choose the custom group or create a new one and add the variable to the aforementioned group Your custom groups are listed along with the pre existing groups In the example below we created a custom group titled My Variables and are in the process of adding the Created_tmp_variables variable to it Figure 6 13 Navigator Management Adding A Variable To A Custom Group View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help he dua amp a ad a Navigator 1 Administration Status and Syst x MANAGEMENT Serer Status amp Client Connections MyFirstConnection Server Variables 2 Users and Privileges G amp S Status and System Variables amp Da
287. connections Opening a MySQL connection from the MySQL Workbench home page opens a new connection tab in MySQL Workbench for that connection Each of these tabs requires two MySQL connections to perform basic tasks such schema discovery and SQL execution Additionally performing management related tasks such as Server Status requires two additional MySQL connections Essentially this means that each MySQL connection tab in MySQL Workbench requires four available connections to MySQL For additional information about Too many connection related errors see Too many connections 51 Requirements for Linux This connection requirement doubles with each connection tab opened in MySQL Workbench even if the two connection tabs point to the same MySQL server SQL editor tabs share their connections so having multiple SQL editor and SQL results tabs does not affect the number of required connections software and hardware rendering To determine which rendering method is being Note E On startup the application checks the OpenGL version and chooses between used open the Help menu and choose the System Info item Requirements for Linux The requirements for Linux are embedded within their respective packages Use the platform specific tool for example yum or apt to install the package and their dependencies The Save password in keychain functionality requires gnome keyring to store the passwords Note that on KDE systems th
288. copy the snippet Hg a Salaa T amp into the SQL editor or system s clipboard Da OB Bl1F amp O1BlO OA umtto 100 ows 1 SELECT FROM sakila city y amp Tables Get Cit me Create a new snippet using address the SQL from this query Insert Snippet at Cursor window to the currently Pee selected snippets group Replace Editor Content with Snippet Execute Snippet customer E film Copy Snippet to Clipboard E film_actor SE BB film_category Result Grid 4Y Fiter Rows Edt c o SS Bepe E film_text dtyjd dty country_id last_update A a pi A Corua LaCorua 87 2006 02 15 04 45 25 Grd Delete Snippet payment Abha 82 2006 02 15 04 45 25 Restore Onginal Snippet List Abu Dhabi 101 2006 02 15 04 45 25 60 2006 02 15 04 45 25 97 2006 02 15 04 45 25 31 2006 02 15 04 45 25 107 2006 02 15 04 45 25 2006 02 15 04 45 25 Right click on a snippet to 2006 02 15 04 95 25 reveal additional options 2006 02 15 04 45 25 Information 2006 02 15 04 45 25 2006 02 15 04 45 25 2006 02 15 04 45 25 2006 02 15 04 45 25 AAA Edit Snippet Add Snippet from Editor Content gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt i gt gt gt gt i gt BS views gt EP stored Procedures gt B Functions gt test gt world oOn ouwnebhwn Local Snippets My Snippets Local snippets are stored in the MySQL Workbench user s directory By default the My Snippets SQL snippets are stored here Table 8 1 Default Loc
289. cribes its function For more information about relationships see Section 9 1 4 Creating Foreign Key Relationships 9 1 3 Creating Tables 9 1 3 1 Adding Tables to the Physical Schemata Double clicking the Add table icon in the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page adds a table with the default name of table1 If a table with this name already exists the new table is named table2 Adding a new table automatically opens the table editor docked at the bottom of the application For information about using the table editor see Section 8 1 11 The MySQL Table Editor Right clicking a table opens a context menu with the following items e Cut table_name Cut a table to optionally paste it into another schema e Copy table_name Copy a table to optionally paste it into another schema e Paste table_name Paste a cut or copied table The Paste option is also accessable from the main Edit menu e Edit Table Changes the docked table editor to the selected table e Edit in New Tab Opens the table in a new table editor tab e Copy SQL to Clipboard Copies a CREATE TABLE statement for the table Copy Column Names to Clipboard Copies a comma separated list of column names Copy Insert to Clipboard Copies INSERT statements based on the model s inserts Nothing is copied to the clipboard if the table has no inserts defined Copy Insert Template to Clipboard Copies a generic INSERT
290. ct Tables Unselect All V Dump Events E Dump Triggers C Users pholson Documents dumps Dump 20 141215 6 C Users pholson Documents dumps Dump 20 141215 sq All selected database objects will be exported into a single self contained file Create Dump in a Single Transaction self contained fie only Press Start Export to start E Indude Create Schema Optionally open the Advanced Options tab that allows you to refine the export operation For example add table locks use replace instead of insert statements quote identifiers with backtick characters and more 149 SQL Data Export and Import Wizard Figure 6 23 Navigator Management Data Export Advanced Options File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help SJET 6 6 Elg MANAGEMENT Server Status Client connections DX Users and Privileges GS Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data ImportRestore INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown Serer Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Q Dashboard amp Performance Reports A Performance Schema Setup Management No object selected Ad amp sa Local instance MySQLS7 Data Export 7 comments Add comments to the dump fie v create options Indude all MySQt specific table options in CREATE TABLE statements allow keywords Allow creation of column names that are keywords V quote names Quote identifiers within backtick character
291. ct author as set for the model in Document Properties PROJECT_VERSION Variable MAIN Project version as set for the model in Document Properties PROJECT_DESCRIPTION Variable MAIN Project description as set for the model in Document Properties PROJECT_CREATED Variable MAIN Automatically set for the model project but as displayed in Document Properties PROJECT_CHANGED Variable MAIN Automatically set for the model project but as displayed in Document Properties TOTAL_TABLE_COUNT Variable MAIN The number of tables in all schemata in the model 328 Supported Template Markers Marker text Type Data Dictionary or Parent Corresponding data Dictionary TOTAL_COLUMN_ COUNT Variable MAIN The number of columns in all tables in all schemata in the model TOTAL_INDEX_COUNT Variable MAIN The number of indexes in the model TOTAL_FK_COUNT Variable MAIN The number of foreign keys in the model SCHEMATA Section MAIN Used to mark the start and end of a SCHEMATA section the SCHEMATA data dictionary becomes active in this section SCHEMA_NAME SCHEMA_ID Variable SCHEMATA Variable SCHEMATA The schema name The schema ID TABLE_COUNT Variable SCHEMATA The number of tables in the current schema COLUMN_COUNT Variable SCHEMATA The number of columns in the current schema INDICES_COUNT FOREIGN_KEYS_COUNT Variable SCHEMATA Variable SCHEMATA The number of indexes in th
292. cted objects This feature works only for EER diagrams Enter the text you wish to search for in the Find Text list You may also select any or all of the following check boxes e Match Case e Whole Word e Use Regular Expression e Search in Comments e Search in SQL for Views SPs etc Any text you enter into the Find Text list is retained for the duration of your session Use the Next or Previous buttons to find occurrences of your search criterion Clicking the Find All button opens a Find Results window anchored at the bottom of the application If you wish you may undock this window as you would any other Use this window to navigate to objects For example double clicking the Description of an object located on an EER diagram navigates to the specific diagram and selects the object Notice that the properties of the object are displayed in the Properties palette The Find dialog window can also be opened using the Control F key combination Use Control G to find the next occurrence and Control Shift G to find a previous occurrence Close the Find dialog window by clicking the x in the top right corner or by pressing the Esc key Workbench Preferences This menu item enables you to set global preferences for the MySQL Workbench application For further information see Section 3 2 Workbench Preferences The View Menu This context aware menu features general options for changing the view in MySQL Workbench These options c
293. ction Comect to source DEMS Fetch Schemas List Reverse engneer selected schemas Schemas Selection Y Post processing of reverse engineered schemas rse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Finished performing tasks Migration Cick Next gt to continue Manual Editing Message Log Target Creation Options e s Reverse engineering of foreign keys in table HumanResources Employee completed Create Schemas Reverse engineering of foreign keys in table HumanResources EmployeeAddress completed Create Target Results Reverse engineering of foreign keys in table HumanResources EmployeeDepartmenthistory completed Reverse engineering of foreign keys in table HumenResources EmployeePayhistory completed DATA MIGRATION Reverse engineering of foreign keys in table HumenResources JobCandidate completed Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK Source Objects The discovered objects from the Reverse Engineer Source stage are revealed and made available This includes Table View and Routine objects with only the Table objects being selected by default 345 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 9 MySQL Workbench migration Source Objects BBY MySQL Workbench ae Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help m Migration Task List Source Objects OVERVIEW Overview You may select the objects to be migrated i
294. ction the 330 Creating a Custom Template Marker text Type Data Dictionary or Parent Corresponding data Dictionary REL_LISTING data dictionary becomes active in this section REL Section REL_LISTING Marks the start and end of a REL section the REL data dictionary becomes active in this section REL_NAME Variable REL FOREIGN KEYS The relationship name REL_TYPE Variable REL FOREIGN_KEYS The relationship type REL_PARENTTABLE Variable REL FOREIGN_KEYS The relationship parent table REL_CHILDTABLE Variable REL FOREIGN_KEYS The relationship child table REL_CARD Variable REL FOREIGN_KEYS The relationship cardinality FOREIGN_KEY_ID Variable REL Foreign key ID FOREIGN_KEYS Section SCHEMATA Marks the start and end of a FOREIGN_KEYS section the FOREIGN_KEYS data dictionary becomes active in this section FK_DELETE_RULE Variable FOREIGN_KEYS The foreign key delete rule FK_UPDATE_RULE Variable FOREIGN_KEYS The foreign key update rule FK_MANDATORY Variable FOREIGN_KEYS Whether the foreign key is mandatory TABLE_COMMENT LISTING Section TABLES Marks the start and end of a TABLE_COMMENT_LISTING section the TABLE_COMMENT_LISTING data dictionary becomes active in this section TABLE_COMMENT Variable TABLE_COMMENT_LISTING The table comment DDL_LISTING Section TABLES Marks the start and end of a DDL_LISTING section the DDL_LISTING data dictionary becomes active in this section D
295. d This software is released under either the GNU Library General Public License see LICENSE LGPL or the BSD License see LICENSE BSD Note that the only valid version of the LGPL license as far as this project is concerned is the original GNU Library General Public License Version 2 dated June 1991 While not mandated by the BSD license any patches you make to the iODBC may be contributed back into the iODBC project at your discretion Contributions will benefit the Open Source and Data Access community as a whole Submissions may be made at http www iodbc org LICENSE BSD Copyright C 1995 2009 OpenLink Software Inc and Ke Jin All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions Ace Mies 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice 469 Libiconv License this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of OpenLink Software Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission 4 T n SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS S
296. d e Save Value to File Saves a field s value to a file Copy Row Copy the row in escaped CSV format in a form such as a b c Alternatively there is Copy Row tab separated to use tabs instead of commas as the separator and Copy Row unquoted to not escape the values Copy Row with names Copy an escaped row like Copy Row but also adds a comment containing column names Alternatively there is Copy Row with names unquoted e Copy Field Copies the field name such as a or use Copy Field unquoted to not use single quotes e Paste Row Pastes the row over the currently selected row e Capitalize Text Capitalizes text in the current row such as Hello World e lowercase Text Lowercases text in the current row such as hello world e UPPERCASE Text Alters row to use all capitals such as HELLO WORLD 201 SQL Snippets tab 8 1 5 SQL Snippets tab The Snippets tab includes built in local and shared custom snippets The My Snippets tab stores custom snippets in a file under the MySQL Workbench user s configuration directory Select the Shared option for shared snippets Using Snippets Snippets can be inserted into the SQL editor or the system s clipboard To insert use a snippet either use the snippet icons or right click on the desired snippet and choose Insert Figure 8 7 SQL Snippets Usage File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Buttons to replace insert or
297. d If you entered the correct parameters then you should see a message reporting a successful connection attempt Setting Up Target Parameters Next set up the target MySQL database parameters by defining the parameters that connect to your MySQL Server instance When finished click Test Connection to verify the connection definition 367 Select the objects to migrate Figure 10 28 Target Database Selection E MySQL Workbench kaka a Migration X File Edt View Database Plugins Scripting Help Migration Task List f Target Selection OVERVIEW O Overview Target RDBMS Connection Parameters SOURCE amp TARGET Stored Comnection localhost v Select from saved connection settings Source Selection Connection Method Standard TCP IP w Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters Advanced Fetch Schemata List Schemata Selection Hostname 127 0 0 1 Name or IP address of the server host TOP IP port Reverse Engineer Source Username root Name of the user to connect with OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Password Store in Vaxit _ The user s password Wil be requested later if it s not set Migration Manual Editing Default Schema The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select it later Target Creation Options Create Schemata Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Store connection for future usage as Test Connection
298. d for example when drawing My ISAM tables with a visual relationship but with no foreign keys name The name used to identify the connection on the EER Diagram canvas Note that this is not the name of the foreign key e referredMandatory Whether the referred entity is mandatory e startCaptionxOffs The start of the X offset of the caption e startCaptionyoOffs The start of the Y offset of the caption In most cases you can change the properties of a relationship using the relationship editor rather than the Properties palette If you make a relationship invisible by hiding it using the relationship editor s Visibility Settings and then close the relationship editor you will no longer be able to select the relationship to bring up its relationship 262 Creating Views editor To make the relationship visible again you must expand the table object relating to the relationship in the Layers palette and select the relationship object To edit the selected object right click it then select Edit Object You can then set the Visibility Settings to Fully Visible The relationship will then be visible in the EER Diagram window 9 1 5 Creating Views You can add views to a database either from the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page or from the EER Diagram 9 1 5 1 Adding Views to the Physical Schemata To add a view double clicking the Add View icon inthe Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page The
299. d can be disabled with Preferences SQL Editor Automatically Start Code Completion Auto completion will list functions keywords schema names table names and column names 8 1 4 Results Window The results area of the screen shows the results from executed statements If the script contains multiple statements a result tab will be generated for each statemented that returned results Note R MySQL Workbench handles quoting and escaping for strings entered into the results grid so adding quotes and proper escaping here is optional Note R It is possible to enter a function or other expression into a field Use the prefix func to prevent MySQL Workbench from escaping quotation marks For example 198 Results Window for the expression md5 fred MySQL Workbench normally would generate the code md5 fred To prevent this enter the expression as func md5 fred to ensure that the quoting is not escaped Figure 8 4 SQL Editor Result Grid File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Sheed ev Gal AOIG OA umom Zs Q UE 1 SELECT FROM sakila address Output style and types Actions affecting the Result Grid results including visual explain and query statistics edt c e Exportfimport J G Wrap Cel Content FA od last_update 2014 09 25 22 30 27 2014 09 25 22 30 09 2014 09 25 22 30 27 2014 09 25 22 30 09 2014 09 25 22 31 53 2014 09 25 22 34 01 2014 09 25 22 31 07 S
300. d imports your saved MySQL files into your MySQL server For additional information see Section 6 5 Data Export and Import If you are importing Excel files then consider using the official MySQL for Excel Add on for Excel How do export MySQL data to a plain text file with a format such as CSV JSON or XML The results view panel in Workbench has an Export recordset to an external file option that exports your result set to a wide variety of formats For additional information see Export a Result Set data to standard MySQL formats For additional information about that see Note R This is different than the Data Export wizard that exports your MySQL Section 6 5 Data Export and Import 416 If you are exporting to Excel then consider using the official MySQL for Excel Add on for Excel A 3 How to export save a MySQL database to a text file Open a MySQL connection and select Server from the main navigation menu and choose Data Export to open the data export wizard Alternatively choose Data Export from the left Management pane for the desired MySQL selection Here you can choose which databases to export whether or not to include the data dump to a single file or multiple files one per table and more For additional details see Section 6 5 Data Export and Import General A 1 I m forced to use MySQL Workbench 5 2 x is its documentation available ccsecceeesseeeees 417 A 1 I
301. d this list of conditions Redistributions in binary form compiled executables must reproduce the above copyright notice definition disclaimer and this list of conditions in documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution The sole exception to this condition is redistribution of ea standard Unzipsrx binary including SPXWiz as part of 2 self extracting archive that is permitted without inclusion of this license as long as the normal SFX banner has not been removed from the binary or disabled Altered versions including but not limited to ports to new operating systems existing ports with new graphical interfaces and dynamic shared or static library versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original source Such altered versions also must not be misrepresented as being Info ZIP releases including but not limited to labeling of the altered versions with the names Info ZIP or any variation thereof including but not limited to different capitalizations Pocket UnZip Wiz or MacZip without the explicit permission of Info ZIP Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of the Zip Bugs or Info ZIP e mail addresses or of the Info ZIP URL s Info ZIP retains the right to use the names Info ZIP Zip UnZip UNZipsre Wiz Pocket Unzip Pocket Zip and Maczip for TES own source and binary relea
302. deling Tutorials This chapter contains three short tutorials intended to familiarize you with the basics of MySQL Workbench These tutorials show how MySQL Workbench can be used both to design and to document databases Creating a database from scratch is the focus of Section 9 3 4 Using the Default Schema and exploring the graphic design capabilities of MySQL Workbench is touched upon in Section 9 3 2 Basic Modeling Both these tutorials show the database design capabilities of MySQL Workbench Importing an SQL data definition script is probably the quickest way to familiarize yourself with MySQL Workbench this tutorial makes use of the sakila database and emphasizes the use of MySQL Workbench as a documentation tool Examples taken from the sakila database are used throughout the documentation so this installation procedure is recommended 9 3 1 Creating a Model This section provides a tutorial introduction to MySQL models by showing you how to create a new database model and how to forward engineer a model to a live MySQL server engineering wizard For additional information see Section 9 4 2 2 Reverse Note E Alternatively you can create a model from a database by using the reverse Engineering a Live Database 1 Start MySQL Workbench On the Home window click the icon next to the Models section on the bottom of the page or select File New Model A model can contain multiple schemata Note that when yo
303. detente aad 409 10 8 12 Migration REPO tints ceccashaubdeastadeveiaenelanieet ant ieedesbin theca EERROR 410 10 9 MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard FAQ 0ccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneneeeeeeeeeaea 411 MySQL Workbench provides the ability to migrate ODBC compliant databases to MySQL e Convert migrate different database types including MySQL across servers e Convert tables and copy data but will not convert stored procedures views or triggers Allows customization and editing during the migration process e Works on Linux OS X and Microsoft Windows This is not an exhaustive list The following sections discuss these and additional migration capabilities Set up may be the most challenging aspect of using the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard There is the installation section which describes setting up ODBC requirements for Linux OS X and Microsoft 335 General installation requirements Windows and the Database Product Specific Notes section that references setup conditions for each RDBMS 10 1 General installation requirements The MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard uses ODBC to connect to a source database except for MySQL You will need the ODBC driver installed that corresponds to the database you want to migrate from For example PostgreSQL can be migrated with the psqlodbc ODBC driver Microsoft SQL Server can be migrated using the native Microsoft SQL Server driver on Windows or wit
304. diagram for the sakila database first add an EER diagram by double clicking the Add Diagram icon in the EER Diagrams panel to create and open a new EER Diagram editor The EER Diagram canvas is where object modeling takes place To add a table to the canvas select the Catalog tab in the middle panel on the right side of the application to display any schemata that appear in the MySQL Model tab Find the sak ila schema and expand the view of its objects by clicking the button to the left of the schema name Expand the tables list in the same way You can add tables to the EER canvas by dragging them from the Catalog panel dropping them onto the canvas Drop the address table and the city table onto the canvas 288 Importing a Data Definition SQL Script Figure 9 24 Adding Tables to the Canvas address_id SMALLINT 5 city address VARCHAR 50 city_id SMALLINT 5 address2 VARCHAR 50 aes city VARCHAR 50 district VARCHAR 20 Be country_id SMALLINT 5 city_id SMALLINT 5 last_update TIMESTAMP Posta _code VARCHAR 10 gt phone VARCHAR 20 last_update TIMESTAMP P l SS_ ESF T MySQL Workbench automatically discovers that address city_id has been defined as a foreign key referencing the city city_id field Drop the count ry table onto the canvas and immediately you should see the relationship between the country table and the city table To view all the r
305. dited in the grid cell or using the BLOB editor If this option is turned on data truncation may result Binary byte string values may contain null bytes as part of their valid data whereas for nonbinary character strings a null byte terminates the string Confirm Data Changes In the SQL Editor if you edit table data and then click the Applying changes to data button MySQL Workbench launches a wizard to step you through applying your changes This gives you a chance to review the SQL that will be applied to the live server to make the requested changes If this option is deselected the changes will be applied to the server without the wizard being displayed and without giving you a chance to review the changes that will be made 3 2 3 Administration Preferences This section provides configuration options that affect the Administration functionality in MySQL Workbench 77 Modeling Preferences Figure 3 10 Preferences Administration General Editors li SQL Editor Data Export and Import Query Editor Path to mysqldump Tool C Program Files MySQLMyS Leave blank to use bundled version Object Editors SQL Execution Administration Modeli j gre a Export Directory Path _ C Users pholson Documents ae res rae files should MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Others Path to mysql Tool C Program Files MySQL MySQL Leave blank to use bundled version Data Export and Import e Path to m
306. ditional commands such as Create EER Model from Database 92 Workbench Shortcuts Workbench Shortcuts Most of the options you can select on the home screen are straight forward the ones that require explanation are detailed after the screenshot Here is a quick overview of the simpler options that open your web browser to display information about MySQL Utilities If the MySQL Utilities are installed this opens the mysqluc utility For additional information see Appendix F MySQL Utilities Database Migration Opens the migration wizard For additional information see Chapter 10 Database Migration Wizard MySQL Bug Reporter Lets you file a bug report in the MySQL bug system For additional information see Appendix D How To Report Bugs or Problems Workbench Blogs Directs you to the Workbench team s blog Planet MySQL Points you to the general MySQL blog aggregator Workbench Forum Sends you to the user forums where you can ask questions and interact with other MySQL Workbench users Scripting Shell Execute Python scripts and develop MySQL Workbench plugins Oracle eDelivery Sends you to your MySQL Workbench downloads Commercial Oracle Support Sends you to your MOS My Oracle Support page Commercial 93 94 Chapter 5 MySQL Connections Table of Contents 5 1 Creating A New MySQL Connection Simple ccceeeeeeeeeee ee aeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeneeeeeeees 95 5 2
307. dix F MySQL Utilities C 5 1 Exploring the Workbench Scripting Shell To open the Workbench Scripting Shell select Scripting Scripting Shell from the main menu You can also open the Workbench Scripting Shell using the Control F3 key combination on Windows and Linux Command F3 on OS X or by clicking the shell button above the EER diagram navigator The Workbench Scripting Shell will then open in a new dialog The following screenshot shows the Workbench Scripting Shell dialog 427 The Shell Window Figure C 1 The Workbench Scripting Shell Modules List Shell Xx Snippets GRT Modules v f9 Codeutils gt f copyAsPHPConnet gt f getPluginInfo 0 Scannin re WoC p AppData gt f copyAsPHPQueryAndFeth Roaming My gt f9 DbGenericMigration gt 9 DbGenerickE 6 jules found gt f9 DbMssqlMigration ooking for modules in Scanning module directory oaming gt f9 DbMssqIRE INFO gt f9 DbMysQL s gt f DbMySQLFE gt 9 DbMySQLMigration 9 modules found gt 9 DbMySQLQuery i for ules in C Pro gt f9 DbMySQLRE M CE modul gt f9 DbPostgresqlMigration gt f9 DbPostgresqlRE gt f9 DbSql92Migration gt f DbSql92RE gt f9 DbSybaseMigration gt f9 DbSybaseRE gt 9 DbuUtils g gt 9 Forms Roaming M QL Generic Runtime Environment 4 1 0 25 modules fou Function int copyAsPHPConnect db query Editor editor for help Arguments ython Shell initialized ed
308. dle idle sql set_option idle idle sql show_variables idle idle sql select idle idle sql set_option idle idle sql set_option idle idle sql set_option idle idle sql selec idle idle sql change_db idle idle io socket io socket io socket io socket jo socket io socket idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt v sql set_option stmt vvvvvvvvyvy v sql init io socket sql client_connection recy 17 bytes ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql client_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 sql THD LOCK_thd_data sql THD LOCK_thd_data sql Opening tables sql query end sql closing tables sql freeingitems sql cleaning up io socket sql client_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 idle idle sql show_variables idle idle sql show_variables idle idle sql show_variables idle idle sql select idle idle sql show_variables stage io socket io socket ssynch mutex synch mutex stage stage stage stage stage jo socket idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt 35 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Additional Miscellaneous Additions e MSAA Windows Accessibili
309. e Library but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it is called a work that uses the Library Such a work in isolation is not a derivative work of the Library and therefore falls outside the scope of this License However linking a work that uses the Library with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library because it contains portions of the Library rather than a work that uses the library The executable is therefore covered by this License Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables When a work that uses the Library uses material from a header file that is part of the Library the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library or if the work is itself a library The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law 464 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 If such an object file uses only numerical parameters data structure layouts and accessors and small macros and small inline functions ten lines or less in length then the use of the object file is unrestricted regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6 Otherwise if the work is a derivat
310. e current schema The number of foreign keys in the current schema TABLES Section SCHEMATA Marks the start and end of a TABLES section the TABLES data dictionary becomes active in this section TABLE_NAME Variable TABLES The table name TABLE_ID Variable TABLES The table ID COLUMNS_LISTING Section TABLES Marks the start and end of a COLUMNS _LISTING section the COLUMNS_LISTING data dictionary becomes active in this section COLUMNS Section COLUMNS LISTING Marks the start and end of a COLUMNS section the COLUMNS data dictionary becomes active in this section COLUMN_KEY Variable COLUMNS Whether the column is a primary key COLUMN_NAME COLUMN_DATATYPE Variable COLUMNS Variable COLUMNS The column name The column data type COLUMN_NOTNULL Variable COLUMNS Whether the column permits NULL values COLUMN_DEFAULTVALUE Variable COLUMNS The column default value 329 Supported Template Markers COLUMN_ID Marker text Type Data Dictionary or Parent Corresponding data Dictionary COLUMN_COMMENT COLUMNS The column comment COLUMNS The column ID COLUMN_KEY_PART COLUMNS if detailed The column key type COLUMN_NULLABLE COLUMNS if detailed Can the column contain NULL values COLUMN_AUTO_INC COLUMNS if detailed Does the column auto increment COLUMN_CHARSET Variable COLUMNS if detailed
311. e EER Diagram canvas its properties are displayed in the Properties palette Most of the properties accessible from the Properties palette apply to the appearance of a view on the EER Diagram canvas For a list of properties accessible through the Properties palette see Section 9 1 1 12 The Properties Palette There is no property in the Properties palette for changing the font used by a text object To do so choose the Appearance tab of the Workbench Preferences dialog For more information see Preferences Modeling Appearance 9 1 10 Creating Images Images exist only on the EER Diagram canvas you can add them only from the EER Diagram window 9 1 10 1 Adding Images to an EER Diagram To add images to an EER Diagram use the Image tool on the vertical toolbar Make sure that the EER Diagram tab is selected then right click the image icon on the vertical toolbar The image icon is the icon just above the table icon Clicking the mouse on this icon changes the mouse pointer to an image pointer You can also change the mouse pointer to an image pointer by pressing the I key Create an image by clicking anywhere on the EER Diagram canvas This opens a file open dialog box Select the desired image then close the dialog box to create an image on the canvas To revert to the default mouse pointer click the arrow icon at the top of the vertical toolbar Right clicking this object opens a pop up menu with the following items e C
312. e File Export Export as PNG menu item Figure 9 29 The sakila Database EER Diagram actor _id SMALLINT S Film id SMALLINT S fk_film_actor_actor tk_film_category_category film id SMALLINT S category_id TINYINT 3 7 category id TINYINT 3 fk_film_category_film tk_film_actor_film fk_film_language_original tk_film_language p _ language_id TINYINT 3 ae ey gt actor_id SMALLINT S Film_id SMALLINT S language _id TINYINT 3 fkinventory_film inventory jd MEDIUMINT amp film_id SMALLINT 6 film_id SMALLINT S LS 1 store _id TINYINT 3 fk_rental_inventory rental _id INT 11 meee I lt inventory _id MEDIUMINT 8 customer id SMALLINT S i fk_inventory_store e staff JJ TINYINT l i a fk_rental_customer l m country_id SMALLINT S store id TINYINT 3 fk_customer_store manager _staff_id TINYINT 3 t address_id SMALLINT 5 a tk_city_country customer_id SMALLINT S store_id TINYINT 3 address_id SMALLINT S F _rental_staff city_id SMALLINT S country_id SMALLINT S fk_paynlent_rental i i fk_store_dtatt fk_address fk_customen address 3 payment_id SMALLINT S lt customer _id SMALLINT S staff id TINYINT 3 rental_id INT 11 fk_payment_staff
313. e Groups to the Physical Schemata Double clicking the Add Routine Group icon in the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page adds a routine group with the default name of rout ines1 If a routine group with this name already exists the new routine group is named routines2 Adding a new routine group automatically opens the routine groups editor docked at the bottom of the application For information about using the routine groups editor see The Routine Group Editor Right clicking a routine group opens a pop up menu with the following items e Rename e Cut routine_group_name e Copy rout ine_group_name e Edit Routine e Edit in New Window e Copy SQL to Clipboard e Delete routine_group_name The Edit Routine Group item opens the routine group editor which is described in The Routine Group Editor The cut and paste items are useful for copying routine groups between different schemata Deleting a routine group from the MySQL Model page removes the group but does not remove any routines contained in that group Any routine groups added to the Physical Schemata also show up in the Catalog palette on the right side of the application They may be added to an EER diagram by dragging and dropping them from this palette Adding Routine Groups to an EER Diagram To add routine groups to an EER Diagram use the Routine Groups tool on the vertical toolbar Make sure that the EER Diagram tab is selected then right c
314. e Server Tools Scripting Help She HEA g ee MANAGEMENT Server Status MySQL Enterprise amp Client Connections MySQL Enterprise Backup Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data import Restore Backup Profile Name DevFullBackup Comments INSTANCE This weekly backup saves all dev example org data and stores it on Suki24 8 Startup Shutdown Server Logs Pad Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard Schedule Contents Options Advanced amp Pertormance Reports E Performance Schema Setup Backup Storage Directory C MySQUBackupHome DevFulBacup Browse Backups wil be written to the specified drectory in the target server MYSQL ENTERPRISE A AEE MEAE D TSME EA Gach Incline Wai aoe B audit inspector Firewan C Compress backup non4incremental InnoDB backups only Online Backup Method in4 cy Restore Management EaI Level C Apply log after backup backup and apply 4og Name Loca mstance After a backup is done an apply tog operation is needed before it can be recovered KA a That may be done right after backup before recovering it or at any other time Port 3306 hie MySQL Enterprise CI Skip Unused Pages Commercal Use this option to reduce the backup size by removing unused pages usually generated by buk deletes Version 5 6 25 enterprise However keep in mind that it increases the restore time since removed unused pages must be added back commercial
315. e Target Results page It presents a list of created objects and includes any generated errors while they were created It will look similar to 376 Transfer the data to the MySQL database Figure 10 37 Create Target Results E Mysal Workbench f Migration x File Edt View Database Migration Task List OVERVIEW O Overview SOURCE amp TARGET Y Source Selection F Target Selection Y Fetch Schemata List Y Schemata Selection Y Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Y Source Objects Y Migration Y Manual Editing Y Target Creation Options Y Create Schemata DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Osta Transter REPORT Migration Report You can edit the migration code using the code box to the right and save your changes by clicking Apply Plugins Scripting Help SRAC Create Target Results Saipts to create the target schema were executed No data has been migrated yet Review the creation report below for errors or warnings If there are any errors you can manually fix the scripts and dick Recreate Objects to retry the schema creation or return to the Manual Editing page to correct them there and retry the target creation Object Rent T SQL CREATE Script for Selected Object Preamble F Script executed successfully CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS Northwind Categor g o NTER Category1O INT 10 NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT g Northwind Northwind q pt executed successfully Cc egoryName VARCHAR 15 NOT NULL a No
316. e containing the modified Library It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions b Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library A suitable mechanism is one that 1 uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user s computer system rather than copying library functions into the executable and 2 will operate properly with a modified version of the library if the user installs one as long as the modified version is interface compatible with the version that the work was made with c Accompany the work with a written offer valid for at least three years to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a above for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution d If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place e Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy For an executable the required form of the work that uses the Library must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it However as a special exception the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed i
317. e default name role1 Right clicking a role opens a pop up menu with the following items e Cut role_name Cuts the role e Copy role_name Copies the role Edit Role Opens the role editor e Edit in New Window Opens the role editor in a new editor window e Delete role_name Removes the role e Copy SQL to Clipboard Currently not implemented To rename a role click the role name Then you will be able to edit the text All defined roles are listed under Roles on the left side of the role editor Double clicking a role object opens the role editor docked at the bottom of the page Figure 9 5 Role Editor Select the role to which you wish to add objects You may drag and drop objects from the Physical Schemata to the Objects section of the role editor To assign privileges to a role select it from the Roles section then select an object in the Ob jects section In the Privileges section check the rights you wish to assign to this role For example a web_user role might have only SELECT privileges and only for database objects exposed through a web interface Creating roles can make the process of assigning rights to new users much easier Adding Users To add a user double click the Add User icon This creates a user with the default name user Double clicking this user opens the user editor docked at the bottom of the application 249 Model Editor Inthe User Editor set the user s name and passwo
318. e for individual rules and Clear to clear remove all rules Add From File prompts for a firewall rules text file defaults to the fwr extension that contains one rule per line and Save To File saves the current rules Active rules are used in PROTECTIVE mode and Rules being recorded are entries still being RECORDED Switching from RECORDING to PROTECTING mode copies the recorded rules into the active rule subset 171 The wbcopytables Tool Note R MySQL Workbench executes queries gets variables and performs a lot of checks For this reason MySQL Workbench is more useful as an administration tool for MySQL Enterprise Firewall than a tool to record rules For example RECORDING rules in MySQL Workbench will record the behind the scenes operations performed by MySQL Workbench for the MySQL user Also using MySQL Workbench by a MySQL user in PROTECTING mode will attempt to execute operations that a typical firewalled MySQL user might not have access to Figure 6 44 MySQL Enterprise Firewall Rules SSeS SES ne Hea c6 elele A MANAGEMENT Server Status Client Connections Users and Privileges Details for account fwuser localhost FromH FWState FWRues PW Red Logn Account Limits Administrative Roles Schema Privdeges Frenat Rues localhost PROTECT 3 ES Status and System Variables amp Osta Spor 3 Data import Restore localhost OFF 0 localhost OFF 0 0 H Mode PROTECTING v INSTANC eet 127 0
319. e gnome keyring daemon is not started by default e For Linux and OS X the MySQL server administration features require sudo privileges to execute several commands The sudo user must be capable of executing the following system commands usr bin sudo usr bin nohup usr bin uptime usr bin which usr bin stat bin bash bin mkdir bin rm bin rmdir bin dd bin cp Maziy Lg Additionally the sudo user must keep the HOME environment variable when executing system commands which means adding the following to etc sudoers env_keep HOME For MySQL Workbench to execute MySQL Enterprise Backup commands the sudo user must also be able to execute the MySQL Enterprise Backup binary Requirements for Windows e Microsoft NET 4 0 Framework e Microsoft Visual C 2013 Redistributable Package MSVC2013 Note R The 2010 version was used in previous editions of MySQL Workbench 6 52 Command line options Windows 7 and above Note R MySQL Workbench 6 1 supports earlier versions of Windows including Vista 2 2 Command line options In addition to platform specific command line options MySQL Workbench has the following command line options Note R On Microsoft Windows the command line options contain one leading dash instead of two For example use 1og leve1 for Microsoft Windows and log level for Linux and OS X e log level level Controls the verbosity level for logging output from Workbench
320. e migrated by default SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection a F Migrate Table objects Fetch Schemas List J 7 total 7 selected Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source S25 Morate View objects OBJECT MIGRATION SP 6 total 0 selected Migration Manual Editing f E Migrate Routine objects Target Creation Options F 3 total 0 selected Show Selection Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK 10 8 5 Migration Reverse engineered objects from the source RDBMS are automatically converted to MySQL compatible objects Default data type and default column value mappings are used and the generated objects and column definitions may be reviewed and edited in the next step The steps performed include Migrating the selected objects and generating the SQL CREATE statements 401 Manual Editing Figure 10 58 MySQL Workbench migration Migration File Edit View Database Tools Migration Task List OVERVIEW Overmew SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Scriptng Help Migration Rever
321. e of MySQL Workbench is developed using C it is possible to harness this core functionality using the Python scripting language MySQL Workbench also provides access to a cross platform GUI library MForms which enables the creation of extensions that feature a graphical user interface The extension system enables the following capabilities e Automate common tasks e Extend the Workbench user interface e Create Tools Plugins code which can be invoked from the Workbench menu system e Manipulate schemata e Create custom Workbench features C 1 GRT and Workbench Data Organization The GRT or Generic RunTime is the internal system used by Workbench to hold model document data It is also the mechanism by which Workbench can interact with Modules and Plugins Workbench model data such as diagrams schemata and tables is stored in a hierarchy of objects that can be accessed by any plugin The information is represented using standard data types integers doubles strings dicts lists and objects The GRT can be accessed using the Python scripting language Awareness is required of how the GRT data types map into Python For example the GRT integer double and string data types are seen as corresponding Python data types Lists and dicts are kept in their internal representation but can generally be treated as Python lists and dicts and accessed in the usual way Objects contain data fields and methods but the GRT recognizes only o
322. e other Navigator panel options that relate to your new MySQL connection Check its status MySQL logs and measure its performance statistics from the Dashboard Notice the Management and Schemas tabs on the bottom of the Navigator panel The Schemas view displays the schemas that are associated with your new MySQL connection Alternatively you can merge the Schemas and Management tabs by either clicking the merge icon on the top right of the Navigator panel or by enabling the Show Management Tools and Schema Tree in a single tab SQL Editor preference This concludes the Creating a MySQL connection tutorial For additional information about MySQL connections see Chapter 5 MySQL Connections 5 3 Manage Server Connections The Manage Server Connections dialog is another way to manage MySQL connections This dialog is invoked by either selecting Edit Connection or selecting Database Manage Connections from the main menu It can also be invoked from any of the wizards requiring access to a live database After the MySQL connection manager is launched you are presented with the following dialog with the Connection tab open 108 Manage Server Connections Figure 5 14 Manage Server Connections Connection Tab MySQL Connections Connection Name MyConnection Local instance MySQL56_1 T MyConnection connection Remote Management System Profile Connection Method Standard TCP IP v Method to use to connect to
323. e relationship is an identifying relationship 9 1 4 3 Connection Properties Right click a connection to select it When a connection is selected it is highlighted and its properties are displayed in the properties palette Connection properties are different from the properties of other objects The following list describes them caption The name of the connection By default the name is the name of the foreign key and the property is centered above the connection line e captionxOffs The X offset of the caption e captionyOffs The Y offset of the caption comment The comment associated with the relationship e drawSplit Whether to show the relationship as a continuous line e endCaptionXxOf fs The X termination point of the caption offset e endCaptionyOffs The Y termination point of the caption offset extraCaption A secondary caption By default this extra caption is centered beneath the connection line e extraCaptionxOffs The X offset of the secondary caption e extraCaptionyOffs The Y offset of the secondary caption mandatory Whether the entities are mandatory For more information see Section 9 1 4 2 The Relationship Editor e many False if the relationship is a one to one relationship middleSegmentOffset The offset of the middle section of the connector modelOnly Set when the connection will not be propagated to the DDL It is just a logical connection drawn on a diagram This is use
324. e saved with your project 9 1 1 8 The History Palette Use the History palette to review the actions that you have taken Left clicking an entry opens a pop up menu with the item Copy History Entries to Clipboard Choose this item to select a single entry You 250 Model Editor can select multiple contiguous entries by pressing the Shift key and clicking the entries you wish to copy Select noncontiguous entries by using the Control key Only actions that alter the MySQL model or change an EER diagram are captured by the History palette 9 1 1 9 The Model Navigator Panel Docked at the top left of the application is the Model Navigator or Bird s Eye panel This panel provides an overview of the objects placed on an EER diagram canvas and for this reason it is most useful when an EER diagram is active Any objects that you have placed on the canvas should be visible in the navigator The Model Navigator shows the total area of an EER diagram A black rectangular outline indicates the view port onto the visible area of the canvas To change the view port of an EER diagram left click this black outline and drag it to the desired location You can zoom in on selected areas of an EER diagram by using the slider tool at the bottom of this window The dimensions of the view port change as you zoom in and out If the slider tool has the focus you can also zoom using the arrow keys Figure 9 7 The Model Navigator Example File Edit
325. e server dump and load abilities for fast migration Source Objects C Users phoison Desktop bulk_copy_tables cnd Migration af Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results Options steer Truncate target tables je delete contents before copying data Bulk Data Transfer Worker tasks 2 9 Enable debug output for table copy REPORT Migration Report 10 8 11 Bulk Data Transfer Depending on the selected option this will either transfer the data to the target RDMS default generate a simple script for the online data transfer or generate script to execute on the source host that then generates a Zip file containing both the transfer script and data that will be executed on the target host Optionally view the logs to confirm 409 Migration Report Figure 10 66 MySQL Workbench migration Bulk Data Transfer Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Bulk Data Transfer Overview The following tasks will now be performed Please monitor the execution E SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection YF Prepare information for deta copy Target Selection Create shell script for data copy Fetch Schemas List QO Determine number of rows to copy Schemas Selection Copy data to target RDEMS Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer
326. ect e Connected Figures Finds all the objects connected to the currently selected object These menu items are active only when an EER Diagram tab is selected The Similar Figures and the Connected Figures menu items are disabled if no object is currently selected on an EER diagram When multiple objects have been selected using one of these menu items you can navigate between selected items by choosing the Go to Next Selected or Go to previous Selected menu item Selecting objects changes some of the Edit menu items If only one object is selected that object s name appears after the Cut Copy and Delete menu items If more than one object is selected these menu items show the number of objects selected Find Dialog Window Each MySQL Workbench window includes search functionality The Find panel with Find amp Replace enabled is shown below Figure 9 2 The Find Panel with Find amp Replace File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She dH we Bel ROl BlS OBI traro 00m R S Q FT Find M ake al String Matching SELECT FROM world city Regular Expression van Tables Ignore Case gt E cty Match Whole Words gt country Wrap Around gt countrylanguage BR views Recent Searches BR stored Procedures Functions a i i fe G Wrap Cel Content FA Fetch ro Clear Recent Searches f Management Information oon nue WH m BEGCEECEEEC EE RRR 23
327. ection 9 5 Schema Synchronization and Comparison 9 1 2 1 The Vertical Toolbar The vertical toolbar shows on the left sidebar when an EER diagram tab is selected The tools on this toolbar assist in creating EER diagrams Figure 9 9 The Vertical Toolbar Diagram e tomu Code CHAR 3 CountryCode CHAR 3 2 Name CHAR 35 Name CHAR 52 Language CHAR 30 CountryCode CHAR 3 Continent ENUM IsOfficial ENUM T F J District CHAR 20 Region CHAR 26 Percentage FLOAT Population INT 11 SurfaceArea FLOAT gt eJ gt gt IndepYear SMALLINT 6 Ey T Population INT 11 gt LifeExpectancy FLOAT O GNP FLOAT z O GNPOld FLOAT LocaName CHAR 45 GovernmentForm CHAR 45 a gt HeadOf tate CHAR 60 hd gt Capita INT 11 lt Code2 CHAR 2 gt E See in ws gt al m7 r Clicking a tool changes the mouse pointer to a pointer that resembles the tool icon indicating which tool is active These tools can also be activated from the keyboard by pressing the key associated with the tool Hover the mouse pointer over a toolbar icon to display a description of the tool and its shortcut key A more detailed description of each of these tools follows 254 EER Diagram Editor The Standard Mouse Pointer The standard mouse pointer located at the top of the vertical toolbar is the default mouse pointer for your operating system Use this tool to revert
328. ed by the user on launch show variables Display list of variables lt ENT ER gt sess ENTER to execute command ESCAPE to clear the command entry DOWN to retrieve the previous command Press UP to retrieve the next command in history Press TAB for type completion of utility option or variable names Press TAB twice for list of matching type completion lt context sensitive 447 448 Appendix G Third Party Licenses Table of Contents Git INET Flat TabControl LIGASE srren a wicatiaasacdvedsuasaidanaaudved aasadvantnuets 451 G2 ANTLER LICENSE sieniin a i a e a aeaa aa EA eiae One E E 451 G 3 Bitstream Vera License minimiin a a a a E aa eaa 451 G 4 Boost Library LICENSE cece eee cece ioan renano ee canteen aanita pE an aaa dennan p ieai EDN ai aR d E 452 G5 Cairo LICENSE onenei aar a E A EA a A EE ERAR 453 G 6 CTemplate Google Template System License ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaaeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeess 453 7 CURL libeurl LICENS Senra ania a tech agten date oaa Eaa aa a Pa aai 454 G 8 DockPanel Suite LICENSE sisssssiisiusnricsicunnirsesdrridnduderiiti eeeeeeseeeueeeecseeueeeaeeeaeeuaeeueesaeeaeeeaneeeneegs 454 G 9 Dojo T olkit v1 7 0b1 License rirurrrineii iina a aia ede 455 G 10 FreeTDS LICENSE 0 0 cece cece cece cece cece eecceeeeeeeeeecauecaeeueeeaeceueeeueeegneeeueegeeegeeeaeeeeeeaeeeaueeaeeaaeeageeaees 456 Gill GDAL OGR License wisi ara dees ecdacad chvadeahanava
329. ee ieee 202 8 1 6 Context Sensitive Help cccccccceeeeeeeee cece ae ae etter eeee ee aeaaaeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaaes 204 821 7 Output History Panels iatan areira oo eaa aaia aa aaae ae a a iaaea 205 8 1 8 Table Data Search Panel ccccceceeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeenees 207 821 9 Expor Importa Table eeren eree E AEI ot eet e E tera do 208 8 1 10 Tutorial Adding Data iranier e EREEREER 209 8 1511 The MySQL Table Editor sy 2 cccacctscoveneedeonsecdageteaevhecvancdaeeeenevbecsdecdaghvadedecsenedaenneas 212 8 1 12 Code Generation Overview 0 ec cece eeeeee ects eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaea 221 8 2 Object Management siir jet wean waived Nee ital needs eet els 226 8 2 1 Object Browser and Editor Navigator cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaea 226 8 2 2 Session and Object Information Panel cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaees 229 8 2 3 Schema and Table INSpector cceceeee eee eeeeeeeeeeee eter aaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaenees 230 9 Database Designs MOCeIING serisi Sie eve aed et ei veel ti oi aie is 235 31 Modeling Merat see sorser N AEREE dues eee neared ieee eee 236 9 1 MOS IE GION corer csteshessdvcoysteehcodestiveduunesnatas aaaea aa ara arta Tadaa aaa raaa aaien 236 9 1 2 EER Diagram EGLON irrien ei a E T T dees 253 9 13 Creating Vables a AAE EE AE AAE ivan tel aie
330. eeeeaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeaea 290 9 3 5 Documenting the sakila Database cc ceeeeeceeeee cece ener ee ee ee eres eeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaes 292 9 4 Forward and Reverse Engineering ccceceeceeeeeeeeeneeee cena eeeeeenaeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeeees 294 9 4 1 Forward Engineering rsen r sS E EIRA A 294 24 2 Reverse EngNeerMO eienenn eearri Eaire EEE ARANE EEN RE AEE RENA EA RAAN ARTESA 303 9 5 Schema Synchronization and COMparison ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeees 313 9 5 1 Database Synchronization iise aaiae a ae aaa a aa aAa elena 313 9 5 2 Compare and Report Differences in Catalogs cccccseseeceeseeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeees 319 9 6 Table Templates enirir heia rAr EEE Ea EAEE RR EO EASA E EAE EREET EERTE 321 9 7 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates 0 cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 324 9 7 1 Supported Template Markers ccceceeeeeeeceaneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaea 328 9 7 2 Creating a Custom Template 0 ccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeee ee aaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeees 331 10 Database Migration WIZaIrd osised kaera aeee EESO RIE EO NEEE RE EENES REINES ERRES A TRESENA 335 10 1 General installation requirements sssseseseeeereirssesssrtrrirrissttrrrrtrttssttrtrtrrnrstennrrrrennnt 336 101 ODBC Libraries sit tii ited eis ct aioe Wee ea a a eee ede 336 10 41 32 ODBC Driver
331. eeeeaeaaaaenees 1 1 1 2 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 isernia cece cece ee ae ea eete ee ee ee ee ae aa aaa aAa aAa Ga 9 1 1 3 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 sssesesssssssssssssssrrrrsisrssstnrrrritrsststtrtrrnrnssntrnrrnnnnssrnrnrnnnant 21 1 1 4 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 ssssesssssssssssssssssrrrrrrsrssstrrrrtrtrsssttrtrnttsssnttnrtnnanastnrnrrnnant 36 1 2 MySQL Workbench Editions ssresgiia a iia T E E a E 48 This chapter provides general information about MySQL Workbench and how it has changed MySQL Workbench is a graphical tool for working with MySQL Servers and databases MySQL Workbench fully supports MySQL Server versions 5 1 and above It is also compatible with MySQL Server 5 0 but not every feature of 5 0 may be supported It does not support MySQL Server versions 4 x MySQL Workbench functionality covers five main topics e SQL Development Enables you to create and manage connections to database servers Along with enabling you to configure connection parameters MySQL Workbench provides the capability to execute SQL queries on the database connections using the built in SQL Editor e Data Modeling Design Enables you to create models of your database schema graphically reverse and forward engineer between a schema and a live database and edit all aspects of your database using the comprehensive Table Editor The Table Editor provides easy to use facilities for editing Tables Columns Indexes Triggers Partitioning Options Inser
332. eement shall be governed by and interpreted in all respects by the law of the State of California excluding conflict of law provisions Nothing in this License Agreement shall be deemed to create any relationship of agency partnership or joint venture between BeOpen and Licensee This License Agreement does not grant permission to use BeOpen trademarks or trade names in a trademark sense to endorse or promote products or services of Licensee or any third party As an exception the BeOpen Python logos available at http www pythonlabs com logos html may be used according to the permissions granted on that web page 7 By copying installing or otherwise using the software Licensee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this License Agreement CNRI LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR PYTHON 1 6 1 1 This LICENSE AGREEMENT is between the Corporation for National Research Initiatives having an office at 1895 Preston White Drive Reston VA 20191 CNRI and the Individual or Organization Licensee accessing and otherwise using Python 1 6 1 software in source or binary form and its associated documentation 2 Subject to the terms and conditions of this License Agreement CNRI hereby grants Licensee a nonexclusive royalty free world wide license to reproduce analyze test perform and or display publicly prepare derivative works distribute and otherwise use Python 1 6 1 alone or in any derivative version provided however that CNR
333. efers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms A work based on the Library means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law that ds to say a work containing the Library or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated straightforwardly into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For a library complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library s complete source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact al
334. eign Keys Population INT 11 Connection String Default Character Set Engine Row Format Triggers 0 Indices Index Name Columns Primary Unique Type Kind Comment nousaov von me DDH ADV 4 m If you wish to create custom templates please refer to Section 9 7 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates 9 2 3 Schema Validation Plugins MySQL Workbench provides validation modules so that you can test your models before implementing them Note E This functionality is only available in the MySQL Workbench commercial editions The validation plugins are accessed from the Model menu One plugin performs general validation for any Relational Database Management System RDMS and the other is MySQL specific Beneath these menu items are a number of specific validation tests Running any one of these tests opens an output window 277 Schema Validation Plugins docked at the bottom of the application Warning messages are displayed on the left side of this window and the tests performed are displayed on the right The following sections outline the tasks performed by the validation modules 9 2 3 1 General Validation The following list names the general validation types and gives examples of specific violations e Empty Content Validation e A table with no columns e A routine or view with no SQL code defined A routine group containing no routines A table view or routine not
335. el menu Menu Options menu item to set a project specific default name for the foreign key column see The Relationship Notation Submenu To change the global default see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences To edit the properties of a foreign key double click anywhere on the connection line that joins the two tables This opens the relationship editor Mousing over a relationship connector highlights the connector and the related keys as shown in the following figure The film and the film_actor tables are related on the fi1lm_id field and these fields are highlighted in both tables Since the i1m_id field is part of the primary key in the film_actor table a solid line is used for the connector between the two tables After mousing over a relationship for a second a yellow box is displayed that provides additional information Figure 9 11 The Relationship Connector film v film_actor v flm _id SMALLINT 5 actor _id SMALLINT 5 title VARCHAR 255 flm_id SMALLINT 5 description TEXT release_year YEAR language_id TINYINT 3 lt references gt original _Janguage_id TINYINT 3 hae id gt renta _duration TINYINT 3 on update CASCADE jon delete renta _rate DECIMAL 4 2 length SMALLINT 5 replacement_cost DECIMAL 5 2 rating ENUM special_features SET last_update TIMESTAMP PRIMARY idx_title idx_fk_language_id idx_fk_original_language_id 260 C
336. elationships in the sakila database see Figure 9 29 The sakila Database EER Diagram Click the Properties tab of the panel on the lower left then click one of the tables on the canvas This displays the properties of the table in the Properties window While a table is selected you can use the Properties window to change a table s properties For example entering FF0000 for the color value will change the color accent to red Figure 9 25 Viewing The Properties Properties Editor Name Value color E 98BFDA expanded True height 228 indicesExpanded False left 623 locked False manualSizing False name summarizeDisplay top triggersExpanded width Description History Changing the color of a table is a good way to identify a table quickly something that becomes more important as the number of tables increases Changing the color of a table is also an easy way to identify a table in the Model Navigator panel This panel the uppermost panel on the left side of the page gives a bird s eye view of the entire EER canvas Save your changes to a MySQL Workbench Models file mwb extension by choosing Save from the Eile menu or by using the keyboard command Control S 289 Using the Default Schema 9 3 4 Using the Default Schema When you first open MySQL Workbench a default schema mydb appears as the leftmost tab of the Physical Schemata section of MySQL Workbench You can begin designing a database by using this
337. elect the object by double clicking it You can then edit the object and change its visibility setting to Fully Visible 9 1 1 12 The Properties Palette The Properties palette is used to display and edit the properties of objects on an EER diagram It is especially useful for editing display objects such as layers and notes Selecting an object in the EER diagram displays its properties in the Properties palette All objects except connections have the following properties except as noted color The color accent of the object displayed as a hexadecimal value Change the color of the object by changing this value Only characters that are legal for hexadecimal values may be entered You can also change the color by clicking the button to open a color changing dialog box description Applicable to layers only A means of documenting the purpose of a layer expanded This attribute applies to objects such as tables that can be expanded to show columns indexes and triggers height The height of the object Depending upon the object this property may be read only or read write left The number of pixels from the object to the left side of the canvas locked Whether the object is locked The value for this attribute is either true or false manualSizing Whether the object was manually sized The value for this attribute is either t rue or false name The name of the object top The number of pixels from the object to the to
338. en generate a Zip file containing all of the data and information needed to migrate the data locally on the target host Copy and extract the generated Zip file on the target host and then execute the import script on the target host to import the data into MySQL using a LOAD DATA call This faster method avoids the need to traffic all data through MySQL Workbench or to have a permanent network connection between the MySQL servers Note R This option was added in MySQL Workbench 6 3 0 Options 408 Bulk Data Transfer e Truncate target tables before copying data In case the target database already exists this will delete said data e Worker tasks The default value is 2 This is the number of tasks database connections used while copying the data e Enable debug output for table copy Shows debugging information Figure 10 65 MySQL Workbench migration Data Transfer Setup Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Data Transfer Setup OVERVIEW Overview Select options for the copy of the migrated schema tables in the target MySQL server and cick Next gt to execute SOURCE amp TARGET Data Copy l SPECE SECON Onine copy of table data to target RDEMS Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Create a batch file to copy the data at another time Schemas Selection C Users pholson Desktop kopy_migrated_tables cmd Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Create a shel script to use nativ
339. en inienn ee ee ee ee nae AERE EEA ERA EEEE 153 6 6 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface 2 0 22 ccccceceeeeeee cence eeeeeeee ee eee ea ee eeeeeeee ee aa eae eeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaea 154 6 7 MySQL Enterprise Backup Interface c ccceeeeece eee eeeeeeeeeee ee aeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeees 158 6 7 1 General Requirement 0 ccceceee cece ee neeee ee ee cece eae ae te sree ee ee ae adaateeeeeeeeeaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeaeaaea 158 6 7 2 Online BACKUP wiccccdctccenciweieesaccetsnnt siedeens Patacede ti edenss anean iaaiaee ie seed ean a aena ERAN e 160 6 7 3 Backup RECOVETY ii cccesoei cet nni nn a E EE EE EN 165 6 8 MySQL Enterprise Firewall Interface ccccecceeceeeaeeeeeeeeeee sees ae aaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneneeeees 169 6 9 The wocopytables TOG assis tariei deia E ANEA AEE AR ci E Ra aa 172 MySQL Workbench provides a visual GUI to administer your MySQL environment The available visual tools help configure your MySQL servers administer users perform backup and recovery inspect audit data and view database health 6 1 Server Management Manage your MySQL instances with a comprehensive view of your MySQL server connections The visual tree based navigation provides detailed information about server and status variables including the number of threads bytes sent and received by clients buffer allocations size and more 6 1 1 MySQL Connection Navigator The Navigator panel has a Mana
340. ench 6 0 Figure 1 38 Comparing the SQL Editor interface for Workbench 5 2 and 6 0 009 l 009 aoe fe SQL Editor My Local example cor a Gi 63 6 6 E fal le tel dol SE elal sci digi d SCHEMAS o MANAGEMENT J soi Q Search objects jj SCHEMAS He foal Server Status Gai rs and Privil gt test bE skila J users rivileges gt test My Local example com DB sakil My Local example com DB sakila E Status and System Variables amp Data Export Data Import Restore INSTANCE g Startup Shutdown Server Logs amp Options File SCHEMAS Q Filter objects b sakila b test Object Info Session ieee inten Session Objectinfo Session Schema sakila Schema sakila Schema sakila Table data search You can select schemas and or tables to perform client side searches for user specified strings and patterns To access this new search feature right click select a schema or a table in the left sidebar and select Search Table Data This screenshot demonstrates the search feature along with an example search Multiple tables were selected and searched in this example 38 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 39 Table search functionality eee MySQL Workbench ek My Local example com DB sakila Sa sooo gd E D e Enter text to search in tables selected in the schema tree Q Filter objects A text search will be done on the selec
341. ench version number and arch the build architecture either win32 or winx64 To install using the Zip file download the Zip file to a convenient location and decompress the file using a Zip utility You can place the resulting directory anywhere on you system You need not install or configure the application before using it You may want to create a shortcut on your desktop or the quick launch bar 2 3 2 Launching To start MySQL Workbench on Windows select Start Programs MySQL then select MySQL Workbench This executes the MySQLWorkbench exe file on your system Alternatively start MySQL Workbench from the command line To view the available command line options issue the command MySQLWorkbench help from the MySQL Workbench installation directory You will see the following output MySQLWorkbench exe lt options gt lt name of a model file or sql script gt Opreaions swrendering Force the diagram canvas to use software rendering instead of OpenGL query lt connection gt lt connection string gt Open a query tab and ask for connection if nothing is specified If named connection is specified it will be opened else connection will be created based on the given connection string which should be in form lt user gt lt host gt lt port gt admin lt instance gt Open a administration tab to the named instance upgrade mysql dbs Open a migration wizard tab model lt model file gt Open the given EER model fi
342. endors or open source projects Operating systems usually provide a graphical interface to help set up ODBC drivers and data sources Use that to install the driver i e make the ODBC Manager see a newly installed ODBC driver You can also use it to create a data source for a specific database instance to be connected using a previously configured driver Typically you need to provide a name for the data source the DSN in addition to the database server IP port username and sometimes the database the user has access to If MySQL Workbench is able to locate an ODBC manager GUI for your system the Open ODBC Administrator button on the migration wizard s overview page will open it e Linux There are a few GUI utilities some of which are included with unixODBC Refer to the documentation for your distribution iODBC provides iodbcadm gtk e oS x You can use the ODBC Administrator tool that is separate download from Apple or an ODBC Management tool from a different vendor If the tool is installed in the Applications Utilities folder you can start it using the Open ODBC Administrator button Microsoft Windows You can use the Data Sources ODBC tool under Administrative Tools If present the Open ODBC Administrator button will start it ODBC Driver architecture R Since the ODBC driver needs to be installed in the client side you will need an ODBC driver that supports your clients operating system and architecture For example
343. ensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 12 If the distribution and or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 13 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Library does not specify a license version number you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 14 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these write to the aut
344. ent by Neil Hodgson ScintillaNET is released on this same license The ScintillaNET bindings are Copyright 2002 2006 by Garrett Serack lt gserack gmail com gt All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation GARRETT SERACK AND ALL EMPLOYERS PAST AND PRESENT DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL GARRETT SERACK AND ALL EMPLOYERS PAST AND PRESENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE The license for Scintilla is as follows Copyright 1998 2006 by Neil Hodgson lt neilh scintilla org gt All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation NEIL HODGSON DISCLAIMS ALL WARRA
345. er because its license has a choice of law clause According to CNRI however Stallman s lawyer has told CNRI s lawyer that 1 6 1 is not incompatible with the GPL Thanks to the many outside volunteers who have worked under Guido s direction to make these releases possible 481 Python License B TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ACCESSING OR OTHERWISE USING PYTHON PYTHON SOFTWARE FOUNDATION LICENSE VERSION 2 1 This LICENSE AGREEMENT is between the Python Software Foundation PSF and the Individual or Organization Licensee accessing and otherwise using this software Python in source or binary form and its associated documentation 2 Subject to the terms and conditions of this License Agreement PSF hereby grants Licensee a nonexclusive royalty free world wide license to reproduce analyze test perform and or display publicly prepare derivative works distribute and otherwise use Python alone or in any derivative version provided however that PSF s License Agreement and PSF s notice of copyright i e Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Python Software Foundation All Rights Reserved are retained in Python alone or in any derivative version prepared by Licensee 3 In the event Licensee prepares a derivative work that is based on or incorporates Python or any part thereof and wants to make the derivative work available to others as provided herein then Licensee hereby agrees to include
346. er every DDL statement Select this option to add SHOW WARNINGS statements to the output This causes display of any warnings generated when the output is executed which can be useful for debugging e Do Not Create Users Only Export Privileges Select this option to update the privileges of existing users as opposed to creating new users Exporting privileges for nonexistent users will result in errors when you execute the CREATE script Exporting users that already exist will also result in an error e Don t create view placeholder tables e Generate INSERT Statements for Tables Select this option if you have added any rows to a table For more information about inserting rows see Section 8 1 1 SQL Query Window Disable FK checks for inserts Create triggers after inserts Clicking Next takes you to the SQL Object Export Filter page where you select the objects you wish to export 296 Forward Engineering Figure 9 31 SQL Object Export Filter Forward Engineer SQL Script Options SQL Object Export Filter Filter Objects To exclude objects of a specific type from the SOL Export disable the corresponding checkbox Press Show Filter and add objects or patterns to the ignore list to exclude them from the export Export MySQL Table Objects Show Filter 2 Total Objects 2 Selected C Export MySQL View Objects Show Filter 0 Total Objects 0 Selected C Export MySQL Routine Objects Show Filter
347. eral views Figure 9 13 The Layer Object File Edit View Arrange Model Database Tools Scripting Help aor erigo5 Initial color choice Bird s Eye Our layer TEE P Views l category_id TINYINT 3 gt name VARCHAR 25 last_update TIMESTAMP T actor info film_id SMALUINT 5 Add layer T nicer_but slower film fist ous waovass O description TEXT language_id TINYINT 3 v Wi My Sakila Views 2 original_langquage_id TINYINT 3 m staff _list nicer_but_slower_film_lis renta_duration TINY INT 3 s poy a renta rate DECIMAL 4 2 actor_info Aim iiot Layer editing tab Z address length SMALLINT S K i sales_by_film_category customer_list m E fim _lst T customer list manan yaar N be om bie 3 B ba ks ie Layers Layer Name My Salda Views Properties Editor FFFOFO color S description height left 116 M kil S z sume View Click each property value width 323 to edit Click to choose a new color Description Select an area for the new layer To open the layer editor either double click the layer or right click the layer and choose the edit option The available context menu options are 269 Creating Layers e Cut layer_name Copy layer_name e Paste a_table_name Edit layer_name Delete layer_name Note kK A layer may also be edited via Properties Editor on the lef
348. ercase Object Naming Yes Yes Yes Yes Conventions Packages N A N A N A N A Partitioning Yes Yes Yes Yes Performance Schema N A N A Yes Yes Permissions Yes Yes Yes Yes Primary Key Yes Yes Yes Yes Referential Integrity Yes Yes Yes Yes Sybase ASE referential integrity only through triggers Replication Yes Yes Yes Yes Role Yes Yes Yes N A Roles are not available in MySQL at the database level Schema Yes Yes Yes Yes Equivalent to database in MySQL Sybase ASE Schemata corresponds to user names Sequences Yes Yes Yes Yes Standalone sequence objects are not supported in MySQL Similar functionality can be obtained with IDENTITY columns in MSSQL and AUTO_INCREMENT columns in MySQL SQL Modes Yes Yes Yes SET_ANSI_ in MSSQL Storage Engines N A N A Yes Yes PostgreSQL itself supports and uses only one storage engine Postgresql Other companies have added extra storage engines to PostgreSQL Stored Procedures Yes Yes Yes Yes Synonyms N A N A N A N A 359 Microsoft Access Migration Concept MS SQL Sybase PostgreSQ lySQL_ Note Server ASE Table Yes Yes Yes Yes Tablespace Yes Yes Yes N A MSSQL groups tables in schemata unless referring to CREATE TABLESPACE Sybase ASE tables are grouped in schemata which are more like user names Temporary Tables Yes Yes Yes Yes Transactions Yes Yes Yes Yes Triggers Yes Yes Yes Yes UDFs Yes Yes Yes Y
349. ere_expression gt Context menu options after right clicking on a field in the results view using record 1 in the sakila actor table as an example Copy Rows with names actor_id first_name last_name last_update V1 VPRO GUUINRSS 2OQ0O0G W2 15 WA s4le sis 224 Code Generation Overview Copy Rows with names unquoted actor_id first_name last_name last_update 1 PENELOPE GUINESS 2006 02 15 04 34 33 Copy Row tab separated 1 PENELOPE GUINESS 2006 02 15 04 34 33 Copy Field GUINESS 8 1 12 2 Generating PHP Code MySQL Workbench can be used to generate PHP code with the bundled PHP plugin by using the Tools Utilities Copy as PHP Code menu option Below is an example scenario for how to create PHP code It is a SELECT statement and optionally uses S ET to set variables SQL variables generate PHP variables in the code that then bind to the statement before execution 1 3 Generate or type in the desired SQL query into the SQL editor This example will use the sakila database with the query being SET last_update 2006 02 14 SELECT actor_id first_name last_name last_update FROM actor WHERE last_update gt last_update While in the SQL editor choose Tools Utilities Copy as PHP Code Iterate SELECT Results from the main menu This will copy PHP code to the clipboard Paste the code to the desired location Additionally PHP code th
350. ers philip Documents dumps Dump 20 140219 sakia_inventory sq 10 46 31 Restoring sakia language Running mysql exe defaults file c users lphiip appdate ocal temp tmpwoSdpv cn host localhost Sper fale port 3306 default character setsutf8 comments lt C Users phiip Documents dumps Dump 20 140219 sakia_language sql 10 46 32 Restoring sakla payment Running mysql exe defaults file c users philip appdata jocal temp tmpuivpmx cnf host localhost user root port 3306 defauit character set utf8 comments lt C Users philip Documents dumps Dump 20 140219 sakia_payment sal 10 46 32 Restoring sakila rental Running mysql exe defaults file c users philip appdata focal temp tmpez3val cnf host localhost user root port 3306 default character set utf8 comments lt C Users phiip Documents dumps Dump 20 140219 sakfa_rental sql 10 46 34 Restoring sakila staff Running mysql exe defaults file c users phiip appdata ocal temp tmprphikkh cnf host locahost user root port 3305 default character seteutf8 comments lt C Users phiip Documents dumps Dump 20 140219 sakia_staff sql 10 46 34 Restoring sakile store Running mysql exe defaults file c users phiip appdata ocal temp tmpkwurgf cnf host localhost user root port 3306 default character set utf8 comments lt C Users phiip Documents dumps Dum
351. ery Menu Table B 6 Query menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Execute statement Modifier Return SQL Editor Execute statements Modifier Shift Return SQL Editor New Tab Modifier T SQL Editor Database Menu 420 Table B 7 Database menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Query Database Modifier U All Reverse Engineer Modifier R Model EER Diagram Forward Engineer Modifier G Model EER Diagram Synchronize Model Modifier Y Model EER Diagram Scripting Menu Table B 8 Scripting menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Scripting Shell Modifier F3 Modifier Option 3 on OS All X Run Workbench Script File Modifier Shift R All Help Menu Table B 9 Help menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Help Index F1 Command Option question on OS All X EER Diagram Mode In the EER Diagram view a number of other keyboard shortcuts are available Table B 10 EER diagram mode keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Selection tool Hand tool Escape Delete tool Layer tool Note tool Image tool Ziro Table tool View tool Routine Group tool Non Identifying Relationship 1 1 Non ldentifying Relationship 1 n Identifying Relationship 1 1 Identifying Relationship 1 n Identifying Relationship n m
352. es In MySQL character set of strings depend on the column character set instead of the datatype DATE DATE DATETIME DATETIME DATETIME2 DATETIME Date range in MySQL is 1000 01 01 00 00 00 000000 to 9999 12 31 23 59 59 999999 Note fractional second values are only stored as of MySQL Server 5 6 4 SMALLDATETIME DATETIME DATETIMEOFFSET DATETIME TIME TIME TIMESTAMP TIMESTAMP ROWVERSION TIMESTAMP BINARY BINARY MEDIUMBLOB Depending on its length LONGBLOB VARBINARY VARBINARY Depending on its length MEDIUMBLOB LONGBLOB TEXT VARCHAR Depending on its length MEDIUMTEXT LONGTEXT NTEXT VARCHAR Depending on its length MEDIUMTEXT LONGTEXT 387 PostgreSQL migration Source Type MySQL Type Comment IMAGE TINYBLOB Depending on its length MEDIUMBLOB LONGBLOB SQL_VARIANT not migrated There is not specific support for this datatype TABLE not migrated There is not specific support for this datatype HIERARCHYID not migrated There is not specific support for this datatype UNIQUEIDENTIFIER VARCHAR 64 A unique flag set in MySQL There is not specific support for inserting unique identifier values SYSNAME VARCHAR 160 XML TEXT 10 6 PostgreSQL migration 10 6 1 Preparations Before proceeding you will need the following e Follow the installation guide for installing iODBC on your system For more information see Section 10 1 General installation requirements e Access to a
353. es Unicode Yes Yes Yes Yes Unique Key Yes Yes Yes Yes User Yes Yes Yes Yes Views Yes Yes Yes Yes Handling Microsoft SQL Server and MySQL structural differences R A Microsoft SQL Server database is made up of one catalog and one or more schemata MySQL only supports one schema for each database or rather a MySQL database is a schema so this difference in design must be planned for The Migration Wizard must know how to handle the migration of schemata for the source Microsoft SQL Server database It can either keep all of the schemata as they are the Migration Wizard will create one database per schema or merge them into a single MySQL database Additional configure options include either remove the schema names the Migration Wizard will handle the possible name collisions that may appear along the way and an option to add the schema name to the database object names as a prefix 10 4 Microsoft Access Migration Note R This feature was added in MySQL Workbench 6 2 0 General Information Microsoft Windows is required because Microsoft Access ODBC drivers are only available on Windows As for the destination MySQL server you can have it in the same local machine or elsewhere in your network Preparing a Microsoft Access Database for Migration Microsoft Access stores relationship foreign key information in an internal table called MSysRelationships That table is protected against read access even to the Admin user so if you tr
354. es 100 31 1 F actor Query Statistics oO gt I address gt I category gt T city Timing as measured at client side Joins per Type gt i o Execution time 0 00 0 0004 1580 Full table scans Select_scan 1 y Joins using table scans Select_full_joiny 0 gt li customer Timing as measured by the server Joins using range search Select_full_range_join 0 gt film Execution time 02 00 0 00033272 Joins with range checks Select_range_check 0 gt I fiim_actor Table lock wait time 0 00 0 00006400 Joins using range Select_range 0 gt ID film_category Errors Sorting film_text Had Errors NO Sorted rows Sort_rows 0 gt m inventory Warnings 0 Sort merge passes Sort_merge_passes 0 gt T language Sorts with ranges Sort_range 0 Eo gt 1 payment Rows Processed Sorts with table scans Sort_scan 0 gt F rental Rows affected 0 gt im stan Rows sent to client 200 Index Usage gt i Rows examined 200 No Index used gt BS Views Temporary Tables Other Into gt PS Stored Procedures Temporary disk tables created 0 Event Id 430 Functions Temporary tables created 0 Thread Id 85 gt sys gt tost actor 2 Home Screen Features Several behavioral improvements were made to the MySQL Workbench Home screen including e Connection tiles can now be repositioned by using drag and drop A script or model file can be dragged into a MySQL connection tile e The following right click op
355. es 221 8 2 Object Management npea eirin ieee eked EAAS e raed ieee a EAE Taaa teehee EEEak oiea aes 226 8 2 1 Object Browser and Editor Navigator c ccceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneneeeees 226 8 2 2 Session and Object Information Panel ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeteeeeeeeeeseaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 229 8 2 3 Schema and Table INSpector e cece cece eeee cece eect test eee eeee eter esse ae aaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 230 A set of visual tools to create edit and manage SQL queries database connections and objects 8 1 Visual SQL Editor The visual SQL Editor lets you build edit and run queries create and edit data and view and export results Color syntax highlighting context sensitive help and auto complete helps write and debug SQL statements The integrated EXPLAIN plans provide data to help optimize the your queries 193 SQL Query Window Figure 8 1 SQL Editor GUI View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help HA dena ae Navigator MANAGEMENT S BliF fFAOINRFIGSRIisQaA ME Serer Status Q Client Connections N Users and Privileges SQL Query menu E Status and System Variables amp Data Export Data importRestore INSTANCE Navigator Open Preferences Manage your connected MySQL server Toggle panels sidebars Shutd B Startup Shutdown Choose connected schemas A Server Logs Pad Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard E Performance
356. ever due to faulty drivers problems do occasionally occur These issues can be resolved by selecting the software rendering option here e Model undo history size You can limit the size of the undo history here Set this value to 0 to have an unlimited undo history e Auto save model interval An open model that has not been saved will automatically be saved after this period On loading a model file MySQL Workbench will notify the user if the file was not previously saved correctly due to a crash or power failure MySQL Workbench can then attempt to recover the last auto saved version For automatic recovery to be available for a new file it will have to have been saved at least once by the user Preferences Modeling Defaults Sets default values for modeling object names 79 Modeling Preferences Figure 3 12 Preferences Modeling Defaults General Editors Y SQL Editor Query Editor Object Editors SOL Finnian Column Name table col Column Type VARCHAR 45 Administration V Modeling Defaults Foreign Key Relationship Defaults MySQL Diagram FKName fk_ stable _ dtable Column Name table _ column Appearance Fonts amp Colors Others Column Defaults PK Column Name id table PK Column Type INT ON UPDATE NO ACTION ON DELETE NO ACTION Associative Table Name stable _has_ dtable for n m relationships The following tables show the object names and their default values Column Defaults
357. ew using the sakila column as an example Create Statement CREATE DATABASE sakila 40100 DEFAULT CHARACTER SET latinl Name sakila Context menu options after right clicking on a table in the schema view using the sakila actor column as an example Name Short Betor Name Long Sakila 5 ekoie ig Select All Statement SELECT aGie ic acre id actor _ Hae sie _ MENS 5 Pactor t lase mame y actor e last_update BROME Sakia e EIGIE IE p Select with References SET Bactor id to select lt row idj gt SELICE Lh EECA FROM film_actor actor WHERE actor actor lid filmiactor actor wid AND actor actor_id Gactor_id_to_select SELECT Eleleiee 6 FROM actor 222 Code Generation Overview WHERE actor actor_id actor_id_to_select Insert Statement TUNSIRISUE IINARO wiaeal ler awe alee Ousmane first_name last_name last_update gt VALUES GHacie ie A je siftirst name F gt lt last_name gt lt last_update CURRENT_TIMESTAMP gt Update Statement UPDATE Saki kain actor SET SACCO TO lt feyeitioe L LO Sy first_name lt first_name gt last_name lt last_name gt last_update lt last_update CURRENT_TIMESTAMP gt WHERE actor_id lt expr gt Delete Statement DELETE FROM sakila actor WHERE lt where_expression gt Delete with References All objects th
358. exes or other features is also possible using the table editor by clicking each tab within the table editor 9 3 4 2 Creating Other Schema Objects Additional objects such as views or routines can be added in the same way as tables Objects are listed under the Catalog palette on the right To view these schema objects select the Catalog tab in the middle palette on the right View all the objects by clicking the button to the left of the schema name Save your changes to a MySQL Workbench Models file mwb extension by choosing Save from the File menu or by using the keyboard command Control S 9 3 5 Documenting the sakila Database This chapter highlights the capabilities of MySQL Workbench as a documentation tool using the sakila database as an example This is a sample database provided by MySQL that you can find by visiting the 292 Documenting the sakila Database http dev mysql com doc page selecting the Other Docs tab and looking in the Example Databases section An EER diagram provides a quick overview and understanding of a database Rather than reading through table definition statements a quick glance at an EER diagram indicates how tables are related You can also see how tables are related what the foreign keys are and what the nature of the relationship is 9 3 5 1 A PNG File of the sakila Database Find following an EER diagram showing all the tables in the sakila database This image was created using th
359. f the new features added to MySQL Workbench 6 1 x in relation to MySQL Workbench 6 0 x New Navigator PERFORMANCE Section The new PERFORMANCE section includes Dashboard Performance Reports and Performance Schema Setup pages Generally this new performance reporting feature provides a graphical representation of key statistics from the MySQL server status and provides an overview of the MySQL server subsystems Dashboard View server performance statistics in a graphical dashboard 21 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 21 Performance Dashboard BE MSL Workbench fe Localhost xo File Edit View Query Database Server Toos Scripting Help AN HAEE gd Navigate Query 1 Admaristraton Deshbosrd MANAGEMENT NY to Server status ag cient connections Network Status MySQL Status InnoDB Status D users anc Priiteges Sinks dor ninkersch Galle want ee venedead Some bey MySOL Server scv y Overview ot me InnoSG Mutter Posl and disk activity tal Status and System Vanabies by the MySQL Server to diem connections and perinemance pas genermes by the InacOl sicrage engine amp Dota Export amp Data ImportRestore Table Open Cache tnnoDd Buffer Pool Incoming Bytes disk reads 13 2 B INSTANCE 3 B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs gt 86 amp Options Fite write reqs PERFORMANCE receiving 0 80 pis Q dDa hdoara 16 40 Bis Efficiency E Petormance Reports GS Peformance Schema Setup SOL Executed InnoOB
360. f the software and documentation listed below or 2 to provide technical support to users http www weather gov disclaimer php The information on government servers are in the public domain unless specifically annotated otherwise and may be used freely by the public so Leme ae yver dOmnO Gels edea a sen OU MOWING Gia ey edene EAE One NWS information see below 2 use it in a manner that implies an endorsement or affiliation with NOAA NWS or 3 modify it in content and then present it as official government material You also cannot present information of your own in a way that makes it appear to be official government information The user assumes the entire risk related to its use of this data NWS is providing this data as 1s and MWe disclaime any and all warrant tes whether express or implied including without limitation any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose In no event will NWS be liable to you or to any third party for any direct indirect incidental consequential special or exemplary damages or lost profit resulting from any use or misuse of this data As required by 17 U S C 403 third parties producing copyrighted works consisting predominantly of the material appearing in NWS Web pages must provide notice with such work s identifying the NWS material incorporated and stating that such material is not subject to copyright protection FOC Co iaa A This is version
361. ferences You can also add a secondary caption and a caption to a relationship The Visibility Settings section is used to determine how the relationship is displayed on the EER Diagram canvas Fully Visible is the default but you can also choose to hide relationship lines or to use split lines The split line style is pictured in the following figure Figure 9 12 The Split Connector tbipublishers fk_pub rN tblbooks b can be used with either an identifying relationship or a nonidentifying relationship It is used for display purposes only and does not indicate anything about the nature of Note R A broken line connector indicates a nonidentifying relationship The split line style a relationship To set the notation of a relationship use the Model menu Relationship Notation menu item For more information see The Relationship Notation Submenu The Foreign Key Tab The Foreign Key tab contains several sections Referencing Table Cardinality and Referenced Table 261 Creating Foreign Key Relationships The Mandatory check boxes are used to select whether the referencing table and the referenced table are mandatory By default both of these constraints are t rue indicated by the check boxes being checked The Cardinality section has a set of radio buttons that enable you to choose whether the relationship is one to one or one to many There is also a check box that enables you to specify whether th
362. film rental_duration day lt lt cache gt curdate Explain Improved Server Status Additional server status information was added and the user interface was improved Select Server Status from the Management tab to open this window 46 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 47 Server Status Workbench 5 2 Server Status SERVER HEALTH Se EE i Host 127 0 0 1 Server 5 6 10 Status Running Connection Usage 7 Traffic 1833 KB s Query Cache Nitrate 0 00 Key Efficiency 99 89 CONNECTIONS io User Host De Command Time State info 2596 root localhost 56321 Sleep 2597 root localhost 56322 Sleep None 2608 root focalhost 56370 Sleep 2609 root localhost 56371 Sleep None 2621 root tocalhost 57031 None 2622 root localhost 57032 None 2624 root focalhost 57034 SHOW FULL PROCESSLIST 2625 root localhost 57035 None Kill Connection l Refresh 47 MySQL Workbench Editions Figure 1 48 Server Status Workbench 6 0 e0e MySQL Workbench a My Local example com DB sakila a 5 Management Schemes Administration Server Status X MANAGEMENT Clem Connections My Local example com DB BD Users and Privileges ia A E Status and System Variables Host scissors local R ai ri Running 1 25 amp Data Expor MySQL Socket tmp mysql sock 4 Data import Restore Server 5 6 Port 3306 7 INSTANCE Version 5 6 10 MySQL Community Server GPL B startup Shutdown Compiled For 05x10 7 x86_64 raffic Key
363. for common operations such as table data view the table editor and the table schema inspector New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 9 Object Viewer Overlay Icons eR Mew Gey Dekieee Sew Te Sees ibe Shoe Hle ggd a Navigator TOBIZ FACISBIOORMigivaiie Q Filter objects 1 gt sakila vS world SELECT vE Tables vE cty gt 5 Columns gt EP indexes P Foreign Keys 2 key Triggers gt E country gt E countrylanguage Table Editor BR views BP stored Procedures FP Functions Table Inspector A Pin Tab Results Option Result tabs can now be pinned to your result set window Note kK The Rename Tab context menu option is also new New names are preserved and remembered in your Workbench s cache directory 10 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 10 Pin Tab Fle Edt View Quey Denisas Server Toole Scripting Help She Haeg die city Geiv FROCISEICOPlslivawae 1 SELECT FROM world city edt c ED Se Eponimpor Hi i Wrap Cel Content TE Fetch rows E O Population 1780000 237500 186800 127800 AFG AFG AFG AFG ND NO NO NO ND NLD no ND NLD ND ND Close Tab Close Other Tabs Microsoft Access to MySQL Migration The migration wizard now supports Microsoft Access migration Select Microsoft Access as your source database in the wizard use MySQL as your target source database and then execute For additional information see Section 1
364. ft ODBC driver for SQL Server the default in Windows you will need to know the host and the name of the SQL Server instance e Make sure that the SQL Server is reachable from where you will be running MySQL Workbench More specifically check the firewall settings e Make sure that the user account has proper privileges to the database that will be migrated 10 5 2 Drivers Microsoft Windows does not require additional drivers to be installed and configured but Linux and OS X do The following sections include specific instructions for each type of system 380 Drivers 10 5 2 1 Windows Microsoft Windows XP and newer includes at least one ODBC driver for Microsoft SQL Server so additional actions are likely not required on your system Multiple SQL Server driver options exist as described below You can check your ODBC driver information by starting the Windows ODBC Data Source Administrator that is linked from the MySQL Workbench migration wizard s home page Alternatively open a Windows terminal and execute odbcad32 exe Open the Drivers tab to see something similar to Figure 10 41 Windows ODBC Data Source Administrator SQL Server Drivers G ea ODBC Data Source Administrator User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About ODBC Drivers that are installed on your system Name Version Company File SQL Server 6 01 7601 Microsoft Corporation SQLSR
365. ftware without pecific prior written permission from Apple Except as expressly stated in his notice no other rights or licenses express or implied are granted by pple herein including but not limited to any patent rights that may be nfringed by your derivative works or by other works in which the Apple oftware may be incorporated apy Tee eh tor he Apple Software is provided by Apple on an AS IS basis APPLE MAKES NO ARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED ARRANTIES OF NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR URPOSE REGARDING THE APPLE SOFTWARE OR ITS USE AND OPERATION ALONE OR IN COMBINATION WITH YOUR PRODUCTS F W W p IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE REPRODUCTION MODIFICATION 492 ScintillaNET License AND OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE APPLE SOFTWARE HOWEVER CAUSED AND WHETHER UNDER THEORY OF CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE EVEN IF APPLE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Copyright c 2002 Apple Computer Inc All Rights Reserved G 33 ScintillaNET License The following software may be included in this product S aLiniea ailepaay ScintillaNET is based on the Scintilla compon
366. function as described in Section 9 1 3 1 Adding Tables to the Physical Schemata The behavior of the delete option is determined by your MySQL Workbench options settings For more information see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences 9 1 4 Creating Foreign Key Relationships Foreign key constraints are supported for the InnoDB storage engine only For other storage engines the foreign key syntax is correctly parsed but not implemented For more information see Foreign Key Differences Using MySQL Workbench you may add a foreign key from within the table editor or by using the relationship tools on the vertical toolbar of an EER Diagram This section deals with adding a foreign key using the foreign key tools To add a foreign key using the table editor see Section 8 1 11 4 The Foreign Keys Tab The graphical tools for adding foreign keys are most effective when you are building tables from the ground up If you have imported a database using an SQL script and need not add columns to your tables you may find it more effective to define foreign keys using the table editor 9 1 4 1 Adding Foreign Key Relationships Using an EER Diagram The vertical toolbar on the left side of an EER Diagram has six foreign key tools one to one non identifying relationship one to many non identifying relationship one to one identifying relationship one to many identifying relationship many to many identifying rela
367. g the Export submenu you can also export an EER diagram as a PNG SVG PDF or Postscript file For an example of a PNG file see Figure 9 29 The sakila Database EER Diagram The Page Setup menu item enables you to set the paper size orientation and margins for printing purposes The printing options are enabled only if the EER Diagrams tab is selected You have the choice of printing your model directly to your printer printing it as a PDF file or creating a PostScript file For more information see Section 9 2 1 Printing Diagrams Note R The printing options are available only in commercial versions of MySQL Workbench Use the Document Properties menu item to set the following properties of your project Name The model name default is MySQL Model e Version The project version number Author The project author Project The project name Created Not editable determined by the MWB file attributes Last Changed Not editable determined by the MWB file attributes e Description A description of your project The Edit Menu Use the Edit menu to make changes to objects The menu item text descriptions change to reflect the name of the selected object This menu has items for cutting copying and pasting These actions can also be performed using the Control X Control C and Control V key combinations Undo a deletion using the Undo Delete object_name item The Control Z key combination can also be used to u
368. g yum the official package name at dev mysql com is mysql workbench Adjust the following commands accordingly To uninstall an RPM package use this command shell gt sudo yum remove mysql workbench community Or alternatively shell gt sudo rpm e mysql workbench community This command does not remove the configuration files What Is Not Removed By default the uninstallation process does not remove your MySQL Workbench configuration directory This directory includes your MySQL connections configuration settings cache files SQL snippets and history logs custom modules and more These files are stored under your user s mysql workbench directory Note E By default the MySQL Workbench configuration directory is username mysql workbench where username is the path to your user s home directory Also the uninstallation process does not remove the mysqlworkbench schema that MySQL Workbench creates when sharing SQL snippets across a MySQL connection For additional information about shared snippets see Section 8 1 5 SQL Snippets tab 2 5 MySQL Workbench on OS X 2 5 1 Installing MySQL Workbench for OS X is distributed as a DMG file The file is named mysql workbench community version osx dmg where version is the MySQL Workbench version Downloads are available at http dev mysql com downloads workbench To install MySQL Workbench on OS X download the file Double click the downloaded file You w
369. gement tab To create a custom group right click on a variable and choose either Add to Custom Category to create a new category or an existing custom category For additional information see Section 6 4 Status and System Variables 25 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 25 Status And System Variables Custom File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help HNE HEE gg a Navigator MANAGEMENT Serer Status Client Connections Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export MyFirstConnection Server Variables Status Variables System Variables Name Value Description a amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Serer togs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard E Performance Reports GS Performance Schema Setup Management FRGges Information No object selected Object Info Category All Filtered Binlog Commands Admin Commands DOL Commands DML Commands General Commands Prepared Statement Commends Replication Commands Show Commands Transaction General Handler InnoDB Buffer pool InnoDB Data InnoDB General InnoDB Stats Keycache Networking Errors Networking Stats Performance Performance schema Query cache Replication SSL Threading ustom Compression Created_tmp_disk_tables Created_tmp_files Whether the dient connection uses compres F The number of temporary tables on disk cre How many tempor
370. gement tab with functionality to monitor and configure your selected MySQL connection Note E The Navigator panel also has a Schemas tab for managing databases using your MySQL Connection For information about the Schemas tab see Section 8 2 1 Object Browser and Editor Navigator 127 Server Logs Figure 6 1 SQL Editor Navigator Management Tab File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help SJS 6 H Ele gg aae ee Management options are also available from here Navigator MANAGEMENT oe Server Status amp Client Connections DX Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables Data Export Manage your connected MySQL server amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B Startup shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File The Management tab is currently selected PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports 6 Performance Schema Setup Information Server MySQL Community Server GPL Version 57 Smisdog Lo root Connection information for this session The Navigator Management tab is separated into the MANAGEMENT INSTANCE and PERFORMANCE sections and the Commercial edition of MySQL Workbench also includes the MYSQL ENTERPRISE section 6 1 2 Server Logs The Server Logs page features two subtabs Error Log File General MySQL errors for more information see The Error Log 128 Server Logs Figure 6 2 Navigator Management Instance Server Logs Error Log Na
371. get_customer_balance f inventory_held_by_customer Choose either the fO inventory_in_stok Management or Schemas gt amp world view for the active MySQL connection Management Schemas It is possible to set a schema as the default schema by right clicking the schema and selecting the Set As Default Schema menu item This executes a USE schema_name statement so that subsequent statements without schema qualifiers are executed against this schema This setting applies only to the query session To set a default schema for multiple MySQL Workbench sessions you must set the default schema for the stored connection From the Home screen right click on a MySQL connection choose Edit Connection and set the desired default schema on the Default Schema box Note E The selected schema is displayed as bold in the Schema navigator Double clicking a table view or column name in the schemata explorer inserts the name into the SQL Query area This reduces typing significantly when entering SQL statements containing references to several tables views or columns 227 Object Browser and Editor Navigator The Schema Navigator also features a context menu which can be displayed by right clicking an object For example right clicking a table displays the following menu items Select Rows Limit 1000 Pulls up to 1000 rows of table data from the live server into a Results tabsheet and enables editing Data can be saved directly to
372. h cer ificates CD6D0 33 2603 406 8809 72 1CE 1287889 server_key and configure the config file with the following parameters 2 Copy this to your my cnf fle Please change lt directory gt to the corresponding directory where the fles were copied hen ssi ca lt drectory gt a cert pem sa cert lt drectory gt khent lt ert pem soi key lt drectory gt dent key pem mysa sdca lt drectory gt ka cert pem sd cert lt drectory gt server cert pem ssd key lt drectory gt server key pem A copy of this file can be found in C Users pholson AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench cer tificates CD600E33 2603 4F06 GB09 72 ICE 1287869 ny cnf sample For additional details see Section 5 3 4 SSL Wizard Certificates SQL Editor Auto Completion The SQL editor auto completion improvements include the following changes e It now functions with all statement types when before only SELECT statements were fully supported e It now minds the MySQL server version For example it now only shows the engines available from the server e Additional suggestions are now available such as system variables engines table spaces logfile groups and more e New graphics including color coded and tagged entries e It is context aware as for example it only shows available keywords columns and tables e Improved MySQL 5 7 syntax support New in MySQL Workbench 6 3 Figure 1 3 SQL Editor Auto Completion File
373. h FreeTDS on Linux and OS X The following diagram shows the general components involved in an ODBC connection Figure 10 1 MySQL Workbench migration installation diagram client side MS SQL 3 ODBC Driver Server ODBC Driver Manager Other RDBMS 3 ats ODBC Driver MySQL MySQL Workbench When specifying the source RDBMS you can either use a data source configured externally or provide the individual connection parameters to MySQL Workbench If you already have an ODBC Data Source configured in your system then you can use that in MySQL Workbench through SSH A workaround is to set up an encrypted tunnel and then treat the MySQL target as Note R The migration process does not support source or target RDBMS connections a standard TCP unencrypted connection 10 1 1 ODBC Libraries Note R This section may be skipped when using a MySQL Workbench binary that is provided by Oracle An ODBC Driver Manager library must be present Both Windows and OS X provide one Linux i ODBC MySQL Workbench binaries provided by Oracle already include iODBC and no additional action is required If you compile it yourself you must install iODBC or unixODBC iODBC is recommended You 336 ODBC Drivers can use the iODBC library provided by your distribution by installing the libiodbc2 package on Debian based systems or libiodbc on RPM based systems pyodbc is the Python module used by MySQL Workbench to interf
374. hange depending on the current tab and here are the available View menu items General options e Home Selects the Home window e Panels Configure which of the three available panels are open You may also manage this from the GUI using the panel toggle buttons on the top right side of MySQL Workbench e Output Displays the console output e Select Next Main Tab Selects the next moves to the right and wraps around MySQL Workbench tab Select Next Main Tab Selects the previous moves to the left and wraps around MySQL Workbench tab Model EER options e Windows A submenu with items that activate slide open specific panels Designated panels include the Model Navigator Catalog Layers User Datatypes Object Descriptions Object Properties and Undo History 241 Model Editor Zoom 100 The default level of detail of an EER diagram Zoom In Zooms in on an EER diagram Zoom Out Zooms out from an EER diagram The ability to zoom in on an EER diagram is also available using the slider tool in the Model Navigator palette See Section 9 1 1 9 The Model Navigator Panel Set Marker Bookmarks an object From the keyboard select the object you wish to bookmark then use the key combination Control Shift and the number of the marker 1 through 9 You may create up to nine markers Go To Marker Returns to a marker From the keyboard use the Control key and the number of the marker Toggle Gr
375. he EER Diagramiconinthe EER Diagrams section of the MySQL Model page Use the Save Model or Save Model As menu items to save a model When you save a model its name appears in the title bar of the application If you have made changes to a project and have not saved those changes an asterisk appears in the title bar following the model name When you save a model it is saved as a MySQL Workbench file with the extension mwb Use the Import menu item to import a MySQL data definition DDL script file For example this might be a file created by issuing the command mysqldump no data MySQL Workbench handles the script as follows e Ifthe script does not contain a CREATE DATABASE db_name statement the schema objects are copied to the default schema mydb If the script creates a database a new tab bearing the database name is added to the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page e Ifthe script contains data the data is ignored For details about importing a DDL script see Section 9 4 2 1 Reverse Engineering Using a Create Script Under the Import submenu you can also import DBDesigner4 files 237 Model Editor There are variety of items under the Export submenu You may generate the SQL statements necessary to create a new database or alter an existing one For more information about these menu items see Section 9 4 1 1 Forward Engineering Using an SQL Script Usin
376. he diagram The Relationship Notation Submenu The items under the Relationship Notation submenu apply exclusively to an EER diagram They are not enabled unless an EER diagram tab is selected The Relationship Notation submenu has these items e Crow s Foot IE The default modeling style For an example see Figure 9 24 Adding Tables to the Canvas e Classic Uses a diamond shape to indicate cardinality e Connect to Columns e UML Universal Modeling Language style e IDEF1X The ICAM DEFinition language information modeling method To view the different styles set up a relationship between two or more tables and choose the different menu items The relationship notation style that you choose persists for the duration of your MySQL Workbench session and is saved along with your model When MySQL Workbench is restarted the relationship notation reverts to the default the Crow s Foot style 244 Model Editor first Changing notation styles after objects have been placed on a diagram can Note R If you plan to export or print an EER diagram be sure to decide on a notation style significantly change the appearance of the diagram The Database Menu This menu features actions against the connected MySQL server The Database menu has these items Query Database Launches the SQL Editor which enables you to create SQL code and execute it on a live server For more information see Section 8 1 Visual SQL Edit
377. he migrated objects in the target MySQL server If there are errors you can return to the previous step and correct them and retry the target creation 6 Copy data of the migrated tables from the source RDBMS to MySQL MySQL Workbench provides support for migrating from some specific RDBMS products The Migration Wizard will provide the best results when migrating from such products However in some cases other unsupported database products can also be migrated by using its Generic database support as long as you have an ODBC driver for it In this case the migration will be less automatic but should still work nonetheless 10 2 1 A visual guide to performing a database migration This example will migrate a Microsoft SQL Server database to MySQL and include a screenshot for each step From MySQL Workbench choose Database Migrate to open the migration wizard 338 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 2 MySQL Workbench migration Start fa MySQL Workbench amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Connect to Database CtrieU Manage Connections Shortcuts 2 MySQL Utilities Pa S Database Migration MySQL Bug Reporter Wee G Om OmO Planet MySQL ze Workbench Blogs aModel Coy Workbench Forum Scripting Shell Read the migration wizard overview 339 A visual guide to performing a database migration Overview Figure 10 3 MySQL Workbench migration O
378. he objects to migrate Figure 10 30 Source Objects so 8 E MySQL Workbench a Migraton X File Edit View Database Plugins Scripting Help ORACLE Migration Task List Source Objects OVERVIEW O Overview You may select the objects to be migrated in the ists below All tables wil be migrated by default SOURCE amp TARGET Y Source Selection Y Target Selection J Migrate Table objects Y Fetch Schemata List 13 total 13 selected Y Schemata Selection Y Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION source Obea Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemata Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report In the above example the migration wizard discovered table and view objects for our source database Only the table objects are selected by default for migration Note E You can also select the view objects but you must also provide their corresponding MySQL equivalent code later no automatic migration is available for them so our example will leave the views unchecked The same applies for stored procedures functions and triggers Click Show Selection to configure exactly which objects you want to migrate as seen below 370 Review the proposed migration Figure 10 31 Source Objects Selection fs MySQL Workbench ls a Migraton X File Edt View Database Plugins Scripting Help ZUE Migration Task List So
379. he passwords Note that on KDE systems the gnome keyring daemon is not started by default e For Linux and OS X the MySQL server administration features require sudo privileges to execute several commands The sudo user must be capable of executing the following system commands usr bin sudo usr bin nohup usr bin uptime usr bin which usr bin stat bin bash bin mkdir bin rm bin rmdir bin dd bin ep pin ls Additionally the sudo user must keep the HOME environment variable when executing system commands which means adding the following to etc sudoers env_keep HOME For MySQL Workbench to execute MySQL Enterprise Backup commands the sudo user must also be able to execute the MySQL Enterprise Backup binary 57 Installing Installing DEB packages On Ubuntu and other systems that use the Debian package scheme you can either download and install deb packages or use the APT package manager Using the APT Package Manager Important A Your Linux distribution includes MySQL Workbench builds where apt get install mysql workbench will install their build of the MySQL Workbench package To use the official MYSQL Workbench builds as provided by the MySQL Release team you must install the official MySQL APT repository and choose the mysql workbench community package instead of mysql workbench e First install the MySQL APT repository as described in the MySQL APT Repository documentation For ex
380. hese MySQL metadata locks MDL to show the locked connections that are blocked or being waiting on and shows information about the locks what they are waiting for and what they hold 18 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 18 Metadata Locks Browser Query 1 7g Administration Client Connections X Local instance 3306 Client Connections Threads Connected 6 Threads Running 2 Threads Created 6 Threads Cached 0 Rejected over limit 0 Total Connections 11 Connection Limit 1100 Aborted Clients 0 Aborted Connections 3 Errors 0 O Time State Thread Id Type Name Pa Details aia 235 None 23 FOREGRO thread sq 0 Sending data 25 FOREGRO thread sq Metadata locks MDL protect concurrent access to 2 None 26 FOREGRO thread sq object metadata not table row data locks 17 None 27 FOREGRO thread sq 3 Waiting for table metadata lock 28 FOREGRO thread sq Granted Locks and threads waiting on them 14 None 30 FOREGRO thread sq Locks this connection currently owns and connections that are waiting for them Object Type lt global gt INTENTION_ 4 sakila INTENTION vE sakila actor SHARED _UPG thread 28 EXCLUSIVE Pending Locks The connection is waiting for a lock on table sakila actor A held by threads 30 28 Type EXCLUSIVE Duration TRANSACTION Hide sleeping connections M Hide background threads M Don t load full thread info Hide Details Refresh Rate Don
381. his software without specific prior written permission 485 Python License THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Floating point exception control The source for the fpectl module includes the following notice Cejoysenelne el 1996 The Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby granted provided that this en tire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy or modification of this software and in all copies of the supporting documentation for such software This work was produced at the University of California Lawrence Livermore Nationa
382. hor to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 15 BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 16 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERA
383. ibis ET 257 9 1 4 Creating Foreign Key Relationships cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeteeeeeeseeaeaaea 259 9 1 5 Creating VIOWS aa raa aaa tenis Ph tebecthvonaparelsvehecd aaa a aa aa a aaar eaa i aaia eae 263 9 1 6 Creating Routines and Routine Groups ccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeees 265 O17 Creating Layers E E E A A O E 268 9 1 8 Creating N O ES A a E a aa ve etna 4 Satan sea ea badd peace AASS 271 9 19 Creating Text ODjOCtS scsscc20t conieifeeseeteetenesiaieonss r aa a aa a ara aoidean 271 9 1 10 Creating IMages iraia aneian ani iaai dae a Aa a A ai 272 MySQL Workbench 9 2 Additional Modeling TOONS srcteccsc ctsccbencdscsazensidcnaccasecuusetiecbersascoenensd en rekreon Rai kesir eea RRES 273 922 1 Printing Diagrama e e E a A E 273 9 22 DBDoc Model Reporting i esr ae eE eE REEE RAAE KEELEE EEEE teeter th EEEE RA EEEE ERE 274 9 2 3 Schema Validation Plugins ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee aeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeseeeees 277 OS Modeling TULOMAals Aese riir aserrea Taire A eE REA CONEA EA FA EAE EE TEIE EEEE AREER 279 9 3 1 Creating a Model sssrini e aean ai diada 279 93 2 Basi Modeling neee ene EEEE EE era EEE EEEE Ae ieee eel eee ete EEEREN 286 9 3 3 Importing a Data Definition SQL Script 2 0 00 ceceeeeeeeee sees ae aeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 288 9 3 4 Using the Default Schema cc ccccceeeeeeeee eee e ee ae ee eeteee sees ease eae eeeeee
384. icense applies to some specially designated software packages typically libraries of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it You can use it too but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case based on the explanations below When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom of use not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs and that you are informed that you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of the library whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code If you link other code with the library you must provide complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and
385. id Displays grid lines on an EER diagram Toggle Page Guides Toggles Page Guides to help design the EER diagram on a per page basis The Arrange Menu The Arrange menu items apply only to objects on an EER diagram canvas and are enabled only if an EER diagram view is active The Arrange menu has these items Align to Grid Aligns items on the canvas to the grid lines Bring to Front Brings objects to the foreground Send to Back Sends objects to the background Center Diagram Contents Centers objects on the canvas Autolayout Automatically arranges objects on the canvas Reset Object Size Expands an object on an EER diagram For example if a table has a long column name that is not fully displayed this menu item expands the table to make the column visible This menu item is not enabled unless an object is selected Expand All Use this item to expand all objects on an EER diagram This item will display a table s columns if the object notation supports expansion Some object notations such as Classic do not permit expansion or contraction Indexes will not automatically be expanded unless they were previously expanded and have been collapsed using the Collapse All menu item Collapse All Undo the operation performed by Expand All The Model Menu When a model is opened this menu features actions to perform against your model and the Model menu has these items Add Diagram Creates a new EER Diagram The keyboard shortcut is
386. ier Y Modifier Shift Z OS X Model EER Diagram Cut Modifier X All Copy Modifier C All Paste Modifier V All Delete Modifier Delete Command BackSpace All OS X Edit Selected Modifier E Model EER Diagram Edit Selected in New Window Modifier Shift E Model EER Diagram Select All Modifier A EER Diagram 419 Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Find Modifier F All Find Advanced Modifier Alt F Find Next F3 Find Previous Shift F3 Search and Replace Modifier Shift F Comment Uncomment lines of Modifier SQL Editor SQL Auto Complete SQL Modifier Space SQL Editor View Menu Table B 3 View menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Output Window Modifier F2 Modifier Option 2 OS X All Set Marker n Modifier Shift n n is integer 1 9 EER Diagram Go to Marker n Modifier n n is integer 1 9 EER Diagram Arrange Menu Table B 4 Arrange menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Bring to Front Modifier Shift F EER Diagram Send to Back Modifier Shift B EER Diagram Model Menu Table B 5 Model menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Add Diagram Modifier T Model EER Diagram Validate All Modifier Alt V Model EER Diagram Validate All MySQL Modifier Alt B Model EER Diagram Model Options Command Alt Shortcut available only Model EER Diagram on OS X Qu
387. ierarchical pattern forming a tree of data dictionaries This is illustrated by the following table Table 9 1 Data Dictionaries Tree Data Dictionary Loads Data Dictionary MAIN SCHEMATA SCHEMATA TABLES COLUMNS Detailed is true FOREIGN_KEYS Detailed is true INDICES Detailed is true TABLES REL_LISTING INDICES_LISTING COLUMNS LISTING TABLE_COMMENT_LISTING DDL_LISTING COLUMNS_LISTING COLUMNS Detailed is false REL_LISTING REL Detailed is false INDICES_ LISTING INDICES Detailed is false The root of the tree is the main dictionary Additional dictionaries are loaded from the root to form the dictionary tree the main dictionary If a variable is not found in the main dictionary which can be thought of as associated with the default or main section no data is generated in Note R If a template has no sections any variables used in the template are looked up in the output file for that marker Evaluation of variables The tree structure of the data dictionaries is important with respect to variable evaluation As variables are defined in data dictionaries their associated values have meaning only when that particular data dictionary is active and that means when the section associated with that data dictionary is active When a variable lookup occurs the system checks the data dictionary associated with the current section If the variable value can be found there the replacement is made
388. iews BP stored Pi B Functions Table Data Export Wizard Table Data Import Wizard Send to SQL Editor Alter 2 Tables Table Maintenance Drop 2 Tables Truncate 2 Tables Object Info I ssf Search Table Data Refresh All GEE pia piit fiit fiel JAH gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt aa The search options include e Search for table fields that CONTAINS Search using Search using LIKE Search using REGEXP These search options are case insensitive e Max matches per table 700 e Max total matches 7000 Search columns of all types If checked non text column type columns are casted to CHAR to perform the matches otherwise only text types CHAR VARCHAR and TEXT are searched This is unchecked by default 8 1 9 Export Import a Table Export or Import tables using the table export and import wizard 208 Tutorial Adding Data Note E These wizards were added in MySQL Workbench 6 3 Export a Table Note R Alternatively use to export larger sets of data such as entire tables and databases Import into Table Note E Alternatively use to export larger sets of data such as entire tables and databases 8 1 10 Tutorial Adding Data In the previous section you created a model schema and table You also forward engineered your model to the live MySQL server This section uses MySQL Workbench to
389. igrated Objects View All Objects Source Selection Source Object Target Object Migration Message Target Selection gt oa Preamble Fokk Gdecsaes Ut Y 8 AdventureWorks Adventureworks Collation Latin _General_CS_AS migrated to utf _gen V Tables Tables amp Migration warnings expand to view Schemas Selection gt iij Department If Department Reverse Engineer Source gt Employee Employee amp Migration warnings expand to view Y EmployeeAddress EmployeeAddress amp Migretion warnings expandto view OBJECT MIGRATION Columns Columns Migration warnings expand to view Source Objects gt EmployeeiD INT P EmployeeD INT Migration gt AddressID INT AddressID INT gt rowguid UNIQUEIDENTIFIER 16 rowguid VARCHAR E4 amp Default value newid is not supported gt ModifiedDate DATETIME ModifiedDate TIMESTAMP Default value is getdate so type was changed from Target Creation Options gt Indices Indices Create Schemas gt ForeignKkeys ForeignKeys Create Target Results gt Triggers Triggers il EmployeeDepartmentHistory EmployeeDepertmentPfist DATA MIGRATION L i EmployeePayHistory Data Transter Setup rT JobCandidite Shift Bulk Data Transfer Views gt Routines Routines gt nja Postemble qi am You can rename target schemas and tables and change column definitions by diding them once selected SQL CREATE Sanpt for Selected Object CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS AdventureWorks EmployecAddress
390. igured DSN options will be available to choose from Driver The name of the driver that you created with the ODBC Administrator as described in the documentation titled Section 10 5 2 2 Linux An example name might be Workbench FreeTDS or FreeTDS but it is the name you defined in an earlier step so it may or may not be FreeTDS Use the ODBC Administrator to find the correct driver name as otherwise the connection will fail Hostname the address and instance name of the SQL server such as example org Port the port number Port number 1433 is commonly used for MySQL server Username the user name on the SQL server with sa being a commonly used name Password optionally enter a password to save locally or leave it blank to enter the password when the SQL Server connection is made later on in the process Database optionally enter a database name Leave it blank to select a database name after the MySQL Workbench wizard fetches the available databases Store connection for future optionally store the connection details locally for future use by checking this box and entering a name for the connection Advanced Deselect the Driver sends Unicode data as UTF 8 option to use UCS 2 Note R If your MSSQL server connection succeeded but the data import failed it could be because this setting was enabled Click Test Connection to confirm that the parameters are correct before moving on 10 5 3 3 OS X Connection
391. ila v E Tebles gt E actor gt E address gt category gt Ba Last_update 2006 02 15 04 34 33 smalint 5 UN AI PK varchar 45 varchar 45 timestamp Field Types Displays information about the selected fields similar to passing in column type info from the command line client 28 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 28 SQL Editor Field Types BY Msat Workbench Eer Fe Localhost sakila x File Edit View Query Database Serer Tools Scripting Help 6 8 636 2G amp fa Navigator SCHEMAS SEIS FAOISFIGSRMI QAWME Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM sakila actor dvd_collection information_scheme newschema performance_schema Type amp sakila 1 actor_id SMALLINT UNSIGNED v Tebles 2 first_name VARCHAR gt E actor 3 last_name VARCHAR gt E address 4 last_update TIMESTAMP gt a category gt E city B d Management Information smalint 5 UN AI PK varchar 45 varchar 45 timestamp Query Stats Query statistics are taken from the Performance Schema and includes information about timing temporary tables indexes joins and more 29 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 29 SQL Editor Query Stats jeooo MySQL Workbench A Local instance 3306 x Hf daa amp g naa Management Schemas j actor x SCHEMAS l mulFyFfAO S D FB Limit to 200 rows sape 2 1 SELECT FROM sakila actor v sakila v Tabl
392. ill be presented with the installation window 61 Installing Figure 2 1 MySQL Workbench OS X Installation Window MySQL Workbench 6 3 Drag the MySQL Workbench icon to the Applications folder NO DE Drag the MySQL Workbench icon onto the Applications icon as instructed MySQL Workbench is now installed You can now launch MySQL Workbench from the Applications folder or from the command line shell gt Applications MySQLWorkbench app Contents MacOS MySQLWorkbench help This will display the available command line options MySQLWorkbench lt options gt lt name of a model file or sql script gt Options query lt connection gt lt connection string gt Open a query tab and ask for connection if nothing is specified If named connection is specified it will be opened else connection will be created based on the given connection string which should be in form lt user gt lt host gt lt port gt admin lt instance gt Open a administration tab to the named instance upgrade mysql dbs Open a migration wizard tab model lt model file gt Open the given EER model file S GeiMijejs Sesil Lles Open the given SQL file in an connection best in conjunction with a query parameter fin Serpe Se Execute Python code from a file run lt code gt Execute the given Python code run python lt code gt Execute the given Python code EE ton Open the Migration Wizard tab quit when done
393. in The Visual Explain output was improved 44 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 45 Visual Explain Workbench 5 2 TS j CEA EA COR ECE 1 2 5 4 s 6 7 8 kd SELECT CONCAT customer last_name customer first name AS customer address phone film title FROM rental INNER JOIN customer ON rental customer_id customer customer_id INNER JOIN address ON customer address_id address address_id INNER JOIN inventory ON rental inventory_id inventory inventory_id INNER JOIN film ON inventory fila_ic film fila_ia WHERE rental return_date IS NULL AND rental_date INTERVAL film rental_duration DAY lt CURRENT _DATE 45 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 46 Visual Explain Workbench 6 0 avyfAOC SB COR eae 4 SELECT CONCAT customer last_name customer first name AS customer 2 address phone film title 3 FROM rental INNER JOIN customer ON rental customer_id customer customer_id 4 INNER JOIN address ON customer address_id address address_id 5 INNER JOIN inventory ON rental inventory_id inventory inventory_id 6 INNER JOIN film ON inventory film_id film film_id 7 WHERE rental return_date IS NULL e AND rental_date INTERVAL film rental_duration DAY lt CURRENT_DATE LIMIT 5 100 698 Spacing E 1000 4 Mid attached_condition 1 rental isnull sakila rental return_date and sakta rental rertal_date interval sakita
394. in the EER diagram Algorithm The basic algorithm for this task would be as follows for each table in the schema for each column in the table look for another table whose name and primary key name match the current column name if such a table is found add a foreign key referencing it As iterating the complete table list to find a match can be slow for models with a large number of tables it is necessary to optimize by pre computing all possible foreign key names in a given schema impore grt def auto_create_fks schema fk_name_format table s_ pk s possible _fks create the list of possible foreign keys from the list of tables for table in schema tables if table primaryKey format_args table table name pk table primaryKey name fkname fk_name_format format_args possible _fks fkname table go through all tables in schema this time to find columns that may be a fk for table in schema tables for column in table columns if possible_fks has_key column name ref_table possible_fks column name if ref_table primaryKey formattedType column type continue fk table createForeignKey column name _fk k referencedTable ref_table k columns append column fk referencedColumn append ref_table primaryKey print Created foreign key s from s s to s s o fk name table name column name ref_table name ref_table primaryKey name auto_create_fks grt root wb doc physicalMode
395. ine Model Table Defaults Default Storage Engine Tables created in MySQL Workbench will be defined using this default storage engine 81 Modeling Preferences Forward Engineering and Synchronization e SQL_MODE to be used in generated scripts Defaults to TRADITIONAL ALLOW_INVALID_DATES this defines the SQL_MODE used by Forward Engineering and Synchronization Preferences Modeling Diagram Figure 3 14 Preferences Modeling Diagram General Editors SQL Editor All Objects Query Editor Expand New Objects Object Editors SQL Execution Propagate Object Color Changes to All Diagrams Administration Y Modeling Defaults MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Max Length of ENUMs and SETs to Display 20 Others E E V Show Column Types E Show Schema Name Show Column Flags Max Number of Columns to Display 30 Larger tables will be truncated Routines Trim Routine Names Longer Than 20 Relationships Connections E Draw Line Crossings slow in large diagrams E Show Captions F Center Captions Over Line All Objects Expand New Objects Enabled by default Propagate Object Color Changes to All Diagrams Enabled by default Tables Show Column Types Enabled by default Show Schema Name e Max Length of ENUMs and SETs to Display 20 Show Column Flags 82 Modeling Preferences Max Number of Columns to
396. ine tab of the routine editor to perform the following tasks Rename the routine using the Name field e Enter the SQL to create a routine using the SQL field The Privileges Tab The Privileges tab of the routine editor allows you to assign specific roles and privileges You may also assign privileges to a role using the role editor For a discussion of this topic see Adding Roles When this tab is first opened all roles that have been created are displayed in the list on the right Move the roles you wish to associate with this table to the Roles list on the left Do this by selecting a role and then clicking the lt button Use the Shift key to select multiple contiguous roles and the Control key to select noncontiguous roles To assign privileges to a role click the role in the Roles list This displays all available privileges in the Assigned Privileges list The privileges that display are ALL CREATE DROP GRANT OPTION REFERENCES INSERT UPDATE 266 Creating Routines and Routine Groups TRIGGER You can choose to assign all privileges to a specific role or any other privilege as listed previously Privileges irrelevant to a specific table such as the FILE privilege are not shown If a role has already been granted privileges on a specific table those privileges show as already checked in the Assigned Privileges list 9 1 6 2 Routine Groups Adding Routin
397. inistration tab to the named instance Open a migration wizard tab Open the given EER model file Open the given SQL file in an connection best in conjunction with a query parameter Execute Python code from a file Execute the given Python code Execute the given Python code Open the Migration Wizard tab Quit Workbench when the script is done Also log to stderr Show command line options and exit Valid levels are error warning info debugl debug2 debug3 Enable diagnostics output Show Workbench version number and exit Open the given file at startup deprecated use script model etc The procedure for uninstalling MySQL Workbench on Linux depends on the package you are using workbench community whereas most Linux distributions use the name mysql Note E When using apt the official package name at dev mysql com is mysql workbench Adjust the following commands accordingly Uninstalling DEB packages To uninstall a Debian package use the following shell gt sudo apt get remove mysql workbench community Or alternatively shell gt sudo dpkg r mysql workbench community This command does not remove the configuration files If you wish to also remove the configuration files use this command shell gt sudo dpkg purge mysql workbench community Uninstalling RPM packages 60 MySQL Workbench on OS X workbench community whereas most Linux distributions use the name mysql Note 9 When usin
398. inition Historically most but not all Python releases have also been GPL compatible the table below summarizes the various releases Release Derived Year Owner GPL from compatible 1 0 9 0 tlarm 1 2 TI CWI yes gs tclcoh alee n2 IQYS 1 Gis CNRI yes LG lS eZ 2000 CNRI no 210 EG 2000 BeOpen com no is s IEG 200 CNRI yes 2 2al 2 AO Ge I 200 PSF no DoW ens Oe O 200 PSF yes Fee P 6 se lt 0 IL 200 PSF yes Dee PBN 200 PSF yes 2 elke eae 2002 PSF yes S DPW 2002 PSF yes eee De 2002 PSF yes DD Dire 2002 PSF yes 26223 Dg el 2003 PSF yes 203 DE E 2002 2003 PSE yes Diese De 2002 2003 PSF yes PREP Dee 2002 2003 PSF yes Di 3 3 Die See 2002 2003 PSF yes Dee De Dee 2004 PSF yes De Sn D234 2005 PSF yes 2 4 Zn 2004 PSF yes Day 2 4 2005 PSF yes DEAR PA 2005 PSF yes 2A DEAD 2006 PSF yes 275 2 4 2006 PSF yes 2o ZS 2007 PSF yes ee Tea 2008 PSF yes De De 3 Deel 2008 PSF yes 2 6 Ze 2008 PSF yes De Do 2008 PSF yes Det DOS 2009 PSF yes Dee Deets 2009 PSF yes PORA OS 2010 PSF yes Deh 226 2010 PSF yes Footnotes 1 GPL compatible doesn t mean that we re distributing Python under the GPL All Python licenses unlike the GPL let you distribute a modified version without making your changes open source The GPL compatible licenses make it possible to combine Python with other software that is released under the GPL the others don t Zim ACCON eo Raen Seedin ales o Snot GE In Gompociadloli
399. installed on your system Name Version Compan Driver do Microsoft Paradox db 6 01 7601 17632 Microsol Driver para o Microsoft Visual FoxPro 1 00 02 00 Microsol Microsoft Access dBASE Driver dbf ndx mdx 14 00 7010 1000 Microsol 6 01 7601 17632 Microsol accdb 14 00 7010 1000 Microsol Microsoft Access Paradox Driver db 12 00 6650 5000 Microsol Microsoft Access Text Driver bt csv 14 00 7010 1000 Microsol Microsoft Access Treiber mdb 6 01 7601 17632 Microsol 4 m gt An ODEC driver allows ODBC enabled programs to get information from E ODBC data sources To install new drivers use the driver s setup Important A MySQL Workbench has both 32 bit and 64 bit executables The ODBC drivers you use must be of the same architecture as the MySQL Workbench binaries you are using Because Office 2007 and older was 32 bit only and even Office 2010 installs as 32 bit by default you may need to install the 32 bit version of MySQL Workbench to migrate from Access even if you have a 64 bit machine If during migration you get an ODBC error about architecture mismatch between the Driver and Application you installed the wrong version of MySQL Workbench In the User DSN tab click on Add to create a DSN for your database file For this example we created one for the northwind sample database 365 Setting Up Source Parameters Figure 10 26 Adding a New DSN ODBC Da
400. int Medium partial index scan Key Index Lo_cerk_dabe Used Key Parts o_derk o_orderDATE Possible Keys i_o_orderdate i_o_derk i_o_derk_date Rows Examined per Scan 18 Rows Produced per Join 18 Filtered ratio of rows produced per rows examined 100 Hint 100 is best lt 1 is worst A low value means the query examines a lot of rows that are not returned 1 15 43 02 SELECT FROM orders WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AND 1992 04 30 AND o_clerk LIKE Clerk 000000223 18row s retu 0 234 sec 0 000 sec 2 15 43 14 EXPLAIN SELECT FROM orders WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AND 1992 04 30 AND o_clerk LIKE Clerk 000000223 OK 0 000 sec Figure 7 16 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Index Range Scan Best traditional id select_type table type possible_keys key key_len ref rows Extra E SIMPLE orders range _i_o_orderdate i_o_clerk i_o_clerk_date _i_o_clerk_date 20 18 Using index condition 191 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance To summarize the results Table 7 2 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Query Comparison Type Possible keys Key Rows Duration Extra info Rows Scanned seconds returned all NULL NULL 1 50M 1 201 Using where 18 range i_o_orderdate i_o _orderdag642 0 281 Using index condition 18 Using where range i_o_orderdate i_o_clerk 1546 0 234 Using index condition 18 i_o clerk Using where range i_o_orderdate i_o_clerk_ da amp e
401. ion MyFirstConnection Connection Method Standard TCP IP Parameters ssL Advanced Hostname 127 0 0 1 Username root Port Password store in Vault Clear Default Schema 3306 E N Setup New Connection o B X EEA v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port Name of the user to connect with The user s password Will be requested later if it s not set The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select it later Test Connection Cancel OK The default connection values are for a typical local setup so check them and enter the appropriate values If you are unsure click the Test Connection button to check the connection parameters Do not press OK Next optionally click Configure Server Management which opens up the Configure Local Management wizard 4 Read the Configure Local Management introduction and press Next to begin defining the new connection parameters 98 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial Figure 5 4 Getting Started Tutorial Configure Local Management Introduction Introduction Introduction This dialog will help you to set up remote managemment for your connection At the start a connection attempt is made to determine server version and operating system of the target machine This allows you to validate the connection settings and allo
402. ion to make sure that the connection did not generate errors then click Next The next page displays the schemata available on the server Click the check box or check boxes for any schemata you wish to process 307 Reverse Engineering Figure 9 45 Select Schemas Reverse Engineer Database o Connec Options Connection Option Select Schemas to Reverse Engineer Connect to DBMS Select Schemas Select the schemas below you want to include sakila E test F world After you have selected the desired schemas click the Next button to continue The wizard then displays the tasks it carried out and summarizes the results of the operation 308 Reverse Engineering Figure 9 46 Retrieve Objects Reverse Engineer Database z Connection Options Retrieve and Reverse Engineer Schema Objects Connect to DBMS Select Schemas The following tasks will now be executed Please monitor the execution Press Show Logs to see the execution logs Retrieve Objects amp Retrieve Objects from Selected Schemata Check Results Retrieval Completed Successfully Review the results before clicking Next to continue The next page is the Select Objects page It has a section for each object type present in the schema tables views routines and so forth This page is of special interest if you do not wish to import all the objects from the existing database It gives you the option of filtering which
403. ions by diding them once selected SQL CREATE Saipt for Selected Object CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS AdventureWorks Employec ddress EmployeeID INT NOT NULL COMMENT Primary key Foreign key to Employee Er Lock edited SQL AddressID INT NOT NULL COMMENT Pnmary key Foreign key to Address Addre rowguid VARCHAR 64 UNIQUE NOT NULL COMMENT ROWGUIDCOL number ui ModifiedDate TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP COMME PRIMARY KEY EmployeelD AddressID COMMENT Cross reference table mapping employees to their address es csoka neta conce E Comment out _ Apply Changes Discard Changes 349 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 13 MySQL Workbench migration Manual Editing Column Mappings Mansal Editing Review and edt migrated objects You can manusly edt the generated SQL before applying them to the target database SOURCE amp TARGET Migrated Objects vew Column Mappings Source Selection Sourc Source Table Source Column Source Type Source Fisgs N Source Defaut Value Source Cola a Target Schema Target Table Target Coluw Target Selection Adve Gy amp eloyes 9 EndDate DATETIME AdventureWorks O EndOete E Adve ij Employed StartDate DATETIME E Adventureworks Enployede StatDate Adve J ployed ModtiedDate DATETIME E gedste0 Advertureworks Employee Modified Schemas Selection Adve I Empl
404. ipboard 3 country custom SIOE film film_act film_cat Send to SQL Editor gt film_tex Create Table invento languag paymen Create Table Like Alter Table Table Maintenance Drop Table Truncate Table Search Table Data Refresh All warcharfA5 New in MySQL Workbench 6 3 Figure 1 7 Table Data Import Export Wizard CSV Configure last_update 2006 02 15 2006 02 15 2006 02 15 2006 02 15 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 8 Table Data Import Export Wizard Options Select destination table and additional options Use existing table sakila actor sakila X example Create new table Truncate table before import Additional changes MySQL Fabric 1 5 is now supported Older versions of Fabric are no longer supported due to incompatible protocol changes OS X builds were switched from 32 bit to 64 bit Platforms support changes 6 3 0 Fedora 21 and Ubuntu 14 10 support was added Ubuntu 12 10 support was dropped 6 3 4 Fedora 22 and Ubuntu 15 04 support was added Ubuntu 14 10 support was dropped 1 1 2 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 This section summarizes many of the new features added to MySQL Workbench 6 2 x in relation to MySQL Workbench 6 1 x SQL Editor Most of the changes and improvements were made to the SQL editor Overlay Icons in the Object Viewer The schema navigator now includes shortcut buttons
405. isting and reading the schemas you want to migrate Target RDEMS connection settings wil also be checked for validity Y Connect to source DBMS Check target DBMS connection Retrieve schema list from source Finished performing tasks Cic Next gt to continue Message Log Check target DBMS connection Connecting to target Connecting to Mysql 127 0 0 1 3305 Commecting to Mysql 127 0 0 1 3305 Connected Check target DBMS connection done Retrieve schema list from source Fetching schema names from AdventurelWorks Schemata Selection Choose the schemata you want to migrate Schema Name Mapping Method options while migrating Microsoft SQL Server e Keep schemata as they are Catalog Schema Table gt Schema Table This will create multiple databases one per schema e Only one schema Catalog Schema Table gt Catalog Table Merges each schema into a single database Only one schema keep current schema names as a prefix Catalog Schema Table gt Catalog Schema_table Preserves the schema name as a prefix 343 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 7 MySQL Workbench migration Schemata Selection E 9501 Workbench K Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Schemas Selection OVERVIEW Overview Select the schemata you want to migrate SOURCE amp TARGET Indude Catalog Schema Source Selection vo _ Cl Advent
406. iteges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports G Performance Schema Setup MySQL ENTERPRISE audit Inspector cb Online Backup eb Backup Recovery Query 1 Administration Audit Inspector x MySQL Audit Log Inspector The MySQL Workbench Audit Inspector provides a simple interface for browsing and searching the contents of the MySQL Audit Plugin log files For more comprehensive auditing capabilities refer to Orade Audit Vault To speed up search end browsing of the audit log data Workbench needs to retieve parse and index the audit log file contents This data ts saved for future use in a cache stored in an encrypted file in your local computer Retrieving and parsing log files can take significant tme specially for remote machines so you may select to cache specific files only After the initial indexing you can update your cache with new audit data by dicking Parse Logs yr AN al For Linux and Mac servers you may be prompted for your users password to be used with the sudo command so that the audit log fles can be read by Workbench Looking for log files in C ProgramData MySQt MySQL Server 5 6 data sudit log Select fies to parse below FindDate yyyy lt nm dd First Record Timestamp 2014 01 08 02 31 13 UC Last Last Timestamp Size 2014 02 14 06
407. item from the main menu This opens the Reverse Engineer Database wizard Figure 9 43 Reverse Engineer Database Wizard Reverse Engineer Database Se Set Parameters for Connecting to a DBMS Stored Connection Reve Sere Bey v Select from saved connection settings Connection Method Standard TCP IP Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters 5s Advance Hostname localhost Port 3306 Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP p Username root Name of the user to connect with Password The user s password Will be requested later if it s The first page of the wizard enables you to set up a connection to the live database you wish to reverse engineer You can set up a new connection or select a previously created stored connection Typical information required for the connection includes host name user name and password After this information has been entered or you have selected a stored connection click the Next button to proceed to the next page 306 Reverse Engineering Figure 9 44 Connect to DBMS Reverse Engineer Database Connection Options Connect to DBMS and Fetch Information Connect to DBMS The following tasks will now be executed Please monitor the execution Press Show Logs to see the execution logs Connect to DBMS amp Retrieve Schema List from Database Execution Completed Successfully Fetch finished Review the displayed informat
408. ition Press Start Import to start Note E You may only select specific data objects tables to import if the data export operation used project folders instead of a self contained SQL file Click Start Import to begin the import process 152 Result Data Export and Import Figure 6 26 Navigator Management Data Import Import Progress Navigator MANAGEMENT server status amp Client Connections 2 Users and Privileges E Status and System Variable amp Data Export amp Data ImportRestore INSTANCE B startup Shutdown A Server Logs Pad Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports E Performance Schema Setup Management Information Connection Name MyFirstConnecton Commercal Version 5 6 16 enterprise Object Info istration Data Import Res MyFirstConnection Data Import Import from Disk Import Progress Status 17 of 17 imported Log 10 46 31 Restoring sakila film_text Running mysql exe defaults file c users phiip appdata jocal temp tmpwhkcgd cn host localhost user root port 3306 default character set utf8 comments lt C Users phiip Documents dumps Dump20 140219 sakia_film_text sql 10 46 31 Restoring sakla ventory Running mysql exe defaults file c users phiip appdate ocal temp tmpgegkum cn host localhost user root port 3306 default character set utf8 comments lt C Us
409. itor Copies PHP code to connect to the active MySQL connection to the clipboard Files Globals Classes Modules C 5 2 The Shell Window The Workbench Scripting Shell is primarily used for running Python scripts or directly typing commands in Python However you can also use it to access the Workbench Scripting Shell Scripting Library functions and global functions and objects To see the available commands type You can also cut and paste text to and from the shell window The Snippets tab is a scratch pad for saving code snippets This makes it easy to reuse and execute code in MYSQL Workbench 428 The Shell Window Figure C 2 The Workbench Scripting Shell Snippets Shell Snippets x Vv User Scripts foo py UserModules UserLibraries Snippet iterate through all schemas iterate through all tables from schema iterate through columns from schema iterate through all figures of a diagram iterate through all resultset rows replace sql editor contents replace sql editor contents editor grt root wb sqlEditors activeQueryBuffer new_text editor sql editor replaceContents new_text Globals Classes Modules Notifications Opened script file tabs are to the right of the Snippets tab Script tabs are labeled with the script s filename or Unnamed for snippets without a name You can cut and paste to and from the tabs or right click on a snippet to open a context menu with
410. itor and results grid e Others Miscellaneous options 69 General Editors Preferences A more detailed discussion of these options follows 3 2 1 General Editors Preferences The General Editors preferences section Figure 3 5 Preferences General Editors General Editors SQL Editor Query Editor Object Editors SQL Execution Administration Y Modeling Defaults MySQL Diagram SQL Parsing in Code Editors Default SQL_MODE for syntax checker V SQL Identifiers are Case Sensitive Non Standard SQL Delimiter Indentation E Tab key inserts spaces instead of tabs Appearance Fonts amp Colors Others Indent width Tab width SQL Parsing in Code Editors SQL properties that can be set include the SQL_MoD used How many spaces to insert when indenting with the tab key How many spaces wide are tab characters E case sensitivity of identifiers and the SQL delimiter e Default SQL_MODE for syntax checker Optionally configure the SQL_MODE for the SQL editor s SQL syntax checker The document property SqiMode defines SQL_MODE for all operations affecting SQL parsing at the document scope The purpose of this option is to preserve the consistency of SQL statements within the document The property has the following functions e Sets the SoL_MODE DBMS session variable to the value stored in the SqiMode property of the document when performing reverse engineering forward engineering
411. itor preferences tab For example DELETE FROM foo is considered unsafe whereas DELETE FROM foo WHERE id 1 is safe and will always execute Default Target MySQL Version For modeling set this Modeling MySQL preference to your target MySQL Server version This affects the generated syntax and database structure in relation to how MySQL changed over time Having the wrong version may generate invalid syntax for your MySQL server Combine Management Tools and Schema Tree This refers to the left panel in the SQL Editor where the Management and Schemas areas are on one or two separate tabs This behavior can also be toggled at runtime by clicking the icon Save snapshot of open editors on close By default Workbench saves all query tabs and reopens them when you restart Workbench Use the related Auto save scripts interval setting to modify its behavior Both are set from the SQL Editor preferences tab Related behavior Right click on an SQL tab and choose either Save tab to save the tab to a file or Close Other Tabs to close all other SQL editor tabs Enable Code Completion in Editors Code suggestions can be activated either manually or automatically if the related Automatically Start Code Completion setting is also enabled In addition enable Use UPPERCASE keywords on completion to code suggest upper case SQL keywords such as INSERT instead of insert Related behavior The Context Help right panel in the SQL editor disp
412. ive of the Library you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6 Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6 whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself 6 As an exception to the Sections above you may also combine or link a work that uses the Library with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library and distribute that work under terms of your choice provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License You must supply a copy of this License If the work during execution displays copyright notices you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License Also you must do one of these things a Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above and if the work is an executable linked with the Library with the complete machine readable work that uses the Library as object code and or source code so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executabl
413. izing with the server Right clicking on a schema provides similar options to the table context menu described above but the operations refer to the Schema For example the Table Maintenance in the table context menu selects the table in the Schema Inspector which is a schema context menu option 8 2 2 Session and Object Information Panel This panel summarizes the current connection to the server Figure 8 25 SQL Editor Connection Information Palette Information Connection ame Local instance MySQL57 localhost N H 3307 erver MySQL Community Server n 5 7 6 m1640g root er root localhost SSL Using DHE RSA AES256 SHA jemi Session This panel also summarizes information about the object 229 Schema and Table Inspector Figure 8 26 SQL Editor Object Info Information Table country Columns Code Name Continent Region SurfaceArea IndepYear Population T Object Info EEEE 8 2 3 Schema and Table Inspector The Schema and Table Inspector includes the ability to analyze and repair tables and also view table metrics Schema Inspector Use the Schema Inspector to browse general information from schema objects It allows you to perform maintenance tasks on tables such as ANALYZE OPTIMIZE CHECK and CHECKSUM TABLE To access the inspector right click on a schema and select the Schema Inspector 230 Schema and Table Inspector Figure 8 27 Schema Inspector File Edit
414. k to the previous page to review the logs Back coFinishis cancel Before exiting MySQL Workbench be sure to save the schema Choose the File Save menu item and the reverse engineered database will be saved as a MySQL Workbench file with the extension mwb See Section 9 3 3 Importing a Data Definition SQL Script for a tutorial on reverse engineering the sakila database Creating a DDL script You can create a data definition DDL script by executing the mysqldump db name no data gt script_file sq1command Using the no data option ensures that the script contains only DDL statements However if you are working with a script that also contains DML statements you need not remove them they will be ignored Note R If you plan to redesign a database within MySQL Workbench and then export the changes be sure to retain a copy of the original DDL script You will need 305 Reverse Engineering the original script to create an ALTER script For more information see Altering a Schema Use the databases option with mysqldump if you wish to create the database as well as all its objects If there is no CREATE DATABASE db_name statement in your script file you must import the database objects into an existing schema or if there is no schema a new unnamed schema is created 9 4 2 2 Reverse Engineering a Live Database To reverse engineer a live database choose the Database Reverse Engineer menu
415. key is similar to adding or editing an index Figure 8 20 The Foreign Keys Tab File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help DAE VIA ae Column fk_customer_address sakila address customer_id fk_customer_store sakila store E store_id E first_name last_name E email address jd address jd active create_date J last_update m W Foreign Keys To add a foreign key click the last row in the Foreign Key Name list Enter a name for the foreign key and select the column or columns that you wish to index by checking the column name in the Column list You can remove a column from the index by removing the check mark from the appropriate column Under Foreign Key Options choose an action for the update and delete events The options are e RESTRICT e CASCADE e SET NULL e NO ACTION To drop a foreign key right click the row you wish to delete then select the Delete Selected FKs menu item To modify properties of a foreign key select it and make the desired changes 8 1 11 5 The Triggers Tab The Triggers tab opens a textbox to create or edit existing triggers 217 The MySQL Table Editor To add a new trigger click the icon next to the trigger section To delete a trigger click the associated icon These icons become visible by hovering over a trigger or trigger section Click Apply to commit your changes Figure 8 21 The Triggers Tab File Edit View Query Da
416. ks such schema discovery and SQL execution Additionally performing management related tasks such as Server Status requires two additional MySQL connections Essentially this means that each MySQL connection tab in MySQL Workbench requires four available connections to MySQL For 109 Standard TCP IP Connection Method additional information about Too many connection related errors see Too many connections This connection requirement doubles with each connection tab opened in MySQL Workbench even if the two connection tabs point to the same MySQL server SQL editor tabs share their connections so having multiple SQL editor and SQL results tabs does not affect the number of required connections 5 3 1 Standard TCP IP Connection Method This connection method enables MySQL Workbench to connect to MySQL Server using TCP IP Note R The skip networking MySQL server configuration option affects the TCP IP connection method If disabled use named pipes or shared memory on Windows or Unix socket files on Unix Parameters tab e Hostname The host name or IP address of the MySQL server Note E The host name localhost might resolve to 127 0 0 1 or 1 on your host so note this when checking permissions For example if a web application s user only has access to 127 0 0 1 on a host and a defined connection uses localhost that resolves to 1 this connection may lack the proper permissions to the aforemen
417. l Laboratory under contract no W 7405 ENG 48 between the U S Department of Energy and The Regents of the University of California for the operation of UC LLNL DISCLAIMER This software was prepared as an account of work sponsored by an agency of the United States Government Neither the United States Government nor the University of California nor any of their em ployees makes any warranty express or implied or assumes any liability or responsibility for the accuracy completeness or usefulness of any information apparatus product or process disclosed or represents that its use would not infringe privately owned rights Reference herein to any specific commer cial products process or service by trade name trademark manufacturer or otherwise does not necessarily constitute or imply its endorsement recommendation or favoring by the United States Government or the University of California The views and opinions of authors expressed herein do not necessarily state or reflect those of the United States Government or the University of California and shall not be used for advertising or product endorsement purposes The source code for the md5 module contains the following notice Copyright C 1999 2002 Aladdin Enterprises All rights reserved This software is provided as is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software Per
418. l SELECT on the source table fetches records and then inserts them into the target table There are no additional arguments required The table syntax is as follows table Source_Schema Source_Table Target_Schema Target_Table Select_Expression Range Copy This performs a SELECT copy on the source table for the specified range The table must have a numeric UNIQUE NOT NULL Or PRIMARY KEY that is used to create a WHERE expression for the range The table range syntax is as follows table range Source_Schema Source_Table Target_Schema Target_Table Select_Expression Source_Key Range_Start R The generated expression is key_column gt range_start AND key_column lt range_end If you specify 1 for Range_End then the expression will be key_column gt range_start Other Options e thread count Number If you are copying more than one table you can use this option to divide the tables across several threads There is no support for dividing a single table across many threads e count only Only perform a COUNT of the SELECT which would be generated by the table option that was used The target schema and table can be omitted in this case 174 Trigger Handling e truncate target Execute a TRUNCATE TABLE command on each target table that is copied Trigger Handling Because there is no way to temporarily disable triggers in MySQL and they can affect
419. l the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Library and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a The modified work must itself be a software library b You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change c You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License d If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that in the event an application does not supply such function or table the facility still operates and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful For example a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well defined independent of the application Therefore Subsection 2d requires that any application su
420. lable for several variants of Linux including Fedora Oracle Linux and Ubuntu 56 Installing Installation options include Official MySQL Yum or APT repository packages These binaries are built by the MySQL Release team For additional information about installing these see Yum or APT They contain the newest versions of MySQL Workbench Typically this package is named mysql workbench community e Your Linux distributions repository packages These binaries are built and maintained by members of the Linux distribution you use and not by the MySQL team They are stable but the releases often lag behind Typically this package is named mysql workbench e Download official MySQL packages Downloads are available at http dev mysql com downloads workbench e Download the source code and compile yourself The source code is available at http dev mysql com downloads workbench as a tar gz or RPM package Note R 32 bit binary builds are not available as of MySQL Workbench 6 2 0 You can use the source code to build your own 32 bit version as needed The procedure for installing on Linux depends on which Linux distribution you are using Requirements for Linux e The requirements for Linux are embedded within their respective packages Use the platform specific tool for example yum or apt to install the package and their dependencies e The Save password in keychain functionality requires gnome keyring to store t
421. lays documentation for SQL statements and is disabled enabled from the right panel For example typing INSERT will load documentation for the INSERT statement in the right panel 90 Chapter 4 The Home Screen This is the first page you see when opening MySQL Workbench and it is central to starting MySQL Workbench operations The three main sections include the MySQL Connections MySQL Workbench Models and external Shortcuts broken up into sections titled SQL Development Data Modeling and Server Note R In MYSQL Workbench 5 2 and below the home screen was different and Administration For additional information about this change see Most MySQL Workbench functionality such as the SQL editor and MySQL server manager begin with opening a MySQL connection from the home screen Figure 4 1 The Home Window ta MySQL Workbench amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections Shortcuts Local instance MySQL56 Local instance ve MySQL Utilities om A localhost3307 1H localhost3306 Database Migration MYSQL Bug Reporter Workbench Blogs Models Planet MySQL sakila_full 2A Workbench Forum Scripting Shell gt gt gt gei MySQL Connections This section lists connections to all of your MySQL servers and allows you to load configure group and view information about each MySQL connection For more information see and Connection Information The me
422. le script lt sql file gt Open the given SQL file in an connection best in conjunction with a query parameter run script lt file gt Execute Python code from a file run lt code gt Execute the given Python code run python lt code gt Execute the given Python code migration Open the Migration Wizard tab quit when done Quit Workbench when the script is done log to siecle Also log to stderr arello I Show command line options and exit log level lt level gt Valid levels are error warning info debugl debug2 debug3 verbose v Enable diagnostics output version Show Workbench version number and exit 55 Uninstalling open lt file gt Open the given file at startup deprecated use script model etc Use the swrendering option if your video card does not support OpenGL 1 5 The version option can be used to display the MySQL Workbench version number The other options are self explanatory MySQL Workbench may also be started from MySQL Notifier by choosing SQL Editor or Configure Instance from the Notifier context menu For additional information see MySQL Notifier 2 3 3 Uninstalling The method for uninstalling MySQL Workbench depends on how you installed MySQL Workbench Removing MySQL Workbench After Installation Using the Installer Package 1 To uninstall MySQL Workbench open the Control Panel and Choose Add or Remove Programs Find the MySQL Workbench entry and choose the Remove butt
423. le Catalog Objects Utilities This is equivalent to adding a Menu lt category gt in the groups list C 4 Adding a GUI to a Plugin Using MForms MySQL Workbench is implemented with a C core back end and a native front end for each supported platform Currently the front end is implemented with Windows Forms on Microsoft Windows GTK on 426 The Workbench Scripting Shell Linux and Cocoa on OS X This approach permits the application to have a native look and feel while reducing the amount of work required to maintain the project However the GUI functionality required by MySQL Workbench can be met by a subset of graphical operations These are implemented in a cross platform GUI library MForms This further reduces the development effort because plugin developers can use MForms rather than writing front end specific code for each supported platform This also helps consistency of operation across all platforms MForms is coded in C but provides a Python interface To use it the Python code must import the mforms module MForms Containers Given the problems of using an absolute coordinate system across different platforms MForms employs containers that perform automatic layout The basic containers that MForms provides include Form A top level window which can contain a single control usually another container The window will be sized automatically to fit its contents but can also be sized statically e Box Thi
424. le query and loads the results into the result grid From there you can view or edit the data 413 Alternatively right click on a table and select Select Rows Limit 1000 form the context menu Workbench Functionality A 1 How do use the SSL Certificate wizard to enable SSL for both my MySQL server and MySQL teea a AAE wuts savinn EA A EE TE E EE A EE E EE E 414 A 2 How do copy my saved MySQL connections in Workbench to a different computer 414 A 3 How can view my MySQL Workbench query history cceeceeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 414 A 4 Can preserve a results tab rather than have it refresh every time execute a statement 414 A 5 How does the embedded web browser functionality work For example clicking Workbench Forum on the Home screen opens the forum in its own embedded MySQL Workbench tab 414 A 6 How does MySQL Workbench increase import performance ccceeeeeeeeeeeeee ee aeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaes 415 A 1 A 2 A 3 A A A 5 How do use the SSL Certificate wizard to enable SSL for both my MySQL server and MySQL client Execute the wizard to generate the SSL certificates and then modify your MySQL server s configuration file my cnf or my ini accordingly You can copy n paste entries for the SSL options from the generated sample my cnf sample file Next confirm that the SSL CA File CERT File and Key File values are
425. le com live example com live amp My Addressbook R My Addressbook e Bo GE Hello World R Hello World amp New Connection amp New Server Instance B Edit Table Data g Create New EER Model ai Manage Import Export Edit SQL Script Create EER Model From Existing Database Manage Security x Gs Manage Connections Create EER Model From SQL Script TE Manage Server Instances gt 36 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 37 Home Screen Workbench 6 0 e098 MySQL Workbench MySQL Connections Shortcuts My Local example com DB example com live wey MySQL Doc Library root wa jphedos Sm 127 0 0 1 3306 E 427 0 0 13306 A My Addressbook a E 127 0 0 13306 Hello World Johndoe 127 0 0 1 3306 LY fore GORKO B a Unified SQL Editor and Administration interface In the new user interface the Server Administration functionality such as start stop server managing user accounts etc is now accessible directly from the SQL Editor interface located near where the schema information can be browsed and queries executed The image below contains three screenshots of the Schema window in the SQL Editor The first is from MySQL Workbench 5 2 the second is MySQL Workbench 6 0 with the management tab collapsed and the third shows what the merged management tab looks like Toggle the merged and tabbed views by clicking the new merge button next to the refresh button 37 New in MySQL Workb
426. lect_expr ROM table_references CF EPARTITION partition list WHERE where_condition VEROUR BY col_name expr position ASC DESC WITH ROLLUP PAVING m where_condition BY col_name expr see LIMIT loffset i row count row_count OFFSET offset _ if procedure nane argument _ list INTO OUTFILE file name CHARACTER SET Charset_name export_options INTO DUMPFILE ee aot INTO var_name ane FOR UPDATE 7 LOCK IN SHARE M MODE SELECT is used to retrieve rows selected from one smailint S UN Al PK varchar 45 varchar 45 timestamp For additional information see Section 8 1 6 Context Sensitive Help Schema Inspector New Schema Inspector feature allows you to browse general information from schema objects For tables it s also possible to perform maintenance tasks such as ANALYZE OPTIMIZE CHECK and CHECKSUM TABLE To access the inspector right click a schema and select the Schema Inspector 40 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 41 Schema Inspector Columns indexes Triggers Views Stored Procedures functions Events Row Format Rows Avg Row Length Data Length i Compact 81 16384 Compact 135 81920 Compact 1024 16384 Compact 81 49152 Compact 150 Compact Compact Compact Compact Dynamic InnoDB Compact InnoDB Compact InnoDB Compact InnoDB Compact InnoDB Compact InnoDB Compact And choosing Maintenance for a table 41
427. lete a large number of rows 73 SQL Editor Preferences Preferences SQL Editor Query Editor Figure 3 7 Preferences SQL Editor Query Editor General Editors Y SQL Editor Productivity Query Editor V Enable Code Completion in Editors Object Editors SQL Execution V Automatically Start Code Completion Administration V Use UPPERCASE keywords on completion Y Modeling Defaults Comment type to use for comment shortcut MySQL Diagram Max syntax error count 100 Appearance Max number of result sets 50 Fonts amp Colors Others SQL Beautifier V Change keywords to UPPER CASE Productivity Enable Code Completion in Editors The SQL Editor offers Auto complete functionality by either pressing the keyboard shortcut Modifier Space or it will start automatically if the Automatically Start Code Completion preference is enabled Automatically Start Code Completion Enabled by default this will automatically execute the code auto completion feature while editing SQL in the SQL Editor If disabled you will instead use the keyboard shortcut Modifier Space to execute the auto completion routine Use UPPERCASE keywords on completion Normally keywords are shown and inserted as they come from the code editor s configuration file This setting will always write completed keywords as uppercase Comment type to use for comment shortcut Defaults to with as another option Max syntax error count
428. liates All rights reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice including the next paragraph shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT HALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR NY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN CTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM UT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE R OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE O OCH H i ixman v0 17 4 and lower he following is the standard copyright agreed upon y most contributors and is currently the canonical cense though a modification is currently under iscussion Copyright holders of new code should use his license statement where possible and append their fame corthie dret ae Oy He ep S el Copyright 1987 1988 1989 19
429. lick the routine groups icon on the vertical toolbar The routine groups icon is immediately above the lowest toolbar separator Clicking the mouse on this icon changes the mouse pointer to a routine group pointer You can also change the mouse pointer to a routine pointer by pressing the G key Choosing the Rout ine Group tool changes the contents of the toolbar that appears immediately below the menu bar When the Routine Groups pointer is active this toolbar contains a schemata list and a color chart list Use these lists to select the appropriate schema and color accent for the new routine group 267 Creating Layers Make sure that you associate the new routine group with a database The color of your routine group can be changed later using the Properties palette Create a routine group by clicking anywhere on the EER Diagram canvas This creates a new routine group with the default name rout ines1 To revert to the default mouse pointer click the arrow icon at the top of the vertical toolbar Right clicking a routine group opens a pop up menu With the exception of the delete option and rename options these menu options function as described in Adding Routine Groups to the Physical Schemata There is no rename option and the behavior of the delete option is determined by your MySQL Workbench options settings For more information see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences The Routine Group Editor To invoke the routine g
430. llDNumt Contacto gt B employeedepartmenthistory gt I ay ER 1417207 1209 wes 1972 05 15 gt E jobcandidate 253022876 1030 1977 06 03 gt E shift 509647174 es ineerin 1964 12 13 Views EP Stored Procedures 112457891 1290 aes l 1965 01 23 480168528 eee 1945 08 29 24756624 eee ing 1965 04 19 309738752 one ion 1946 02 16 690627818 eae jon 1946 07 06 695256903 eee z wee 1942 10 29 912265825 mu Management Information Table employee int 11 AI PK varchar i5 DORRA a es e e timestamp Note R If a MySQL Workbench SQL Editor tab is already opened then the schema list within the Object Browser must be refreshed in order to view the newly imported schema 10 2 2 Migrating from supported databases When a supported RDBMS product is being migrated the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard will automatically convert as much information as it can but you may still be required to manually edit the automatically migrated schema for difficult cases or when the default mapping is not as desired Generally speaking only table information and its data are automatically converted to MySQL Code objects such as views stored procedures and triggers are not But supported RDBMS products will be retrieved and displayed in the wizard You can then manually convert them or save them for converting at a later time The following RDBMS pr
431. load the psqlODBC source tarball file from http www postgresql org ftp odbc versions src Use the latest version available for download which will be at the bottom of the downloads page The file will look similar to psqlodbc 09 03 0400 tar gz Extract this tarball to a temporary location open a terminal and cd into that directory The installation process is shell gt cd the src directory shell gt configure with iodbc enable pthreads 389 Connection Setup shell gt CFLAGS arch i386 arch x86_64 make shell gt sudo make install 10 6 3 Connection Setup After loading the Migration Wizard click on the Start Migration button in the Overview page to begin the migration process You will first connect to the source PostgreSQL database Here you will provide the information about the PostgreSQL RDBMS that you are migrating from the ODBC driver that will be used for the migration and all of the parameters required for the connection The name of the ODBC driver is the one you set up when you registered your psqlIODBC driver with the driver manager Opening the Database System dropdown will reveal each RDBMS that is supported on your system Select PostgreSQL from the list Below that is the Stored Connection dropdown which is optional Stored connections will be listed here which are connections saved after defining a connection with the Store connection for future use as checkbox enabled The three Connection Method o
432. logs Retrieve Objects Reverse Engineer Selected Objects amp Place Objects on Diagram Select Objects Reverse Engineer Operation Completed Successfully Finished parsing MySQL SQL script Click Next to continue to the next page The final page of the wizard provides a summary of the reverse engineered objects 311 Reverse Engineering Figure 9 49 Results Reverse Engineer Database z Connection Options 2 4 Reverse Engineering Results Connect to DBMS Select Schemas Retrieve Objects Summary of Reverse Engineered Objects Select Objects 3 tables from schema world Reverse Engineer Results Click Finish to exit the wizard Before exiting MySQL Workbench be sure to save the schema Choose the File Save menu item to save the reverse engineered database as a MySQL Workbench file with the extension mwb Errors During Reverse Engineering During reverse engineering the application checks for tables and views that duplicate existing names and disallows duplicate names if necessary If you attempt to import an object that duplicates the name of an existing object you will be notified with an error message To see any errors that have occurred during reverse engineering you can click the button Show Logs This will create a panel containing a list of messages including any error messages than may have been generated Click the Hide Logs button to close the panel If you wish to imp
433. lot of rows that are not returned 1 00 00 44 SELECT FROM orders WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AND 1992 04 30 AND o_clerk LIKE 40223 LIMIT 0 1000 18 row s retum 0 281 sec 0 000 sec 2 00 00 49 EXPLAIN SELECT FROM orders WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1952 04 01 AND 1992 04 30 AND o_clerk LIKE 0223 OK 0 000 sec Query Completed Figure 7 11 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Index Range Scan Traditional View id select_type table type possible_keys key key_len ref rows Extra gt SIMPLE orders range ioorderdate i_o_orderdate 4 32642 Using index condition Using where Notice the differences The Type changed from ALL to range possible keys and used key changed from NULL to i_o_orderdate and the number of scanned rows changed from 1 5 million to about 33 thousand Still scanning 33 thousand rows while returning just 18 is unnecessary so we focus on the o_clerk column An index here should improve performance so CREATE INDEX i_o_clerk ON orders o_clerk 188 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance Figure 7 12 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Index Range Scan Traditional View After Index id select_type table type possible_keys key key_len ref rows Extra gt E SIMPLE orders range i_o_orderdate i_o_orderdate 4 bee 32642 Using index condition Using where Notice that our new index is not being considered as a possible key This is because we are searching the suffix of the o_clerk
434. ls 0 catalog schemata 0 Creating a Plugin from a Script To create a plugin from an arbitrary script it is first necessary to make the file a module and export the required function from it It is then necessary to declare the module as a plugin and specify the return type and input arguments from wb import import grt ModuleInfo DefineModule name AutoFK author John Doe version 1 0 ModuleInfo plugin sample createGuessedForeignkeys caption Create Foreign Keys from ColumnNames input wbinputs objectOfClass db mysql schema groups Overview Utility ModuleInfo export grt INT grt classes db_mysql_Schema def auto_create_fks schema 436 Tutorial Writing Plugins With the addition of the preceding code the auto_create_fks function is exported and will be added to the schema context menu in the model overview When invoked it receives the currently selected schema as its input 437 438 Appendix D How To Report Bugs or Problems The following is a list of tips and information that is helpful for reporting a MySQL Workbench bug A useful bug report includes e The exact steps taken to repeat the bug ideally as a video if the bug is tricky to repeat e A screenshot if the bug is visual e The error messages which includes text sent to stdout and the GUI e The MySQL Workbench Log file The log file location can be found using Help Locate Log Files from within MySQL Workbench
435. ls viewer requires MySQL 5 6 or greater Only basic connection hosts database and state 122 Client Connections and Metadata locks Figure 5 26 Client Connection Overview File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help AEG Hesa a Navigator MANAGEMENT Server status amp Client Connections Client Connections D Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables Data Export amp Data importRestore Threads Connected 8 Threads Running 1 Rejected over limit 0 Total Connections 74 Connection Limit 151 z Errors 0 Id U Host D8 Command Time State instrumented Info Program root localhost sakila Sleep 724 None thread sqio NULL MySQLWorkbench root localhost sakila Sleep 982 None thread sq o NULL MySQLWorkbench NULL MySQLWorkbench NULL MySQLWorkbench NULL MySQLWorkbench NULL MySQLWorkbench SELECT t P MySQLWorkbench NULL MySQLWorkbench INSTANCE 8 Startup Shutdown A Server Logs root locathost sakila Sleep None thread s go Options File root localhost sakila Sleep None thread sqio root localhost sakila Sleep None thread sqio PERFORMANCE root localhost sakila Sleep None thread sqio Dashboard root localhost None Query Sending data thread sqyo HAKKHAKA amp Performance Reports root localhost None Sleep None _ thread sqiio E Pertormance Schema Setup Management E Hide seeping connections 7 Hide background threads F Don t load ful thread info
436. lso generates GUIDs mysql gt SELECT UUID UUTE 648 4240 7d7a 1le0 870b 89c43de3bd0a Once you have the new GUID values edit the info xm1 file accordingly 332 Creating a Custom Template 5 6 Edit the textual information for the TemplateInfo and TemplateStyleInfo objects to reflect the purpose of the custom template The modified file will now look something like the following lt xml version 1 0 gt lt data gt lt value type object struct name workbench model reporting TemplateInfo id cac9ba3f ee2a 49f0 b5f6 32580fab1640 struct checksum 0xb46b524d gt lt value type string key description gt Custom basic TEXT report listing schemata and objects lt value gt lt value type sString key name gt Custom Basic text report lt value gt lt value type list content type object content struct name workbench model reporting TemplateStyleInfo key styles gt lt value type object struct name workbench model reporting TemplateStyleInfo id 39e3b767 a832 4016 8753 b4cb93aazdd6 struct checksum 0xab08451b gt lt value type string key description gt Designed to be viewed with a fixed sized font lt value gt lt value type string key name gt Fixed Size Font lt value gt lt value type string key previewImageFileName gt previe
437. lson Desktop kopy_mugrated_tables ond Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Create a shel script to use native server dump and load abilities for fast migration Source Objects Migration C Users photson Desktop bulk_copy_tables cnd Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results Options sti EATEN Truncate target tables ie delete contents before copying data Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer Worker tasks 2 o REPORT Enable debug output for table copy Migration Report SSL Certificate Generator A new SSL certificate generation wizard was added This new wizard helps create proper SSL certificates for both MySQL clients and MySQL servers Connections in MySQL Workbench are updated with the certificates by the wizard This wizard requires OpenSSL to create the certificates An example my cnf my ini file is also generated that utilizes the generated certificates New in MySQL Workbench 6 3 Figure 1 2 SSL Certificate Wizard The wizard was sucessful Click on the finish button to update the connection To setup the server you should copy the following files to a lt directory gt inside localhost C Users pholson AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench ker tficates CD6D0E33 2603 4F06 8809 72 1CE 1287889 ka_cert C Users pholson appData Roaming MySQL Workbench cer tficates CD6D0 33 2603 406 8809 72 1CE 1287889 server _cert C Users pholson appData Roaming MySQL Workbenc
438. lts Create Target Results Scripts to create the target schema were executed No deta has been migrated yet Review the creation report below for errors or warnings If there are any errors you can manually fix the scrpts and cick Recreate Objects to retry SOURCE amp TARGET the schema creation or retum to the Manual Editing page to correct them there and retry the target ceation Source Selection Object Result SQL CREATE Sciipt for Selected Object adventureWorks Target Selection g Prea SS Saiit aioa ieoaiiy amp CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS AdventureWor ShiftiD TINYINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL AUTO_ Fetch Schemas List Adventureworks AdventureWots D Script executed successfully Name VARCHAR 100 NOT NULL COMMENT Sh Advesiestittads Dodatni G Script executed successfully StarTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shi schemes Seieciion g EndTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shift ModifiedDate TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT PRIMARY KEY ShiftiD COMMENT Work shift lookup table 1 AdventureWorks mployee Y Script executed successfully Reverse Engineer Sour nee Serta sue i AdventureWorks EmplayeeAddress D Script executed successfully ON OU EWR OBJECT MIGRATION i AdventureWorks EmployeeDepayme Z Script executed successfully Source Objects 1j AdventureWorks EmployeePayHistory YJ Script executed successfully d AdventureWorksJobCandidate D Script executed successfully Migratio
439. m forced to use MySQL Workbench 5 2 x is its documentation available Although the 5 2 x branch is no longer maintained its documentation is archived at http dev mysql com doc index archive html 417 418 Appendix B Keyboard Shortcuts The following tables list keyboard shortcuts for MySQL Workbench commands Modifier in the tables stands for the platform specific modifier key This is Command on OS X Control on other platforms On OS X the Alt key is Option There are keyboard shortcut tables for the File Edit View Arrange Model Query Database Scripting Help and EER Diagram Mode menus File Menu Table B 1 File menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context New Model Modifier N All Open Model Modifier O All Open SQL Script Modifier Shift O SQL Editor Close Tab Modifier W Modifier F4 on Windows All Save Model Modifier S Model Save Script Modifier S SQL Editor Save Model As Modifier Shift S Model Save Script As Modifier Shift S SQL Editor Forward Engineer SQL Modifier Shift G Model CREATE Script Forward Engineer SQL ALTER Modifier Alt Y Model Script Synchronize With SQL Modifier Shift Y Model CREATE Script Print Modifier P EER Diagram mode only Exit Modifier Q All Edit Menu Table B 2 Edit menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Undo Modifier Z Model EER Diagram Redo Modif
440. mata lists engine types and collations appear on the toolbar The table properties can be modified using the Properties Editor When an object is selected the object s properties such as color can be changed in the Properties Editor 9 1 1 3 EER Diagrams Use the Add new Diagramiconinthe MySQL Model area to create EER diagrams When you add an EER diagram a new tab appears below the toolbar Use this tab to navigate to the newly created EER diagram For further discussion of EER Diagrams see Section 9 1 2 EER Diagram Editor 247 Model Editor 9 1 1 4 The Physical Schemata Panel The Physical Schemata panel of the MySQL Model page shows the active schemata and the objects that they contain Expand and contract the Physical Schemata section by double clicking the arrow on the left of the Physical Schemata title bar When the Physical Schemata section is expanded it displays all currently loaded schemata Each schema shows as a tab To select a specific schema click its tab When MySQL Workbench is first opened a default schema mydb is selected You can start working with this schema or you can load a new MySQL Workbench Model file models use the mwb extension There are a variety of ways to add schema to the Physical Schemata panel You can open an MWB file reverse engineer a MySQL create script or if you are using a commercial version of MySQL Workbench you can reverse engineer a database by connecting to a My
441. mata you want to migrate SOURCE amp TARGET Catalog Schema Source Selection J TJ AdventureWorks Target Selection 8 dbo HumanResources Fetch Schemas List Person Production Reverse Engineer Source Purchasing Sales OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Schema Name Mapping Method Target Creation Options Choose how the reverse engineered schemas and objects should be mapped Create Schemas Create Target Results D Keep schemas as they are Catalog Schema Table gt Schema Table DATA MIGRATION Only one schema Catalog Schema Table gt Catalog Table Data Transfer Setup Only one schema keep current schema names as a prefix Catalog Schema Table gt Catalog Schema_Table Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK 10 8 3 Reverse Engineering The source metadata is fetched from the source RDBMS and reverse engineered This is an automated and informational step that reports related errors and or general log information View the logs and then press Next to continue 399 Object Selection Figure 10 56 MySQL Workbench migration Reverse Engineer Source File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Reverse Engineer Source OVERVIEW Overiew Selected schema metadata wil now be fetched from the source RDBMS and reverse engneered so that its structure can be determined SOURCE amp TARGET S
442. me code FROM country SQL query panel lt m Result Grid T 4 Fiter Rows EERRRZEERREg Export fy Output results from statements Form Editor Output style Fed Types Log of executed statements 1 21 45 36 SELECT name code FROM country LIMIT 0 1000 Hide show panels D SQL Additions a gt SELECT Topic SELECT Syntax SELECT ALL DISTINCT DISTINCTROW HIGH_PRIORITY STRAIGHT_DOIN q SQL SMALL RESULT SQL_BIG_RESULT SQL CACHE SQL_NO_CACHE SQL CALC select_expr select_expr FROM table_references PARTITION partition_list WHERE where_condition Group sy col_name expr position ASC DESC WITH ROLLUP RAVING where_condition ORDER BY col_name expr position asc DESC LIMIT Loffset row_count row_count PROCEDURE procedure_name argument_list INTO OUTFILE file_name CHARACTER SET charset_name export_options INTO DUMPFILE file_name INTO var_name var_name FOR UPDATE LOCK IN SHARE MOOE SELECT is used to retrieve rows selected from one or more tables and can indude UNION statements and subqueries See UNION and Online helo subqueries ost comm Context Help Executing a SELECT query will display the associated result set in the SQL View panel directly below the SQL Query panel These cells are editable if MySQL Workbench is able to determine how as for example they are editable
443. med to names not containing either the words Bitstream or the word Vera vahet This License becomes null and void to the extent applicable to Fonts or Font Software that has been modified and is distributed under the Bitstream Vera names The Font Software may be sold as part of a larger software package but no copy of one or more of the Font Software typefaces may be sold by itself HE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT ARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING UT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY ITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT FT COPYRTGHI PATENT TRADEMARK OURS OTHER RIGEL TN O EVENT SHALL BITSTREAM OR THE GNOME FOUNDATION BE TABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY LUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL R CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF RACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF HE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR ROM OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE Z Q Z Fal T OY fel fel ey OS eal os Except as contained in this notice the names of Gnome the Gnome Foundation and Bitstream Inc shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Font Software without prior written authorization from the Gnome Foundation or Bitstream Inc respectively For further information contact fonts at gnome dot org G 4 Boost Library
444. mentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of menendezpoo com nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER I N ae N CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING EGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF HE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE G 16 iODBC License The following software may be included in this product iODBC In accordance with the terms of the iODBC licensing scheme set forth below Oracle is hereby making the election to license iODBC under the BSD license iODBC Driver Manager Copyright C 1995 by Ke Jin lt kejin empress com gt Copyright C 1996 2009 by OpenLink Software lt iodbc openlinksw com gt All Rights Reserve
445. meout for metadata locks A Sets a soft upper limit for number of cached stored routines per connection INSTANCE stored functions are cached separately this variable sets size for both of thes B Startup shutdown Server Logs 09 Maximum size of recorded statements PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports G Performance Schema Setup Whether MySQL Enterprise Firewall is operational Whether to enable firewall trace MYSQL ENTERPRISE Use ANSI SQL syntax instead of MySQL syntax B audit inspector Firewall pa cb Online Backup a Set the SQL server mode feo Restore Whether TIMESTAMP columns are nullable and have DEFAULT NULL Management BRaicure Set the fie system character set Informatior Specify default character set Directory where character sets are installed Specify default collation Version 5 6 25 enterprise commerceladvanced tog Configuration File C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 my int Firewall Rules and Information The Firewall Rules tab lists the active and recorded rules for a given user the state of each rule and includes options to add delete and save rules State mode Options include OFF disables the firewall PROTECTING enables the whitelist RECORDING training mode and RESET removes the rules For additional information about the meaning of these states see MySQL Enterprise Firewall Procedures and Functions Administrative actions include Add and Delet
446. meters ssl Advanced Socket Pipe Path Path to local socket or pipe file Leave empty for default Username root Name of the user to connect with Password Store in Vauit The user s password Wil be requested later if it s not set no Default Schema The scheme that will be used as default schema 112 Standard TCP IP over SSH Connection Method Advanced These are the same options discussed in Section 5 3 1 Standard TCP IP Connection Method except there is not the Use compression protocol option SSL These are the same options discussed in Section 5 3 1 Standard TCP IP Connection Method 5 3 3 Standard TCP IP over SSH Connection Method This connection method enables MySQL Workbench to connect to MySQL Server using TCP IP over an SSH connection Parameters In addition to a number of parameters that are in common with Standard TCP IP connections this connection method features a number of specialized parameters These are listed here e SSH Hostname This is the name of the SSH server An optional port number can also be provided For example localhost 22 e SSH Username This is the name of the SSH user name to connect with e SSH Password The SSH password It is recommended that an SSH key file is also used e SSH Key File A path to the SSH key file If a remote host is missing from the system s list of known hosts a prompt requires you to co
447. migrated as LONGTEXT NATIONAL CHAR LONGTEXT Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and CHARACTER above can have VARCHAR columns with a length up to 65535 characters Anything larger is migrated to one of the TEXT blob types In MySQL character set of strings depend on the column character set instead of the datatype VARCHAR VARCHAR Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and MEDIUMTEXT above can have VARCHAR columns with a length LONGTEXT up to 65535 characters Anything larger is migrated to one of the TEXT blob types NATIONAL VARCHAR Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and CHARACTER VARYING MEDIUMTEXT above can have VARCHAR columns with a length LONGTEXT up to 65535 characters Anything larger is migrated to one of the TEXT blob types In MySQL character set of strings depend on the column character set instead of the datatype DATE DATE TIME TIME TIMESTAMP DATETIME INTERVAL TIME BYTEA LONGBLOB TEXT LONGTEXT CIDR VARCHAR 43 INET VARCHAR 43 MACADDR VARCHAR 17 UUID VARCHAR 36 XML LONGTEXT JSON LONGTEXT TSVECTOR LONGTEXT TSQUERY LONGTEXT ARRAY LONGTEXT POINT POINT LINE LINESTRING Although LINE length is infinite and LINESTRING is finite in MySQL it is approximated LSEG LINESTRING A LSEG is like a LINESTRING with only two points BOX POLYGON A BOX is a POLYGON with five points and right angles PATH LINESTRING POLYGON POLYGON 391 MySQL migration Source Type MySQL Type Comment CIRCLE POLY
448. mission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions 486 Python License 1 The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required 2 Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original software 3 This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution L Peter Deutsch ghost aladdin com ndependent implementation of MD5 RFC 1321 This code implements the MD5 Algorithm defined in RFC 1321 whose text is available at HELO WwW Lett orgy ries rrelss ree The code is derived from the text of the RFC including the test suite section A 5 but excluding the rest of Appendix A It does not include any code or documentation that is identified in the RFC as being copyrighted The original and principal author of md5 h is L Peter Deutsch lt ghost aladdin com gt Other authors are noted in the change history that follows in reverse chronological order 2002 04 13 lpd Removed support for non ANSI compilers removed references to Ghostscript clarified derivation from RFC 1321 now handles byte order either statically or dynamically
449. module object or function Type dir object to get a quick list of methods an object has For an introductory tutorial on the Python language Vigil Mito dece pytinon org tuLerialy For general Python and library reference documentation visit http python org doc Within the Workbench Scripting Shell there are five tabs on the top of the left side panel Files Globals Classes and Modules and Notifications Note E An exception is thrown while attempting to use input or read from stdin C 5 3 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs The Workbench Scripting Shell features the Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications tabs in addition to the main Shell tab The Files Tab Lists folders and files for user defined custom script files The categories are User Scripts User Modules and User Libraries 430 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs Figure C 3 The Workbench Scripting Shell tab Files v User Scripts gt foo py gt myplugin_grt py UserModules UserLibraries Globals Classes Modules Notifications By default scripts are stored in the scripts folder of your MySQL Workbench configuration folder These default locations are Table C 3 Default Scripts Location Operating System Default scripts path Linux mysql workbench scripts OS X Library Application Support MySQL Workbench scripts Windows 7 C Users
450. mplate offers only the Colorful style The HTML Detailed Frames template offers the Vibrant style and also the more subdued Coated style The Text Basic template offers only the Fixed Size Font style From the Base Options frame choose the report title and the output directory for the report files The following variables may be used to configure the output path The user s home directory Available on Linux and OS X versions only desktopfolder The user s desktop documentsfolder The user s Documents folders The following table shows typical values for common platforms Platform Typical Default Documents Folder Windows C Documents and Settings user_name My Documents Linux Documents OS X Users user_name Documents date The date in the format YYYY MM DD time The time in the format HHMM year The year in the format YYYY month The month in the format MM January is 01 and December is 12 monthname The name of the month rather than the number day The day number in the format DD For example the 12th would be 12 Content options can also be set Render Table Columns Display all the columns Render Table Indices Display all the indexes Render Foreign Keys Display all the foreign keys List Foreign Keys that refer to that table Display the tables that foreign keys reference Include DDL code for objects Generates DDL code 275 DBDoc Model Rep
451. ms and physical MySQL databases MySQL Workbench provides extensive capabilities for creating and manipulating database models including these e Create and manipulate a model graphically e Reverse engineer a live database to a model Forward engineer a model to a script or live database e Create and edit tables and insert data This is not an exhaustive list The following sections discuss these and additional data modeling capabilities 235 Modeling Interface 9 1 Modeling Interface Modeling concepts and interface elements are described below 9 1 1 Model Editor When the Model Editor is executed from the Home window MySQL Workbench displays the MySQL Model page The MySQL Model page has three main panels as shown in the following screenshot Description Editor User Types List History panel and Model Overview Figure 9 1 The MySQL Model Page K MySQL Workbench aar MySQL Model x File Edit View Arrange Model Database Plugins Scripting Community Help OpewO 3739 ao Description Editor Y Physical Schemata J mye g Add View Definiton TINYINT 1 Add Routine _ TINYINT DECIMAL 10 Routine Groups FLOAT DOUBLE o Add Group TINYINT 4 Y Schema Privileges SMALLINT 6 MEDIUMINT Users 0 tems INT i1 BIGINT 20 Add User Roles 0 tem 236 Model Editor The Description Editor and User Types List History panel are contained within the Sidebar The Sideba
452. mysa Workbench e Local instance MySQL5S7 x File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help HNA Elea ae Gad F F A Ol AE mt to 1000 rows ro sc x Entering an SQL keyword in the SQL editor triggers the automatic context sensitive help lel Qi le The context sensitive help action buttons LEFT BUTTON enables automatic context sensitive help default that automatically displays help information after a short delay when the cursor is near an SQL keyword RIGHT BUTTON available when automatic context sensitive help is disabled Click it to display help for the SQL keyword next to the current cursor caret The Context Help and Snippets panels are on different tabs 8 1 7 Output History Panel opic INSERT Syntax INSERT LOW_PRIORITY DELAYED HIGH_PRIORITY IGNORE INTO tbl_name PARTITION partition _fname col_name VALUES VALUE expr DEFAULT ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE col_namesexpr col_namezexpr Or INSERT LOW_PRIORITY DELAYED HIGH_PRIORITY IGNORE INTO tbl_name PARTITION partition_name SET col_namee expr DEFAULT ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE col_nameseexpr col_nemesexpr Or INSERT LOW_PRIORITY HIGH_PRIORITY IGNORE 1NTo tbl nane PARTITION a aed neme col_name SELECT ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE Col_nam wexpr col_namesexpr INSERT inserts new rows into an existing table The IN
453. n G 7 CURL libcurl License Section G 8 DockPanel Suite License Section G 9 Dojo Toolkit v1 7 0b1 License Section G 10 Section G 11 Section G 12 Section G 13 Section G 14 Section G 15 Section G 16 Section G 17 Section G 18 Section G 19 Section G 20 Section G 21 Section G 22 Section G 23 Section G 24 Section G 25 Section G 26 Section G 27 Section G 28 Section G 29 Section G 30 Section G 31 Section G 32 Section G 33 Section G 34 FreeTDS License GDAL OGR License GLib License for MySQL Workbench Glitz License GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 HtmlRenderer System Drawing Html iODBC License Libiconv License Libintl License libpng License Libxml2 License Libzip License Lua liblua License Paramiko License PCRE License Pixman License PROJ 4 License PyCrypto 2 6 License PyODBC License PySQLite License Python License Python ecdsa License Scintilla License ScintillaNET License SQLCipher License 450 NET Flat TabControl License e Section G 35 TinyXML License e Section G 36 TreeViewAdv for NET License e Section G 37 VSQLite License e Section G 38 zlib License G 1 NET Flat TabControl License The following
454. n be altered The steps that follow depend on these source and destination types and the Synchronize Model describes the basic functionality of this wizard 9 5 2 Compare and Report Differences in Catalogs This facility enables you to create a report detailing the differences between your MySQL Workbench model and a live database or script Choose Database Compare Schemas from the main menu to run the Compare and Report Differences in Catalogs wizard The first step in the wizard is to specify which catalogs to compare For example you may wish to compare your live database against your current MySQL Workbench model 319 Compare and Report Differences in Catalogs Figure 9 56 Catalog Sources Selection Select Sources Select Databases for Updates Source Database To Take Updates From Model Schemata Live Database Server Script File Destination Database To Receive Updates Model Schemata Live Database Server Script File You then proceed through the wizard providing connection information if accessing a live database The wizard then produces a catalog diff report showing the differences between the compared catalogs 320 Table Templates Figure 9 57 Catalog Differences Report F Select Sources Differences Found in Catalog Comparison Target Database Table world city was modified columns modified column ID Get Source and Target Select
455. n either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies 465 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 the executable It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute 7 You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License and distribute such a combined library provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted and provided that you do these two things a Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library uncombined with any other library facilities This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above b Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work 8 You may not copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt o
456. n gives unlimited permission to copy and or distribute it with or without modifications as long as this notice is preserved You are receiving a copy of the libintl library The terms of the Oracle license do NOT apply to the libintl library it is licensed under the following license separately from the Oracle programs you receive If you do not wish to install this program you may delete the intl dll or libintl files This component is licensed under Section G 14 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 G 19 libpng License The following software may be included in this product libpng COPYRIGHT NOTICE DISCLAIMER and LICENSE If you modify libpng you may insert additional notices immediately following this sentence This code is released under the libpng license Imojone versions 1 2 5 Augus 15 A200 relicopein LoS 510 Weugeln 28 202 are Copyright c 2004 2006 2011 Glenn Randers Pehrson and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng 1 2 5 with the following individual added to the list of Contributing Authors Cosmin Truta lippng versions 1 0 7 daly 1 2000 through 1 2 5 Octoser 3 2002 are Copyright c 2000 2002 Glenn Randers Pehrson and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng 1 0 6 with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors Simon Pierre Cadieux Eric S Raymond Gilles Vollan
457. n i AdventureWorks Shift G Script executed successfully Manual Editing Postambke D Script executed successfully Target Creation Options Create Schemas Output Messages DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK Data Transfer Setup The next step transfers data from the source RDBMS to the target MySQL database The setup screen includes the following options Data Copy Online copy of table data to target RDBMS This default will copy the data to the target RDBMS Create a batch file to copy the data at another time The data may also be dumped to a file that can be executed at a later time or be used as a backup This script uses a MySQL connection to transfer the data e Create a shell script to use native server dump and load abilities for fast migration Unlike the simple batch file that performs a live online copy this generates a script to be executed on the source host to then generate a Zip file containing all of the data and information needed to migrate the data locally on the target host Copy and extract the generated Zip file on the target host and then execute the import script on the target host to import the data into MySQL using a LOAD DATA call This faster method avoids the need to traffic all data through MySQL Workbench or to have a permanent network connection between the MySQL servers Note R This option was
458. n the lists below Al tables wil be migrated by default SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection E Morate Table objects Fetch Schemas List LP 7 total 7 selected Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source A E Migrate View objects OBJECT MIGRATION 6 total 0 Migration Manual Editing Migrate Routine objects Fan RE Target Creation Options Paf 3 total 0 selected Stow Saeco Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK Migration The migration process now converts the selected objects into MySQL compatible objects View the logs and then proceed 346 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 10 MySQL Workbench migration Migration BN MySQL Workbench Migration Task List OVERVIEW Overmew SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK Manual Editing fe Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Reverse engineered objects from the source ROBMS wil now be automaticaly converted into MySQL compatible objects
459. nAdmin the list of privileges expands to include REPLICATION CLIENT REPLICATION SLAVE and SUPER These roles are available DBA Grants all privileges e MaintenanceAdmin Grants privileges to maintain the server ProcessAdmin Grants privileges to monitor and kill user processes e UserAdmin Grants privileges to create users and reset passwords SecurityAdmin Grants privileges to manage logins and grant and revoke server privileges MonitorAdmin Grants privileges to monitor the server 134 Schema Privileges e DBManager Grants privileges to manage databases e DBDesigner Grants privileges to create and reverse engineer any database schema ReplicationAdmin Grants privileges to set up and manage replication BackupAdmin Grants privileges required to back up databases e Custom Lists other custom privileges that are assigned to the user account The Password Validation Plugin available as of MySQL Server 5 6 6 is supported in Workbench For information about what these settings mean see The Password Validation Plugin Figure 6 8 Navigator Management User And Privileges Administrative Roles File Edit View Query Databsse Server Tools Scripting Help She Heleg a Navigator MANAGEMENT Server Status amp Cent Connections Users and Priviteges Gi Status and System Variables Data Export 4 Data Import Restore INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options
460. nch schema that MySQL Workbench creates when sharing SQL snippets across a MySQL connection For additional information about shared snippets see Section 8 1 5 SQL Snippets tab 63 64 Chapter 3 Configuration Table of Contents 3 1 User Accessibility Options sorre tants edi eect nt ean eee lea ae deen 65 3 2 Workbench Preferences ccecccccssceeeeeeceeeseeeeeeeseeeseneeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeseeeeeaeegeeneegaes 69 3 2 1 General Edit rs Preferentes ritan vaact eviews dataasviaddeaeeas daaebatvevaadvines 70 3 2 2 SQL Editor PreferenCes viicccsusaeissivesuesiveevestsnendseuaavvecvaavecduenavenndetessniceneaviadvuetevivensvenerenensed 71 323 Administration Preferences esnin iea tenet Wakao A a A Weeds daldaiaae bal ARS 77 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences cccecece ee eeee ee eeeeee ENN nese eae eres sane eeseaaeesessaaeeeeseaaeeeessaeeeeeasneees 78 3 2 5 Fonts and Colors Preferences ccccccccecccceceeeueeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaceeaeeeeeeueeaeeeaneneeeees 84 CREA Other Preferences a E cams bate va A se sividaaetiredeash tadvdvan Davee saa indetalenaidegh deduces E 85 3 3 MySQL Workbench Settings and Log Files cccceeeceeeee cece eee teee erst tees aa ea eeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeneeeeeeeeeaaa 86 3 4 Tutorial Add a Custom Link to the Home Page c cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeees 88 3 5 Common Preferences and Configurations
461. nctions THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS Written by Philip Hazel Emanaa Mpare EPN Email domain cam ac uk University of Cambridge Computing Service Cambridge England Phone 44 1223 334714 Copyright c 1997 2006 University of Cambridge All rights reserved THE C WRAPPER FUNCTIONS Contributed by Google Inc Copyright c 2006 Google Inc All rights reserved THE BSD LICENCE Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google Inc nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPE
462. nd collation of a table can be changed using the table editor The color of your table can be changed using the Properties palette The Default Engine and Default Collation values refer to the database defaults Create a table by clicking anywhere on the EER Diagram canvas This creates a new table with the default name tablel To revert to the default mouse pointer click the arrow icon at the top of the vertical toolbar Figure 9 10 A Table on an EER Diagram _ address W address_id SMALLINT 5 address VARCHAR 50 address2 VARCHAR 50 O district VARCHAR 20 city_id SMALLINT 5 posta _code VARCHAR 10 gt phone VARCHAR 20 4 last_update TIMEST AMP PRIMARY idx_fk_city_id As shown in the preceding diagram the primary key is indicated by a key icon and indexed fields are indicated by a different colored diamond icon Click the arrow to the right of the table name to toggle the display of the fields Toggle the display of indexes and triggers in the same way Right clicking a table opens a pop up menu with the following items e Cut table_name 258 Creating Foreign Key Relationships e Copy table_name e Paste e Edit table_name e Edit table_name in New Tab e Copy SQL to Clipboard e Copy Column Names to Clipboard Copy Inserts to Clipboard e Copy Insert Template to Clipboard e Delete table_name e Remove Figure table_name With the exception of the deletion item these menu items
463. nd or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the Dojo Foundation nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT NCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 455 FreeTDS License G 10 FreeTDS License The following software may be included in this product FreeTDS You are receiving a copy of FreeTDS in both source and object code The terms of the Oracle license do NOT apply to FreeTDS Oracle distributes it under the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 0 separately from the Oracle programs you receive If you do not wish to install this program you may delete freetds so
464. nd tables that you want to migrate to MySQL Fetch Schemas List The Schemata list is retrieved from both the source and target RDBMS The account used for the connection will need to have appropriate privileges for listing and reading the schemas you want to migrate Target RDBMS connection settings will also be validated This is an automated and informational step that reports connection related errors and or general log information The steps that are performed include connects to the source DBMS checks the connection and retrieves the schema list from the source Figure 10 54 MySQL Workbench migration Fetch Schemas List Migration Task List OVERVIEW Overview SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transter Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Schemata Selection File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Fetch Schema List The following tasks will now be performed Please monitor the execution The names of available schemas wil be retrieved from the source RDEMS The account used for the connection wil need to have appropriate privileges for listing and reading the schemas you want to migrate Target RDEMS connection settings wil also be checked for validity Comect t
465. nd then Import Find and import the sakila schema sq file This is the script that contains the data definition statements for the sakila database The file filter for the file open dialog window defaults to sqi so you should be able to view only files with the sql extension If the file was successfully imported the application s status bar reads Import MySQL Create Script done To view the newly imported script expand the Physical Schemata section by double clicking the arrow on the left of the Physical Schemata title bar Select the tab labeled sakila You may also wish to remove the default schema tab mydb Select this tab then click the button on the upper right in the Physical Schemata panel To view all the objects in the sakila schema you may need to expand the Physical Schemata window Move the mouse pointer anywhere over the gray area that defines the lower edge of the Physical Schemata window Hold down the right mouse button and move the mouse to adjust the size of the window After you have expanded the window all the objects in the sakila database should be visible Tables appear at the top followed by views and then routines There are no routine groups in this schema but you should see the Routine Groups section and an Add Group icon For a complete description of importing a MySQL create script see Section 9 4 2 1 Reverse Engineering Using a Create Script 9 3 3 1 Adding an EER Diagram To create an EER
466. ndo an operation It is also possible to carry out a Redo operation using either the menu item or the key combination Control Y Also find a Delete ob ject_name menu item for removing the currently selected object The keyboard command for this action is Control Delete You can also right click an object and choose the delete option from the pop up menu The Delete ob ject_name menu item behaves differently depending upon circumstances For example if an EER Diagram is active and a table on the canvas is the currently selected object a dialog box may open asking whether you want to remove the table from the canvas only or from the database as well For information about setting the default behavior when deleting from an EER Diagram see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences Warning X If the MySQL Model page is active the selected object is deleted from the catalog and there will be no confirmation dialog box 238 Model Editor Choose Edit Selected to edit the currently selected object You can also perform edits in a new window by selecting Edit Selected in New Window The keyboard shortcuts for Edit Selected and Edit Selected in New Window are Control E and Control Shift E respectively The Select item has the following submenus Select All Keyboard shortcut Control A Selects all the objects on the active EER diagram e Similar Figures Objects of the same type Finds objects similar to the currently selected obj
467. neral Public License Version 2 1 You may 460 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 not use the identified files except in compliance with the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 the License You may obtain a copy of the License at http www gnu org licenses lgpl 2 1 html A copy of the license is also reproduced below Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing software distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND either express or implied See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 1 February 1999 Copyright C 1991 1999 Free Software Foundation Inc Gil Fra klin Strest Fifth Elor Boston MA OZ ISOl USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License version 2 hence the version number 2 1 Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This license the Lesser General Public L
468. nerated for the migrated schema objects wil now be executed in the target database You can monitor execution in the logs and if there are errors you may correct them in the next step Table data wil be migrated at a later step Create Script Fie GY Connect to Target Database B Perform Checks in Target D Create Schemas and Objects Frished performing tasks Cick Next gt to continue Message Log StartTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shift start time 1 EndTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shift end time ModifiedDate TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT TIMESTAMP COMMENT Date and time the record was last updated PRIMARY KEY ShiftID COMMENT Work shift lockup table Scripts for 7 tables O views and 0 routines were executed for schema AdventureWorks Executing postamble script Execute statement SET FOREIGN KEY _CHECKS 1 Schema ceated BOSSES RSSSESSE SSeS SESS SESS SSESAESSSE SSE SSSSSSESSSSSSESSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSESSESS Create Schemas and Objects finished Finished performing tasks DBMS connection is OK 10 8 9 Create Target Results The generated objects are listed here along with the error messages if any exist The migration code may also be viewed and edited here To make changes select an object edit the query code and press Apply Repeat this process for each object that will be edited And then press Recreate Objects to save the results execute the previous migration step
469. nfirm the host s fingerprint before storing it If your stored host fingerprint is different than the host s current fingerprint then an error is generated and you will be required to handle the discrepancy from outside of MySQL Workbench before creating the connection Prior to MySQL Workbench 6 1 6 the host SSH fingerprint was not saved by MySQL Workbench On Linux and OS X SSH host fingerprints are stored in ssh known_hosts On Microsoft Windows they are stored in a file created by MySQL Workbench under the user s application data folder sappdata such as C Users username AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench known_hosts The SSH connection options are viewable in the following screenshot 113 SSL Wizard Certificates Figure 5 17 Manage DB Connections SSH Parameters Ta MySQL Connections Connection Name Local instance MySQL56_1 Local instance MySQL56_1 MyConnection Connection Remote Management System Profile Connection Method Standard TCP IP over SSH v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters ssi Advanced SSH Hostname jocaihost 22__ SSH server hostname with optional port number SSH Username ser Name of the SSH user to connect with SSH Password pn SSH user password to connect to the SSH tunnel SSH Key File Path to SSH private key file MySQL Hostname 127 0 0 1 MySQL server host relative to the SSH server MySQL Server Port 3306 TCP IP port of
470. ng the table tool The table tool is the rectangular grid in the middle of the vertical toolbar Mousing over it shows the message Place a New Table T Clicking this tool changes the mouse pointer to a hand with a rectangular grid Create a table on the canvas by clicking anywhere on the EER Diagram grid Right click the table and choose Edit in New Window from the pop up menu This opens the table editor docked at the bottom of the application The table name defaults to table1 Change the name by entering invoice into the Name field Changes here affect the name of the tab in the table editor and the name of the table on the canvas Pressing Tab or Enter while the cursor is in the table name field selects the Columns tab of the table editor and creates a default column named idinvoice Pressing Tab or Enter again sets the focus on the Datatype list with INT selected Notice that a field has been added to the table on the EER canvas Pressing Tab yet again and the focus shifts to adding a second column Add a Description anda Customer_idcolumn When you are finished close the table editor by clicking the x button on the top left of the table editor 9 3 2 2 Creating a Foreign Key Select the table tool again and place another table on the canvas Name this table invoice_item Next click the 1 n Non Identifying Relationship tool First click the invoice_item table notice that a red border indicates that this table is selected
471. ngle Page use a single page HTML report template a SOS ais Pe ny Detailed Frames a Text Basic a Template Style Vibrant X Vibrant colors BE e Basic Options Tite Model Report Title used for the report Output Path documentsfolder report_ date Itis possible to use variables here These values are supported The user s home directory Linux Mac only desktopfolder The user s desktop documentsfolder The user s documents folder date The current date time The current time year The current year only emonth e The current month only as number monthname The current month only as text day The current day as number Content V Output Table Columns Output Table Indices Output Foreign Keys Output References from Foreign Keys Indude DDL code for objects a3 aa S Cancel Generate 274 DBDoc Model Reporting You can choose from four available templates HTML Basic Frames Model documentation in HTML format that makes use of frames HTML Basic Single Page Single Page HTML documentation not using frames HTML Detailed Frames Detailed HTML documentation using frames Text Basic Text file documentation When you click a template a preview image displays on the right side of the page For the HTML Basic Frames template you can select either the Colorful orthe Restrained Colors option from the Style list The HTML Basic Single Page te
472. nn sme nan Camdnwdttnmn entanrirentan TOt ates ne Stawheted Target Creation Options u Create Schemata You can rename target schemas and tables and change column definitons by selecting the item and pressing F2 SQL CREATE Script for Selected Object Crate get Reams E TABLE IF NOT EXISTS Northwind CustomerDemographics 00 www d CustomerType D CHAR 10 NOT NULL DATA MIGRATION CustomerDesc LONGTEXT NULL Data Transfer Setup PRIMARY KEY CustomerTypelD COLLATE utf8_general_ci Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Create the database objects Next is the Target Creation Options page 374 Create the database objects Figure 10 35 Target Creation Options 1 MySQL Workbench o a Migration x File Edt View Database Plugins Scripting Help ORACLE Migration Task List Target Creation Options OVERVIEW Overview Select options for the creation of the migrated schema in the target MySQL server and dick Next gt to execute SOURCE amp TARGET Y Source Selection Target Selection 7 Create schema in target RDEMS Schema Creation FY Fetch Schemata List F Schemata Selection Y Reverse Engineer Source Create a SQL sorpt fle OBJECT MIGRATION Y Source Objects Y Migration Manual Editing Options Keep schemata if they already exist Objects that akeady exist wil not be recreated or updated Create Schemata Create Target Results DATA M
473. ns 1 The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required 2 Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original software 3 This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution Jean loup Gailly jloup gzip org Mark Adler madler alumni caltech edu 496
474. nside MySQL Workbench Note R Although adding a link to the Home screen is not a common need this tutorial is an example that demonstrates the idea of customizing MySQL Workbench First create an icon for your shortcut This step is optional and the table below compares the icon used in this tutorial and the default icon if a custom icon is not defined Table 3 3 MySQL Workbench Home Screen Icons Default Icon Our Example Icon Save your new 52x52 pixel image to a location accessible by MySQL Workbench By default source icons are stored here Table 3 4 Default Path for Home Screen Icons Operating System File Path Windows C Program Files x86 MySQL MySQL Workbench CE 6 3 5 images home OS X Applications MySQLWorkbench app Contents Resources Linux usr share mysql workbench images Next open starters_settings xml this file is located under your user s MySQL Workbench directory and add an entry for your new shortcut ID where the order determines the location on the Home screen Follow the standard convention by appending your value to com mysql wb starter this tutorial uses example lt link type object gt com mysql wb starter example lt link gt Lastly open predefined_starters xml and add a new app Starter entry Table 3 5 Default Path to predefined_starters xml Operating System File Path Windows C Program Files x86 MySQL MySQL Workbench CE 6 3 5 d
475. nt Executes the current SQL statement Execute Current Statement Vertical Text Output Executes all statements in the SQL Query area or only the selected statements and displays it in plain text like the MySQL command line console does vertically G Explain Current Statement Describes the current statement by using the MySQL EXPLAIN statement Visual Explain Current Statement Visually describes the current statement based on EXPLAIN information provided by MySQL Server 5 6 and above MySQL Workbench parses the EXPLAIN JSON output from MySQL server 5 6 and outputs a visual representation For additional information about Visual Explain see Section 7 3 Visual Explain Plan and Section 7 5 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance Stop Stops executing the currently running script Stop Script Execution On Errors If enabled MySQL Workbench stops executing the a query if errors are found It can be enabled disabled from this menu 197 Results Window Limit Rows By default the number of returned rows LIMIT is 1000 Values defined here affects subsequent statements The number ranges from 10 to 50000 and Don t Limit Collect Performance Schema Stats Provides data to the Query Stats result set view which includes statement specific information about Timing Rows processed Temporary tables Joins per type Sorting and Index usage Collect Resultset Field Metadata Provides data
476. nterprise Backup MEB lets you backup your MySQL server instances online To be used the MEB executable mysqbacup E Status and System Variables must be installed on the target server It can be downloaded from eDelivery or My Orade Support amp Data Export amp Dats import Restore Prerequisites INSTANCE o B Startup shutdown Server Logs Path to MEB Executable Provide the path to the mysgbackup executable on the MySQL server machine Options File MySQL Backup Command Path C Program Files MySQL MySQL Enterprise Badaup 3 12 mysqbadap exe OK Executable found version 3 12 0 PERFORMANCE Q Dashboard Backup Home Directory amp Pertormance Reports Select a backup home directory to store the backup profiles and to set as default storage location for backup files ON Performance Schema Setup MySQL Backup Home Directory C MySQLBackupHome Create Directory MYSQL ENTERPRISE OK The directory is vald B audit inspector MySQL ii F all re MySQL Backups should be run from a dedicated badap account with a proper set of permissions Enter a new or existing account and password below ch Online Backup Workbench wil run checks or prompt you for additional actions as needed Backup User mysqbacup Password Management The account is vald and wil be used for backups Usage of TTS is enabled If any of the requirements are not met then an error will be generated when attempting to use MySQL Enterprise
477. nue Santa Clara CA 95051 and the Individual or Organization Licensee accessing and otherwise using this software in source or binary form and its associated documentation the Software 2 Subject to the terms and conditions of this BeOpen Python License Agreement BeOpen hereby grants Licensee a non exclusive royalty free world wide license to reproduce analyze test perform and or display publicly prepare derivative works distribute and 482 Python License otherwise use the Software alone or in any derivative version provided however that the BeOpen Python License is retained in the Software alone or in any derivative version prepared by Licensee 3 BeOpen is making the Software available to Licensee on an AS IS basis BEOPEN MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY WAY OF EXAMPLE BUT NOT LIMITATION BEOPEN MAKES NO AND DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY THIRD PARTY RIGHTS 4 BEOPEN SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO LICENSEE OR ANY OTHER USERS OF THE SOFTWARE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSS AS A RESULT OF USING MODIFYING OR DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE OR ANY DERIVATIVE THEREOF EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF 5 This License Agreement will automatically terminate upon a material breach of its terms and conditions 6 This License Agr
478. o source DBMS W Check target DBMS connection Retrieve schema list from source Finished performing tasks Cic Next gt to continue Message Log Check target DBMS connection Connecting to target Connecting to Mysql 127 0 0 1 3305 Connecting to Mysql 127 0 0 1 3305 ted Connect Check target DBMS connection done Retrieve schema list from source connection Chechng boe Fetching catalog names Fetching schema names Fetching schema names from AdventureWorks Choose the databases you want to migrate over to MySQL This Schema Name Mapping Method options while migrating from Microsoft SQL Server Note This example uses Microsoft SQL Server as the source RDMS Although the options will be different for other database systems the concept remains the same 398 Reverse Engineering e Keep schemata as they are Catalog Schema Table gt Schema Table This will create multiple databases one per schema e Only one schema Catalog Schema Table gt Catalog Table Merges each schema into a single database e Only one schema keep current schema names as a prefix Catalog Schema Table gt Catalog Schema_table Preserves the schema name as a prefix Figure 10 55 MySQL Workbench migration Schemata Selection Bi msa Workbench fi Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Schemas Selection OVERVIEW Overview Select the sche
479. o to disable SSL If available if the client library supports it or Require to require SSL support for the MySQL connection to succeed This option defaults to If available SSL CA File Path to the Certification Authority file for SSL SSL CERT File Path the Certificate file for SSL SSL Key File Path to the Key file for SSL SSL Cipher Optional list of permissible ciphers to use for SSL encryption SSL Wizard Generate SSL certificates for both the MySQL server and MySQL client Requires access to OpenSSL binaries in the system s PATH For additional information see Section 5 3 4 SSL Wizard Certificates Files Opens a system s file browser that points to the generated SSL files by the SSL Wizard 5 3 2 Local Socket Pipe Connection Method This connection method enables MySQL Workbench to connect to MySQL Server using a socket file on Unix or a named pipe on Windows Parameters The unique field here is Socket Pipe Path Enter the name of the socket or pipe here If the field is left blank the default socket or pipe name is used On Unix the default socket name is tmp mysql sock On Microsoft Windows the default pipe name is MySQL Figure 5 16 Manage DB Connections Socket Pipe Parameters G MySQL Connections Connection Name Local instance MySQL56_1 Local instance MySQL56_1 MyConnection Connection Remote Management System Profile Connection Method v Method to use to connect to the RDEMS Para
480. objects are imported Each section has a Show Filter button Click this button if you do not want to import all the objects of a specific type Here is this page with the filter open 309 Reverse Engineering Figure 9 47 Select Objects Reverse Engineer Database z Connection Options r T Select Objects to Reverse Engineer Connect to DBMS Select Schemas Retrieve Objects Import MySQL Table Objects 3Total Objects 3 Selected Select Objects world city world country world countrylanguage Use the button to exclude objects matching wildcards such as and _ Place imported objects on a diagram This page enables you to select specific tables for import Having selected the desired tables you can optionally hide the filter by clicking the Hide Filter button The other sections such as MySQL Routine Objects have similar filters available Click Execute to continue to the next page The wizard then imports objects displaying the tasks that have been carried out and whether the operation was successful If errors were generated you can click the Show Logs button to see the nature of the errors 310 Reverse Engineering Figure 9 48 Reverse Engineer Progress Reverse Engineer Database Connection Options zs z Reverse Engineering Progress Connect to DBMS Select Schemas The following tasks will now be executed Please monitor the execution Press Show Logs to see the execution
481. odeling and they are divided into two sections First the colors used when creating tables and views The second section are available colors for items such as layers and notes Fonts These define the fonts and font sizes used while modeling 3 2 5 Fonts and Colors Preferences Figure 3 16 Preferences Fonts and Colors General Editors Y SQL Editor Query Editor SQL Editor Consolas 10 Object Editors SQL Execution Resultset Grid Tahoma 8 Administration Y Modeling Scripting Shell Consolas 10 Defaults Fonts mn Script Editor Consolas 10 Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Color Scheme Others Select your scheme System Default v The scheme that determines the core colors Fonts e SQL Editor Consolas 10 Global font for SQL text editors e Resultset Grid Tahoma 8 Resultset grid in SQL editor Scripting Shell Consolas 10 Scripting Shell output area Script Editor Consolas 10 Code editors in scripting shell Color Scheme On Microsoft Windows set the scheme that determines the code colors Global font for SQL text editors Resultset grid in SQL Editor Scripting Shell output area Code editors in scripting shell 84 Other Preferences 3 2 6 Other Preferences Figure 3 17 Preferences Others General Editors SQL Editor Cos Query Editor KeepAlive SSH keep alive interval in seconds Object Editors a a Use 0 to disable SQL Execution Administration Fabric Connection
482. oducts and versions are currently tested and supported by the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard although other RDBMS products can also be migrated with Section 10 2 3 Migrating from unsupported generic databases e Microsoft SQL Server 2000 2005 2008 2012 357 Migrating from unsupported generic databases Microsoft Access 2007 and greater MySQL Server 4 1 and greater as the source and MySQL Server 5 1 and greater as the target PostgreSQL 8 0 and greater SQL Anywhere SQLite Sybase Adaptive Server Enterprise 15 x and greater 10 2 3 Migrating from unsupported generic databases Most ODBC compliant databases may be migrated using the generic database support In this case code objects will not be retrieved from the source database only tables and data When using the generic support column data types are mapped using the following steps 1 It searches for the first entry in the Generic Datatype Mapping Table for the source type name If the length scale ranges of the entry matches the source column it will pick that type Otherwise it continues searching If no matches were found in the generic table then it tries to directly map the source type to a MySQL type of the same name If the source type name doesn t match any of the MySQL data types then it is not converted and an error is logged From here you can specify the target datatype in the Manual Object Editing step of the wizard 10 3 Concept
483. of File MySQL Diagram V Restore expanded state of the active schema objects Appearance Fonts amp Colors Sidebar Others 7 Show Schema Contents in Schema Tree Show Metadata and Internal Schemas T Combine Management Tools and Schema Tree MySQL Session DBMS connection keep alive interval in seconds 600 DBMS connection read time out in seconds 600 DBMS connection time out in seconds 60 Other This schema will be used by Workbench to store information required on certain operations e Save snapshot of open editors on close Enabling will save and reload the SQL Editor tabs after closing opening MySQL Workbench including after an unexpected crash e Auto save scripts interval Frequency of the auto saves e Create new tabs as Query tabs instead of File By default opening a new SQL Editor tab opens as an SQL File tab Check this option if you prefer the simpler Query tabs that for example will not prompt to be saved when closed Restore expanded state of the active schema objects Group nodes that were previously expanded in the active schema when the SQL editor was last closed are re expanded and loaded This is enabled by default Sidebar e Show Schema Contents in Schema Tree Enumerating populating and drawing large numbers of items can significantly increase loading times For this reason this facility can be switched off for models containing large numbers of schemata and tables e Show D
484. og wb log is reset and the previous wb 1 1og file is renamed to wb 2 10g and so on all the way up to wh 9 L g e sql_actions_ log A log of all SQL execution results but without the data for debugging purposes The SQL editor s SQL history does not originate from here as it is stored in the sql_history directory The modules directory Custom plugins modules are stored in the modules directory For additional information about MySQL Workbench plugins see Section C 3 Plugins Tools The sql_history directory SQL statements executed in the SQL editor are saved in the sql_history directory They are stored as plain text files that are separated one per day such as 2015 12 15 and they contain your MySQL Workbench SQL statement history for all MySQL connections For additional information see Section 8 1 7 Output History Panel 87 The snippets directory The snippets directory SQL snippets used by the SQL editor are stored in the snippets directory These files include bundled snippets Such as SQL DDL Statements and custom snippets saved under the My Snippets tab For additional information see Section 8 1 5 SQL Snippets tab 3 4 Tutorial Add a Custom Link to the Home Page This tutorial introduces the concept of altering the MySQL Workbench home screen by adding your own Shortcut link Here we will add a shortcut titled Example that opens example org as its own browser tab i
485. ollection movies LIMIT 0 1000 Orow s retuned Columns movie Object Info E 2 This displays the query and its associated results grid The table is empty and data may be added into the results grid Note E The movie_idcolumn is set to AUTO_INCREMENT so values are not needed for this column Input the following data into the movies table title release_date Gone with the Wind 1939 04 17 The Hound of the Baskervilles 1939 03 31 The Matrix 1999 06 11 Above the Law 1988 04 08 Iron Man 2 2010 05 07 210 Tutorial Adding Data Note E Do not modify movie_id column values 3 Click Apply to apply these changes to the live MySQL server 4 View the data grid again and observe the generated AUTO_INCREMENT values Figure 8 15 Getting Started Tutorial Edit Data File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help EJEN 6 3S Fb a Navigator Query 1 Query 2 SCHEMAS aai A CISRIC Oise a UE Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM dvd_collection movies v amp dvd_collection v Tebles vE movies vim colmos q eral SE eron Ed 2 E Eh exportfimport 3 5 Wrap cel Contem a C gt tite movie_id title release_date gt release_date Gone with the Wind 1939 04 17 Ba gt EP Indexes The Hound of the Baskervilles 1939 03 31 gt T Foreign Keys Bi Triggers The Matrix 1999 06 11 gt GF views Above the Law 1988 04 08 gt ER Stored Procedures FANDER 2010 05 07
486. on This will remove MySQL Workbench Note R If you installed MySQL Workbench using the Installer package it is not possible to remove MySQL Workbench from the command line Although you can manually remove some of the components there is no command line option for removing MySQL Workbench Removing the MySQL Workbench directory manually will not remove all the files belonging to MySQL Workbench Removing MySQL Workbench After Installation from the MySQL Installer Open the MySQL Installer for Windows click Remove MySQL Products choose MySQL Workbench and then Execute What Is Not Removed The uninstallation process does not remove your MySQL Workbench configuration directory This directory includes your MySQL connections configuration settings cache files SQL snippets and history logs custom modules and more These files are stored under your user s SAppData directory AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench where C username AppData Note R By default the MySQL Workbench configuration directory is C username Roaming is the value of your sAppData Windows system variable Also the uninstallation process does not remove the mysqlworkbench schema that MySQL Workbench creates when sharing SQL snippets across a MySQL connection For additional information about shared snippets see Section 8 1 5 SQL Snippets tab 2 4 MySQL Workbench on Linux 2 4 1 Installing There are binary distributions of MySQL Workbench avai
487. on 8 2 1 Object Browser and Editor Navigator describes several MySQL Workbench features to monitor and configure each connected MySQL server A single MySQL Workbench instance can open one or multiple MySQL connections into individual tabs For a more detailed overview of this process see the tutorial titled Section 5 2 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial 5 2 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial 1 Launch MySQL Workbench You will be presented with the Home window 96 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial Figure 5 2 Getting Started Tutorial Home Window Ha MySQL Workbench amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections a Shortcuts LocalMySQL56 Instance root Swe locainost 3306 MySQL Utilities Database Migration My Oracle Support Workbench Blogs Planet MySQL Workbench Forums 2 W UO Om MO gt gt gt saklamodel wo e 3 0 Oracle eDelivery Oracle Support Scripting Shell h i Our example already has two connections created but let us create a new connection From the MySQL Workbench Home window click the icon near the MySQL Connections label This opens the Setup New Connection wizard Define the Connection Name value which we will set to MyFirstConnection in this example 97 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial Figure 5 3 Getting Started Tutorial Setup New Connect
488. on causes execution to continue for the remainder of the script 76 Administration Preferences Leave autocommit mode enabled by default Toggles the default autocommit mode for connections When enabled each statement will be committed immediately Note E All query tabs in the same connection share the same transaction To have independent transactions you must open a new connection Progress status update interval When executing long running queries over a slow connection you may need to increase this value to prevent excess load on the connection Defaults to 500 milliseconds SELECT Query Results Limit Rows Queries can sometimes return an excessive number of rows which can heavily load the connection and take time to display in MySQL Workbench To prevent this you can set a more moderate value here This limit is defined by the Limit Rows Count option Limit Rows Count Specify the maximum number of result rows to return Defaults to 1000 Max Field Value Length to Display To avoid display problems due to excessive field length it is possible to set the maximum field length to display in bytes Defaults to 256 Treat BINARY VARBINARY as non binary character string Binary byte string values are not displayed by default in the results grid but are instead marked as BLOB values These can then be viewed or edited with the BLOB editor Nonbinary character string values are displayed in the results grid and can be e
489. on that is delivered to the U S Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U S Government then the following notice is applicable U S GOVERNMENT END USERS Oracle programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation delivered to U S Government end users are commercial computer software pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such use duplication disclosure modification and adaptation of the programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs No other rights are granted to the U S Government This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications including applications that may create a risk of personal injury If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail safe backup redundancy and other measures to ensure its safe use Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and or its
490. on your network connection Connect to host machine Windows Management ocation of start stop commands Check MySQL configura Test Settings tion file Testing host machine settings is done Message Log Check if C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 my ini can be accessed File was found at the expected location Check if section for instance mysqld exists in C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 my ini mysqld section found in configuration file 9 You now have a chance to review the configuration settings The information displayed varies slightly depending on platform connection method and installation type At the Review Settings prompt choose I d like to review the settings again to review the settings Choosing Continue closes the Configure Server Management dialog 102 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial Figure 5 8 Getting Started Tutorial Review Settings Configure Local Management z Introducti EEN Review Remote Management Settings Test DB Connection Below is a list of all settings collected so far This indudes also values taken from templates or default values Check if they match your actual settings and toggle Change Parameters if you need to make any changes to default values For any other change go back to the appropriate wizard page Windows Management Pay special attention if you run more than one instance of MySQL on the same machine Test Se
491. options to Execute Snippet Send to Script Editor or Copy To Clipboard While individual commands can be entered into the shell it is also possible to run a longer script stored in an external file using the main menu item Scripting Run Workbench Script File When scripts are run outside of the shell to see the output use the main menu item View Output It is also possible to run script files directly from the shell For details on running script files type run at the Workbench Scripting Shell prompt The following message is displayed Help Topics JEE General information about the Workbench runtime scripting Practical information when working on scripts and modules for Workbench wbdata Summary about Workbench model data organization modules Information about Workbench module usage plugins Information about writing Plugins and Modules for Workbench Type topic to get help on the topic Custom Python Modules 429 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs Cust Module to work with Workbench runtime grt objects CHEE 6 EOE The root object in the internal Workbench object hierarchy grt modules Location where Workbench modules are available grt classes List of classes known to the GRT system mforms A Module to access the cross platform UI toolkit used in some Workbench features wb Utility module for creating Workbench plugins Type help module object function to get information about a
492. or Manage Connections Launches the Manage Server Connections dialog which enables you to create and manage multiple connections For more information see Section 5 3 Manage Server Connections Reverse Engineer Creates a model from an existing database For more information see Section 9 4 2 2 Reverse Engineering a Live Database Forward Engineer Creates a database from a model For more information see Section 9 4 1 2 Forward Engineering to a Live Server Schema Transfer Wizard Executes the database migration wizard for MySQL databases It is useful for moving from an older MySQL server to the latest MySQL version and is meant for local development purposes You should not use this tool on production MySQL instances as they often require more complex data migration techniques For additional information about this wizard see MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Migration Wizard Executes the database migration wizard for most any database and is meant to migrate tables and data from supported database systems to your MySQL server For additional information see Chapter 10 Database Migration Wizard Edit Type Mappings for Generic Migration From here you can define custom type mappings such as migrating the source data type int8 to the target MySQL data type BIGINT Synchronize Model Synchronizes your database model with an existing database For more information see Section 9 5 1 Database Synchroniza
493. or 1 Administration Client Connecti MANAGEMENT Serer Status amp Client Connections D Users and Privileges tnt te c i Time I Status and System Variables localhost 52711 sakila Sleep amp Data Export localhost 52734 sakila Sleep amp Data tmport Restore localhost 52735 sakila Sleep localhost 52757 None Query SHOW FULL PROCESSLIST MyFirstConnecton Client Connections INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Server togs amp Options File Management Information Connection Name MyFirstConnecton hi RefreshRete DontRefresh v Ki Query Kil Connection File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She Gle gad a xe Navigator 1 Administration Client Connecti MANAGEMENT Serer Status 1 Client Connections MyFirstComection Client Connections AL Users and Privileges Threads Connected 4 Threads Runing 1 Threads Created 6 Threads Cached 2 Rejected over limit 0 E Status and System Variables Total Connections 50 Connection Limit 100 Aborted Clients 11 Aborted Connections 9 Errors 0 amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore Host 06 Command Time State Thread id Type Name localhost sakila Sleep 3 None 67 FOREGROUND thread sql one_c INSTANCE localhost sakila Sleep 3 None 68 FOREGROUND thread sql one c B Startup Shutdown focalhos None Query O Sending data 69 FOREGROUND thread sql one_c A Server Logs localhos None Sleep 0 None 70 FOREGROUND thread sql one_c amp Op
494. or example permission to use the GNU C Library in non free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system as well as its variant the GNU Linux operating system Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users freedom it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow Pay close attention to the difference between a work based on the library and a work that uses the library The former contains code derived from the library whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License also called this License Each licensee is addressed as you 462 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 A library means a collection of software functions and or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs which use some of those functions and data to form executables The Library below r
495. or otherwise using Python 1 6 1 Licensee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this License Agreement ACCEPT CWI LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR PYTHON 0 9 0 THROUGH 1 2 Copyright c 1991 1995 Stichting Mathematisch Centrum Amsterdam The Netherlands All rights reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of Stichting Mathematisch Centrum or CWI not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission STICHTING MATHEMATISCH CENTRUM DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL STICHTING MATHEMATISCH CENTRUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Licenses and Acknowledgements for Incorporated Software This section is an incomplete but growing list of licenses and acknowledgements for third party software incorporated in the Python distribution 484
496. or synchronization operations 70 SQL Editor Preferences e Honors the SQL_MODE values defined in SqiMode so that SQL parsing is correct Only a subset of all possible SQL_MODE values affect the MySQL Workbench SQL parser These values are ANSI_QUOTES HIGH_NOT_PRECEDENCE IGNORE_SPACE NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES PIPES_AS_CONCAT Other values do not affect the MySQL Workbench SQL parser and are ignored If the value of SqlMode is not set the default value of the SOL_MODE session variable defined by the server stays unchanged during operations with the server However the MySQL Workbench SQL parser behaves as if SOL_MODE is also not set This may potentially lead to inconsistencies in parsing of SQL statements stored in the document If you choose to not set the SqlMode property ensure that the default SoL_MODE variable defined by the server does not contain any values from the following list ANSI_QUOTES HIGH_NOT_PRECEDENCE IGNORE_SPACE NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES PIPES_AS_CONCAT The SqiMode property is defined in two locations globally and at document scope MySQL Workbench uses the global property to initialize the document property for each new document created For each document the property value defined at document scope always has higher priority over the one defined globally SQL Identifiers are Case Sensitive Whether to treat identifiers separately if their names differ only
497. ort an object with the same name as an existing object rename the existing object before reverse engineering If you import objects from more than one schema there will be a tab in the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page for each schema imported You cannot reverse engineer a live database that has the same name as an existing schema If you wish to do this first rename the existing schema 312 Schema Synchronization and Comparison 9 5 Schema Synchronization and Comparison Database change management is a complex process that involves maintaining different versions of database schemas and manually modifying existing databases To help with this administration task MySQL Workbench includes schema synchronization and comparison utilities You can compare two live databases two models or models with live databases to visually see the differences and optionally perform a synchronization routine 9 5 1 Database Synchronization Synchronize data between models databases and SQL files These three types can be the target destination source or both You can also select deselect individual objects and modify their direction during the synchronization For example synchronize tables from a model to your database other tables from your database to your model and skip a few tables all during the same synchronization process Note Ql Be aware that backward incompatible MySQL syntax changes are introduced over time
498. ort operation or from other exported data from the mysqidump command Choose the project folder or self contained SQL file choose the schema that the data will be imported to or choose New to define a new schema 151 SQL Data Export and Import Wizard Figure 6 25 Navigator Management Data Import Import From Disk File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help HHa sh bh ae Navigator SQL File 1 Administration Data Import Res MANAGEMENT server status amp Client Connections MyFirstConnection Data Import 4 Users and Privileges Import from Disk import Progress Options Import from Dump Project Folder C Users philp Documents dumps Dump 20140219 Select the Dump Project Folder to import You can do a selective restore E Status and System Variable amp Data Export amp Data importRestore INSTANCE B startup shutdown l A Server Logs Import from Self Contained Fie C Users philip Documents dumps export sq Options File Load Folder Contents he SQ amp dump file ie Whole file will be importe PERFORMANCE Dashboard ET Performance Reports A Pertormance Schema Setup Select Database Objects to Import only available for Project Folders E sakila Ei Views routines events etc Management Information ISIS SSS SS Connection 7 a Name MyfirstConnecton st localhost 17 tables selected Server MySQL Enterprise Server Advanced Ed
499. orting Clicking the Generate button creates the directory defined in the Output directory text box If you chose to create HTML Basic Frames you will find the following files in this directory basic css The style sheet for the overview html page index html The main page overview html1 The model overview the navigation links shown in the sidebar restrained css The CSS file used if the Restrained Colors style option was chosen table_details htm1 The main frame of the model report Choosing the HTML Basic Single Page option creates a style sheet and an index htmi file Choosing the HTML Detailed Frames option creates the following files basic css The style sheet for the overview html1 page This is used if the vibrant style is chosen coated css The CSS file used if the Coated style option was chosen index html The main page overview htm1 Overview information for the report such as report title project name and author overview_list html A summary of schema in the model along with a list of tables contained in each schema routine _details html List of all routines for the schema table_details html The main report details table_details_list html A Schema overview along with details of columns indexes and foreign keys for each schema table_element_details html The details for every element of the table top html1 The top frame of the report view_details html List of all columns and inde
500. ou can manipulate the properties of a text object by selecting it and then changing its properties in the Properties panel To activate the text tool from the keyboard use the N key For more information about text objects see Section 9 1 9 Creating Text Objects The Image Tool Use the image tool to place an image on the canvas When this tool is selected and you click the canvas a dialog box opens enabling you to select the desired graphic file To activate the image tool from the keyboard use the I key For more information about images see Section 9 1 10 Creating Images The Table Tool Use this tool to create a table on the EER Diagram canvas Clicking the canvas creates a table To edit the table with MySQL Table Editor right click it and choose Edit Table or Edit in New Window from the pop up menu You can also double click the table to load it into the table editor To activate the table tool from the keyboard use the T key For more information about creating and editing tables see Section 8 1 11 The MySQL Table Editor The View Tool Use this tool to create a view on an EER Diagram canvas When the table tool is activated a schema list appears on the toolbar below the main menu enabling you to associate the new view with a specific schema You can also select a color for the object by choosing from the color list to the right of the schema list After selecting this tool clicking the canvas c
501. ource Selection Target Selection Y Conmect to source DEMS Fetch Schemas List Reverse engneer selected schemas Schemas Selection Z Post processing of reverse engineered schemas Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Finished performing tasks Migration Cick Next gt to continue Manual Editing Message Log Target Creation Options eer Reverse engineering of foreign keys in table HumenResources Employee completed Create Schemas Reverse engineering of foreign keys in table HumenResources EmployeeAddress completed Create Target Results Reverse engineering of foreign keys in table HumanResources EmployeeDepartmentitistory completed Reverse engineering of foreign keys i in table HumanResources EmployeePaytistory completed DATA MIGRATION D ta Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK 10 8 4 Object Selection Objects discovered by the Reverse Engineer Source stage are made available here This includes Table View and Routine objects with only the Table objects being selected by default Use the Show Selection button in order to disable individual table objects from being migrated 400 Migration Figure 10 57 MySQL Workbench migration Source Objects BAG vigan x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Source Objects OVERVIEW Overview You may select the objects to be migrated in the lists below Al tables wil b
502. ow png 98x31 Libpng is OSI Certified Open Source Software OSI Certified Open Source is a certification mark of the Open Source Initiative Glenn Randers Pehrson glennrp at users sourceforge net ileal QO 2012 472 Libxml2 License G 20 Libxml2 License The following software may be included in this product Libxm12 Except where otherwise noted in the source code e g the files hash c list c and the trio files which are covered by a similar licence but with different Copyright notices all the files are Copyright C 1998 2003 Daniel Veillard All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice hall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software n HE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED OQ THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A CULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT HALL THE DANIEL VEILLARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN
503. oyee P RateChange DATETIME Reverse Engineer Source Adve I Employee ErployeeiD iNT n Adve Ij Employes o Modified te DATETIME ta makers Adve I Employes rowgid UNIQUEIDENTI Source Objects Adve I Exploye EmployeetD iNT Fetch Setvessas Litt AdvemtureWerks I ExployeePa RateChan AdventurewWorks ExployeePa P Employet getdate Advertureworks Explayed Modified newid AdvemturewWerks I Exployerd rowguid AdventureWorks Erployede P Employer Adventureworks I ExployeeDe AdventureWerks Exoloyede AdventureWorks ExployeePa AdventurewWorks shift Adventureworks JodCandidate Modified AdvemtureWorks Sift estTime AdventureWorks Siit Modified AdventurewWorks Sift EndTime AdventureWorks ExployeePa Modified Migr Adve ij Employed shifo TINYINT Adve ij Seploved P DepartmentID SMALLINT Adve Jij Employes Rate MONEY Target Creation Options Adve Gj Shift stp TINYINT Create Schemas Adve yj JobCandidate 9 ModifiedDate DATETIME Create Target Results Adve If Shift O RartTime DATETIME Adve a Shift Q Moddieddate DATETIME DATA MIGRATION Adve ald Shift EndTime DATETIME Data Transfer Setup Adve I Employer O ModifiedOate DATETIME Bulk Data Transt Adve 4 Employee Payfrequency TINYINT AdventureWorks EnmployeePa Payfrequ a Adve ij JobCandidate JobCendde INT Adventureworks JobCandidate P JobCand REPORT TE ee m i a i bii UZ Megration Report You can rename target schemas and
504. p 20 140219 sakia_store sq 10 46 34 Restoring sakla Views routines events etc Running mysql exe defaults file c users phiip appdata ocal temp tmp_fOuzk cn host localhost user root port 3306 default characterset utfS comments lt C Lapel oleracea ch pe ea A hl routines sql 10 46 35 Import of C Users philip Documents dumps Dump20 140219 has finshed 6 5 3 Result Data Export and Import Export or Import data directly from or into the result set Export a Result Set A result set in the visual SQL editor can be exported to common file formats including CSV JSON HTML and XML Note E This wizard only exports imports data from a result set For an overview of the data export and import options in MySQL Workbench see Section 6 5 Data Export and Import 153 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface Figure 6 27 Exporting a Result Set File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She Hegla Fe 1 SELECT FROM world city import m aali Ffas EIO O MIsigs a UE PRES Result Grid 4Y Fiter Rows le ED E bpoimpor LE E wrap cet Content EE Fetch ro Countryt District 5 gt E country gt gt BD countrylanguage Rp Views EP stored Procedures Functions BB Export Resultset Of EE Desktop oon nue Wn mF CSV csv CSV separated csv HTML htmi JSON json SQL INSERT statements sql P Excel Spread
505. p New Connection AN Setup New Connection E E X Connection Name MyFirstConnection Type a name for the connection Connection Method Standard TCP IP v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters SSL Advanced Hostname 127 0 0 1 Port 3306 Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port Username root Name of the user to connect with Password Store in Vault l Clear The user s password Will be requested later if it s not set Default Schema The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select it later Configure Server Management l Test Connection Cancel 13 Your new MyFirstConnection MySQL connection is now listed on the Home window 106 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial Figure 5 12 Getting Started Tutorial Home Window Instance Ha MySQL Workbench amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections Shortcuts MySQL Doc Library LocalMySQLS56 Instance Local MEM root LI 2 roo H locainosr3306 SD localhost13306 MySQL Utilities 4 MyFirstConnection 2 roa B nva Database Migration TE 127 0 01 3306 My Oracle Support Workbench Blogs Planet MySQL Workbench Forums ME Om MO Ze sakilamodel Zy worldmodel Scripting Shell Oracle eDelivery Oracle Support A E gt gt gt O a 14 From the Home window click the new MySQL connection to open the SQL editor fo
506. p of the canvas visible Whether the object shows up on the canvas Use 1 for true and 0 for false It is currently used only for relationships width The width of the object Depending upon the object this property may be read only or read write Tables have the following additional properties indexesExpanded Whether indexes are displayed when a table is placed on the canvas Use 1 for true and 0 for false triggersExpanded Whether triggers are displayed when a table is placed on the canvas Use 1 for true and 0 for false For a discussion of connection properties see Section 9 1 4 3 Connection Properties 9 1 2 EER Diagram Editor EER diagrams are created by double clicking the Add Diagramicon You may create any number of EER diagrams just as you may create any number of physical schemata databases Each EER diagram shows as a tab below the toolbar a specific EER diagram is selected by clicking its tab Clicking an EER diagram tab navigates to the canvas used for graphically manipulating database objects The Vertical Toolbar is on the left side of this page 253 EER Diagram Editor Note R This tool is for creating and editing EER diagrams for a model To edit an existing database either reverse engineer the database to create a model or syncronize your model to a database For additional information see Section 9 4 2 2 Reverse Engineering a Live Database and S
507. p to the documentation titled Section 10 5 3 Connection Setup 381 Drivers 10 5 2 2 Linux Setting up drivers on Linux FreeTDS FreeTDS version 0 92 or greater is required Many distributions ship older versions of FreeTDS so it may need to be installed separately Additionally the FreeTDS version provided by distributions may also be compiled for the wrong ODBC library usually to unixODBC instead of iODBC which MySQL Workbench uses Because of that you will probably need to build this library yourself A script is provided to compile FreeTDS using the options required for MySQL Workbench You can find it at usr share mysql workbench extras build_freetds sh on Linux or MySQLWorkbench app Contents SharedSupport build_freetds sh on OS X To use it follow these steps Using FreeTDS with iODBC E When compiling FreeTDS for use with iODBC the default with the official binaries it must be compiled with the nable odbc wide command line Failing to do so will result in crashes and other unpredictable errors The provided build_freetds sh script does this for you 1 For compiling make sure you have the iODBC headers installed For Linux the name depends on your system s package manager but common names are 1ibiodbc devel RPM based systems or 1ibiodbc2 dev Debian based systems For OS X the headers come with the system and no additional action is required for this step must have the EPEL repository set up in y
508. page Expand the view of the objects contained in a specific schema by clicking the gt button to the left of the schema name This displays the following folder icons e Tables e Views e Routine Groups Expand each of these in turn by clicking the gt button to the left of the folder icon The Catalog Tree palette is primarily used to drag and drop objects onto an EER diagram canvas You can toggle the sidebar on and off using the Toggle Sidebar button which is located in the top right of the application 9 1 1 11 The Layers Palette This palette shows all of the layers and figures on an EER diagram If a layer or figure is currently selected an X appears beside the name of the object and its properties are displayed in the Properties palette This is useful when determining the selected objects multiple objects were selected using the options under the Select menu item For more information on this topic see The Edit Menu Selecting an object in the Layers palette also adjusts the view port to the area of the canvas where the object is located Finding Invisible Objects Using the Layers Palette In some circumstances you may want to make an object on an EER diagram invisible Select the object and in the Properties palette set the visible property to False 252 EER Diagram Editor The Layer palette provides an easy way to locate an object such as a relationship that has been set to hidden Open the Layers palette and s
509. patial View available as of MySQL 5 7 47 MySakia Drive 28 MySQL Boulevard 23 Workhaven Lane 14033335568 1411 Lilydale Drive 6172235589 1913 Hanoi Way 28303384290 1121 Loja Avenue 838635286649 692 Joliet Street 448477190408 1566 Ineg Manor 7058 14003527 53 Idfu Parkway 10655648674 1795 Santiago de Compostela Way 860452626434 900 Santiago de Compostela Parkway 716571220373 478 Jobet Way 657282285970 613 Korolev Drive Right click to 380657522649 iss1SalOrve pin or rename tab _ 1542 Tarlac Parkway 635297277345 465887807014 695479687533 517338314235 990911107354 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 tt o 2014 09 25 22 34 11 2014 09 25 22 32 22 2014 09 25 22 32 29 2014 09 25 22 31 35 2014 09 25 22 31 53 2014 09 25 22 31 30 ution 2014 09 25 22 33 27 pa 2014 09 25 22 33 47 2014 09 25 22 31 13 FEE EE EE EEE EEEEES The result grid navigation panel offers the following options e Reset Resets all sorted columns Refresh Refreshes all data by re executing the original statement e Filter Rows performs a case insensitive search of all cells It automatically refreshes and there is also the refresh button to perform this action manually Edit Current Row Edit the current row e Add New Row Adds a new empty row and highlights it in edit mode Click Apply to execute and review the insert row query e Delete Selected Rows Deletes the selected rows Click Apply execute and review the delete query e Export
510. pplied function or table used by this function must be optional if the application does not supply it the square root function must still compute square roots These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If 463 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in hemselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those ections when you distribute them as separate works But when you istribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based n the Library the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of his License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the ntire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote ibs Ee er r oh Gr ior Thus el NOE VAS intent Oth SmESeCuLOnmc Onc loli CES Omeconuest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library or with a work based on the Library on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given cop
511. pport MySQL Workbench Linux username mysql workbench A brief description of these directories and files Table 3 2 Local Workbench Files and Directory Descriptions Directory or File Description cache General behaviors are stored per connection in cache files and column widths as column_widths files log Log files include Workbench startup information and also per connection SQL action results performed in Workbench modules Home of installed plugins for additional information see Section C 3 Plugins Tools sql_history Queries executed in Workbench are stored here and are available from within MySQL Workbench snippets Saved SQL snippets are stored here for additional information see Section 8 1 5 SQL Snippets tab audit_cache Cache storage by the Audit Log inspector for additional information see Section 6 6 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface connections xml Saved MySQL server connection information as seen on the home screen For information about backing up and restoring this file see The Tools Menu server_instances xm Stores your MySQL server information as it relates to your MySQL connections wb_options xml Stores your preferences both configured and default The cache directory The cache directory contains cache files in the user s MySQL Workbench directory All cache files are stored as SQLite 3 databases and they are not meant
512. ptions are ODBC manually entered parameters Each parameter like a username is defined separately ODBC Data Source For pre configured data sources DSN you can optionally create a DSN using the ODBC Administrator e ODBC direct connection string A full ODBC connection string E The migration process is similar to other databases See Section 10 6 4 PostgreSQL Type Mapping for information on how the migration wizard migrates types from PostgreSQL to MySQL and Section 10 2 1 A visual guide to performing a database migration for a general migration guide Note The psqlODBC driver does not allow a connection without specifying a database name 10 6 4 PostgreSQL Type Mapping Table 10 3 Type mapping Source Type MySQL Type Comment INT INT SMALLINT SMALLINT BIGINT BIGINT SERIAL INT Sets AUTO_INCREMENT in its table definition SMALLSERIAL SMALLINT Sets AUTO_INCREMENT in its table definition BIGSERIAL BIGINT Sets AUTO_INCREMENT in its table definition BIT BIT BOOLEAN TINYINT 1 REAL FLOAT DOUBLE PRECISION DOUBLE NUMERIC DECIMAL DECIMAL DECIMAL MONEY DECIMAL 19 2 390 PostgreSQL Type Mapping Source Type MySQL Type Comment CHAR CHAR LONGTEXT Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and above can have CHAR columns with a length up to 255 characters Anything larger is
513. r NET The BSD License Copyright c 2009 Andrey Gliznetsov a gliznetsov gmail com All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 494 VSQLite License Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation andor other materials provided wit THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WAR LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES Q FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE L NCIDENTAL SPECIA EXEMPLARY BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF S LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUD ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF TH POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE uf S SOFTWARE G 37 VSQLite License h the d RANTIES MERCH IN IABLE FOR OR CONSEQUENT UBSTITU HOLDERS NO EVE ANY AL D GOOD TE INTERRU LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT NG NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERW EVEN IF Al NCLU ANTABIL IYSie TeaLOVUNS ALON AND CONTRIBUTORS DING BUT NOT ITY AND FITNESS NI SHALL THE DIRECT INDIRECT AMAGES INCLUDING S OR SERVICES PTION HOWEVER
514. r is located on the left by default but can be relocated to the right using a setting in the Workbench Preferences dialog The Model Overview panel includes the following sections e EER Diagrams e Physical Schemata e Schema Privileges e SQL Scripts e Model Notes For each of these sections add objects to a project by clicking the appropriate add object icon You may also rename edit cut copy or delete objects on this page by right clicking to open a pop up menu The following sections further discuss the MySQL Model page 9 1 1 1 Modeling Menus Some menu items are not available in the MySQL Workbench Community edition of this application and are available only in the MySQL Workbench commercial editions This is indicated where applicable The File Menu Use the File menu to open a project begin a new project or save a project Choosing Model opens the default schema mydb Choosing Open Model opens a file dialog box with the default file type set to MySQL Workbench Models mwb extension To display a list of recently opened MWB files choose the Open Recent menu item The keyboard shortcut to create a new project is Control N and the command to open an existing project is Control O To close the currently active MySQL Model or EER Diagram tab use the Close Tab menu item You can also do this from the keyboard by pressing Control W To reopen the MySQL Model tab see The View Menu To reopen an EER Diagram tab double click t
515. r Pearson and placed in the public domain Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software HE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR MPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY ITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER IABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM UT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Sh dS Ore jet teal G 32 Scintilla License The following software may be included in this product Seaimea hile License for Scintilla and SciTE Copyright 1998 2003 by Neil Hodgson lt neilh scintilla org gt All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the abo
516. r for general database manipulation wish to start or stop the server or edit its configuration file Other administrative Note R You must use an SSH connection type when managing a remote server if you functions do not require an SSH connection Windows Management If a Windows server is used then setting the Windows configuration parameters is mandatory Windows management requires a user account with the required privileges to query the system status and to control services And read write access to the configuration file is needed to allow editing of the file Test Settings The wizard now attempts a connection to your server and reports the results If an error occurs click Show Logs to view the related logs MySQL Workbench must know where the MySQL Server configuration file is located to be able to display configuration information The wizard is able to determine the most likely location of the 119 The Password Storage Vault configuration file based on the selection made on the Operating System page of the wizard However it is possible to test that this information is correct by clicking the Check path and Check section buttons The wizard then reports whether the configuration file and server configuration section can in fact be accessed It is also possible to manually enter the location of the configuration file and the section pertaining to MySQL Server data these manually entered values should be tested using
517. r this connection The SQL editor is the default page so now select the Server Status from the left Navigator panel to display the connected MySQL server s current status 107 Manage Server Connections Figure 5 13 Getting Started Tutorial Server Status File Edt View Query Ostebase Server Tools Scripting Help elal ol El amp ld fal i Navigator Query 1 Administration Server Status x MANAGEMENT Server Status Cornecton Name SB Ghent Connections MyFirstConnection D Users and Prvteges ESI Status and System Variables amp Data Export PHILIP US MySQL Running 3306 Mysal t A lt gt Data import Restore g 5 6 16 enterpnse commeraal advanced log MYSQL Enterprise Server Advanced Edition Commercial INSTANCE wines x86_64 E Startup Shutdown n Key Eftciency Ay Sewer tog Tue Feb 18 17 59 22 2014 1 23 amp Options Fite PERFORMANCE omer soe Sewer reawees me hsa Perfor Scherma A Pertenmance Raperts li Quenes per Second innoU6 Butter Usage EN Performance Schema Seti mane nfo o 2 2 9 05 KB s 50 0 nia Server Directories Base Directory CjProgram Files MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 inno06 Reads per Second inocOB Wintes per Second Manegement S Data Drectory C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 data 0 0 E 89 00 GB of 326 00 GB available C Program Files MySQU MySQL Server 5 6 lib plugin C Windows SERVIC 2 NETWOR 1 AppData Local Temp Op PHILIP USerr 15 Test th
518. ram SELECT CONCAT customer last_name customer first_name AS customer address phone film title FROM rental INNER JOIN customer ON rental customer_id customer customer_id INNER JOIN address ON customer address_id address address_id INNER JOIN inventory ON rental inventory_id inventory inventory_id 182 Visual Explain Conventions INNER JOIN film ON inventory film_id film film_id WHERE rental return_date IS NULL AND rental_date INTERVAL film rental_duration DAY lt CURRENT_DATE LIMIT S7 Figure 7 5 A Visual Explain Example Query cost 8813 01 query_block 1 4013 81 6413 61 2 00K rows nested 2 00K rows nested 2 00K rows loop loop Non Unique Key Lookup Unique Key Lookup 1613 61 nested loop 1000 rows 1400 61 Unique Key Lookup Full Table Scan Non Unique Key Lookup fim inventory rental customer address idx_fk_film_id idx_fk_inventory_id PRIMARY PRIMARY The order of execution is bottom to top and left to right Graphic Conventions Standard Boxes tables Rounded boxes operations such as GROUP and SORT Framed boxes subqueries Diamonds joins Textual Conventions Standard text below boxes table or alias name Bold text below boxes key index that was used Number in top right of a box number of rows used from the table after filtering Number in top left of a box relative cost of accessing that table requires MySQL 5 7 or greater
519. rce Objects Password l Store in Vault l Clear The user s password Wil be requested later if it s not set Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Default Schema The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select it later Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer E Store connection for future usage as REPORT Migration Report Fetch Schemata List The Schemata list is retrieved from both the source and target RDBMS This is an automated and informational step that reports connection related errors and or general log information Press Next to continue 342 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 6 MySQL Workbench migration Fetch Schemata List File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List OVERVIEW Overview SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transter Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Fetch Schema List The following tasks will now be performed Please monitor the execution The names of available schemas wil be retrieved from the source RDEMS The account used for the connection wil need to have appropriate privileges for l
520. rd using the Name and Password fields Assign one role or a number of roles to the user by selecting the desired roles from the field on the right and then clicking the lt button Roles may be revoked by moving them in the opposite direction Right clicking a user opens a pop up menu The items in the menu function as described in Adding Roles 9 1 1 6 The SQL Scripts Panel Use the SOL Scripts panel to attach SQL scripts to the model for documentation and organizational purposes and optionally these attachments can be included in the output script when performing forward engineering or model schema synchronization If you created your project from an SQL script and plan to create an ALTER script you may want to add the original script here since it will be needed to create an ALTER script For more information see Altering a Schema Note E The ability to use the attachments when performing forward engineering and synchronization was added in MySQL Workbench 6 2 0 Figure 9 6 SQL Scripts Editor Y SQL Scripts serer SQL P Add Script script gt Model Notes a Hlg q T a Synchronization Do not include Forward Engineering Do not include Do not includ 1 Script contents here Top of te j Before DDL After DDL N Script placement dropdown for Synchronization and Forward Engineering 9 1 1 7 The Model Notes Panel Use the Model Notes panel to write project notes Any scripts or notes added will b
521. reated by MySQL Workbench Online Backup After choosing the FullBackup profile that we created earlier use the next page to review its upcoming restoration 166 Backup Recovery Figure 6 39 Workbench Backup Recovery Profile Shoe SHUFHo ww MANAGEMENT Server Status MYSQL Enterprise amp Client Connections MySQL Enterprise Backup Recovery D Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables The next are the configured profies for this MySQL Server plese select the backup profile to be used on the restore operation amp Data Export amp Data import Restore Backup Profile FullBackup v X Use most recent backup INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown Bada Type Ful Server Logs Backup Content everything Options File apply4og wil be performed on the backup before it is restored PERFORMANCE Backup Start Time 2015 06 10 20 24 50 Dashboard Backup Finish Time 2015 06 10 20 24 56 E Pertormance Reports E Performance Schema Setup MYSQL ENTERPRISE end_len 15303341 B audit inspector is Firewall pay rei ans ch Online Backup Pa loerenn ps na Jog ooh 0 dh Restore Se Management Name Local instance MySQLSE Host Wcahost Port 3306 Server MySQt Enterprise Server Advanced Editon Commercial Version 5 6 25 enterprise fl oma ws Optionally click View Backup Content to view the backup contents for the restoration 167 Backup Recovery Figure 6 40 Workbench Backup Recover
522. reates a new view To edit this view right click it and choose Edit View or Edit in New Window from the pop up menu To activate the view tool from the keyboard use the V key For more information about creating and editing views see Section 9 1 5 Creating Views The Routine Group Tool Use this tool to create a routine group on the EER Diagram canvas When this tool is activated a schema list appears on the toolbar below the main menu enabling you to associate the routine group with a specific schema You can also select a color for the routine group by choosing from the color list to the right of the schema list After selecting this tool clicking the canvas creates a new group To edit this view right click it and choose Edit Routine Group or Edit in New Window from the pop up menu 256 Creating Tables To activate the routine group tool from the keyboard use the G key For more information about creating and editing routine groups see Section 9 1 6 2 Routine Groups The Relationship Tools The five relationship tools are used to represent the following relationships One to many nonidentifying relationships e One to one nonidentifying relationships e One to many identifying relationships e One to one identifying relationships e Many to many identifying relationships These tools appear at the bottom of the vertical tool bar Hover the mouse pointer over each tool to see a text hint that des
523. reating Foreign Key Relationships If the placement of a connection s caption is not suitable you can change its position by dragging it to a different location If you have set a secondary caption its position can also be changed For more information about secondary captions see Section 9 1 4 3 Connection Properties Where the notation style permits Classic for example the cardinality indicators can also be repositioned The relationship notation style in Figure 9 11 The Relationship Connector is the default crow s foot You can change this if you are using a commercial version of MySQL Workbench For more information see The Relationship Notation Submenu You can select multiple connections by holding down the Control key as you click a connection This can be useful for highlighting specific relationships on an EER diagram 9 1 4 2 The Relationship Editor Double clicking a relationship on the EER diagram canvas opens the relationship editor This has two tabs Relationship and Foreign Key The Relationship Tab In the Relationship tab you can set the caption of a relationship using the Caption field This name displays on the canvas and is also the name used for the constraint itself The default value for this name is k_source_table_destination_table Use the Model menu Menu Options menu item to set a project specific default name for foreign keys To change the global default see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Pre
524. reen All Objects An object view that allows you to view and edit the object definitions Double click on a row to modify a target objects name e Column Mappings Shows all of the table column mappings and allows you to individually review and fix the mapping for all column types default values and other attributes 402 Manual Editing Figure 10 59 MySQL Workbench migration Manual Editing Migration Problems Migration Task List Review and edit migrated objects You can manually edt the generated SQL before applying them to the target database SOURCE amp TARGET View Migration Problem Source Selection Migration Problems All Objects Target Selection Column Mappings Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects No migration problems found 2 warning s Migration Use the View pulldown menu to review al objects Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection ts OK 403 Manual Editing Figure 10 60 MySQL Workbench migration Manual Editing All Objects Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List OVERVIEW Overview Review and edit migrated objects You can manually edit the generated SQL before applying them to the target database SOURCE amp TARGET M
525. referenced by at least one role A user with no privileges e Objects such as tables that do not appear on at least one EER Diagram e Table Efficiency Validation A table with no primary key A primary key that does not use an integer based data type A foreign key that refers to a column with a different data type Duplicated Identifiers Validation e Duplicate object names e Duplicate role or user names e Duplicate index or routine names e Consistency Validation Use of the same column with columns of differing data types e Logic Validation A foreign key that refers to a column other than the primary key in the source table e Any object that is object is either read only or write only by role definition e Placeholder objects left over from reverse engineering 9 2 3 2 MySQL Specific Validation The following list names the MySQL specific validation types and gives examples of specific violations e Integrity Violation An object name longer than the maximum permitted 278 Modeling Tutorials e A foreign key defined for an engine type that does not support foreign keys not yet implemented A view or routine that references a nonexistent table not yet implemented A default value that does not match a column s data type e An invalid partitioning scheme e Syntax Violation e A routine trigger or view with incorrect SQL syntax A reserved keyword used as an identifier Use of an invalid character 9 3 Mo
526. rivieges section of Workbench Firewatt Start learning allowable rules by setting the Firewall state of a user to RECORDING Online Backup When you are done switch to protection mode ca Restore Other operations like manually adding and removing rules or saving to or loading from a file are also available on the same section Uninstall MySQL Enterprise Firewall Management Disable MySQL Enterprise Firewall Commeraal Version 5 6 25 enterprise commercal advancedsog Login User root New in MySQL Workbench 6 3 Figure 1 5 MySQL Enterprise Firewall Rules File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help as oO Shab ata iw MANAGEMENT Server Status Client Connections cet aco crab ES Status and System Variables r z 4 Data Export FronH FW State ZPW Rec Logn Account Limits Administrative Roles Schema Privileges Fn localhost PROTECT localhost OFF localhost OFF sar peta 127 0 0 1 OFF Active rules 3 B startup Shutdown ul OFF x z z s Server Logs E OEE ene eee eee ENE O Saec get_customer_balance NOw P Options Fite UPDATE rental SET return date NOW WHERE rental jd Data impor Restore Mode PROTECTING v PERFORMANCE Dashboard E Pertormance Reports GS Performance Schema Setup MYSQL ENTERPRISE Rules being recorded 3 B aves inspector SELECT frst rae last pame FROM ousi SELECT get cusi tomer balance
527. ronize Model wizard and the more flexible Synchronize with Any Source wizard The descriptions below apply to both unless explicitly told otherwise Synchronize Model with database To start the wizard open a model and select Database Synchronize Model from the main menu Follow the steps until you reach the Select Changes to Apply step Figure 9 51 Model and Database Differences Synchronize Model with Database Al Connection Options Model and Database Differences Connect to DBMS Select Schemata Double dick arrows in the list to choose whether to ignore changes update the model with database changes or vice versa You can also apply an action to multiple selected rows Retrieve Objects Model Source v 8 dvd_collection dvd_collection L movies shows Select Changes to Apply friends educational_id INT 11 NOT NULL title VARCHAR 45 NULL DEFAULT NULL PRIMARY KEY educational_id ENGINE InnoDB DEFAULT CHARACTER SET utf8 COLLATE utf8_general_ci e TABLE IF NOT EXISTS dvd_collection educational 1 2 3 4 5 6 Z 8 Update Model Ignore Update Source Table Mapping Column Mapping In the preceding example the live database and model both have movies shows tables In the MySQL Workbench an additional table educational has been created in the model but it lacks an equivalent in the live database Further friends exists in the live datab
528. roup editor double click a routine group object on the EER Diagram canvas or double click a routine group in the Physical Schemata section on the MySQL Model page This opens the routine group editor docked at the bottom of the application Double clicking the title bar undocks the editor Do the same to redock it Any number of routine groups may be open at the same time Each additional routine group appears as a tab at the top of the routine editor Routine group and Privileges tabs appear at the bottom of the routine editor Navigate between different tabs using the mouse or from the keyboard by pressing Control Alt Tab The Routine Groups Tab Use the Routine Groups tab of the routine groups editor to perform the following tasks Rename the routine group using the Name field e Add routines to the group by dragging and dropping them e Add comments to the routine group The Privileges Tab The Privileges tab of the routine group editor functions in exactly the same way as the Privileges tab of the table editor For more information see The Privileges Tab Modifying a Routine Group Using the Properties Palette When you select a routine group on the EER Diagram canvas its properties are displayed in the Properties palette All of the properties accessible from the Properties palette apply to the appearance of a routine group on the EER Diagram canvas For a list of properties accessible through the Properties palette see Section 9 1 1 12
529. rrrutssttunrrnnersssennrnnrnt 265 9 1 7 Creating Layers rearen ea Meeks a ta aaa aaaea HEA eee al AT hanian Taa S pee cet A atin laese 268 9 1 8 Creating Notes irren cisini aiii ni ii ia E ia aa ii a 271 9 1 9 Creating Text ODjOCtS n iinitan i e e E E E a R aE 271 9 1 10 Creating Mages nini a are a ieee a a Ne 272 9 2 Additional Modeling Tools rresia rana n Ena aAA ieee ree eet esse anne sees aaneeeeeaaneeeeeaaneeeeea 273 9 2 1 Printing Diagram aia aisea cee ee rece te ce eee eek end de dn seeeeedl eerie divbevey e aA 273 9 2 2 DBDoc Model Reporting 0 cece eeee tetra eee tree eater eee aa EEE S KEREN R 274 9 2 3 Schema Validation Plugins cccccceceeeeeeeeeee cece ae ee teense sete ee aaea ee eeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeeseeeeeeaeaaaaees 277 gP Modeling Tutorials csccc oveeevee sets cM ATEEK EOE REAA bapa danas oc ERARA EAAS bee IAAT ERRETO ERO IENA 279 9 3 1 Creating a Model oisnean a ie eee eae iani a A ea Ea 279 93 2 Basie MOGGIAG sceicd sn peetenseeetie desk etes eee das eet evita woes as ceed aed eet 286 9 3 3 Importing a Data Definition SQL Script 2 0 0 0 ccc cece cece cece eeteeeee sees ee aaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 288 9 3 4 Using the Default Schema 0 cece ee cece cece tees ee eee te ee cree ee ae aaeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaenees 290 9 3 5 Documenting the sakila Database cece cece eee tree eee ee ee eeee eres eeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaaeeeeaaaees 292 9 4 Forward and Reverse Engineering
530. rt Restore INSTANCE Timing as measured at client side Joins per Type gs Sh Execution time 0 00 0 00042486 Full table scans Select_scan 1 cate Joins using table scans Select_full_join 0 Server Logs Timing as measured by the server Joins using range search Select_full_range_join 0 P Options File Execution time 0 00 0 00035921 Joins with range checks Select_range_check 0 Table lock wait time 0 00 0 00007000 Joins using range Select_range 0 PERFORMANCE Dashboard Errors Sorting amp Performance Reports Had Errors NO Sorted rows Sort_rows 0 A Perf sel Warnings 0 Sort merge passes Sor_merge_passes 0 eee Sorts with ranges Sort_range 0 Rows Processed Sorts with table scans Sort_scan 0 Rows atfected 0 Rows sent to client 200 Rows examined 200 Temporary Tables Temporary disk tables created 0 Temporary tables created 0 Index Usage No Index used Other Info Event td 877 Thread ld 85 E ist o0s5ems o System lock 0 0105ms oO preparing 0 0061ms BBB em 0 001 1ms freeing items 0 0163ms Time Spent per Execution Stage aggregated Checking permissions 0 0030ms E optimizing 0 0020ms Sl executing 0 004ms BBB query ena 0 0034ms ia Cleaning up 0 0006ms BBB opening tates 0 0152ms E stassscs 0 0075ms eal executing storage engine 0 2409ms BBB crosing taties 0 0055ms 7 5 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance In this example
531. rthwind Categones iW Script exec Description LONGTEXT NULL Northwind CustomerCustomeD Script executed successfully Picture LONGSLOSB NULL PRIMARY KEY CategoryID Northwind CustomerDemogap QJ Script executed successfully cane Conic A ASC I Northwind Customers Script executed successfully COLLATE utf8_general_ci Northwind Employees Y Script executed successfully I Northwind EmployeeTerritones QJ Script executed successfully ail Northwind OrderDetails GY Script executed successfully a Northwind Orders Script executed successfully Fst Marthuind Men dirin CR Crin mandad aunranni m Output Messages If edits were made you still need to recreate the objects with the modified code in order to perform the changes This is done by clicking Recreate Objects In this tutorial we are not changing anything so leave the code as it is and continue on to the Data Transfer Setup page Transfer the data to the MySQL database The next step transfers data from the source Access database into your newly created target MySQL database The Data Transfer Setup page allows you to configure this process 377 Transfer the data to the MySQL database Figure 10 38 Data Transfer Setup fs MySQL Workbench oe f Migration x File Edit View Database Plugins Scripting Help ORACLE Migration Task List Data Transfer Setup OVERVIEW Overview Select options for the copy of the migrated schema tables in
532. running PostgreSQL instance with privileges to the database you want to migrate otherwise known as the source database The Migration Wizard officially supports PostgreSQL 8 0 and above although older versions may work e Access to a running MySQL Server instance with privileges to the database you want to migrate The Migration Wizard officially supports MySQL 5 0 and above 10 6 2 Drivers 10 6 2 1 Microsoft Windows Download and install the MSI package for psqlODBC Choose the newest file from http www postgresql org ftp odbc versions msi which will be at the bottom of the downloads page This will install psqlODBC on your system and allow you to migrate from Postgresql to MySQL using MySQL Workbench 10 6 2 2 Linux After installing iODBC proceed to install the PostgreSQL ODBC drivers Download the psqlODBC source tarball file from http www postgresql org ftp odbc versions src Use the latest version available for download which will be at the bottom of the downloads page The file will look similar to psqlodbc 09 03 0400 tar gz Extract this tarball to a temporary location open a terminal and cd into that directory The installation process is shell gt cd the src directory shell gt configure with iodbc enable pthreads shell gt make shell gt sudo make install Verify the installation by confirming that the file psqlodbcw so is in the usr local 1lib directory Next you must register your new ODBC Driver
533. s I lock tables Lock tables for read Disable if user has no LOCK TABLES privilege dump date Indude dump date as Dump completed on comment if comments is given flush logs Flush the MySQL server log files before starting the dump delete mastertogs On a master rep cation server delete the binary logs after performing the dump operation hex blob Dump binary columns using hexadecimal notation for example abc becomes 0x6 16263 compress Use compression in server dient protocol flush privlleges Emit a FLUSH PRIVILEGES statement after dumping the mysql database set otid purged Add SET GLOBAL GTID_PURGED to the output AUTO y disable keys For each table surround the INSERT statements with statements to disable and enable keys force Continue even if we get an sql error order by primary Dump each table s rows sorted by its primary key or by its first unique index 7 tz utc Add SET TIME_ZONE 400 00 to the dump file Snternal show internal schemas Show internal MySQL schemas mysqj information_schema performance _schema in the export schema list The maximum size of one packet or any generated intermediate string 1G Inserts v addocks Surround each table dump with LOCK TABLES and UNLOCK TABLES statements complete insert Use complete INSERT statements that indude column names extended nsert Use multple
534. s Top I O by File by Time Show the highest IO usage by file and latency Top I O by Event Category Show the highest IO Data usage by event categories Top I O in Time by Event Categories Show the highest IO time consumers by event categories Top I O Time by User Thread Show the top IO time consumers by user thread e Statement Analysis Lists statements with aggregated statistics e Statements in Highest 5 Percent by Runtime Lists the top 5 statements with the highest runtime in microseconds e Using Temp Tables Lists all statements that use temporary tables accesses the highest number of disk temporary tables then memory temp tables e With Sorting List all normalized statements that have done sorts and accesses them in the following priority order sort_merge_passes sort_scans then sort_rows e Full Table Scans Lists statements that performed a full table scan Accesses query performance and the where clause s and if no index is used then it recommends adding indexes for large tables e Errors or Warnings Lists statements that have raised errors or warnings 181 Visual Explain Plan e Schema Object Overview High Overhead Shows counts by object type for each schema Note R This can take a long time to execute on instances with a large number of objects e Schema Index Statistics e Schema Table Statistics e Schema Table Statistics with InnoDB buffer e Tables with Full Table Scans Finds tables
535. s A server Logs Set the lst of plugins to load at startup PERFORMANCE Add to Ist of plugins to load at startup Q odasndoara E Pertormance Reports E Performance Schema Setup Do not enable user defined partitioning How marry statements to maintain profiling infoermason Management The sire of the buffer that is used for fd jors Allccaiton block sine for query parsing and execution Each thread that needs to do a sort allocates a buffer Uniquely densities the server instance in the commurit orn ater than N to anaha renicaton Configuration Fie C ProgramOuta MySQ MySQ Server 5 7my ini 6 2 Users and Privileges A listing of all users and privileges that relate to the MySQL connection You may also manage add user accounts adjust privileges and expire passwords The Users and Privileges page has several sections User Accounts Lists each user account that is associated to the active MySQL connection Login Login information related to the selected user account 132 Account Limits Figure 6 6 Navigator Management User And Privileges Login File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She Heg we Administration Users and Privil MANAGEMENT Server Status amp Gient connections Users and Privileges 4 Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables rie User From Host Login Account Limits Administrative Roles Schema Privieges me Cea eeen general localhost
536. s exe on the MySQLWorkbench exe binary and ask for the reported errors If it is a crash when MySQL Workbench is started and it is a 64 bit version of Microsoft Windows check that the correct MSVC runtimes are installed Often people install the 64 bit version of them but only the 32 bit will function More precisely MSVC 2010 runtime x86 32 bit OS X Log File Location Library Application Support MySQL Workbench logs System crash logs generated for Workbench are in Library Logs DiagnosticReports MySQLWorkbench Linux Log File Location mysql workbench logs For a crash we might ask for a stack trace that can generated by gdb by using the following steps Note R Because published MySQL Workbench builds lack debug symbols this step is optional and will probably not be necessary 440 Operating System Specific Notes e In shell execute source usr bin mysql workbench e Quit MySQL Workbench e In shell execute gdb usr bin mysql workbench bin e In the gdb interface type run e In MySQL Workbench repeat the crash e In the gdb interface type bt If itis a crash also run glxinfo If that also crashes then it is a driver X server problem related to OpenGL that is not specific to MySQL Workbench 441 442 Appendix E MySQL Enterprise Features A MySQL Enterprise subscription is the most comprehensive offering of MySQL database software services and support it ensures that your busine
537. s Gavual ex cubasactdehsiecucewece 460 G 14 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 a e 460 G 15 HtmlRenderer System Drawing Html 0 cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee aa eae eeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaed 468 Gil GrIODBCVWACENSC Yass s24s cebsez ra aaa a a aa aa a aa a a ea aa aa aa A a aaas aaka kago Eat 469 Git LIDICONV Licensen mnn a a a a a a dti 470 eRka LiDintl aTa ece ae AS e a E eee E TA ere E eee nia 470 e Pakel oe ale IN E Te ET e A AE EE A A AT 471 G20 Libxml2 LICENSE trataera erns eraan aa a r a aara ar a aoa r deanad 473 G2 EiDZIp EiCeNS Ere das aa E E A A E decent 473 Gi22 Lua liblua L ON E a aaa i eee rie ees 474 G23 Paramiko LIGONSe i205 a aa aa aa ead peiaecebies teed a aa Aaa aae aa tuck Daa eaS 474 G24 PORE LICENSE risar nnana na a aiaa aaaea aia aras 474 Q 25 Pixma nm LICENSE iine an a a E d 476 e E a ONE e TA E AA E E E E E E AA E A ie 477 G 2 PyGCrypto 2 0 License a aaa aaa e aaa aa aaa e Aaaa aa ASe 478 G 28 PVYODBG LICENS S layari aa a aa a a aaaea Aeae aaa A aein 480 Gi2Z9RVSQLMIG LICENSES dariona A e A a a e e a AN 480 G30 PythoM COSE hin ea eel a ek e a aid a a eel a a ede 480 G 31 Python ecdsa License 0 ccceee ee neeeeeee cece ee ee eee teee sees ee ae aaaaaa cesses eeaeaaaaaaeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeees 491 G32 Scintilla LICENSE imihia araoa a eaa ar agatulegaeenet ial eS aana tel ieaiai de 491 G 33 Scintilla NE T LICENSE aiaeag aae a a agi ness deta a E a aa aoaaa 493 G
538. s Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Target Crestion Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Repart E Review and edit migrated objects You can manualy edit the generated SQL before applying them to the target database Migrated Objects View All Objects Source Object Target Object Migration Message gt na Preamble v 8 AdventureWorks AdventurewWorks Collation Latin _General_CS_AS migrated to utf _gen amp Migration warnings expand to view V Tables Tables gt i Department If Department gt Employee Employee amp Migration warnings expandto view YU EmployeeAddress EmployeeAddress amp Migretion warnings expandto view Y Columns Columns gt 9 EmployeeiD INT EmployeeiD iNT gt AddressID INT AddressID INT amp Migration warnings expandto view gt rowguid UNIQUEIDENTIFIER 16 rowguid VARCHAR E4 amp Default value newid is not supported gt ModifiedDate DATETIME ModifiedDate TIMESTAMP Default value is getdate so type was changed from gt Indices Indices gt ForeignKeys ForeignKeys gt Triggers Triggers EmployeeDepartmentHistory EmployeeDepertmenthtist ii EmployeePayHistory I EmployeePayHistory JobCandidate Shift Views gt Routines Routines gt nja 0 Postamble lt m You can rename target schemas and tables and change column definit
539. s and timing information in different levels of granularity and from different subsystems from network to disk storage and keep them in the performance _schema events_ tables INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Serer Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE pace 208 amp Pertormance Reports User User User a Performance Schema Setup Instruments events_stalements tables events_stages tables Management Information Configuring Performance Schema To control the trade off between data collected and overhead the performance schema gives you a few fine grained configuration options You can configure what when and how much wil be instrumented by the Performance Schema by tweaking three option categories Actors filters the users hosts and DB objects to collect data for the performance_schema This was introduced in MySQL 5 6 Instruments allow fine tuning of what kind of stats are gathered for whatever is being monitored Consumers toggle which of the performance _schema event_ tables should be filed You can also use the simphfied configuration interface for one click setup of the performance schema for same common use cases Cear Event Tables Reset to Factory Defaults Revert Apply For additional information see Chapter 7 Performance Tools Server Variable Groupings Variables can now be organized using custom groupings in the Status and System Variables Mana
540. s are available The Operating System and MySQL Installation Type are configured for the SSH login variant We are creating a local MySQL connection in this tutorial so are skipping the Management and OS and SSH Configuration options as they are used for configuring a remote MySQL connection 7 On Microsoft Windows select the appropriate MySQL service for the MySQL connection 100 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial Figure 5 6 Getting Started Tutorial Windows Management Introduc GREE Set Windows configuration parameters for this machine Test DB Connection Windows management requires a user account on this machine which has the required privileges to query system status and to control services For configuration file manipulation read write access to the file is needed Windows Management Select the service to manage from the list below It will also help to find the configuration file MySQL56_1 Running Start mode Auto Path to Configuration File C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 my ini 8 The wizard will now check its ability to access the start and stop commands and check access to the MySQL Server configuration file 101 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial Figure 5 7 Getting Started Tutorial Test Settings Introduction Testing Host Machine Settings Test DB Connection The connection to the host machine is being tested This might take a few moments depending
541. s container can be filled with one or more controls in a vertical or horizontal layout Each child control can be set to use either the minimum of required space or fill the box in the direction of the layout In the direction perpendicular to the layout for example vertical in a horizontal layout the smallest possible size that can accommodate all child controls will be employed So in this example the smallest height possible to accommodate the controls would be used e Table This container can organize one or more controls in a grid The number of rows and columns in the table and the location of controls within the grid can be set by the developer e ScrollView This container can contain a single child control and adds scrollbars if the contents do not fit the available space C 5 The Workbench Scripting Shell The Workbench Scripting Shell provides a means for entering and executing Python scripts Through the use of the scripting shell MySQL Workbench can support new behavior and data sources using code written in Python The shell can also be used to explore the current Workbench GRT Generic RunTime facilities The scripting shell is not only useful for expanding MySQL Workbench You can use a script file from the scripting shell command line to perform repetitive tasks programmatically Note E Although they serve a different purpose the MySQL Utilities are also integrated with MySQL Workbench For more information see Appen
542. sRelationships TO Admin e Quit the Microsoft Access application Start the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard From the main MySQL Workbench screen you can start the Migration Wizard by clicking on the Database Migration launcher in the Workbench Central panel or through Database Migrate from the main menu 362 Start the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard Figure 10 23 Start the Migration Wizard fa MySQL Workbench amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Connect to Database CtrieU Manage Connections Shortcuts 2 MySQL Utilities Pa Database Migration Wee G Om OmO ilaModel A new tab showing the Overview page of the Migration Wizard should appear 363 Setting Up ODBC Drivers Figure 10 24 Migration Overview Page Migration Tesk List OVERVIEW SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Welcome to the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard This wizard wil assist you in migrating tables and data from a supported database system to MySQL You can also use this to copy databases from one MySQL instance to another Prerequisites Before starting check the following preparation steps The Migration
543. sage Log Start up and shut down the MySQL instance e View the current status of the MySQL instance 130 Configuration options file Figure 6 4 Navigator Management Instance Startup Shutdown File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She Heleg a Navigator Administration Startup Shutdo x MANAGEMENT Server Status Client Connections MyFirstConnection Startup Shutdown MySQL Server D Users and Privileges The database server instance is running Stop Server 6 Status and System Variables Data Export t m The database server is started and ready for dent connections To shut the Server down use the Stop Server button amp Data import Restore Tf you stop the server you and your applications will not be able to use the Database and all current connections wil be dosed INSTANCE B startup shutdown Startup Message Log A Server Logs Fontan Sig 20 RH eed eo ecm srt be ene ae 2014 12 04 15 43 11 MySQL server is currently running Dashboard amp Performance Reports E Performance Schema Setup Management Information Refresh Status Management support for target host enabled successfully 6 1 4 Configuration options file The Options File editor is used to view and edit the MySQL configuration file my ini on Windows or my cnf on Linux OS X by selecting check boxes and other GUI controls and then making edits MySQL Workbench divides the options
544. se GRNObiectEditorWillOpen GNDocumentOpened modeling Sent when a Workbench document file is opened Sender NULL Extra Info Dictionary path path of the file that was opened a EEEE Notifications C 6 Tutorial Writing Plugins This tutorial shows you how to extend MySQL Workbench by creating a plugin The Sample Plugin EER Diagrams are useful for visualizing complex database schemata They are often created for existing databases to clarify their purpose or document them MySQL Workbench provides facilities for reverse engineering existing databases and then creating an EER Diagram automatically In this case relationship lines between foreign keys in the table will automatically be drawn This graphical representation makes the relationships between the tables much easier to understand However one of the most popular storage engines for MySQL MyISAM does not include support for foreign keys This means that MyISAM tables that are reverse engineered will not automatically have the relationship lines drawn between tables making the database harder to understand The plugin created in this tutorial gets around this problem by using the 435 Tutorial Writing Plugins fact that a naming convention is often used for foreign keys tablename_primarykeyname Using this convention foreign keys can automatically be created after a database is reverse engineered which will result in relationship lines being drawn
545. se are M lt path to file gt ny ini lt server gt lt share gt lt path to file gt ny ini lt server gt C Program Fiels MySQL MySQL Server 5 5 my ini The Remote Management tab is available when connecting to MySQL remotely 117 Configure Server Management Wizard Figure 5 22 Manage Server Connections Remote Management Tab BB Manage Server Connection MySQL Connections Connection Name MyConnection Local instance MySQL56_1 MyConnection Connection Remote Management System Profile Donotuse remote management C Users phiip AppData Roaming ssh ssh_private_key 5 3 6 Configure Server Management Wizard Clicking the icon from the Home page launches the Setup New Connection wizard The wizard provides a MySQL connection form to create a new MySQL connection and includes a Configure Server Management option as a step by step approach to creating a new MySQL server connection This can also be executed later on remote connections when from the home page by clicking the top right corner of a MySQL connection tile Figure 5 23 Configure Remote Management Remote management not set up Edit Connection Configure Remote Management Connect 118 Configure Server Management Wizard Executing this wizard is required to perform tasks requiring shell access to the host For example starting stopping the MySQL instance and editing the configuration file For a
546. se engineered objects from the source ROBMS will naw be automaticaly converted into MySQL compatible objects Default datatype and default column value mappings wil be used You wil be able to review and edit generated objects and column definitions in the Manual Editing step Y Migrate Selected Objects Z Generate SQL CREATE Statements Finished performing tasks Ci Next gt to contnue Message Log Starting Migrating Migrating scheme AdventureWorks Migrating schema contents for schema AdventureWorks Table AdventureWorks Department migrated Table AdventureVWorks Employes migrated Table AdventureWorks EmployesAddress migrated Table AdventureWorks EmployeeDepartmenthistory migrated Table AdventureWorks EmployesPayHistory migrated Table AdventureWorks JobCandidate migrated Table AdventureViorks Shift migrated Finalizing foreign key migration Migration finished Migrate Selected Objects finshed Generate SQL CREATE Statements Generating SQL Generate SQL CREATE Statements finished Finished performing tasks Source DBMS connection is OK 10 8 6 Manual Editing Use the View select box to choose the section to edit The Show Code and Messages button is available with on every page and it shows the generated MySQL code that corresponds to the selected object e Migration Problems This either reports problems or displays No mapping problems found It is an informational sc
547. se pointer to a text object pointer by pressing the N key Choosing the Text Object tool changes the contents of the toolbar that appears immediately below the menu bar When the Text Object pointer is active this toolbar contains a color chart list Use this list to 271 Creating Images select the color accent for the new text object The color of your text object can be changed later using the Properties palette Create a text object by clicking anywhere on the EER Diagram canvas This creates a new text object with the default name text1 To revert to the default mouse pointer click the arrow icon at the top of the vertical toolbar Right clicking a text object opens a pop up menu These menu options are identical to the options for other objects However since a text object is not a database object there is no confirmation dialog box when you delete a text object 9 1 9 2 The Text Object Editor To invoke the text object editor double click a text object on the EER Diagram canvas This opens the editor docked at the bottom of the application Double clicking the text object table undocks the editor Double click the title bar to redock it Any number of text objects may be open at the same time Each additional text objects appears as a tab at the top of the text editor Use the editor to change the name of a text object or its contents Modifying a Text Object Using the Properties Palette When you select a text object on th
548. separate and selectable element When clicked you can view the rest of the data from that row in the textbox If you have multiple queries with geometry data you can overlay them onto the same map View options include the Robinson Mercator Equirectangular and Bonne projection methods Note E GIS support for InnoDB tables was added in MySQL server 5 7 14 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 14 Spatial View Example H FERO S O OM umowom _ 4 a 0A 10o SELECT FROM gis_test borders2 100 E T Spatial View Projection Robinson Toot B Q zoom Q Q rese Q Q jumpto nae A e PE ALUFA A a Lat 79d53 9 96 S Lon 87d 5 50 96 W Geometry Data Viewer The SQL field and form editors were updated to support the GEOMETRY datatype You can view geometry data such as polygons from a single row as an image or as text The available formats include WKT GeoJSON GML and KML 15 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 15 Geometry Data Viewer Form Editor Navigate Ki 4 1 178 DDI Edit Ge Re View Geometry as WKT s O OGR_FID 7 SHAPE2 POLYGON 61 210817091725744 35 650072333309225 62 23065 1483005886 35 270663967422294 62 98466230657661 35 404040839167621 63 193538445900352 35 857 1656357 1891 4 63 982895949 15871 36 007957465146603 64 546479119733903 36 312073269 184268 64 746105177677407 37 111817735333304 65 588947788357842 Form pteseatt t re 37 30521678318
549. ses gdal ogr ogrsf_frmts dxf intronurbs cpp This code is derived from the code associated with the book An Introduction to NURBS by David F Rogers More information on the book and the code is available at http www nar associates com nurbs Copyright c 2009 David F Rogers All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met K Hi ig lt RE DI UBSTI ie JQ TS et ps As O n n IABLE ONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the David F Rogers nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission HIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS ND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE SCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL
550. sheet xml set Table city on Ppa Export Types Plan a z XML mysql format xm Object Info Fears R m Tab separated tet Rever Import into a Result Set Records from a CSV file can be imported into the result set of the visual SQL editor NULL unique index as otherwise values can not be imported because the result set Note E The result set must have a unique row identifier such as a Primary Key or NOT will be read only Note E Alternatively use Section 6 5 Data Export and Import to export larger sets of data such as entire tables and databases 6 6 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface MySQL Workbench offers a GUI interface to the Audit Inspector Initially when you first load the Audit Inspector you must use MySQL Workbench to cache the audit log for performance reasons MySQL Workbench will then parse index and retrieve values from the encrypted cached file on your local computer Note E MySQL Workbench will prompt for sudo access if the MySQL Workbench user is unable to read the audit log file 154 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface At this stage you also set a password for the encrypted file that will be used when viewing this file The initial screen looks similar to Figure 6 28 Workbench Audit Inspector Initializing File Edit View Query Ostabsse Server Tools Scripting Help She HE egg a Navigator MANAGEMENT Server Status T Client Connections Users ana Priv
551. sing all data in the data dictionary in which the variable is defined MySQL Workbench builds the data dictionaries according to the model currently being processed Consider the following code snippet SCHEMATA Schema SCHEMA NAME SCHEMATA In the preceding snippet the section start and end are indicated by the SCHEMATA and SCHEMATA markers When MySQL Workbench processes the template it notes the section and iterates it until the variable data for SCHEMA_NAME in the corresponding data dictionary is exhausted For example if the model being processed contains two schemata the output for the section might resemble the following Schema Airlines Schema Airports Data Dictionaries It is important to understand the relationship between sections and data dictionaries in more detail In a data dictionary the key for a variable is the variable name a marker The variable value is the variable s data The entry for a section in a data dictionary is different For a section entry in a data dictionary the key is the section name the marker However the value associated with the key is a list of data dictionaries In MySQL Workbench each section is usually associated with a data dictionary You can think of a section as activating its associated dictionary or dictionaries 325 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates When a template is processed data dictionaries are loaded in a h
552. sit aia Meat tk ah ite ae Aa ane a 337 10 2 Migration Overview mre aaar aa araa a a a aara a doe biharegenshacgeatiaartezeshdous 338 10 2 1 A visual guide to performing a database migration seseessesssssssrrisssrrrrssrrrrssrrrenns 338 10 2 2 Migrating from supported databases cece cece ee eeee eres eae eeeeaaeeeeeeaaieeeeeaaieeees 357 10 2 3 Migrating from unsupported generic databases cece eeeeeeaneeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeees 358 10 3 Conceptual DBMS equivalents cccecececeee ee neeneeeeeeeeee ee aeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaaaeeeeeeeeseaaaaaenees 358 10 4 Microsoft Access Migration 0 ccccccceceeeeeee eee eneeeeeeeeee ee aeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaaeeeeeeseeaeaaeaneneeeees 360 10 5 Microsoft SQL Server migration sni eea a aea aaa aae a e a E EE 380 TOA Preparatlons iea n EEA AAEE Suen AAEE A AAEE AA AAAA EEEE AE 380 1x2 DIVOS etiese ar eea nce EER eco EESTE EE O A EERE ENE 380 10 5 3 Connection Set p sns onana aa a a aa aa 384 10 5 4 Microsoft SQL Server Type Mapping ceceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaenees 386 10 6 PostgreSQL Migration ee a aa a Aaa a E aaa na S A a a A AA AREE 388 TOGA Preparations esorare eA e E EA e eR eree EEA TESSE 388 pien skea Bia E i E EE E E T E T sade E T T 388 10 6 3 Connection Setup rritorio a a a aa a a aeea 390 10 6 4 PostgreSQL Type Mapping sssesssssesssesssrerrsissssssrtrrrisrssssrtrnrrrnsesrstnrrrnnsssrsrnrrnnent 390 10 7 MYSQL migratlO M a
553. ss achieves the highest levels of reliability security and uptime An Enterprise Subscription includes a MySQL Workbench GUI for the following enterprise features The MySQL Enterprise server The most reliable secure and up to date version of the world s most popular open source database MySQL Enterprise Backup Performs backup and restore operations for MySQL data and MySQL Workbench offers a GUI for these operations MySQL Enterprise Audit An easy to use auditing and compliance solution for applications that are governed by both internal and external regulatory guidelines MySQL Enterprise Firewall regulatory guidelines DBDoc Model Reporting Templates For accessing the Ctemplate System Model Validation Validation modules for testing models before implementing them both with general RDMS and specific MySQL rules MySQL Production Support MOS Technical and consultative support when you need it along with regularly scheduled service packs and hot fixes and MySQL Workbench links to your My Oracle Support MOS service For more information visit http www mysql com enterprise 443 444 Appendix F MySQL Utilities MySQL Utilities is a package of utilities that are used for maintenance and administration of MySQL servers These utilities encapsulate a set of primitive commands and bundles them so they can be used to perform macro operations with a single command They can be installed via MySQL Workbench or
554. sses Note R These types are defined in the grt module which must be imported before they are available for use The following code snippet illustrates declaring a module that exports a single function from wb import ENCORE ee ModuleInfo DefineModule name MyModule author your name version 1 0 ModuleInfo export grt DOUBLE grt STRING grt LIST grt DOUBLE def printListSum message doubleList sum 0 for d in doublelList sum sum d print message sum return sum C 3 Plugins Tools Plugins are special Modules that are exposed to the user through the Workbench GUI This is typically done using the main menu or the context sensitive menu Much of the MySQL Workbench functionality is 425 Adding a GUI to a Plugin Using MForms implemented using plugins for example table view and routine editors are native C plugins as are the forward and reverse engineering wizards The Administrator facility in MySQL Workbench is implemented entirely as a plugin in Python A plugin can be a simple function that performs some action on an input and ends without further interaction with the user Examples of this include auto arranging a diagram or making batch changes to objects To create a simple plugin the function must be located in a module and declared as a plugin using the plugin decorator of the ModuleInfo object Plugins can have an indefinite runtime such as when they are driven by the user thro
555. story of SQL operations carried out in MySQL Workbench for the active MySQL connection The time and SQL code for each operation is recorded To view the executed SQL statement click the time and the SQL code executed will be displayed in the SQL column 206 Table Data Search Panel Figure 8 11 SQL Editor History Output D MySQL Workbench d a n Local instance MySQL57 x _ a File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Sheed Navigator actor SCHEMAS eo Helv FfaAolsic E umeto 1000 rows lel Qf Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM sakila actor v sakila SS gt BP Tables Result Grid T 4 Fiter Rows Edt c SS ES Eport Import py 5 Wrap Cel Content F O a Sp Views gt EP stored Procedures actor_id firstname _last_name last_update gt P Functions GUINESS 2006 02 15 04 34 33 gt test NICK WAHLBERG 2006 02 15 04 34 33 History Output is the currently gt word CHASE 2006 02 15 04 34 33 selected Output scheme 2006 02 25 04 34 33 SQL statement history sections separated by day for the active 32 SELECT FROM sakila category MySQL connection SELECT FROM sakia fiim_tet SELECT FROM sakila film_text SELECT rental_id FROM rental WHERE invertory_id 10 AND customer_id 3 AND retum_date IS NULL SELECT CONCATicustomer last_name customer first_name AS customer address phone film title FROM rental INN SELECT FROM sakia customer SELECT FROM world co
556. supplied AS IS The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc disclaim all warranties expressed or implied including without limitation the warranties of merchantability and of fitness for any purpose The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc assume no liability for direct indirect incidental special exemplary or consequential damages which may result from the use of the PNG Reference Library even if advised of the possibility of such damage Permission is hereby granted to use copy modify and distribute this source code or portions hereof for any purpose without fee subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented 2 Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original source 3 This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any source or altered source distribution The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc specifically permit without fee and encourage the use of this source code as a component to supporting the PNG file format in commercial products If you use this source code in a product acknowledgment is not required but would be appreciated A png_get_copyright function is available for convenient use in about boxes and the like printf 3s png_get_copyright NULL Also the PNG logo in PNG format of course is supplied in the files pngbar png and pngbar jpg 88x31 and pngn
557. supported Object Info Table Inspector Table Inspector View table information similar to the Schema Inspector This also has a simpler and easier to use interface for analyzing and creating indexes for your tables To open right click on a table in the object browser and choose Table Inspector from the context menu 232 Schema and Table Inspector Figure 8 29 Open the Table Inspector Local instance MySQL57 sak x File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help 6 5 6 6 F161 5 fd SCHEMAS e o HI fAOCIRIGO 8 Alu Filter objects 1 gt blog v amp sakila v amp Tables gt E actor gt address Select Rows Limit 1000 gt E city gt country Copy to Clipboard gt gt customer Table Data Export Wizard gt film gt ee actor Table Data Import Wizard gt E film_category Send to SQL Editor gt gt E film_text gt feo Create Table gt inventory Create Table Like gt gt language Alter Table gt payment gt B rental Table Maintenance gt staff 4 caw Drop Table gt Views Truncate Table gt ER Stored Procedures Search Table Data gt ral Functions gt world Refresh All The Table Inspector shows information related to the table 233 Schema and Table Inspector Figure 8 30 Table Inspector Info Tab File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help ADe gnana g Naviga
558. t The Advanced tab includes these check boxes e Use compression protocol If checked the communication between the application and the MySQL server will be compressed which may increase transfer rates This corresponds to starting a MySQL command line client with the compress option This option is unchecked by default coy e Use ANSI quotes to quote identifiers Treat as an identifier quote character like the quote character and not as a string quote character You can still use to quote identifiers with this mode enabled With this option enabled you cannot use double quotation marks to quote literal strings because it is interpreted as an identifier Note If this option is checked it overrides the server setting This option is unchecked by default Enable Cleartext Authentication Plugin Send the user password in cleartext Required for some authentication methods This option is unchecked by default Use the old authentication protocol This option disables Connector C s secure_auth option This option is unchecked by default It also includes these options SQL_MODE Override the default SoL_MODE used by the server Others Other options for Connector C as option value pairs one per line SSL tab SSL parameters include 111 Local Socket Pipe Connection Method Use SSL This dropdown provides options related to enabling SSL encryption Choose N
559. t E Use default parameters J Generate new certificates and self signed keys F Update the connection 115 System Profile Figure 5 20 SSL Wizard Results The wizard was sucessful Click on the finish button to update the connection To setup the server you should copy the following files to a lt directory gt inside localhost C Users phoison AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench ker tfica tes CDS00 33 2603 4F06 8809 72 1CE 1287889 a _cert C Users phoison AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench ker tificates CD600 33 2603 4F06 8809 72 1CE 1287889 server_cert C Users phoison AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench cer tficates CD6D0 33 2603 06 8809 72 1CE 1287889 server_key and configure the config file with the following par 2 Copy this to your my cnf fle Please change Rear ta h canveapanedig di dkiry where h llis were copied Gent ssi ca lt drectory gt a cert pem sol cert lt drectory gt dient lt ert pem sai key lt drectory gt chent key pem mysa sdca lt drectory gt ka cert pem sd cert lt drectory gt server cert pem ssi key lt drectory gt server key pem A copy of this fie can be found in C Users pholson AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench certificates CD60DE33 2603 4F06 6809 72 ICE 1287669 ny cnf sample 5 3 5 System Profile The System Profile tab enables you to specify host specific information This is achieved primarily through selecting a System Type along with
560. t and with the following additions to the disclaimer There is no warranty against interference with your enjoyment of the library or against infringement There is no warranty that our efforts or the library will fulfill any of your particular purposes or needs This library is provided with all faults and the entire risk of satisfactory quality performance accuracy and effort is with the user ihibpngeyerstonsmOn oi annan L998 sehicouc he MOn Manche Oe Z000 mare Copyright c 1998 1999 Glenn Randers Pehrson and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng 0 96 with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors Tom Lane 471 libpng License Glenn Randers Pehrson Willem van Schaik libpng versions 0 89 June 1996 through 0 96 May 1997 are Copyright c 1996 1997 Andreas Dilger Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng 0 88 with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors John Bowler Kevin Bracey Sam Bushell Magnus Holmgren Greg Roelofs Tom Tanner libpng versions 0 5 May 1995 through 0 88 January 1996 are Cejoyieseloe ce IOS 19896 Cuy ime Srelmeulingic Gracie AZ NOS For the purposes of this copyright and license Contributing Authors is defined as the following set of individuals Andreas Dilger Dave Martindale Guy Eric Schalnat Paul Schmidt Tim Wegner The PNG Reference Library is
561. t A basic TEXT report listing schemata and objects lt value gt lt value type string key name gt HIML Basic Frame Report lt value gt lt value type list content type object content struct name workbench model reporting TemplateStyleInfo key styles gt lt value type object struct name workbench model reporting TemplateStyleInfo id 7550655C CD4B 4EB1 8FAB AAEE4 9B2261E struct checksum 0xab08451b gt lt value type string key description gt Designed to be viewed with a fixed sized font lt value gt lt value type string key name gt Fixed Size Font lt value gt lt value type String key previewImageFileName gt preview_basic png lt value gt lt value type String key styleTagValue gt fixed lt value gt lt value gt lt value gt lt value type string key mainFileName gt report txt lt value gt lt value gt lt data gt The file defines wwo objects the TemplateInfo object and the TemplateStyleInfo object These objects contain information about the template that will be displayed in the DBDoc Model Reporting wizard main page Change the object GUIDs that are used in the file In this example there are two that need replacing id BD6879ED 814C 4CA3 A8 69 9864F83B88DF id 7550655C CD4B 4EB1 8FAB AAEE4 9B2261E Generate two new GUIDS This is done using a suitable command line tool and there are also free online tools that generate GUIDs MySQL s UUTD function a
562. t object workbench Workbench object db mgmt Management list object db query Editor dict object app Info object app Options dict list string dict list object db mysql Table object db mysql Table object db mysq Table object db mysql Table listlobject app Papertype list string object workbench Workbench object app Registy object app Starters dict Modules Notifications 432 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs A class is a user defined data type formed by combining primitive data types integers doubles strings dicts lists and objects This tab shows the definitions of the classes used by the objects in the Modules tab Clicking a class causes a brief description of the class to be displayed in a panel below the classes explorer Figure C 5 The Workbench Scripting Shell tab Classes Classes List Group by Name app Starter app Starters app Toolbar app Toolbarltem altIcon icon initialState itemType Do UB l we TET string string int string T g Caption Application External Content Launcher Home Screen Starters Toolbar Toolbar Item tooltip string db DatabaseSync db DatabaseSyncObjec db DatatypeGroup db ForeignKey db Function db Index db IndexColumn TVUV VV EV SY gt P P ba gt db Catalog db CharacterSet db CheckConstraint db Column db DatabaseDdlObjec db DatabaseObjec jpe tooltip JEMELLE
563. t Refresh Kill Query s Kill Connection s Refresh Note E The metadata lock information is provided in the performance schema as of MySQL server 5 7 3 Attributes these are connection attributes such as OS Client Name Client Version and Platform 19 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 19 Client Connection Attributes File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She Hlela ee Administration Client Connecti Local instance MySQLS7 Client Connections Threads Connected 4 Threads Running 1 Threads Created 4 Threads Cached 0 Rejected over limit 0 Total Connections 5 Connection Limit 151 Aborted Clients 0 Aborted Connections 0 Errors 0 O hte ThreadId Type Name Parent Thr Instrumented Info Program Details Locks Attributes pne 23 FOREGROUND thread sql one 22 YES NULL MySQLWork Attribute Value pne 24 FOREGROUND thread sqi one 22 YES NULL MySQLWorki 08 Win 4 indin 25 FOREGROUND thread sal one 22 YES SELECT PR MySQLWork dient name libmysal bne 26 FOREGROUND thread sql one 22 YES NULL MySQLWork pid 5168 thread 5780 platform x86_64 program_name MySQLWorkbench _dient_version 5 6 17 m 4 F Hide sleeping connections 7 Hide background threads V Don t load full thread info RefreshRate DontRefresh v Note R This feature uses performance schema details from MySQL server 5 7 and above For additional information see Section
564. t available everyone is granted a worldwide perpetual royalty free non exclusive license to exercise all rights associated with the contents of this file for any purpose whatsoever No rights are reserved THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE usr bin env python SSCP Py Discuss SS Serene Part of the Python Cryptography Toolkit Portions Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 Python Software Foundation All Rights Reserved This file contains code from the Python 2 2 setup py module the Original Code with modifications made after it was incorporated into PyCrypto the Modifications To the best of our knowledge the Python Software Foundation is the copyright holder of the Original Code and has licensed it under the Python 2 2 license See the file LEGAL copy LICENSE python 2 2 for details 479 PyODBC License The Modifications to this file are dedicated to the public domain To the extent that dedication to the public domain is not available everyone is granted a worldwide perpetual royal
565. t helps you identify section requirements 327 Supported Template Markers 9 7 1 Supported Template Markers The following table shows the supported markers These markers can be used in any template including custom templates Using the table The table shows which variables are defined in which sections The variable should be used in its correct section or its value will not be displayed If a variable t ype is a variable then the table describes its data dictionary and a parent dictionary if t ype is a section Also remember that the data dictionaries used to perform variable lookups form a hierarchical tree so it is possible to use a variable in a child section that is defined in a parent section Table 9 2 Supported Template Markers Marker text Type Data Dictionary or Parent Corresponding data Dictionary TITLE Variable MAIN Title of the report GENERATED Variable MAIN Date and time when the report was generated STYLE_NAME Variable MAIN The name of the style selected in MySQL Workbench this is typically used to load the corresponding CSS file depending on the name of the style selected in MySQL Workbench SCHEMA_COUNT Variable MAIN The number of schemata in the model PROJECT_TITLE Variable MAIN Project title as set for the model in Document Properties PROJECT _NAME Variable MAIN Project name as set for the model in Document Properties PROJECT_AUTHOR Variable MAIN Proje
566. t panel and it offers additional edit options The cut and copy items are useful for copying layers between different schemata Since layers are not schema objects no confirmation dialog box opens when you delete a layer regardless of how you have configured MySQL Workbench Deleting a layer does not delete schema objects from the catalog Adding Objects to a Layer To add an object to a layer drag and drop it directly from the Catalog palette onto a layer If you pick up an object from an EER diagram you must press Control as you drag it onto the layer otherwise it will not be locked inside the layer Locking objects to a layer prevents their accidental removal You cannot remove them by clicking and dragging to remove an object you also must press the Control key while dragging it As a visual cue that the object is being locked the outline of the layer is highlighted as the object is dragged over it If you drag a layer over a table object the table object will automatically be added to the layer This also works for multiple table objects Layers cannot be nested That is a layer cannot contain another layer object 9 1 7 2 Modifying a Layer Using the Properties Palette Choosing Edit allows you to edit the layer name and layer background color and the Properties Editor offers additional edit options When you select a layer on the EER Diagram canvas its properties are displayed in the Properties palette
567. ta Export amp Data Import Restore Status Variables System Variables Name Description Compression Whether the dient connection uses compres Category Created_tmp_disk_tables The number of temporary tables on disk cre All Created_tmp_files How many temporary files mysqld has creai Filtered Created_tmp_tables 19290 M has of Binlog Delayed_errors Add to Custom Commands Admin Delayed_insert_threads Commands DOL Delayed_writes Commends DML Flush_commands Commands General Not_flushed_delayed_rovs Commands Prepared Statement Open_files Commands Replication Open_streams Commands Show Open_table_definitions Commands Transaction Open_tables General Opened _files Handler Opened_table_ INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Sener togs Pad Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports O Performance Schema Setup The number of rows waiting to be written ir The number of files that are open The number of streams that are open used The number of frm files in the table cache The number of tables that are open The number of files that have been opened The number of frm files that have been cac InnoD8 Buffer pool InnoDB Data InnoDB General InnoDB Rats Keycache The number of tables that have been opens The current number of prepared statements The number of statements executed by the The number of statements that clients have The number of joins that perform table scar Networking Errors Ne
568. ta Source Administrator Ss User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About User Data Sources Name Driver dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBASE Driver dbf ndx mdx Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver xls xdsx xdsm 2xdsb fac Microsoft Access Driver mdb accdb Configure Microsoft Access Driver mdb accdb m4 An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on the current machine Setting Up Source Parameters Click on the Start Migration from the Overview page to advance to the Source Selection page Here you need to provide the information about the Access database you are migrating from the ODBC driver to use and the parameters for the Access connection Open the Database System combo box for a list of supported RDBMSes and select Microsoft Access from the list There is another combo box below it named Stored Connection It lists saved connection settings for that RDBMS You can save connections by marking the checkbox at the bottom of the page along with a name for the saved connection The next combo box selects the Connection Method This time we are going to select ODBC Data Source from the list This allows you to select pre existing DSNs that you have configured in your system The DSN dropdown will have all DSNs you have defined in your s
569. taalesbicaseaveaad saviaeasesdvetaaedbadaanaavadadedanaeend 456 G 12 GLib License for MySQL Workbench 00 0cccceeeece cence eeeeeeeeee seca eaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 460 Gi T3 GIZ EICCNSCe meria n a E a duddadva sa hadead soatetaeiaduaaad wabaiuaaahedeadneanandencduatadmaaads 460 G 14 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 ccccccccsseeceeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeees 460 G 15 HitmlRenderer System Drawing Html 0 ccceeeececeeeeeeeeeee eee ea eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 468 G16 IODBGC LICENSE tsnena aee Ea a Era aae Na aa E aAa 469 GAZ LIDIGONV LICENSE rninn a a r a A A E a a AA aN 470 G 18 Libintl LICENSE raven neiere aaiae a aa E aaa Oa Eea DE ONEA EEN Eaa rAr DRENA ERANA 470 Gil 9 libpng License seiniin er E E A E E a WE aa Ean 471 G 20 Libxml2 License sicsssesnccdsvadrtedcstvacsiavicauedsveavesdundsvasdvedeessienrcadetandseresindssal EEEE aAA AAA REENA 473 Gi2 LIDZip LIGENSe isiiiirenninaana a E RE a Ea a 473 G 22 Lua IIDIWa LICENSE svi ssceene ntrenuasvesieens naana ia ea a AN aao ANa ERa AAN Eaa 474 23 Paramiko LICENSE ninata aon a a aa a a e a a a EEE 474 G24 PORE LICENSE arree a a E R E r 474 G25 Pixman License crcr a E A E 476 G 26 PROJ 4 LICENSE 20 0 cece cc cccc cece ceca ceca cece dina cece eeeeeeeneeeeeeeueeseeeceeacecaceuseeuseeeeeeageegeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeens 477 G27 Py Crypto 2 6 LICENSE a neina oc thieledse ett a a a a ed ceeded 478 G 28 PYODBC LICCNSO
570. tabase Server Tools Scripting Help HAG Heg a Table Name foustomer Schema sakila Y BEFORE INSERT Bls aUa customer_create_date 1 CREATE DEFINER root localhost TRIGGER customer_create_date BEFORE INSERT ON customer AFTER INSERT 2 FOR EACH ROW SET NEW create_date NOW BEFORE UPDATE AFTER UPDATE BEFORE DELETE AFTER DELETE 8 1 11 6 The Partitioning Tab To enable partitioning for your table check the Enable Partitioning check box This enables the partitioning options 218 The MySQL Table Editor Figure 8 22 The Partitioning Tab Fite Edt View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help she Hegla a Lye Table Name ozstomer Enable Partitioning Partition By HASH Partition Count 1 Manual Subpartition By x Subpartition Count 0 Manual MinRows MaxRows Comment Cem Partitioning RoE The Partition By pop up menu displays the types of partitions you can create e HASH e LINEAR HASH e KEY e LINEAR KEY e RANGE e LIST Use the Parameters field to define any parameters to be supplied to the partitioning function such as an integer column value Choose the number of partitions from the Partition Count list To manually configure your partitions check the Manual check box This enables entry of values into the partition configuration table The entries in this table are Partition e Values e Data Directory 219 The MySQL Table Editor
571. tabase Server Tools Scripting Help ie O Ele E gl ea amp Se E Query 1 sok ee ees cores SCHEMAS x Q Filter objects v 8 sakila a v I Tables T gt ador Select Rows Limit 1000 gt address categor Table Inspector cty Copy to Clipboard country customi film film_act film_cat Send to SQL Editor gt film_tex Create Table inventoj 2 languag Create Table Like gt paymen Alter Table Table Maintenance Drop Table Truncate Table Search Table Data Refresh All Table Data Export Wizard Export table data to either a JSON or CSV file The following example exports the sakila actor table to a CSV file 141 Table Data Export and Import Wizard Figure 6 15 Table Data Export Source Select source table for export sakila actor Select columns you d like to export Column name actor_id first_name last_name last_update Select Deselect all entries 142 Table Data Export and Import Wizard Figure 6 16 Table Data Export CSV Configuration Select output file location Table Data Export allows you to easily export data into csv json datafiles File Path D MySQLBackups sakila actor csv cv json Options Line Separator Enclose Strings in Field Separator V Export to local machine If checked rows will be exported on the location that started Workbench If not checked rows
572. te all information in the Columns tab e Clear Default Clear the assigned default value e Default NULL Set the column default value to NULL e Default 0 Set the column default value to 0 214 The MySQL Table Editor Default CURRENT_TIMESTAMP Available for TIMESTAMP data types Default CURRENT_TIMESTAMP ON UPDATE CURRENT_TIMESTAMP Available for TIMESTAMP data types To add a column click the Column Name field in an empty row and enter an appropriate value Select a data type from the Datatype list Select the column property check boxes as required according to the list of column properties below and also read the CREATE TABLE documentation for information about what these options mean PK PRIMARY KEY e NN NOT NULL e UQ UNIQUE INDEX e BIN BINARY e UN UNSIGNED e ZF ZEROFILL e Al AUTO_INCREMENT To change the name data type default value or comment of a column double click the value to edit it You can also add column comments to the Column Comment field It is also possible to set the column collation using the list in the Column Details panel To the left of the column name is an icon that indicates whether the column is a member of the primary key If the icon is a small key that column belongs to the primary key otherwise the icon is a blue diamond or a white diamond A blue diamond indicates the column has NN set To add or remove a column from the primary key double click the icon
573. ted tables using SELECT Note that this can be very slow since it will search all columns from all tables v sakila vy Tables Search for Text jennifer Start Search E actor Select Rows Limit 1000 gt address Max matches per table 100 Max total matches 100000 gt category Copy to Clipboard gt gt city Send to SQL Editor gt 1s of all types gt E country gt customer Alter 15 Tables ip kay gouna Data fim Table Maintenance actor 1 rows matched x 4 first_name JENNIFER gt a accel Drop 15 Tables customer 1 rows matched gt E filmcatet Truncate 15 Tables 6 firstname JENNIFER gt film_text gt 7 inventor Search Table Data gt language gt a ent Refresh All gt rental ey gt A staff O omamo Sen Multiple objects selected 2 rows matched in 15 searched tables For additional information see Section 8 1 8 Table Data Search Panel Context Sensitive help for the SQL Editor Select a keyword or function in your query and after a delay it will show formatted help information from the MySQL Server equivalent to using the help command from the command line MySQL Client 39 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 40 Context Sensitive Help Q Filter objects vi sakila a ALL DISTINCT OISTINCTROW HIGH_PRIORITY Esate vom sac SMALL_RESULT SQUL_BIG neSuLT SQL_BUFFER_RESULT SQL_CACHE SQU_NO_CACHE SQL_CALC_FOUND_ROWS a expr se
574. that a table lock could p SQL Editor Views Additional viewing options were added for executed statements Result Grid Available previously and it remains the default view 26 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 26 SQL Editor Result Grid Sex MySQL Workbench Scie 4 Localhost sakila x File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help BEA SEa al x Navigator y SCHEMAS HI FHOIBFIOG Risa hE Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM sakila actor dvd_collection information_schema newschema Eda c Eb Eh Emonjimport fj 5 Wrap CsI Content g Ll performance_schema last_update 3 J L 2006 02 150 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 smalint S UN 2006 02 15 0 AI PK varchar 45 2006 02 15 0 varchar 45 timestamp 2006 02 35 0 Apply Cancel ance Form Editor You can now edit records row by row in a form style editor 27 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 27 SQL Editor Form Editor BH MySQL Workbench cine amp Localhost sakila x Database Server Tools Scripting Help 2 SCHEMAS a Bl7 FACIRBEIGORI 39 We Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM sakila actor gt dvd_collection gt information_schema gt newschema um gt of edit Ee ED gt performance_scheme Vv amp sak
575. the buttons provided Click the Next button to continue 6 Review Seitings The modified settings may be reviewed which also includes the default values Check the Change Parameters checkbox if the MySQL Config File section will be edited and then click Next to continue 7 MySQL Config File Allows configuration of the MySQL server version It also allows the editing and validation of the configuration file path and validation of the server instance section Click Next to continue 8 Specify Commands Optionally set the commands required to start stop and check the status of the running MySQL server instance Commands can be customized if required but the defaults are suitable in most cases The defaults depend on the selected options on the Operating System page of the wizard Click Next to continue 9 Complete Setup Name the MySQL server instance on the final step This name is used throughout MySQL Workbench as a reference to this MySQL connection After setting a suitable name click Finish to save the instance 5 3 7 The Password Storage Vault The vault provides a convenient secure storage for passwords used to access MySQL servers By using the vault you need not enter credentials every time MySQL Workbench attempts to connect to a server connection might use localhost 127 0 0 1 or 1 but these are stored Note R The hostname is used for storing password information For example a local separately in the
576. the RDSMS Parameters ssi Advanced Hostname 127 0 0 1 Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port Usermame foot Name of the user to connect with Password ctore in Vault Clear The user s password Will be requested later if it s not set Default Schema sakta The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select it Game Gana Geet neon Connection Name The name used to refer to this connection This connection can then be selected from a list in other wizards requiring a connection Connection Method Method used to connect to the RDBMS After you select a connection method the fields available in the Parameters SSL and Advanced tabs change accordingly More details about these options and parameters are available below Note R The Test Connection button will test the selected MySQL connection and report its connection status It also reports whether or not SSL is enabled For testing remote connections you might also use ping to check the hostname or telnet to also check the port If these fail then also check the firewall settings on each host and also that MySQL server is running on the remote host Note E Simultaneous client connections Opening a MySQL connection from the MySQL Workbench home page opens a new connection tab in MySQL Workbench for that connection Each of these tabs requires two MySQL connections to perform basic tas
577. the Table Templates manager make the desired adjustments and click Apply to commit the changes 323 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates Figure 9 60 Table Templates Manager Manage templates of tables with pre defined columns for frequently used table structures Table Template w timestamps user L category Column Column Collation gt username l J Table Default gt email l gt password Additional Flags gt create_time CURRENT_TIMESTAMP Click to add To open an existing template from the SQL editor hover over the Create Table Like context menu and select the desired table template For modeling double click on a template in the right modeling sidebar 9 7 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates This section provides an overview of creating and modifying DBDoc Model Reporting templates as used by MySQL Workbench The MySQL Workbench DBDoc Model Reporting system is based on the Google Template System This discussion does not attempt to explain the Google Template System in detail For a useful overview of how the Google Template System works see the Google document How To Use the Google Template System The templates employed by the DBDoc Model Reporting system are text files that contain Markers These text files are processed by the template system built into MySQL Workbench and the markers replaced by actual data
578. the script Leave blank if the script already specified it pick a schema from the drop down or type a name to create a new one Default Schema Name a Default character set to whe uting the script Default Character Set pacer tke Posey ee Cance _ Run Model Script Attachments Previously MySQL Workbench modeling supported attaching SQL script files to models usually for documentation and organization purposes You can now include attached SQL files to the output script when performing forward engineering or synchronization operations 17 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 17 Data Modeling Script Attachments Routine Groups Add Group iy Film i Resources Flags gt Schema Privileges v SQL Scripts SQL Gh Add Script script gt Model Notes script Script uw Q if 2 Synchronization Do not include Forward Engineering Bottom of script mer 100 3 1 1 Content Cancel Client Connections and Metadata locks The Client Connections management window has a new Show Details window This window s three tabs are e Details connection details such as Process ID Type User Host Instrumented and additional information e Locks MySQL uses metadata locking to manage access to objects such as tables and triggers Sometimes a query might be blocked while being manipulated by another connection from another user The Locks feature utilizes t
579. the target MySQL server and dick Next gt to execute SOURCE amp TARGET Y Source Selection F Target Selection Online copy of table data to target RDEMS T Fetch Schemata List Y Schemata Selection Y Reverse Engineer Source Data Copy Create a batch file to copy the data at another tme C tUsers sergo Desktop copy _migrated_tables cnd OBJECT MIGRATION Y Source Objects Z Migration Truncate target tables je delete contents before copying data Options 7 Manual Editing Number of tasks to use for data transfer Each task will open a Worker tasks 2 connection to both source and target RDSMSs to table rows Target Creation Options Defaut value 2 iid Y Create Schemata Enable debug output for table copy Y Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report There are two sets of options here The first allows you to perform a live transference and or to dump the data into a batch file that you can execute later The other set of options allows you to alter this process This tutorial uses the default values for the options in this page as shown in the above screenshot Next the data is transferred At this point the corresponding progress page will look familiar 378 Verification Figure 10 39 Bulk Data Transfer r 5 MySQL Workbench letje f Marion File Edt View Database Plugins Scripting Help SRAC Migration Tesk List Bulk Data Transfer OVERVIEW S
580. therwise to copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 9 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Library or any work based on the Library you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all ibe terms atric conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it 10 Each time you redistribute the Library or any work based on the Library the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License 11 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or other
581. thod to view connection information depends on the operating system 91 Connection Groups On Microsoft Windows and Linux hover over the right side of a connection title and click the title e On OS X hover over a connection title and click the little i in appears in the bottom right corner The information will be displayed under the connection tiles and will appear similar to Figure 4 2 Viewing Connection Information Ba MySQL Workbench e Local instance MySQL57 x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Local instance MySQL57 MySQL Version 5 7 6 m16 log Local management Enabled Last connected 07 April 2015 16 42 TCP IP Port 3307 Config Path C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 7 my ini Edit Connection Connect Connection Groups You may also create groups of connections Create a group by either right clicking a connection and choosing the Move to group context menu option or you may prefix your connection name with the group name separated by a forward slash for example QA TestBox when you create or configure the connection Models The Models panel your most recently used models Each entry lists the date and time that the model was last opened and its associated database For further information about modeling see To the right of the Models title are three icons The adds a new model the folder opens an existing model from the disk and the gt opens a context menu for ad
582. ting to a project folder or self contained SQL file optionally dump stored routines and events or skip table data E Note Alternatively use Export a Result Set to export a specific result set in the SQL editor to another format such as CSV JSON HTML and XML Select the Database objects to export and configure the related options E Note Click Refresh to load the current objects Figure 6 22 Navigator Management Data Export Object Selection File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Shes asd Navigator MANAGEMENT o Server Status Client Connections D Users and Privileges 6 Status and System Variables Data Export amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs P Options Fite PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports eo Performance Schema Setup Management Information Object Info Administration Data Export Local instance MySQLS7 Data Export Object Selection Export Progress J Schema Objects m actor a actor_info L address L category ll city 1j country customer Sal customer_list 7 film ul film_actor film_category 7588588 13585838 ic film_list Refresh 23 tables selected Objects to Export E Dump Stored Procedures and Functions Export Optons Export to Dump Project Folder Export to Self Contained Fie Dump Structure and Dat v Select Views m Sele
583. tion Synchronize with Any Source Allows you to compare a target database or script with the open model external script or a second database and apply these changes back to the target For more information see Section 9 5 1 Database Synchronization Compare Schemas Compares your schema model with a live database or a script file Section 9 5 2 Compare and Report Differences in Catalogs The Tools Menu The Tools menu lists tools and utilities that related to MySQL Workbench usage Browse Audit Log File Launches a file browser to open a specific audit log file MySQL Workbench prompts for sudo access if the MySQL Workbench user is unable to read the audit log file For additional information about the Audit Inspector see Section 6 6 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface Commercial only Configuration Backup or restore your MySQL Connections as defined in MySQL Workbench Connection data is stored in a connections xml file for additional information about this file see Section 3 3 MySQL Workbench Settings and Log Files 245 Model Editor Utilities These utilities generate PHP code to either Connect to the MySQL server or Iterate SELECT results if applicable For additional information about PHP code generation see Section 8 1 12 2 Generating PHP Code Start Shell for MySQL Utilities Opens the mysqluc MySQL Utility For additional information about MySQL Utilities see Appendix F
584. tion applies to the New Job operation and Configure Job is used to modify existing jobs The Backup Profile Name and its associated Comments field are used to identify the backup job s profile and this name is listed on the main page The New Job scheduling page separates the configuration information into four tabs The Contents tab defines the schemas and tables to back up and whether the job is a full or partial backup Full backup All schemas and tables are backed up Partial Select the schemas and tables objects that you want to back up Choose Select objects to included excluded to open the table inclusion and exclusion options For additional information about the include exclude and Transportable Tablespace options see the MySQL Enterprise Backup documentation titled Partial Backup and Restore Options Figure 6 34 Workbench MySQL Enterprise Backup Configuration Contents for Full Backups Ge Local instance MySQL56 x File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Hho DIAGF awe Navigator O i MANAGEMENT x Server Status MYSQL Enterprise amp Client Connections ee MySQL Enterprise Backup I Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export Data import Restore Bacup Profile Name DevFullBackup Comments INSTANCE This weekly backup saves all dev example org data and stores it on Suki24 8 Startup Shutdown Server Logs Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard Schedule
585. tioned web application Ping localhost on each host to determine where it resolves to Port The TCP IP port on which the MySQL server is listening the default is 3306 Username User name to use for the connection Password Optional password for the account used If you enter no password here you will be prompted to enter the password when MySQL Workbench attempts to establish the connection MySQL Workbench can store the password in a vault see Section 5 3 7 The Password Storage Vault Default Schema When the connection to the server is established this is the schema that will be used by default It becomes the default schema for use in other parts of MySQL Workbench Advanced tab Advanced parameters are less common and include 110 Standard TCP IP Connection Method Figure 5 15 Standard TCP IP Connection Advanced Tab Ta MYSQL Connections Connection Name Local instance MySQL56_1 Local instance MySQL56_1 MyConnection Connection Remote Management System Profile Connection Method Belrechaiaysia v Method to use to connect to the RDSMS Parameters sst Advanced Hostname localhost Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port Username foot Name of the user to connect with Password store in Vault Clear The user s password Will be requested later if it s not set Default Schema The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select i
586. tions File PERFORMANCE Dashboard E Pertormance Reports E Performance Schema Setup Management Information Connection Hide deeping connections V Hide background threads V Don t load ful thread info Name MyFrstConnecton o w Ei Host Jocahost Part 3305 Refresh Rate DontRefresh v Kil Query s Kil Connection s Object Info Also a Thread Stack view option was added by right clicking a connection entry in the Client Connections tab and choosing View Thread Stack 34 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 35 Client Connections View Thread Stack BRE Swayvaunugaune m Event info io socket sql client_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql dient_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 sql THD LOCK_thd_data io socket sql client_connection bind ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql client_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 Type io socket jo socket ssynch mutex jo socket io socket io socket sql client_connection send 113 bytes ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket io socket sql client_connection recv 4 bytes ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql client_connection recv 173 bytes ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql client_connection send 11 bytes ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql client_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql client_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql client_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 idle idle sql set_option i
587. tions were added to the connection tiles Copy JDBC Connection String and Copy Connection String e Right clicking a blank area in the MySQL Connections area now offers an option to create a New Connection From Clipboard Visual Explain The layout changed and additional information is now viewable by hovering over the fields It also displays traditional EXPLAIN output in a separate tab and the Raw Explain Data as JSON in another For MySQL server 5 7 the new cost information such as query_cost and sort_cost is also utilized 30 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 30 Visual Explain Workbench 6 0 alfFfAC SBSB COM eae 2 SELECT CONCAT customer last_name customer first name AS customer 2 address phone film title 3 FROM rental INNER JOIN customer ON rental customer_id customer customer_id 4 INNER JOIN address ON customer address_id address address_id 5 INNER JOIN inventory ON rental inventory_id inventory inventory_id INNER JOIN film ON inventory film_id film film_id Z WHERE rental return_date IS NULL 8 AND rental_date INTERVAL film rental_duration DAY lt CURRENT_DATE 9 LIMIT 5 100 698 Spacing 4 4 attached_condition 1 rental snui sakila rental return_date and sak a rental remal_date interval sakila film rental_duration day lt lt cache gt curdate 31 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure
588. tionship e Place a Relationship Using Existing Columns Differences include e An identifying relationship identified by a solid line between tables 259 Creating Foreign Key Relationships An identifying relationship is one where the child table cannot be uniquely identified without its parent Typically this occurs where an intermediary table is created to resolve a many to many relationship In such cases the primary key is usually a composite key made up of the primary keys from the two original tables A non identifying relationship identified by a broken dashed line between tables Create or drag and drop the tables that you wish to connect Ensure that there is a primary key in the table that will be on the one side of the relationship Click on the appropriate tool for the type of relationship you wish to create If you are creating a one to many relationship first click the table that is on the many side of the relationship then on the table containing the referenced key This creates a column in the table on the many side of the relationship The default name of this column is table_name_key_name where the table name and the key name both refer to the table containing the referenced key When the many to many tool is active double clicking a table creates an associative table with a many to many relationship For this tool to function there must be a primary key defined in the initial table Use the Mod
589. to the same local MySQL server you might have one connection using root with another using a less privileged user Depending on how you set up the users they may or may not both have rights to see and use the same databases information For example you might use Workbench to configure and use the less privileged user that you use for your web application So to summarize connections simply connect to the MySQL server If two connections use the same exact information then the results in Workbench will be identical However that is not a common use case For additional information about MySQL connections in MySQL Workbench see Chapter 5 MySQL Connections How do create a MySQL database schema in MySQL Workbench Open a MySQL connection to open the SQL editor On the left pane there is an Object Browser that contains two tabs titled Management and Schemas Choose the schemas tab default Right click anywhere in the Schemas pane and choose Create Schema from the context menu e Follow the schema creation wizard by naming your new schema and click Apply to create your new schema Other options include clicking the Create Schema icon on the main navigation bar or executing a CREATE SCHEMA your_db_name query in the SQL editor Is there an easy way to select all data from a table and then see the results From the schema navigator hover over the table and click the E icon This executes a SELECT FROM schema tab
590. tor SCHEMAS a a Localinstance MySQLS7 v sakila sakila actor v Tables gt E actor gt address gt E category gt E city gt E country gt E customer gt E film gt E film_actor a Table rows gt E filmcategoy If AVG row length gt E film_tet gt E inventory Osta lengh gt E language Index length gt payment Max data length 0 0 bytes gt E rental P gt E staff Data free 0 0 bytes gt fa store Table size estimate 32 0 KiB gt amp Views Update time gt P Stored Procedures Create time 2014 10 02 18 17 10 gt F Functions g loaded Auto increment 334 Table collation utf8_general_ci Create options Table actor Comment Columns F 5 Information on this page may be outdated Click to update it Object Info 1 234 Chapter 9 Database Design Modeling Table of Contents 9 1 Modeling Interface ceases iyii TEE ANENE e AAA VANNER dadene ENEE denen N 236 9T Model EANO tipii eta e e A A is ot eee E eit 236 9 1 2 EER Diagram Editor oarn A A A A A A a a 253 9 1 3 Cr ating Tables ra e a e eeaeee ile ae e aa sae eid Aa Oaa PEAN OE pele cin Wane da oe E RA 257 9 1 4 Creating Foreign Key Relationships 0 cccccceeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeseeeeaeaaea 259 9 T 5 Creato VOE a aea ses ea ae a aA a A ae a a a aa T e a aa aaaea VAAT Sn 263 9 1 6 Creating Routines and Routine Group sesssesssssrsssesssrirrirtrsssstsrnr
591. trecht University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 457 GDAL OGR License gdal frmts grib degrib The degrib and g2clib source code are modified versions of code produced by NOAA NWS and are in the public domain subject to the following restrictions http www weather gov im softa htm DISCLAIMER The United States Government makes no warranty expressed or implied as to the usefulness of the software and documentation for any purpose The U S Government its instrumentalities officers employees and agents assumes no responsibility 1 for the use o
592. ts Reserved 487 Python License Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of Timothy O Malley not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission Timothy O Malley DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL Timothy O Malley BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Prolmiing The profile and pstats modules contain the following notice Copyright 1994 by InfoSeek Corporation all rights reserved Written by James Roskind Permission to use copy modify and distribute this Python software and its associated documentation for any purpose subject to the restriction in the following sentence without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in s
593. ts and Privileges Routines and Views e Server Administration Enables you to administer MySQL server instances by administering users performing backup and recovery inspecting audit data viewing database health and monitoring the MySQL server performance e Data Migration Allows you to migrate from Microsoft SQL Server Microsoft Access Sybase ASE SQLite SQL Anywhere PostreSQL and other RDBMS tables objects and data to MySQL Migration also supports migrating from earlier versions of MySQL to the latest releases e MySQL Enterprise Support Support for Enterprise products such as MySQL Enterprise Backup and MySQL Audit MySQL Workbench is available in two editions the Community Edition and the Commercial Edition The Community Edition is available free of charge The Commercial Edition provides additional Enterprise features such as access to MySQL Enterprise Backup and MySQL Audit at low cost For a complete comparison see http www mysql com products workbench features html For notes detailing the changes in each release see the MySQL Workbench Release Notes 1 1 What Is New in MySQL Workbench 6 This section summarizes how the MySQL Workbench 6 series progressed with each minor release For notes detailing the changes in each point release see the MySQL Workbench Release Notes 1 1 1 New in MySQL Workbench 6 3 This section summarizes many of the new features added to MySQL Workbench 6 3 x in relation to MySQL Workben
594. ts to locate the MySQL Enterprise Backup executable so check the path and adjust it accordingly The path to the Backup Home Directory where backup profiles and data is stored This can be created from within Workbench from the Settings tab The MySQL account for the Backup Process The available actions depends on the current state of this set up with options including e Create MEB Account Available if a backup user does not already exist e Change Password Available if a backup user does exist e Fix Grants for MEB Available if the user s privileges are invalid which alters the user by adding the RELOAD SUPER and REPLICATION CLIENT ON privileges Uninstallation notes The MySQL Workbench uninstallation process does not remove the associated MySQL Enterprise Backup backup tasks To stop the scheduled backups edit the related Task Scheduler entries on Windows or remove the associated cron jobs on Linux and OS X The MySQL Workbench uninstallation process does not remove the MySQL Enterprise Backup master related configuration file the configuration files generated for each defined profile nor the MySQL backups The Settings tab 159 Online Backup Figure 6 32 Workbench MySQL Enterprise Backup Settings File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help HAD HAs a MANAGEMENT d Enterprise l Server Status MySQL Enterprise Backup cient connections L Users and Privileges MySQL E
595. ttings Native Windows Adminstration enabled Windows host 127 0 0 1 Review Settings MySQL service name MySQL56_1 MySQL Configuration MySQL Version 5 6 14 enterprise commercial advancedog Settings Template Path to Configuration File C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 my ini Instance Name in Configuration File mysqld Change Parameters Check the Change Parameters if you want to check or edit information about the MySQL configuration file In our example we will check it and click Next to continue 10 Review the MySQL configuration file information Click the Check buttons to perform the described checks or optionally change the configuration file path 103 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial Figure 5 9 Getting Started Tutorial MySQL Config File Introducti a eee Information about MySQL configuration Test DB Connection In order to manage the settings of the MySQL Server it is necessary to know where its configuration file resides The configuration file may consist of several sections each of them belonging to a different tool or server instance Hence it is also necessary to know which section belongs to the server we are managing Windows Management g Please specify this information below Test Settings MySQL Server Version il advancedog Review Settings MySQL Config File Path to Configuration File C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 my ini Check Path The config file path is
596. tutorial that demonstrates the steps outlined below see the tutorial titled Section 5 2 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial The steps presented in the wizard are as follows 1 5 Test DB Connection On this page MySQL Workbench tests your database connection and displays the results If an error occurs click Show Logs to view the related logs Management and OS Used to specify a remote management type and target operating system which is available when the Host Machine is defined as a remote host The SSH login based management option includes configuration entries for the Operating System and MySQL Installation Type SSH Configuration If you specified a Remote Host on the Specify Host Machine page you will be presented with the Host SSH Connection page that enables you to use SSH for the connection to the server instance This facility enables you to create a secure connection to remotely administer and configure the server instance You must enter the host name and user name of the account that will be used to log in to the server for administration and configuration activities If you do not enter the optional SSH Key for use with the server then you will be prompted for the password when the connection is established by MySQL Workbench MySQL Server itself It is not the same as the connection used to connect to a Note R This connection is to enable remote administration and configuration of the serve
597. tutorial to create a MySQL connection named MyFirstConnection although an alternative connection can also work 1 _ Now forward engineer your model to the live MySQL server Select Database Forward Engineer from the main menu to open the Forward Engineer to Database wizard 12 The Connection Options page selects the MySQL connection and optionally sets additional options for the selected MySQL connection We do not require connection changes so click Next 283 Creating a Model Note E You may decided to choose a different MySQL connection here but this tutorial uses MyFirstConnection 13 The Options page lists optional advanced options For this tutorial you can ignore these and click Next Figure 9 20 Getting Started Tutorial Options Fomara trgreer o ee LL 2 Connection Options Set Options for Database to be Created Catalog Validation Options Options E DROP Objects Before Each CREATE Object E Generate DROP SCHEMA E Skip creation of FOREIGN KEYS C Skip creation of FK Indexes as well E Omit Schema Qualifier in Object Names _ Generate USE statements E Generate Separate CREATE INDEX Statements E Add SHOW WARNINGS After Every DDL Statement E Don t create view placehoder tables E Do Not Create Users Only Create Privileges GRANTS E Generate INSERT Statements for Tables E Disable FK checks for INSERTs 14 Select an object to export to the live My
598. tworking Stats Performance Performance schema Query cache Replication Management SSL ect_full_range_join Select_range Select_range_check Select_scan Slow_queries Sort_merge_passes Sort_range Sort_rows Sort_scan The number of joins that used a range sear The number of joins thatused ranges on th The number of joins without keys that ched The number of joins that did a full scan of t _ The number of queries that have taken mor The number of merge passes that the sort lt The number of sorts that were done using t Threading The number of sorted rows The number of sorts that were done by sca Table_locks_immediate The number of times that a table lock was Table_locks_waited The number of times that a table lock could thas rs m p Copy Gobal Status and Variables to Cipboard Copy Selected to Clipboard Information Object Info 6 5 Data Export and Import There are three ways to export and import data in MySQL Workbench each serving a different purpose 139 Table Data Export and Import Wizard Table 6 1 Methods to Export or Import data in MySQL Workbench and or Tables GUI Location Data Set Export Types Import Types Additional Details Object Browser context Tables JSON CSV JSON CSV Simple table operations menu includes moderate control over the output type this method was added in version 6 3 0 Result Grid menu under Result CSV HT
599. ty API support and High contrast color theme in Microsoft Windows e MySQL Enterprise Backup improvements e Improvements with general performance and overall stability 1 1 4 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 This section summarizes many of the new features added to MySQL Workbench 6 0 0 in relation to MySQL Workbench 5 2 x A new home screen A new modernized Home screen where major functionality of MySQL Workbench can be accessed including connections to MySQL servers modeling migration and the command line utilities Figure 1 36 Home Screen Workbench 5 2 eoe MYSQL Workbench Y Workbench Central LAs Welcome to MySQL Workbench 2 e W What s New in This Release Workbench Read about all changes in this MySQL Workbench release My jae Doc MySQL Utilities Databas Jon MySQL Bug kbench Reporter m Workspace SQL Development Data Modeling Server Administration Connect to existing databases and run A Create and manage models forward amp Configure your database server setup SQL Queries SQL scripts edit data and reverse engineer compare ani user accounts browse status variables ji manage database objects 1 synchronize schemas report and server logs g Open Connection to Start Querying ei Open Existing EER Model amp Server Administration gt se My Local example com DB E sakila_fuli My Local example com DB WE User root Host 127 0 0 1 3306 Last modified Tue Jun 4 14 06 28 2013 39 Local Type GE examp
600. ty free non exclusive license to exercise all rights associated with the contents of this file for any purpose whatsoever No rights are reserved THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE G 28 PyODBC License The following software may be included in this product PyODBC Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do sox THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FR
601. u create a new model it contains the mydb schema by default You can change the name of this schema to serve your own purposes or delete it 279 Creating a Model Figure 9 16 Getting Started Tutorial Home Window ta MySQL Workbench SME ON MyFestConnection File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help New Model Ctrl N Open Model Ctri O F eme O Rte OMS Shortcuts Open Recent Close Tab Ctri w MySQL Doc Library Exit AlteF4 MySQL Utilities Database Migration MySQL Bug Reporter Workbench Blogs Vote s OM OM O Zy sakilamodel Zy worldmodel B mem_3 0 Planet MySQL Workbench Forums BEa0GC VP gt gt gt Scripting Shell Click the button on the right side of the Physical Schemata toolbar to add a new schema The default schema name is new_schema1 now change it to dvd_collection by modifying its Name field Confirm this change in the Physical Schemata panel Now you are ready to add a table 280 Creating a Model Figure 9 17 Getting Started Tutorial New Schema fe MySQL Model x File Edit View Arrange Model Database Tools Scripting Help 2 SOwie e373 200 Description Editor Model Overview Add Diagram Y Physical Schemas mydb dvd_collection Definition f 5800L TINYINT 1 J BOOLEAN TINYINT 1 i FDED DECIMAL 10 i FLOATS FLOAT i FLOATS DOUBLE B INT TINYINT 4 amp INT SMALLINT 6 amp INS MEDIUMINT i INTs INT 11 B INTs BIGINT 2
602. ual DBMS equivalents Table 10 1 Conceptual equivalents between supported DBMS products and MySQL Concept MS SQL Sybase PostgreSQ lySQL_ Note Server ASE Authentication Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto_Increment Yes Yes Yes Yes PostgreSQL uses sequences for Auto_Increment Backup Yes Yes Yes Yes See MySQL Enterprise Backup Catalog Yes Yes Yes N A You can map a catalog into a schema and drop the use the owner as the schema name or merge the owner and object name together ownerobject Constraints Yes Yes Yes Yes Data Dictionary N A Database Yes Yes Yes Yes Database Instance Dump Yes Yes Yes Yes mysqldump Events Yes Yes Yes Yes Foreign Keys Yes Yes Yes Yes 358 Conceptual DBMS equivalents Concept MS SQL Sybase PostgreSQ ilySQL_ Note Server ASE Full Text Search Yes Yes Yes Yes In InnoDB as of MySQL Server 5 6 and in all versions of MyISAM Index Yes Yes Yes Yes Information Schema Yes No Yes Yes Object Names Case Depends Depends Mixed Mixed MySQL sensitivity of database Sensitivity on on table and trigger names OS collation collation dependent other object names are case insensitive PostgreSQL as specified in the SQL 99 standard unquoted object names are treated as case insensitive while quoted object names are case sensitive Unlike the standard unquoted object names are converted to lowercase instead of upp
603. ugh a graphical user interface This is the case for the object editors and wizards within MySQL Workbench Although the wizard type of plugin must be declared in the usual way only the entry point of the plugin will need to be executed in the plugin function as most of the additional functionality will be invoked as a result of the user interacting with the GUI Note R Reloading a plugin requires MySQL Workbench to be restarted Imported plugin files and their compiled counterparts are stored here Table C 2 User Plugin File Location Operating System File Path Windows AppData MySQL Workbench modules OS X username Library Application Support MySQL Workbench modules Linux username mysql workbench modules Declare a plugin using this syntax ModuleInfo plugin plugin_name caption input groups pluginMenu These parameters are defined as follows e plugin_name A unique name for the plugin It may contain only alphanumeric characters dots and underscores caption A caption to use for the plugin in menus input An optional list of input arguments groups Optional list of groups the plugin belongs to Recognized values are Overview Utility The Context menu in the Model Overview Model Utility The menu for diagram objects Menu lt category gt The Plugins menu in the main menu pluginMenu Optional name of a submenu in the Plugins menu where the plugin should appear For examp
604. um for it to find the 1ibiodbc devel package For additional information about this step see Installing Oracle Enterprise Linux and similar Note E If you are using Oracle Enterprise Linux RedHat CentOS and similar you 2 mkdir freetds to create a directory within the users home directory 3 Copy the build_freetds sh script to freetds 4 Get the latest FreeTDS sources from ftp ftp freetds org pub freetds and place the tar gz source file into the reetds directory Make sure to get FreeTDS version 0 92 or newer 5 cd freetds 6 Execute build_freetds sh 7 After compilation is done install it using make install from the path given by the script 8 Install the driver using ODBC Administrator so that the ODBC subsystem recognizes it Open ODBC Administrator from the migration tab in MySQL Workbench 382 Drivers Figure 10 42 Open the ODBC Administrator Use to create the ODBC driver with FreeTDS The name of the driver file is Libtdsodbc so and it is located in usr lib or usr local lib For example under the O S tab click A er and fill out the description name and path to the driver file Remember the name you define here as it will be needed later on Save the driver Figure 10 43 ODBC Driver Add Setup usr local lib libtdsodbc so Brow 383 Connection Setup Note Only the driver file name is required while the setup file name can remain undefined 9 Close the
605. untry Management SELECT FROM word courtry SELECT FROM sakia actor Information SQL statement history as performed in Workbench for the active MySQL connection Object Info 8 1 8 Table Data Search Panel Find data across a MySQL connection by using the text search feature on any number of tables and schemas From the Schema Tree choose the tables and or schemas you want to search and and then select Search Data Table from the context menu 207 Export Import a Table Figure 8 12 Table Search Example Multiple Tables and Schemas File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She oie ag ee Navigator osts n SCHEMAS Enter text to search in tables selected in the schema tree A text search will be done on the selected tables using SELECT Note that this can be very slow since it wil search all columns from all tables Q Filter objects gt blog v sakila Search for table fields that CONTAINS v Halfax v Tables gt B actor Max matches per table 100 Max total matches 10000 E Search columns of all types E address canagery Schema Table Key Column Data ty n gt sakila 1 rows matched agni gt world city 2 rows matched customer E film film_actor film_category E film_text i foo inventory language payment rental staff gt E store gt amp Views gt EP Stored Procedures gt Ph Functions j world v Tables gt E cty gt E count gt E count Sp V
606. upporting documentation and that the name of InfoSeek not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission This permission is explicitly restricted to the copying and modification of the software to remain in Python compiled Python or other languages such as C wherein the modified or derived code is exclusively imported into a Python module INFOSEEK CORPORATION DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL INFOSEEK CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Execution tracing The trace module contains the following notice portions copyright 200L Autonomous Zones Industries Inc all rights err reserved and offered to the public under the terms of the Python 2 2 license Author Zooko O Whielacronx MEGIS ZOCRO CON mailto zooko zooko com Copyright 2000 Mojam Media Inc all rights reserved Author Skip Montanaro Copyright 1999 Bioreason Inc all rights reserved Author Andrew Dalke CopyaauchitseshS 9 SSS t eA OmatasixG am lniG scum hits macs Ery eds Author Skip Montanaro 488 Python License
607. urce Objects Migration Select from saved connection settings Server db example org SQLSERVER2005 Address instance name of the server Manual Editing Username sa Name of the user to connect with Target Creation Options 4 ars re S Create Schemas a Store in Vault J l Gear F Dass Y ail Create Target Results Database The database to connect to Leave blank to select it later DATA MIGRATION Data Transter Setup Bulk Data Transfer E Store connection for future usage as REPORT Migration Report Target Selection The target is the MySQL database that will contain the newly migrated database The current Workbench MySQL connections will be available here or you can choose Manage DB Connections to create a new connection 341 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 5 MySQL Workbench migration Target selection File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Target Selection OVERVIEW Overview Target RDBMS Connection Parameters SOURCE amp TARGET Stored Connection MyConnection Select from saved comection settings Source Selection Connection Method Standard TCP IP Method to use to connect to the RDBMS oae E Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Hostname 127 0 0 1 Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port Reverse Engineer Source Username root Name of the user to connect with OBJECT MIGRATION Sou
608. urce Objects OVERVIEW O Overview You may select the objects to be migrated in the ists below AJ tables wil be migrated by default SOURCE amp TARGET Y Source Selection FY Target Selection 7 Migrate Table objects Y Fetch Schemata List 13 total 13 selected Y Schemata Selection c Y Reverse Engineer Source Available Objects Objects to Migrate OBJECT MIGRATION T Northwind Categores Sansa Malad I Northwind CustomerCustomerDemo rinwind of Migration ai Northwind CustomerDemographa ij Northwind Customess Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemata Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report The objects on the right will be migrated The filter box can filter the list wildcards are allowed as demonstrated above By using the arrow buttons you can filter out the objects that you do not want to migrate Before continuing clear the filter text box to check the full list of the selected objects Our example migrates all of the table objects so all of them are in the Objects to Migrate list and the Migrate Table Objects checkbox is checked Review the proposed migration At this point the migration wizard converts the selected objects into their equivalent objects into the target MySQL server and it also generates the MySQL code needed to create them You might have to wait before the Manual Editing page is ready but here is the initial
609. ureWorks Target Setection E dbo Fetch Seh List HumanResources etc mas Lis Person Schemas Selection m B Production Reverse Engineer Source Purchasing Sales OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Schema Name Mapping Method Target Creation Options Choose how the reverse engineered schemas and objects should be mapped Create Schemas Create Target Results D Keep schemas as they are Catalog Schema Table gt Schema Table DATA MIGRATION Only one schema Catalog Schema Table gt Catalog Table i schemata selected Data Transfer Setup Only one schema keep current schema names as a prefix Catalog Schema Table gt Catalog Schema_Table Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK Reverse Engineer Source The source metadata is fetched from the source RDBMS and reverse engineered This is an automated and informational step that reports related errors and or general log information View the logs and then press Next to continue 344 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 10 8 MySQL Workbench migration Reverse Engineer Source File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Reverse Engineer Source OVERVIEW Overview Selected schema metadata wil now be fetched from the source RDBMS and reverse engnecred so that its structure can be determined SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Sele
610. us and System Variable amp Data Export amp Data importRestore Name Descrption Aborted_clierts The number of connections aborted because th Aborted_connecs The number of failed attempts to connect to tt Binlog_cache_disk_use The number of transactions that used atempor Filtered Binlog_cache_use The number of transactions that used the temp Binlog Binlog_stmt_cache_disk_ise The number of nontransactional statements the Commands Admin Binlog_stmt_cache_use The number of statements that used the tempt Commands DDL Bytes_received 332200 The number of bytes received from all clients Commands DML Bytes_sert 115814076 The number of bytes sent to all clients Commands General Com_admin_commands 328 Count of admin statements Commands Prepered Statement Com_assign_to_keycache 0 Count of CACHE INDEX statements Commands Replication Com_alter_db Count of ALTER DATABASE statements Commands Show Com_alter_db_upgrade Count of ALTER DATABASE UPGRADE DATA Commands Transaction Com_alter_event Count for ALTER EVENT statements INSTANCE B startup shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard OF Performance Reports E Performance Schema Setup Management Information General Handler InnoDB Suffer pool Com_alter_function Com_alter_procedure Com_alter_server a Count of ALTER FUNCTION statements Count of ALTER PROCEDURE statements Count of ALTER SERVER statements Copy Global Status and Variables to Clipboard
611. ut Image Copy Image 272 Additional Modeling Tools e Edit Image Edit in New Window e Delete Image These menu items function in exactly the same way as they do for other objects on an EER diagram However images are not database objects so there is no confirmation dialog box when they are deleted 9 1 10 2 The Image Editor To invoke the image editor double click an image object on an EER Diagram canvas This opens the image editor docked at the bottom of the application Double clicking the image editor tab undocks the editor Double click the title bar to redock it Any number of images may be open at the same time Each additional image appears as a tab at the top of the image editor The Image Tab Use the Image tab of the image editor to perform the following tasks e Rename the image using the Name text box Browse for an image using the Browse button Modifying a Image using the Properties Palette When you select an image on the EER Diagram canvas its properties are displayed in the Properties palette Most of the properties accessible from the Properties palette apply to the appearance of an image on the EER Diagram canvas For a list of properties accessible through the Properties palette see Section 9 1 1 12 The Properties Palette 9 2 Additional Modeling Tools Additional modeling design tools and features 9 2 1 Printing Diagrams The printing options used to create printouts of your
612. utions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of Google Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE G 7 CURL libcurl License The following software may be included in this product cURL libcurl Use of any of this software is governed by the terms of the license belo
613. uu ee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 411 A MySQL Workbench Frequently Asked QUESTIONS 0 cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee ce aaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 413 B Keyboard SMOMCUIS siccrcctiatt EAE eee eecu eed cables eeettv catia al ace eee cel eel ere tees as an elves 419 C Extending Workbench netini arna cette cree ee ee aa ee ee ee aa ea aa aaa a a aaa a iaaa 423 C 1 GRT and Workbench Data Organization cccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeees 423 C2 MOGUICS ints stot i d E eh seh Cond teen dnbuadn a e a E A 424 C3 Plugins TOOlS Aiea a eae a a ie he i ea ee tet Ai a ive ae ee a 425 C 4 Adding a GUI to a Plugin Using MFOrMs 0 cccceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaees 426 C 5 The Workbench Scripting Shell miisi nsiru rae ee aa eae e aA Er Aa Ea ONAE iF 427 C 5 1 Exploring the Workbench Scripting Shell 0 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaes 427 Gi5 2 The ShellOWindow A a aA EE A ES A a A ioe bennett 428 C 5 3 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs cccsesseeeeeeeees 430 G6 Tutorial Writing PIUgINS a is csetadelcocseahadotedeesagvennderdeciaeaevaritacaeedeelaudanadencadisvueeeertdecoeateieass 435 D How To Report Bugs or Problems cece eeeete teeter ee tree enn eee nnte ee ee date sees A Ri 439 E MySQL Enterprise Features einai ee ae lend dhcet a a a aa enctece bt eect eee ea 443 P
614. valid Section of the Server Instance mysqld Click to test if your section is correct 11 Optionally enter your own commands for starting stopping and checking the MySQL connection Typically the default values are used which means leaving these optional values blank 104 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial Figure 5 10 Getting Started Tutorial Specify Commands Introduction Specify commands to be used to manage the MySQL server Test DB Connection The values on this page comprise rather low level commands which are used to control the MySQL server instance check its status and so on If you are unsure what these values mean leave them untouched The defaults are usually a good choice already Windows Management for single server machines bigest Command to start the MySQL server Review Settings Command to stop the MySQL server MySQL Config File Status check command Specify Commands Check this box if you want or need the above commands to be executed with elevated Operating System Privileges Click Finish to close the Configure Server Management dialog which reveals the original Setup New Connection window 12 After reviewing the Setup New Connection information press Test Connection again to make sure it still functions and then OK to create the new MySQL connection 105 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial Figure 5 11 Getting Started Tutorial Setu
615. ve copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation 491 Scintilla License NEIL HODGSON DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL NEIL HODGSON BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Scintilla includes some files copyright Adobe Systems Incorporated Copyright c 2007 Adobe Systems Incorporated Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions H he above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS
616. verview File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Overview OVERVIEW KD Welcome to the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transter REPORT Migration Report This wizard wil assist you in migrating tables and data from supported database system to MySQL You can also use this to copy databases from one MySQL instance to another Prerequisites Before starting check the folowing preparation steps The Migration Wizard uses COBC to connect to the source database You must have an OO8C driver for the source database installed and configured as Workbench does not bunde any such drivers For MySQL connections the native dent library is used Ensure you can connect to both source and target RDBMS servers Make sure you have prvieges to read schema informaton and data from the source database and acate objects and insert data in the target MySQL server The max_alowed_packet option in the target MySQL server must be large enough to fit the largest field value to be copied from source especially BLOBs and large TEXT fields The wizard supports migrating from specfic database systems but a generic R
617. vigator MANAGEMENT Server Status amp Client Connections BL Users and Privileges E Status and System Variable amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B startup shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports G Performance Schema Se Management Information Slow Log File Timestamp 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 Log File Location C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 data PHILIP US err Showing 797 records starting at byte offset 175883 Coen reanna Perras moreen Cate File MyFirstConnection Server Logs Fis Est View Quy Dabi o Save Tooke i Satoting Hap BE Ehhee SQL F Detais D C Program Files MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 bin mysqld Forcing dol C Program Files MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 bin mysqld Forcing dos C Progrem Files MySQL MySQL Server 5 5 bin mysqld Forcing clo Binlog end Shutting down plugin partition Shutting down plugin PERFORMANCE_SCHEMA Shutting down plugin INNODS_SYS_DATAFILES Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_TABLESPACES Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_FOREIGN_COLS Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_FOREIGN Shutting down plugin INNODB
618. w COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION NOTICE Copyright c 1996 2009 Daniel Stenberg lt daniel haxx se gt All rights reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of a copyright holder shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization of the copyright holder G 8 DockPanel Suite License The following software may be included in this product 454 Dojo Toolkit v1 7 0b1 License DockPanel Suite The MIT License Copyright c 2007 Weifen Luo email weifenluo yahoo com Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software
619. w_basic png lt value gt lt value type String key styleTagValue gt fixed lt value gt lt value gt lt value gt lt value type String key mainFileName gt custom_report txt lt value gt lt value gt lt data gt Create the new template file This too may best be achieved depending on your requirements by editing an existing template In this example the template file report t xt tp1 is shown here Total number of Schemata SCHEMA_COUNT SCHEMATA SCHEMA_NR Schema SCHEMA NAME Tables TABLE_COUNT TABLES TABLE_NR_FMT Table TABLE_NAME COLUMNS_LISTING Columns Key Column Name Datatype Not Null Default Comment COLUMNS COLUMN_KEY COLUMN_NAME COLUMN_DATATYPE COLUMN_NOTNULL COLUMN_DEFAULTVALUE COLUMN_COMMENT COLUMNS COLUMNS_LISTING INDICES_LISTING Indices Index Name Columns Primary Unique Type Kind Comment INDICES INDEX_NAME INDICES_COLUMNS INDEX_COLUMN_NAME INDEX_COLUMN_ORDER INDEX_COLUMN_COMMENT INDICES_COLUMNS INDEX_PRIMARY INDEX_UNIQUE INDEX_TYPE INDEX_KIND INDEX_COMMENT INDICES INDICES_LISTING REL_LISTING Relationships Relationship Name Relationship Type Parent Table Child Table Cardinality REL REL_NAME REL_TYPE REL_PARENTTABLE REL_CHILDTABLE R
620. wbcopytables exe Connection Parameters Options for the source connection are odbc source ODBC_connection_string The syntax of the ODBC connection string uses standard ODBC syntax You can also use a ODBC data source name DSN mysql source MySQL_connection_string Use for MySQL sources when doing a MySQL to MySQL migration copy It uses the same syntax as the MySQL Utilities e For TCP IP connections username password host port e For local socket connections username password socket_path You can pass the connection password by using the source password option For the target connection the option is target MySOL_connection_string You can use the passwords from stdin option to pass a passwords through STDIN Source and target passwords must be separated by a tab character You can use ODBC specific data source options from the source RDBMS to specify the number of rows to fetch at a time for the source SELECT statement Table Specification One or more tables can be specified in the command line for the copy operation There are two copy types e Full table copy table e Range copy table rang Both table copy types require a set of common arguments e Source schema The schema catalog the table belongs to If quoting is required it must be done using the syntax from the source RDBMS For example SQL Server uses square_brackets e Source table The table to copy If the source
621. wise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances 466 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a lic
622. without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE G 9 Dojo Toolkit v1 7 0b1 License The following software may be included in this product Dojo Toolkit via Oo Copyright c 2005 2006 The Dojo Foundation All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions gre Wises Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation a
623. wl F FfAO S O0R 1 SELECT FROM sakita actor 100 Sat Query Statistics Timing as measured at client side Execution time 0 00 0 00041580 Timing as measured by the server Execution time 0 00 0 00033272 Table lock wait time 0 00 0 00006400 Errors Had Errors NO Warnings 0 Rows Processed Rows affected 0 Rows sent to client 200 Rows examined 200 Temporary Tables Temporary disk tables created 0 Temporary tables created 0 actor 2 MySQL Workbench Limit to 200 rows Biwi vai Joins per Type Full table scans Select_scan 1 Joins using table scans Select_full_join 0 Joins using range search Select_full_range_join 0 Joins with range checks Select_range_check 0 Joins using range Select_range 0 Sorting Sorted rows Sort_rows 0 Sort merge passes Sort_merge_passes 0 Sorts with ranges Sort_range 0 Sorts with table scans Sort_scan 0 Index Usage No Index used Other Into Event id 430 Thread Id 85 185 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance Figure 7 7 SQL Editor Query Stats with Performance Schema Graphs eee MySQL Workbench Local instance 3306 x d 8aseaa a e Dna yo P actor x MANAGEMENT a Hl FFA Dl O GB umt io 200 rows Basane Server Status TS SELECT FROM sakfla actor Glen Connections DX Users and Privileges oT E Status and System Variat D Oaa Epot Query Statistics ag amp Data Impo
624. ws the wizard to pick a meaningful configuration preset If this attemmpt fails you can still continue however Continue to the next page to start the connection This might take a few moments 5 The connection will now be tested You should see that the connection was successful If not click Back and check that you have entered the information correctly 99 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial Figure 5 5 Getting Started Tutorial Test Database Connection Introduction Testing the Database Connection Test DB Connection The database connection information is being tested This might take a few moments depending on your network connection Open Database Connection Server Version 5 6 14 enterprise commercial advancedog Server OS unknown Lae 2 Database connection tested successfully edf a Message Log Connecting to MySQL server Connected MySQL server version is 5 6 14 enterprise commercial advancedog MySQL server architecture is x86_64 MySQL server OS is win64 Toggle the Show Logs to view additional details about the tested connection then click Next 6 Optionally you may configure a method for remote management if a Remote Host was specified Setting these options enables MySQL Workbench to determine the location of configuration files and the correct start and stop commands to use for the connection SSH login based management and Native Windows remote management type
625. xes for the schema Choosing the Text Basic option creates a directory containing one text file You can click index html to view a report The following screenshot shows the HTML Detailed Frames report being displayed 276 Schema Validation Plugins Figure 9 15 The DBDoc Model Report Model Report Mozilla Firefox Filey Ei y 3 Model Report file 1 C sUsers philip Documents report_2013 08 08 indexhtml L Bookmarks iyso Model Report Schema Overview Schema world gt Back to overview DDL script Columns 24 CREATE SCHEMA IF NOT EXISTS world DEFAULT CHARACTER SET ute city ID city Name city CountryCode city Population ETE country Code country Name 5 country Continent Table Properties country Region Average Row Length Use Check Sum country SurfaceArca country IndepYear country Population Default Collation Delay Key Updates country LifeExpectancy Minimal Row Count Maximum Row Count country GNP Union Tables Merge Method country GNPOLd country LocalName Pack Keys Has Password country GovernmentForm Data Directory Index Directory country HeadOfState country Capital country Code2 countrylanguage CountryCade countrylanguase Language Column Name Datatype Not Null Default Comment countrylanguage IsOfficial countrylanguage Percentage 1D INT 11 Indices 3 Name CHAR 35 city PRIMARY CountryCode CHAR 3 country PRIMARY countrylanguage PRIMARY Batic ai CURED For
626. xported using the following controls Export Export all entries and associated data and column headings from the current performance report which includes all queries and values Opens a file dialog for export Copy Selected Copies a single entry and associated data and column headings from the current performance report Saves to the system s clipboard An example Copy Query Copies the SQL query that generated the performance report Saves to the system s clipboard Refresh Refreshes reloads the performance report 180 Performance Report Descriptions Performance Report Descriptions Figure 7 4 Performance Reports Top I 0 By Bytes Fe Locathest x File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help SS ee eS glg a DRO Navigator Query 1 Administration Performance Re MANAGEMENT Server Status Locathost amp Oien Connections Performance Reports D Users and Privileges ES Status and System Variables Report Top 1 0 by File by Bytes amp Data Export v yo Show the top Gobel 10 consumers by bytes usage by file amp Data imporRestore gt Top YO by File by Bytes gt Top 1 0 by Fle by Latescy Fle Re Y TotalRead AvgRead Writes Total Virittes Avg Writ Total Write INSTANCE amp gt Top YO by Wait by Bytes SOdatadir mysql backup_history 1404 555 558 JSK wW 490 5208 71Jbytes 559 83M8 0 09 B Startup Shutdown gt Top 10 by Walt by Latency Dodatadir mysaql dackup_historys 3332 28 776
627. y 5 Wrap Cel Content JA employees inventory trensactior inventory transaction invoices z order details order details status orders ordersstatus orders tax status privileges products purchase order detai purchase order statu purchase orders sales reports shippers Company K Krschne Peter strinos Company L Edwards John Company M Ludick Andre 5 Company Last Name First Name Company A Bedecs Anne Company B Gratacos Solsona Antonio Company C Axen Thomas Company D Lee Christina DA DEE Company E O Donnell Martin fcomoary FE rranosce Company G Xie Ming Yang Company H Andersen Elizabeth J J oenoawere wn we Company I Mortensen Sven Company J Wacker Roland 1 a gH ee Soe ee ee ee ee ee ce ow Management Company N Grilo Carlos are Company O Kupkova Helena Company P Goldschmidt Daniel talat bad E Company Q Bagel Jean Philippe erver MySQL Community l Company R Autier Miconi Catherine annann CL n S 7 4mi4 Object Info Session customers 1 x 10 5 Microsoft SQL Server migration The MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard is tested against the following Microsoft SQL Server versions 2000 2005 2008 and 2012 10 5 1 Preparations To be able to migrate from Microsoft SQL Server ensure the following The source SQL Server instance is running and accepts TCP connections e You know the IP and port of the source SQL server instance If you will be migrating using a Microso
628. y Contents Table View ables sakila actor sakila address sakila category sakila city sakila country sakila customer sakila film sakila film_actor sakila film_category sakila film_text sakila inventory sakila language sakila payment sakila rental sakila staff sakila store world city world country world countrylanguage Note E The Show System checkbox toggles internal schemas from view schemas such as Action Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated the internal performance_schema and mysql tables Clicking Next gt will open the Restore wizard We then clicked Restore gt to execute the restoration process and toggled the message logs in our example below 168 MySQL Enterprise Firewall Interface Figure 6 41 Workbench Backup Recovery Restore AR Local instance MySQL56 x File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Shia SHAaaa Navigator MANAGEMENT gt Server Status amp Client Connections 4 Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export 4 Data Import Restore IN
629. y of the Library To do this you must alter all the notices that refer to this License so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License version 2 instead of to this License If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared then you can specify that version instead if you wish Do not make any other change in these notices Once this change is made in a given copy it is irreversible for hat copy so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy ct This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library 4 You may copy and distribute the Library or a portion or derivative of it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above ona medium customarily used for software interchange If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 5 A program that contains no derivative of any portion of th
630. y to migrate without opening up access to it then you will get an error like this 42000 Microsoft ODBC Microsoft Access Driver Record s cannot be read no read permission on msysobjects 360 Preparing a Microsoft Access Database for Migration The steps to grant read access to the Admin are explained below Note E The screenshots in this documentation use Microsoft Access 2007 e Open up database in Microsoft Access Under the Database Tools menu click the Visual Basic macro button to open the Visual Basic VB console Figure 10 21 Locating the Visual Basic Macro Database Tool el E ER UE B aa a Desktop Northwind 2007 sample database Database Access 2007 Microsoft Database Tools Property Sheet pa Switchboard Manager Object Dependencies G Encrypt with Password Relationships Linked Table _ Message Bar Manager fam Add ins Database To To confirm that you re logged in as the Admin user locate the Immediate panel and type the CurrentUser and press Enter This should output Admin under CurrentUser in the panel e Also in the Immediate panel type the following command to grant access CurrentProject Connection Execute GRANT SELECT ON MSysRelationships TO Admin 361 Start the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard Figure 10 22 GRANT SELECT ON MSysRelationships TO Admin CurrentUser Admin CurrentProject Connection Execute GRANT SELECT ON MSy
631. ySQL server during query Can adjust the timeout Yes go to Preferences SQL Editor and adjust the DBMS connection read time out option that defaults to 600 seconds This sets the maximum amount of time in seconds that a query can take before MySQL Workbench disconnects from the MySQL server What do the column flag acronyms PK NN UQ BIN UN ZF Al in the MySQL Workbench Table Editor mean Checking these boxes will alter the table column by assigning the checked constraints to the designated columns Hover over an acronym to view a description and see the Section 8 1 11 2 The Columns Tab and MySQL CREATE TABLE documentation for additional details Data Management A 1 How do import comma separated values CSV data into MySQL using Workbench 0 416 A 2 How do export MySQL data to a plain text file with a format such as CSV JSON or XML 416 A 3 How to export save a MySQL database to a text file oo ee ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeseeeeeeeseeees 417 A 1 How do I import comma separated values CSV data into MySQL using Workbench A 2 Importing CSV data into a new or existing table the Table Data Import wizard imports configurable CSV data into a new or existing table This option was added in MySQL Workbench 6 3 Importing CSV data into a result set the Import records from external file wizard imports CSV data directly into a result set s view Alternatively the Data Import wizar
632. ysqldump tool Path to your local mysqldump binary Leave it blank to use the bundled mysqldump binary e Path to mysqli tool Path to your local mysql client binary Leave it blank to use the bundled mysql binary Export Directory Path Directory where your exported mysql dumps are located 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences This section provides configuration options that affect the Modeling functionality in MySQL Workbench 78 Modeling Preferences Preferences Modeling Main Figure 3 11 Preferences Modeling General Editors Y SQL Editor EER Modeler Query Editor T Automatically reopen previous model at start Object Editors SQL Execution _ Force use of software based rendering for EER diagrams Administration Y Modeling Allowed values are from 1 up Model undo history size 10 Note using high values gt 100 will increase memory usage Defaults and slow down operation MySQL Diagram Interval to perform auto saving of the open model Auto save model interval 1 minute The model will be restored from the last auto saved version if Workbench unexpectedly quits Appearance Fonts amp Colors Others EER Modeler e Automatically reopen previous model at start Check this if you want the model on which you previously worked to be automatically reopened when you start MySQL Workbench e Force use of software based rendering for EER diagrams MySQL Workbench will use OpenGL for rendering when available How
633. ystem Pick the one you created for the Access database being migrated from the list In the Default Character Set field you can select the character set of your database If your Access version uses western latin characters you can leave the default co1252 However if you use a localized version of Access such as Japanese you must enter the correct character set used by your edition of Microsoft Office otherwise the data will be copied incorrectly 366 Setting Up Target Parameters Figure 10 27 Access Source Selection Migration Task List Source Selection OVERVIEW Overview Source RDBMS Connection Parameters SOURCE amp TARGET Database System MicrosoftAccess v Select a RDBMS from the list of supported systems Target Selection Stored Connection v Select from saved connection settings Fetch Schemas List Connection Method ODBC Data Source v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Schemas Selection Parameters Reverse Engineer Source Pre configured OOBC data source OBJECT MIGRATION B d Microsoft Access Driver mdb accdb X Source Objects Default Character Set 51252 The character set used in the source database Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Buik Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Store connection for future usage as Lastly click Test Connection to check whether an ODBC connection can be establishe

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Devolo dLAN Wireless extender  Old Style Manual SSI10 SSI10-2 SSI10R SSIR10-2  Win-Duo DM-985 User Manual  Kenwood -- KVT  Weider WEBE0593 User's Manual  User Manual  le bass station ii en détail  Applied Biosystems Prism 377 with 96  Écrire pour le petit écran, de Guy Fournier / Écrire pour le  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file